BARTSCHER - CATALOGUE 2019 - EN by Bartscher GmbH

since 1876

2019

BARTSCHER - THE FULL RANGE Dear customers, Quality pays off, that is a principle that sounds obvious at first, but has to be proven anew every day. For more than 140 years, Bartscher has filled this principle again and again. We supply high-quality products at an attractive price / performance ratio, adapt the portfolio to your wishes and needs, and keep new trends at your disposal. Our aim is to provide both, longtime customers and first-time buyers, with the maximum support for their business. An expression of our own standard is this new catalogue which presents more then 1.800 products on 432 pages. A product range that compliments and optimises any modern commercial kitchen with high performance equipment. Of course we do not just offer it in printed form: Our Bartscher web shop www.bartscher.com, which was successfully implemented last year, gives you access to our extensive range of quality products at very competitive prices and 24/7 service available. One important element for a confident and contemporary brand appearance which should not to be underestimated. Furthermore, as a registered dealer, you have access to numerous useful functions such as the simple “Quickorder”- function, view the order process and many more. On pages 8+9 you will find detailed information about many helpful online functions. It does not matter whether you prefer "online" or "offline": purchasing a Bartscher product will always give you the confidence your making a decision based on Bartscher excellence, intelligent solution and exemplary service. All our employees are professionals in their respective fields and are happy to advise you – from complex individual kitchen planning to the selection of a single appliance. We see it as our contribution towards effectively helping to set up efficient, functional and ergonomically designed commercial kitchens and take-away businesses. We are always here to help. Because service is not an extra for us, but a natural part of our products.

Andreas Heumüller Markus Kosfeld Managing Director

Head of Marketing

Poland Warszawa

THE NETHERLANDS Nieuwegein

HEAD OFFICE GERMANY Salzkotten

UKRAINE Ivano-Frankivsk

AUSTRIA Salzburg-Hallwang

FRANCE

CHINA

Reims

Shanghai

SWITZERLAND KÃ¼ssnacht am Rigi

EXHIBITION AND TRAINING CENTRES Visit our exhibitions and experience the Bartscher appliance first hand. We will be happy to make appointments by phone. Opening times: Mo-Th: 08:00h - 17:00h | Fr. 08:00h - 15:00h

Germany Bartscher Showroom Franz-Kleine Str. 28 33154 Salzkotten Germany Tel.: +49 5258 971-0 Fax: +49 5258 971-120 E-Mail: info@bartscher.com

Austria Bartscher exhibition and training centre Wiener Bundesstr. 18 5300 Hallwang-Mayrwies Austria Tel.: +43 662 265962-0 Fax: +43 662 265962-90 E-Mail: info@bartscher.at

EXHIBITION CALENDAR 2019 Once again in 2019, Bartscher will clearly show its presence at national and international trade shows.

07. - 10. 13. - 15. 21. - 22. 26. - 30.

HORECAVA, Amsterdam HOGA, Nürnberg GastroTek, Kalkar SIRHA, Lyon

02 03

11. - 12.

NORD GASTRO & HOTEL, Husum

15. - 19. 27. - 29.

INTERNORGA, Hamburg EUROGASTRO, Warszawa

08. - 09. 24. - 26.

PUR, Salzburg FOOD & HOTEL VIETNAM, Ho Chi Minh City

07 09 10

24. - 27.

FOOD & HOTEL INDONESIA, Jakarta

21. - 24.

SÜDBACK, Stuttgart

05. - 09. 18. - 22.

ANUGA, Cologne HOST, Milan

03. - 05. 09. - 13. NN

ISS GUT!, Leipzig ALLES FÜR DEN GAST, Salzburg FORECH, Kiev

Visit us on our booth at one of these shows and benefit from the individual expert advice of our trained sales team. What you may be particularly curious about: At all our trade shows, we will again be presenting many new products that make your day-to-day work in the professional kitchen much easier. For your annual planning we have listed all relevant trade shows dates.

BECAUSE QUALITY ALWAYS WINS

EXPERIENCE AND EXPERIENCE SINCE 1876 Since the company was founded in 1876 and as part of the expansion of the family business in recent decades, Bartscher GmbH has consistently expanded its path to become a market-leading kitchen supplier in Germany.

WHAT BARTSCHER COMMERCIAL KITCHEN TECHNOLOGY MEANS FOR YOU • The back-up of a strong and well-known brand • The good sense of solid quality and excellent service • Huge choice from an extensive product range • Excellent price-performance ratio

PRIZE-WINNING IN ALL CATEGORIES For the 7th time in a row, we have been awarded the prestigious reader’s prize “BEST of Market” in service, quality and price-performance. We thank our customers very much. For us, this award is a great recognition and an incentive, at the same time, to give our best over and over again. The list of prizes is long: The readers of the journals “first class”, “GVmanager” and “24 Stunden Gastlichkeit” voted us 3rd in the “cooking technology” category in 2012, while in 2013 - 2017 we won 1st place in the category “full range” and were awarded 1st place in the AT90 as “technology bestseller” in 2018.

2012

2014

BEST of Market

Kategorie: Gartechnik

Kategorie: Küchenhelfer

3. Platz

1. Platz

2017

2015

2014

BEST of Market

Kategorie: Küchenhelfer

1. Platz

2018

BEST of Market Bestseller – Technik

Service is very important to Bartscher – from initial project planning to the practical kitchen routine. Whether with comptent advice, modern logistics or our fast and effective customer service - we always have the satisfaction of our customers in mind.

business

OUR SERVICE: NOT AN EXTRA, BUT PART OF OUR PRODUCTS

BEST of Market Kategorie: Küchenhelfer

1. Platz

OUR PROJECT MANAGEMENT PRECISE PLANNING, PROFESSIONAL SUPPORT

INDIVIDUAL, PRACTICAL CONCEPTS

CLOSE TO THE CUSTOMER IN EVERY PHASE

Are you planning to refurbish a commercial kitchen or are you thinking of adjusting the cooking area to suit your needs?

As a full-range provider, we offer you everything that is useful and helpful for professional commercial kitchens from a single source. In addition, we support our retail partners as well as architects and planning professionals with help and advice.

In the realisation of your ideas, we are happy to accompany you whether with regard to needs analysis and function determination, or concept creation and project planning, whether in the supply system or in the subsequent installation planning. We are also happy to assist you with the preparation of specifications. You are welcome to rely on our project department and you will always have a team of experienced professionals at your disposal. An e-mail is enough: projekt@bartscher.com

On request, we accompany you in close coordination in all phases of project management, for example • Needs analysis • Function determination • Concept preparation • Project planning • Quotations • Installation planning • Specifications

COORDINATED TO YOUR PROGRAMS For convenient and easy planning, we provide dxf data for download from our catalog products, which is very easy to read into any standard CAD program (including AUTO-CAD). You will find the dxf database here www.bartscher.com/en/Projektmanagement Our project department is also at your disposal with a competent team in the field service. We offer assistance and support in every phase. Give us a challenge!

WELCOME TO THE BARTSCHER WEB SHOP! INFORM YOURSELF, COMPARE AND BUY â&#x20AC;&#x201C; AROUND THE CLOCK The Bartscher web shop is open 365 days a year for you: More than 1,800 products from the field of commercial kitchen technology are waiting to be discovered by you. Registered dealers have easy access to the entire range and will find numerous practical features that make the selection and purchase of Bartscher products easy. Click here: www.bartscher.com

THE QUICK WAY TO FIND WHAT YOU NEED Using the free text search, suitable selection suggestions are made for your search term, while the detailed facet search helps you to find your desired product in a targeted manner. The search for topics such as grilling, keeping warm, coffee & co. or thermal series guides you to the right match.

On the product detail page, you will find not only the pictures of the product and the technical data, but also other useful information: Operating instructions, exploded views, data sheets, etc. can be conveniently downloaded as a PDF â&#x20AC;&#x201C; for each product from our range.

Another helpful tool for your purchase decision is the product comparison option. Up to three appliances can be clearly compared here. The respective Delta is highlighted in colour.n.

MAINTAINING AN OVERVIEW If you want to keep an eye on different appliances, the handy memo option can help. After you have made your choice, you can add the selected appliances or accessories directly to the shopping cart. In addition, you can create different memos, e.g. sorted according to customers or technical areas, so that you can even keep track of complex searches or compilations and make targeted choices.

MORE CLEVER SERVICE TOOLS Registered customers will have access to further practical functions after logging in. By using the quick order ordering function, up to 25 products can be added to the shopping cart in a simple and fast way. The extensive â&#x20AC;&#x153;My Accountâ&#x20AC;? section includes information about the order history, including trackand-trace. Here you can track exactly where your order currently is on the delivery route. Your net purchase price and the availability of the goods are also displayed in the personal area, as well as the extended payment options.

UPPORT FOR SPECIALIST DEALERS The web shop is designed to support the dealer with all available functions in his daily work. These functions are a good basis for expanding and enriching stationary advice through the online channel. Those interested in Bartscher products can find information on the Internet site and directly find the product using the dealer search.

IMPORTANT INFORMATION, FORMAL ADVICE Our general terms and conditions are valid for all deliveries only. Statements of weight do not include packing and transport materials/equipment, (Euro Pallets, One Way Pallets etc). Technical specifications are subject to change without notice. All prices are given in Euro, not including delivery charges or value added tax. All prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

REPAIRS TO SMALL APPLIANCES: small appliances must be returned to the factory or to your specialist dealer for repair. Information about new products and special offers can be found at: www.bartscher.com

PICTOGRAM AND THEIR MEANING CNS 18/10

SUITABLE FOR OVENS

CNS

NOT SUITABLE FOR OVENS

STAINLESS STEEL

SUITABLE FOR DISHWASHING MACHINES

POWER CONNECTION

NOT SUITABLE FOR DISHWASHING MACHINES

GAS CONNECTION

SUITABLE FOR MICROWAVE OVENS

ELECTRIC COOKING RANGE

NOT SUITABLE FOR MICROWAVE OVENS

GLAS CERMIC COOKING RANGE

FOOD SAFE

INDUCTION COOKING RANGE

NOT FOOD SAFE

CONTENT

EASY ASSEMBLY

POWER IN KW

COMPLETELY INSTALLED

POWER IN WATT

ONLY TO BE USED INSIDE

MAX. TEMPERATURE

ONLY TO BE USED OUTSIDE

TOTAL CARRYING CAPACITY

TO BE USED INSDE AND OUTSIDE

STACKABLE

SERVICE AT THE SIDE (only in Germany) 11

OUR RANGE AT A GLANCE 600

XX Series

650

XX Series

700

XX Series

14 - 81

THERMAL SERIES XX Series

900

kettles

XX Salamanders

XX Combi

XX Convection

XX Cooking

XX Low-temperature

XX Sous-Vide

steamers cookers

XX Stock-pot

ovens stoves

XX Tilting

station frying pans

XX Wok

XX Pasta

XX Pastry

cookers

machines

roll machines

XX Pizza

132 - 143

PIZZA / PASTA XX Pasta

82 - 131

COOKING TECHNOLOGY XX Boiling

ovens

SNACK / TAKE-AWAY / GRILL grills cookers XX Induction woks XX Pastries deep fat fryers XX Table-top grills

XX Countertop

electric hobs plates XX Microwave ovens XX Rice cookers XX Waffle makers

XX Crêpe

XX Grill

makers machines XX Multi pans XX Sausage slicers XX Water grills

XX Deep

XX Griddle

grills plates XX Lava rock grills XX Pump sauce dispensers XX Toasters

XX Hot-dog

XX Induction

fat fryers cooker XX Multi-frying pans XX Sausage warmers

XX Chafing

WARMING TECHNOLOGY / BUFFET XX Buffet

XX Buffet

trolleys, hot service carts XX Plate warmers

XX Cereal

XX Chafing

XX Cup

XX Food

XX Foodwarmers

XX Blast

XX Buffet

trolleys, cold freezers XX Mini-refrigerated counters XX Refrigerated displays

XX Cake

XX Deep

XX displays show-cases Chest freezers XX cube makers Ice flake makers XX Multideck refrigerated displays XXPizza saladettes XX XX Refrigerators Saladettes

XX Cold

XX Cooling

XX Ice

XX Ice-cream

245 - 291

XX Cutlery

XX Dishwasher

292 - 315

displays warmers XX Hotpots

dispensers service carts XX Soup kettles

dishes

XX Warming

trays

fuels displays XX Warming trays

208 - 244

XX Contact

XX Gas

144 - 207

XX Chicken

XX Hot

REFRIGERATORS chillers tops XX Mini coolers XX Refrigerated displays

rooms makers XX Refrigerated counters XX Wine coolers

WAREWASHERS XX Cover XX Glass

machines polishers

polishers

XX Glasswashers

XX Water

XX Dishwashers

XX Fittings

press wine pots

XX Drinks

XX Hot

XX Milk

XX Mixers

DRINKS / CAFÉ / BAR XX Coffee

XX Coffee

XX Citrus

XX Ice

grinders crushers XX Samovar

XX Juice

machines extractors XX Water filter system

XX Mulled

dispensers frothers

water dispensers / Blender

XX Tables

XX Exhaust

hoods

XX Pavement

signs

XX Sinks

/ Sink centres

XX Stainless

XX Transport

containers

steel units

XX Kitchen

XX Meat

grinders packaging machines

XX Potato

XX Stick

XX Vacuum

XX Vegetable

XX Frying

/ Benches

trolleys

XX Shelves

368 - 377

TRANSPORT / STORAGE XX Clearing

XX Salad

XX Kitchen

spinners

machines

XX Slicers

scales mixers

peeling machines cutters

torches

XX Gastronorm-containers

XX Cooking

XX Cutlery

XX Cutting

XX Label

pots holders

XX Paella

holders pans

XX Rubbish

dryers

XX Insect

killers

XX Soap

dispensers

pans

425 - 431

HOTEL EQUIPMENT / HYGIENE & Co XX Hand

boards bins

409 - 424

KITCHEN ACCESSORIES XX Blow

378 - 408

PREPARATION XX Cutter

342 - 367

FURNITURE / FURNISHINGS / OUTDOOR XX Ashtrays

316 - 341

baskets Conditioning Units

THERMAL SERIES Warmly recommended: Our thermal appliances. In this section you will find everything you need for the perfect preparation of your food.

Series 600

Series 600 - High performance cooking appliances achieved through practical space efficient modular construction. Construction and configuration to meet your requirements. Appliances made from high quality chrome nickel steel 18/10 for long service life with compact construction.

► 3,5 kW burner ► 6,0 kW burner

► Device linking via wedge crosspiece

Gas stove 600, W600, 4BR, elO

1315563 • Material • Number of hobs • Distribution of hobs • Type of hobs • Pilot flame • Oven type • Multifunctional oven • Oven functions

• Oven volume • Size oven • Temperature range • Oven properties • Connected load oven • Including • Gas type

• Power • Size • Weight

► Counter attachment hood for series 600 available on request

RRP* 2,539.- €

GTIN 4015613547510

CNS 18/10 Glass 4 2 x 3,5 kW (front), 2 x 6 kW (rear) Gas Yes Electro Yes Circulating air Grill Upper / lower heat 58 litre(s) W 450 x D 380 x H 315 mm 50 °C to 250 °C Double-winged door pane 2,2 kW | 230 V | Pluggable 1 grille 1 baking tray Liquid gas (50 mbar) Natural gas nozzles H (20 mbar) and L (20 mbar) are enclosed 19 kW W 600 x D 600 x H 900 mm 58.5 kg

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

THERMAL SERIES u Series 600

► Devices height without chimney 290 mm height with chimney 425 mm

Electric stove 600, W600, 4PL, elO

131764 • Material

• Oven volume • Size oven • Temperature range • Oven properties • Oven connected load • Including • Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

132870 • Material

• Distribution of hobs • Type of hobs • Oven type • Multifunctional oven • Oven functions

• Oven volume • Size oven • Temperature range • Oven properties • Oven connected load • Including • Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

THERMAL SERIES u Series 600

GTIN 4015613547527

RRP* 3,529.- €

GTIN 4015613547534

CNS 18/10 Glass 4 2 x Ø 230 mm, 1 x Ø 180 mm , 1 x Ø 145 mm 2 x 2,5 kW, 1 x 1,8 kW , 1 x 1,2 kW Glass ceramic Electro Yes Circulating air Grill Upper / lower heat 58 litre(s) W 450 x D 380 x H 315 mm 50 °C to 250 °C Double-winged door pane 2,2 kW 1 grille 1 baking tray 10,2 kW | 400 V | 50 Hz 3 NAC W 600 x D 600 x H 900 mm 58 kg

• Number of hobs • Large hobs

CNS 18/10 Glass 4 Ø 185 mm 4 x 2 kW Electro Electro Yes Circulating air Grill Upper / lower heat 58 litre(s) W 450 x D 380 x H 315 mm 50 °C to 250 °C Double-winged door pane 2,2 kW 1 grille 1 baking tray 10,2 kW | 400 V | 50 Hz 3 NAC W 600 x D 600 x H 900 mm 58 kg

• Number of hobs • Large hobs • Distribution of hobs • Type of hobs • Oven type • Multifunctional oven • Oven functions

Cerane stove 600, W600, 4HTzon. elO

RRP* 2,379.- €

Component parts Baking tray 444x362x34

Oven grid 443x350x10

• Size: W 444 x D 362 x H 34 mm • Weight: 1.02 kg • GTIN: 4015613658667

• Size: W 443 x D 350 x H 10 mm • Weight: 0.46 kg • GTIN: 4015613658674

132646

RRP*

35.- €

132647

RRP*

27.- €

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

1317433 • Material • Number of hobs • Distribution of hobs • Type of hobs • Pilot flame • Gas type

• Power • Size • Weight

Gas stove 600, W600, 4BR, TU

1317463 • Material • Number of hobs • Distribution of hobs • Type of hobs • Pilot flame • Gas type

• Power • Size • Weight

Electric cooker 600 2PLTG

131723 • Material • Number of hobs • Distribution of hobs • Type of hobs • Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

Electric stove 600, W600, 4PL, TU

131734 • Material • Number of hobs • Large hobs • Distribution of hobs • Type of hobs • Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

RRP* 959.- €

GTIN 4015613547541

CNS 18/10 2 1 x 3,5 kW (front), 1 x 6 kW (rear) Gas Yes Liquid gas (50 mbar) Natural gas nozzles H (20 mbar) and L (20 mbar) are enclosed 9,5 kW W 400 x D 600 x H 290 mm 19.5 kg

RRP* 1,449.- €

GTIN 4015613547558

CNS 18/10 4 2 x 3,5 kW (front), 2 x 6 kW (rear) Gas Yes Liquid gas (50 mbar) Natural gas nozzles H (20 mbar) and L (20 mbar) are enclosed 19 kW W 600 x D 600 x H 290 mm 30.3 kg

RRP* 698.- €

GTIN 4015613690094

CNS 18/10 2 2 x 2 kW Speed- hotplates 4 kW | 400 V | 50 Hz 2 NAC W 400 x D 600 x H 290 mm 15.2 kg

RRP* 1,139.- €

GTIN 4015613310008

CNS 18/10 4 Ø 180 mm 4 x 2 kW Speed- hotplates 8 kW | 400 V | 50 Hz 3 NAC W 600 x D 600 x H 290 mm 29.6 kg

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

THERMAL SERIES u Series 600

Gas stove 600, 2BR

Cerane stove 600, 2 plates, TU

131800 • Material • Material hob • Number of hobs • Distribution of hobs • Type of hobs • Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

Cerane stove 600, 4 HTzones, TU

131850 • Material • Material hob • Number of hobs • Distribution of hobs • Type of hobs • Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

Bain Marie 600, W400, TU

131760 • Material • Basin size, GN format • Depth GN container max. • Temperature range • Water drain tap • Not included in delivery • Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

THERMAL SERIES u Series 600

Electric Bain Marie Series 600

131770 • Material • Basin size, GN format • Depth GN container max. • Temperature range • Water drain tap • Not included in delivery • Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

RRP* 1,569.- €

GTIN 4015613418193

CNS 18/10 Glass 2 1 x 2,5 kW, 1 x 1,8 kW Glass ceramic 4,3 kW | 400 V | 50/60 Hz 3 NAC W 400 x D 600 x H 290 mm 17 kg

RRP* 2,379.- €

GTIN 4015613418209

CNS 18/10 Glass 4 2 x 2,5 kW, 1 x 1,8 kW, 1 x 1,2 kW Glass ceramic 8 kW | 400 V | 50/60 Hz 3 NAC W 600 x D 600 x H 290 mm 25 kg

RRP* 1,059.- €

GTIN 4015613310084

CNS 18/10 3 x 1/4 GN 150 mm 30 °C to 85 °C Yes GN containers Intermediate bars 1,4 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz Pluggable W 400 x D 600 x H 290 mm 17.6 kg

RRP* 1,369.- €

GTIN 4015613310091

CNS 18/10 1 x 1/1 GN 2 x 1/4 GN 150 mm 30 °C to 85 °C Yes GN containers Intermediate bars 2,8 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz Pluggable W 600 x D 600 x H 290 mm 28 kg

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

131905 • Material • Number of drawers • Size drawer • Size • Weight

Workelement 600, W600, Dr

131915 • Material • Number of drawers • Size drawer • Size • Weight

Lava rock grill, gas, 600, W600

1317003 • Material • Type of grid • Height-adjustable grid • Gas type • Including • Power • Size • Weight

RRP* 559.- €

RRP* 669.- €

49.- €

GTIN 4015613548012

CNS 18/10 1 W 520 x D 480 x H 180 mm W 600 x D 600 x H 290 mm 30 kg

RRP* 2,119.- €

GTIN 4015613309972

CNS 18/10 V-grille (for meat) Yes Liquid gas Natural gas nozzles are enclosed Lava stones for first filling 7,3 kW W 600 x D 600 x H 290 mm 49 kg

• Size: W 310 x D 310 x H 95 mm • Weight: 7 kg • GTIN: 4015613182049

RRP*

GTIN 4015613548005

CNS 18/10 1 W 320 x D 480 x H 180 mm W 400 x D 600 x H 290 mm 28 kg

Lava rock 7kg

100611

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

THERMAL SERIES u Series 600

Workelement 600, W400, Dr

Deep fat fryer 600, W400, 6L

131306 • Material • Number of tanks • Beaker capacity • Number of baskets • Size basket • Grease release tap • Control lamp • Heating element • Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

Deep fat fryer 600, W600, 2x6L

131413 • Material • Number of tanks • Beaker capacity • Number of baskets • Size basket • Grease release tap • Control lamp • Heating element • Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

RRP* 1,169.- €

GTIN 4015613309699

CNS 18/10 1 6 litre(s) 1 W 190 x D 270 x H 120 mm Yes yes Permanently installed 3,3 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz Pluggable W 400 x D 600 x H 290 mm 17.8 kg

RRP* 2,029.- €

GTIN 4015613433264

CNS 18/10 2 6 litre(s) 2 W 190 x D 270 x H 120 mm Yes yes Permanently installed 6,6 kW | 400 V | 50/60 Hz 3 NAC W 600 x D 600 x H 290 mm 29 kg

Substit.basket d.fat fryer 600, 6L • Size basket: W 190 x D 270 x H 120 mm • Size: W 195 x D 490 x H 203 mm • Weight: 0.75 kg • GTIN: 4015613658681

131308

RRP*

69.- €

THERMAL SERIES u Series 600

Deep fat fryer 600, W400, 8L

► Fatsafe Frying fat filter page 153

131415 • Material • Number of tanks • Beaker capacity • Number of baskets • Basket content • Size basket • Grease release tap • Control lamp • Heating element • Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

► Deep fat fryer thermometer page 424

RRP* 1,619.- €

GTIN 4015613433240

CNS 18/10 1 8 litre(s) 1 8 litre(s) W 225 x D 275 x H 100 mm Yes yes Can be swivelled 6,3 kW | 400 V | 50 Hz 3 NAC W 400 x D 600 x H 290 mm 21 kg

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

131425 • Material • Number of tanks • Beaker capacity • Number of baskets • Size basket 1 • Size Basket 2 • Grease release tap • Control lamp • Heating element • Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

Substit.basket d.fat fryer 600,8l,S

Substit.basket d.fat fryer 600,8l,L

• Size basket: W 110 x D 280 x H 100 mm • Size: W 111 x D 505 x H 203 mm • Weight: 0.62 kg • GTIN: 4015613658704

• Size basket: W 225 x D 275 x H 100 mm • Size: W 226 x D 495 x H 205 mm • Weight: 0.8 kg • GTIN: 4015613658711

131418

RRP*

72.- €

131419

RRP*

Deep fat fryer gas 600, W400, 1x8L

79.- €

1315213 • Material • Number of tanks • Beaker capacity • Number of baskets • Size basket 1 • Size Basket 2 • Grease release tap • Control lamp • Gas type

• Size basket: W 227 x D 290 x H 120 mm • Size: W 228 x D 545 x H 232 mm • Weight: 0.99 kg • GTIN: 4015613658735

131514

RRP*

62.- €

131515

RRP*

79.- €

GTIN 4015613433028

RRP* 3,298.- €

GTIN 4015613433271

CNS 18/10 2 8 litre(s) 3 (1 x large, 2 x small) W 227 x D 290 x H 120 mm W 115 x D 290 x H 120 mm Yes yes Liquid gas Natural gas nozzles are enclosed 13,4 kW W 600 x D 600 x H 290 mm 42 kg

• Power • Size • Weight

Substit.basket d.fat fryer 600,8l,L

RRP* 1,969.- €

CNS 18/10 1 8 litre(s) 1 W 227 x D 290 x H 120 mm Yes yes Liquid gas Natural gas nozzles are enclosed 6,7 kW W 400 x D 600 x H 290 mm 25 kg

• Power • Size • Weight

• Size basket: W 115 x D 290 x H 120 mm • Size: W 140 x D 520 x H 241 mm • Weight: 0.69 kg • GTIN: 4015613658728

GTIN 4015613433257

• Material • Number of tanks • Beaker capacity • Number of baskets • Size basket • Grease release tap • Control lamp • Gas type

Substit.basket d.fat fryer 600,8l,S

CNS 18/10 2 8 litre(s) 3 (1 x large, 2 x small) W 225 x D 275 x H 100 mm W 110 x D 280 x H 100 mm Yes yes Can be swivelled 12,6 kW | 400 V | 50 Hz 3 NAC W 600 x D 600 x H 290 mm 34 kg

1315113

Deep fat fryer gas 600, W600, 2x8L

RRP* 2,629.- €

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

THERMAL SERIES u Series 600

Deep fat fryer 600, W600, 2x8L

Griddle plate 600, W400, smooth

132115 • Material • Material roasting surface • Roasting surface design • Size heating surpface • Number of heating zones • Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

Griddle plate 600, W600, smooth,HCP

132125 • Material • Material roasting surface • Roasting surface design • Size heating surpface • Number of heating zones • Heating zones can be controlled separately • Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

THERMAL SERIES u Series 600

Griddle plate 600, W600, 1/2-1/2

132255 • Material • Material roasting surface • Roasting surface design • Size heating surpface • Number of heating zones • Heating zones can be controlled separately • Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

RRP* 1,839.- €

GTIN 4015613547572

CNS 18/10 Special steel, hard chrome-plated Smooth W 390 x D 440 mm 1 3,6 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz Pluggable W 400 x D 600 x H 290 mm 29.2 kg

RRP* 2,219.- €

GTIN 4015613547589

CNS 18/10 Special steel, hard chrome-plated Smooth W 590 x D 440 mm 2 Yes 7,2 kW | 400 V | 50 Hz 3 NAC W 600 x D 600 x H 290 mm 47 kg

RRP* 2,019.- €

GTIN 4015613547596

CNS 18/10 Special steel, hard chrome-plated 1/2 smooth, 1/2 ribbed W 590 x D 440 mm 2 Yes 7,2 kW | 400 V | 50 Hz 3 NAC W 600 x D 600 x H 290 mm 45 kg

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

Griddle plate gas 600, W400 smooth

1311413 • Material • Material roasting surface • Roasting surface design • Size heating surpface • Number of heating zones • Gas type • Power • Size • Weight

Griddle plate gas 600, W600, smooth

1311813 • Material • Material roasting surface • Roasting surface design • Size heating surpface • Number of heating zones • Heating zones can be controlled separately • Gas type • Power • Size • Weight

RRP* 2,019.- €

GTIN 4015613547602

CNS 18/10 Special steel, hard chrome-plated Smooth W 390 x D 440 mm 1 Liquid gas Natural gas nozzles are enclosed 4,6 kW W 400 x D 600 x H 290 mm 33.2 kg

RRP* 2,398.- €

GTIN 4015613547619

CNS 18/10 Special steel, hard chrome-plated Smooth W 590 x D 440 mm 2 Yes Liquid gas Natural gas nozzles are enclosed 7,6 kW W 600 x D 600 x H 290 mm 49 kg

Sealing plug

Combi-Scraper

Substitute blade Combi-Scraper

• Material: Plastic • Colour: White • Diameter: 40 mm • Size: W 40 x D 40 x H 50 mm • Weight: 0.07 kg • GTIN: 4015613632384

• Designed for: Steel plates, Grilles • Properties: Replaceable blade • Size: W 110 x D 210 x H 30 mm • Weight: 0.2 kg • GTIN: 4015613605500

• Size: W 10 x D 99 x H 1 mm • Weight: 0,004 kg • GTIN: 4015613658377

529723 529712 132257

RRP*

39.- €

RRP*

13.- €

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

RRP*

3.- €

THERMAL SERIES u Series 600

Component parts

Base unit 600, W400, 2dr

131954 • Material • Sub-counter unit type • Height-adjustable feet • Size • Weight

Open base unit, 600, W400, IS, SS

131924

THERMAL SERIES u Series 600

• Material • Height-adjustable feet • Size • Weight

RRP* 879.- €

GTIN 4015613310190

CNS 18/10 Drawers Yes W 400 x D 550 x H 580 mm 21 kg

RRP* 398.- €

GTIN 4015613310138

CNS 18/10 Yes W 400 x D 550 x H 580 mm 13.5 kg

Sub-counter unit type

Size

Weight

Code-No.

RRP*

GTIN

Open

W 400 x D 550 x H 580 mm

13.5 kg

131924

398,- €

W 600 x D 550 x H 580 mm

16 kg

131926

425,- €

Open

W 800 x D 600 x H 580 mm

19 kg

131925

525,- €

Leaf door

W 400 x D 550 x H 580 mm

16 kg

131944

525,- €

Leaf door

W 600 x D 550 x H 580 mm

20 kg

131946

615,- €

Leaf door

W 1,000 x D 550 x H 580 mm

29 kg

131940

869,- €

⃝ 1 ⃝ 1 ⃝ 1 ⃝ 1 ⃝ 1 ⃝ 1

4015613310138

Open

4015613310145 4015613548067 4015613310169 4015613310176 4015613310183

Component parts Device linking strip • Size: W 5 x D 530 x H 15 mm • Weight: 0.12 kg • GTIN: 4015613323787

132060

RRP*

31.- €

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

Series 650

Series 650 - A cooking range for the professional kitchen. Distinguished through optimal energy efficiency, high performance appliances and design allowing ideal cleaning efficiency. Modular construction means units can be combined easily and in varied arrangements. Appliances made entirely from chrome nickel steel 18/10.

► Electric deep fat fryer with swivelling heating element

► Device linking via wedge crosspiece

Gas stove 650, W700, 4BR, elO

1151143 • Material • Number of hobs • Distribution of hobs • Type of hobs • Pilot flame • Oven type • Oven functions • Gastronorm • Size oven • Temperature range • Including • Connected load oven • Gas type

• Power • Size • Weight

► Counter attachment hood for series 650 available on request

RRP* 2,829.- €

GTIN 4015613548760

CNS 18/10 4 2 x 3,5 kW, 2 x 5,5 kW Gas Yes Electro Circulating air 1/1 GN W 570 x D 490 x H 295 mm 110 °C to 280 °C 1 grille 1 baking tray 4,2 kW | 400 V | 3 NAC Liquid gas (50 mbar) Natural gas nozzles H (20 mbar) and L (20 mbar) are enclosed 18 kW W 700 x D 650 x H 870 mm 71.8 kg

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

THERMAL SERIES u Series 650

► Devices height without chimney 295 mm height with chimney 485 mm

Gas stove 650, W1100, 6BR, gsO

1151163 • Material • Number of hobs • Distribution of hobs • Type of hobs • Pilot flame • Oven type • Size oven • Temperature range • Oven connected load • Including • Sub-counter unit type • Gas type

• Power • Size • Weight

Electric stove 650, W700, 4PL, elO

115058

THERMAL SERIES u Series 650

• Material • Number of hobs • Large hobs • Distribution of hobs • Type of hobs • Oven type • Oven functions • Gastronorm • Size oven • Temperature range • Oven connected load • Including

• Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

RRP* 3,698.- €

GTIN 4015613548869

CNS 18/10 6 3 x 3,5 kW, 3 x 5,5 kW Gas Yes Gas W 570 x D 530 x H 295 mm 140 °C to 280 °C 5 kW 1 grille 1 baking tray Leaf door Liquid gas (50 mbar) Natural gas nozzles H (20 mbar) and L (20 mbar) are enclosed 32 kW W 1,100 x D 650 x H 870 mm 100 kg

RRP* 2,679.- €

GTIN 4015613548791

CNS 18/10 4 2 x Ø 220 mm, 2 x Ø 180 mm 2 x 2,6 kW, x 1,5 kW Electro Electro Circulating air 1/1 GN W 570 x D 490 x H 295 mm 110 °C to 280 °C 4,3 kW 1 grille 1 baking tray 12,4 kW | 400 V | 50/60 Hz 3 NAC W 700 x D 650 x H 870 mm 70 kg

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

Cerane stove 650, W700, 4HTzon. elO

115059 • Material • Number of hobs • Large hobs • Distribution of hobs • Type of hobs • Oven type • Oven functions • Gastronorm • Size oven • Temperature range • Oven connected load • Including

RRP* 3,429.- €

GTIN 4015613548814

CNS 18/10 4 2 x Ø 220 mm, 1 Ø 180 mm, 1 x Ø 145 mm 2 x 2,5 kW, 1 x 1,8 kW, 1 x 1,2 kW Glass ceramic Electro Circulating air 1/1 GN W 570 x D 490 x H 295 mm 110 °C to 280 °C 4,2 kW 1 grille 1 baking tray 12,2 kW | 400 V | 50/60 Hz 3 NAC W 700 x D 650 x H 870 mm 64 kg

• Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

Component parts Oven grid 650

• Size: W 530 x D 490 x H 35 mm • Weight: 2.24 kg • GTIN: 4015613559339

• Size: W 530 x D 490 x H 47 mm • Weight: 1.71 kg • GTIN: 4015613559322

115805

RRP*

169.- €

105804

RRP*

Gas stove 650, 2BR, TU

95.- €

1151023 • Material • Number of hobs • Distribution of hobs • Type of hobs • Pilot flame • Gas type

• Power • Size • Weight

Gas stove 650, 4BR, TU

1151033 • Material • Number of hobs • Distribution of hobs • Type of hobs • Pilot flame • Gas type

• Power • Size • Weight

RRP* 919.- €

GTIN 4015613548906

CNS 18/10 2 1 x 3,5 kW, 1 x 5,5 kW Gas Yes Liquid gas (50 mbar) Natural gas nozzles H (20 mbar) and L (20 mbar) are enclosed 9 kW W 400 x D 650 x H 295 mm 17 kg

RRP* 1,369.- €

GTIN 4015613548920

CNS 18/10 4 2 x 3,5 kW, 2 x 5,5 kW Gas Yes Liquid gas (50 mbar) Natural gas nozzles H (20 mbar) and L (20 mbar) are enclosed 18 kW W 700 x D 650 x H 295 mm 32.2 kg

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

THERMAL SERIES u Series 650

Baking tray series 650

Electric stove 650, W400, 2PL, TU

115005 • Material • Number of hobs • Large hobs • Distribution of hobs • Type of hobs • Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

Electric stove 650, W700, 4PL, TU

115007 • Material • Number of hobs • Large hobs • Distribution of hobs • Type of hobs • Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

Induction stove 1 CZ, 650, B400

115090 • Material • Material hob • Number of hobs • Large hobs • Size cerane surface • Distribution of hobs • Type of hobs • Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

THERMAL SERIES u Series 650

Induction stove 2 CZ, 650, B700

115095 • Material • Material hob • Number of hobs • Large hobs • Size cerane surface • Distribution of hobs • Type of hobs • Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

RRP* 809.- €

GTIN 4015613548937

CNS 18/10 2 1 x Ø 220 mm, 1 x Ø 180 mm 1 x 2,6 kW, 1 x 1,5 kW Electro 4,1 kW | 400 V | 50/60 Hz 3 NAC W 400 x D 650 x H 295 mm 17.35 kg

RRP* 1,239.- €

GTIN 4015613548944

CNS 18/10 4 2 x Ø 220 mm, 2 x 180 mm 2 x 2,6 kW, 2 x 1,5 kW Electro 8,2 kW | 400 V | 50/60 Hz 3 NAC W 700 x D 650 x H 295 mm 30.6 kg

RRP* 3,919.- €

GTIN 4015613548951

CNS 18/10 Glass 1 Ø 220 mm W 348 x D 512 mm 1 x 5 kW Induction 5 kW | 400 V | 50 Hz 3 NAC W 400 x D 650 x H 295 mm 24 kg

RRP* 6,849.- €

GTIN 4015613548968

CNS 18/10 Glass 2 Ø 220 mm W 648 x D 512 mm 2 x 5 kW Induction 10 kW | 400 V | 50 Hz 3 NAC W 700 x D 650 x H 295 mm 42.6 kg

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

Induction wok 650, B400, 5kW

115099 • Material • Material hob • Diameter hob • Output hob(s) max. • Type of hobs • Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

RRP* 4,429.- €

GTIN 4015613548975

CNS 18/10 Glass ceramic 300 mm 5 kW Induction 5 kW | 400 V | 50 Hz 3 NAC W 400 x D 650 x H 295 mm 24.2 kg

Component parts Wok pan steel, 360mm

Wok pan W360R

Wok pan W385R

• Material: Steel • Design base: Round • Content: 5 litre(s) • Diameter: 360 mm • With opposite handle: No • Induction-suitable: Yes • Size: W 560 x D 360 x H 95 mm • Weight: 1.5 kg • GTIN: 4015613371313

• Material: Stainless steel • Design base: Round • Content: 6 litre(s) • Diameter: 360 mm • Height pan without lid: 110 mm • Handle properties: Cold handle(s) • With opposite handle: Yes • Induction-suitable: Yes • Size: W 640 x D 360 x H 220 mm • Weight: 2.85 kg • GTIN: 4015613525075

• Material: Stainless steel • Design base: Round • Content: 6 litre(s) • Diameter: 385 mm • Height pan without lid: 160 mm • Handle properties: Heat resistant • With opposite handle: No • Induction-suitable: Yes • Size: W 645 x D 385 x H 160 mm • Weight: 1.7 kg • GTIN: 4015613668451

RRP*

115.- €

105981

Pasta cooker 650,W600,28L,3baskets

RRP*

109.- €

115138 • Material • Number of tanks • Beaker capacity • Size basin • Number of baskets • Size basket • Properties • Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

A105971

RRP* 2,419.- €

• Size basket: W 145 x D 310 x H 125 mm • Size: W 145 x D 512 x H 232 mm • Weight: 1.2 kg • GTIN: 4015613658773 RRP*

79.- €

69.- €

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

GTIN 4015613549064

CNS 18/10 3 28 litre(s) W 490 x D 340 x H 180 mm 3 W 145 x D 310 x H 125 mm With water supply and drain cock 9 kW | 400 V | 50/60 Hz 3 NAC W 600 x D 650 x H 295 mm 29 kg

Substit.basket pasta cooker 650

158612

RRP*

THERMAL SERIES u Series 650

A105960

Bain Marie 650, W400, 1/1GN

115111 • Material • Number of tanks • Basin size, GN format • Depth GN container max. • Temperature range • Water drain tap • Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

Bain Marie 650, W600, 1/1GN+ 2x1/4

115112 • Material • Number of tanks • Basin size, GN format • Depth GN container max. • Temperature range • Water drain tap • Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

Roast fryer 650, W400, TU

115137 • Material • Size heating surpface • Number of heating zones • Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

THERMAL SERIES u Series 650

Electric roast fryer

115141 • Material • Size heating surpface • Number of heating zones • Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

RRP* 1,159.- €

GTIN 4015613548982

CNS 18/10 1 1 x 1/1 GN 150 mm 30 °C to 90 °C Yes 1 kW | 230 V | 50/60 Hz Pluggable W 400 x D 650 x H 295 mm 15 kg

RRP* 1,469.- €

GTIN 4015613548999

CNS 18/10 1 1 x 1/1 GN 2 x 1/4 GN 150 mm 30 °C to 90 °C Yes 1,8 kW | 230 V | 50/60 Hz Pluggable W 600 x D 650 x H 295 mm 18.6 kg

RRP* 1,979.- €

GTIN 4015613549002

CNS 18/10 W 250 x D 420 mm 1 4,08 kW | 400 V | 50/60 Hz 3 NAC W 400 x D 650 x H 295 mm 21.8 kg

RRP* 2,929.- €

GTIN 4015613632438

CNS 18/10 W 540 x D 420 mm 2 8,16 kW | 400 V | 50/60 Hz 3 NAC W 800 x D 650 x H 295 mm 35 kg

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

Electric frying pan 650, 12,5L,W400

115245 • Material • Material pan • Content • Size pan • Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

Lava rock grill, gas, 650, W400

GTIN 4015613549033

CNS 18/10 Stainless steel 12,5 litre(s) W 310 x D 505 x H 100 mm 3,9 kW | 400 V | 50/60 Hz 3 NAC W 400 x D 650 x H 295 mm 22.7 kg

1151583 • Material • Number of grills areas • Size grill plates • Height-adjustable grid • Number of heating zones • Including • Gas type • Power • Size • Weight

Lava rock grill, gas, 650, W800

RRP* 1,689.- €

1151593 • Material • Number of grills areas • Size grill plates • Height-adjustable grid • Number of heating zones • Including • Gas type • Power • Size • Weight

RRP* 1,719.- €

GTIN 4015613549040

CNS 18/10 1 W 330 x D 580 mm No 1 Lava stones for first filling Liquid gas Natural gas nozzles are enclosed 7 kW W 400 x D 650 x H 295 mm 36 kg

RRP* 2,419.- €

GTIN 4015613549057

CNS 18/10 1 W 660 x D 580 mm No 2 Lava stones for first filling Liquid gas Natural gas nozzles are enclosed 14 kW W 800 x D 650 x H 295 mm 69.2 kg

V-grid LVG650Snack

Lava rock 7kg

• Material: Stainless steel • Type of grid: V-grille (for meat) • Size grill plates: W 325 x D 500 mm • Grease collection tank: Yes • Size: W 330 x D 580 x H 60 mm • Weight: 3.6 kg • GTIN: 4015613669946

• Size: W 310 x D 310 x H 95 mm • Weight: 7 kg • GTIN: 4015613182049

100611

1151580

RRP*

359.- €

RRP*

49.- €

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

THERMAL SERIES u Series 650

Component parts

Griddle plate 650, W400, smooth

115108 • Material • Material roasting surface • Roasting surface design • Size heating surpface • Number of heating zones • Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

Griddle plate 650, W600, smooth

115109 • Material • Material roasting surface • Roasting surface design • Size heating surpface • Number of heating zones • Heating zones can be controlled separately • Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

Griddle plate 650, W600, 1/2-1/2

115120

GTIN 4015613549125

CNS 18/10 Steel Smooth W 396 x D 555 mm 1 3,9 kW | 400 V | 50/60 Hz 3 NAC W 400 x D 650 x H 295 mm 36 kg

RRP* 1,998.- €

GTIN 4015613549132

CNS 18/10 Steel Smooth W 596 x D 555 mm 2 Yes 7,8 kW | 400 V | 50/60 Hz 3 NAC W 600 x D 650 x H 295 mm 51 kg

RRP* 2,089.- €

GTIN 4015613549149

CNS 18/10 Steel 1/2 smooth, 1/2 ribbed W 596 x D 555 mm 2 Yes 7,8 kW | 400 V | 50/60 Hz 3 NAC W 600 x D 650 x H 295 mm 51 kg

THERMAL SERIES u Series 650

• Material • Material roasting surface • Roasting surface design • Size heating surpface • Number of heating zones • Heating zones can be controlled separately • Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

RRP* 1,489.- €

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

1152163 • Material • Material roasting surface • Roasting surface design • Size heating surpface • Number of heating zones • Gas type • Power • Size • Weight

Griddle plate gas 650, W600, smooth

1152173 • Material • Material roasting surface • Roasting surface design • Size heating surpface • Number of heating zones • Heating zones can be controlled separately • Gas type • Power • Size • Weight

Griddle plate gas 650,W600, 1/2

1152093 • Material • Material roasting surface • Roasting surface design • Size heating surpface • Number of heating zones • Heating zones can be controlled separately • Gas type • Power • Size • Weight

RRP* 1,509.- €

GTIN 4015613549156

CNS 18/10 Steel Smooth W 396 x D 555 mm 1 Liquid gas Natural gas nozzles are enclosed 5 kW W 400 x D 650 x H 295 mm 38 kg

RRP* 2,039.- €

GTIN 4015613549163

CNS 18/10 Steel Smooth W 596 x D 555 mm 2 Yes Liquid gas Natural gas nozzles are enclosed 10 kW W 600 x D 650 x H 295 mm 54 kg

RRP* 2,109.- €

GTIN 4015613549170

CNS 18/10 Steel 1/2 smooth, 1/2 ribbed W 596 x D 555 mm 2 Yes Liquid gas Natural gas nozzles are enclosed 10 kW W 600 x D 650 x H 295 mm 54 kg

Component parts Sealing plug f. fat drain oval

Combi-Scraper

Substitute blade Combi-Scraper

• Material: Plastic, Heat resistant • Size: W 70 x D 118 x H 90 mm • Weight: 0.14 kg • GTIN: 4015613588346

• Designed for: Steel plates, Grilles • Properties: Replaceable blade • Size: W 110 x D 210 x H 30 mm • Weight: 0.2 kg • GTIN: 4015613605500

• Size: W 10 x D 99 x H 1 mm • Weight: 0,004 kg • GTIN: 4015613658377

115107

RRP*

105.- €

529712

RRP*

13.- €

529723

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

RRP*

3.- €

THERMAL SERIES u Series 650

Griddle plate gas 650, W400, smooth

Deep fat fryer 650, W400, 10L

115204 • Material • Number of tanks • Beaker capacity • Number of baskets • Size basket • Grease release tap • Control lamp • Heating element • Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

Deep fat fryer 650, W600, 2x10L

115205 • Material • Number of tanks • Beaker capacity • Number of baskets • Size basket • Grease release tap • Control lamp • Heating element • Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

THERMAL SERIES u Series 650

Gas deep fat fryer 650, 8L, TG

1152103 • Material • Number of tanks • Beaker capacity • Size basin • Number of baskets • Basket content • Size basket • Temperature range • Safety thermostat • Grease release tap • Operating mode • Ignition type • Gas type • Power • Size • Weight

RRP* 1,409.- €

GTIN 4015613549071

CNS 18/10 1 10 litre(s) 1 W 163 x D 295 x H 110 mm Yes Heat up Can be swivelled 9 kW | 400 V | 50/60 Hz 3 NAC W 400 x D 650 x H 295 mm 20.1 kg

RRP* 2,349.- €

GTIN 4015613549088

CNS 18/10 2 10 litre(s) 2 W 163 x D 295 x H 110 mm Yes Heat up Can be swivelled 18 kW | 400 V | 50/60 Hz 3 NAC W 600 x D 650 x H 295 mm 32 kg

RRP* 1,898.- €

GTIN 4015613702940

CNS 18/10 1 8 litre(s) W 250 x D 530 x H 230 mm 1 7,1 litre(s) W 190 x D 338 x H 110 mm 120 °C to 180 °C Yes Yes Gas Piezo ignition Liquid gas Natural gas nozzles are enclosed 7 kW W 400 x D 650 x H 295 mm 24.6 kg

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

Gas deep fat fryer 650, 2x8L, TG

1152113 • Material • Number of tanks • Beaker capacity • Size basin • Number of baskets • Basket content • Size basket • Temperature range • Safety thermostat • Grease release tap • Including

RRP* 3,139.- €

GTIN 4015613702957

CNS 18/10 2 8 litre(s) W 250 x D 530 x H 230 mm 2 7,1 litre(s) W 190 x D 338 x H 110 mm 120 °C to 180 °C Yes Yes 2 baskets 2 lids Gas Piezo ignition Liquid gas Natural gas nozzles are enclosed 14 kW W 600 x D 650 x H 295 mm 42.4 kg

• Operating mode • Ignition type • Gas type • Power • Size • Weight

Component parts Substit.basket d.fat fryer 650, 8L

Substit.basket d.fat fryer 650, 10L

• Size basket: W 190 x D 338 x H 110 mm • Size: W 200 x D 350 x H 200 mm • Weight: 0.97 kg • GTIN: 4015613665313

• Size basket: W 163 x D 295 x H 110 mm • Size: W 176 x D 550 x H 233 mm • Weight: 0.9 kg • GTIN: 4015613658759

158616

► Fatsafe Frying fat filter page 153

RRP*

65.- €

158610

RRP*

96.- €

► Deep fat fryer thermometer page 424

Warmer 650, W400, 1/1GN, TU

115115

GTIN 4015613549095

CNS 18/10 1/1 GN 2 kW | 230 V | 50/60 Hz W 400 x D 650 x H 295 mm 19.2 kg

THERMAL SERIES u Series 650

• Material • Basin size, GN format • Power load • Size • Weight

RRP* 1,059.- €

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

Workelement 650, W400

115116 • Material • Size • Weight

Work element 650, W600 • Material • Size • Weight

THERMAL SERIES u Series 650 36

GTIN 4015613549224

RRP* 455.- €

GTIN 4015613549217

CNS 18/10 W 600 x D 650 x H 295 mm 21 kg

115114 • Material • Number of tanks • Size basin • Sink tap • Water outlet • Splash protection • Properties • Size • Weight

CNS 18/10 W 400 x D 650 x H 295 mm 12.8 kg

115113

Sink 650, W600, TU

RRP* 415.- €

RRP* 979.- €

GTIN 4015613549200

CNS 18/10 1 W 500 x D 400 x H 150 mm Single hole sink mixer 1/2" 1 1/2" yes With basin panelling W 600 x D 650 x H 295 mm 15.6 kg

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

115155

RRP* 2,698.- €

• Material • Material crucible • Content • Size crucible • Grease release tap • Grease collection tank • Properties • Sub-counter unit type • Including • Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

Multi-fryer 650, W600, TU

RRP* 3,329.- €

GTIN 4015613549194

CNS 18/10 CNS 18/10 21 litre(s) W 520 x D 480 x H 92,5 mm Yes Yes Rounded well Open 1 collection tray 1/1 GN, 150 mm deep 8,1 kW | 400 V | 50/60 Hz 3 NAC W 600 x D 650 x H 870 mm 45 kg

112020

RRP* 369.- €

• Material • Sub-counter unit type • Height-adjustable feet • Height adjustable • Size • Weight

Size

GTIN 4015613549187

CNS 18/10 CNS 18/10 13 litre(s) W 320 x D 480 x H 92,5 mm Yes Yes Rounded well Open 1 collection tray 1/1 GN, 150 mm deep 4 kW | 400 V | 50/60 Hz 3 NAC W 400 x D 650 x H 870 mm 41 kg

115157

Open base unit, 650, W400, SS

GTIN 4015613432847

CNS 18/10 Open Yes 560 mm to 660 mm W 400 x D 535 x H 560 mm 10 kg

Weight

Code-No.

RRP*

GTIN

W 400 x D 535 x H 560 mm

10 kg

112020

369,- €

11.6 kg

112021

409,- €

W 700 x D 535 x H 560 mm

12.4 kg

112121

429,- €

W 800 x D 535 x H 560 mm

17.8 kg

112022

489,- €

W 1,000 x D 535 x H 560 mm

17.2 kg

112023

549,- €

⃝ 1 ⃝ 1 ⃝ 1 ⃝ 1 ⃝ 1

4015613432847

W 600 x D 535 x H 560 mm

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

4015613432854 4015613550237 4015613432861 4015613432878

THERMAL SERIES u Series 650

Multi-fryer 650, W400, TU, OBU

Component parts Device linking strip 650

Drawer 650 B40, set of 2

Drawer 650 B60, set of 2

• Size: W 20 x D 575 x H 8 mm • Weight: 0.17 kg • GTIN: 4015613215785

• Material: CNS 18/10 • Number of drawers: 2 • With plastic inserts: Yes • Norm-format drawers: 1/1 GN • Size plastic tray: W 325 x D 530 x H 150 mm • Size: W 396 x D 570 x H 392 mm • Weight: 9.12 kg • GTIN: 4015613688466

• Material: CNS 18/10 • Number of drawers: 2 • Size inside: W 528 x D 518 x H 150 mm • Size: W 576 x D 596 x H 392 mm • Weight: 15 kg • GTIN: 4015613670867

110036

RRP*

49.- €

112033 112035

RRP*

649.- €

RRP*

Door 650, W400, universal

Door 650, W600, universal

• Material: Chrome-nickel steel • Size: W 345 x D 395 x H 45 mm • Weight: 2.15 kg • GTIN: 4015613560014

• Material: Chrome-nickel steel • Size: W 395 x D 395 x H 45 mm • Weight: 2.5 kg • GTIN: 4015613559995

• Material: Chrome-nickel steel • Size: W 595 x D 395 x H 45 mm • Weight: 3.5 kg • GTIN: 4015613560007

RRP*

185.- €

112025

RRP*

195.- €

112026

RRP*

Shelf 650, W400

Shelf 650, W600

Shelf 650, W700

• Material: Chrome-nickel steel • Size: W 360 x D 525 x H 30 mm • Weight: 1.55 kg • GTIN: 4015613432939

• Material: Chrome-nickel steel • Size: W 525 x D 660 x H 30 mm • Weight: 2.3 kg • GTIN: 4015613432946

• Material: Chrome-nickel steel • Size: W 660 x D 527 x H 30 mm • Weight: 2.65 kg • GTIN: 4015613560021

RRP*

93.- €

112031

RRP*

109.- €

225.- €

112032

RRP*

129.- €

THERMAL SERIES u Series 650

112030

Door 650, W350, universal

112027

779.- €

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

Series 700

Simply indestructible and thought through down to the last detail – Series 700. The professional series made of sturdy stainless steel 18/10 forms the basis for every large kitchen. Reliable, user-friendly and high-performance - thanks to the modular design, the devices can be tuned to individual needs.

► Front panel with large operating knobs

► Easy cleaning: burner recess with detachable drip collecting tray

Gas stove 700, W400, 2BR, OBU

2851021 • Material • Number of hobs • Distribution of hobs • Type of hobs • Gas burner • Pilot flame • Sub-counter unit type • Height-adjustable feet • Height adjustable • Properties • Gas type

• Power • Size • Weight

► Hygienic device connection

RRP* 1,625.- €

GTIN 4015613484228

CNS 18/10 2 1 x 5,5 kW, 1 x 3,6 kW Gas Two-circle burner Yes Open Yes 850 mm to 900 mm Cast iron grille Hobs with removable collection tray Natural gas H (20 mbar) Liquid gas (50 mbar) and natural gas nozzles L (20 mbar) are enclosed 9,1 kW W 400 x D 700 x H 850 mm 42 kg

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

THERMAL SERIES u Series 700

► Optimum performance by dual circuit burner

Gas stove 700, W800, 4BR, OBU

2851041 • Material • Number of hobs • Distribution of hobs • Type of hobs • Gas burner • Pilot flame • Sub-counter unit type • Height-adjustable feet • Height adjustable • Properties • Gas type

• Power • Size • Weight

Gas stove 700, W1200, 6BR, OBU

2851061 • Material • Number of hobs • Distribution of hobs • Type of hobs • Gas burner • Pilot flame • Sub-counter unit type • Height-adjustable feet • Height adjustable • Properties • Gas type

• Power • Size • Weight

RRP* 2,449.- €

GTIN 4015613484235

CNS 18/10 4 2 x 5,5 kW, 2 x 3,6 kW Gas Two-circle burner Yes Open Yes 850 mm to 900 mm Cast iron grille Hobs with removable collection tray Natural gas H (20 mbar) Liquid gas (50 mbar) and natural gas nozzles L (20 mbar) are enclosed 18,2 kW W 800 x D 700 x H 850 mm 71 kg

RRP* 3,439.- €

GTIN 4015613484242

CNS 18/10 6 3 x 5,5 kW, 3 x 3,6 kW Gas Two-circle burner Yes Open Unevenly divided Yes 850 mm to 900 mm Cast iron grille Hobs with removable collection tray Natural gas H (20 mbar) Liquid gas (50 mbar) and natural gas nozzles L (20 mbar) are enclosed 27,3 kW W 1,200 x D 700 x H 850 mm 100 kg

THERMAL SERIES u Series 700

Sliding grid SS, Series 700

• Material: CNS 18/10 • Designed for: 2 hobs behind each other • Size: W 560 x D 352 x H 40 mm • Weight: 2.5 kg • GTIN: 4015613520414

285086

RRP*

169.- €

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

2852441 • Material • Number of hobs • Large hobs • Distribution of hobs • Type of hobs • Gas burner • Pilot flame • Oven type • Oven functions • Material cooking chamber • Gastronorm • Oven volume • Size oven • Number of drawers • Distance between trays • Temperature range • Vapour extractor • Connected load oven • Height-adjustable feet • Height adjustable • Properties • Gas type

• Power • Size • Weight

Gas stove 700, W800, 4BR, gsO

2852341 • Material • Number of hobs • Distribution of hobs • Type of hobs • Gas burner • Pilot flame • Oven type • Ignition type • Gastronorm • Size oven • Temperature range • Oven connected load • Height-adjustable feet • Height adjustable • Properties • Gas type

• Power • Size • Weight

RRP* 3,979.- €

GTIN 4015613696140

CNS 18/10 4 330 x 270 mm 2 x 5.5 kW, 2 x 3.6 kW Gas Two-circle burner Yes Electro Circulating air Stainless steel 1/1 GN 58 litre(s) W 535 x D 370 x H 290 mm 3 90 mm 100 °C to 300 °C Yes 3.65 kW | 400 V | 3 NAC Yes 850 mm to 900 mm Cast iron grille Hobs with removable collection tray Natural gas H (20 mbar) Liquid gas (50 mbar) and natural gas nozzles L (20 mbar) are enclosed 18,2 kW W 800 x D 700 x H 950 mm 112 kg

RRP* 4,198.- €

GTIN 4015613484259

CNS 18/10 4 2 x 5,5 kW, 2 x 3,6 kW Gas Two-circle burner Yes Gas Piezo ignition 2/1 GN W 650 x D 565 x H 310 mm 140 °C to 300 °C 7,5 kW Yes 850 mm to 900 mm Cast iron grille Hobs with removable collection tray Natural gas H (20 mbar) Liquid gas (50 mbar) and natural gas nozzles L (20 mbar) are enclosed 25,75 kW W 800 x D 700 x H 850 mm 112.4 kg

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

THERMAL SERIES u Series 700

Gas range 700, B800, 4FL, EBO

Gas stove 700, W800, 4BR, elO

2852251W • Material • Number of hobs • Distribution of hobs • Type of hobs • Gas burner • Pilot flame • Oven type • Oven functions • Material cooking chamber • Gastronorm • Size oven • Temperature range • Vapour extractor • Oven connected load • Oven voltage • Height-adjustable feet • Height adjustable • Properties • Gas type

• Power • Size • Weight

Gas stove 700, W1200, 6BR, gsO

2852361 • Material • Number of hobs • Distribution of hobs • Type of hobs • Gas burner • Pilot flame • Oven type • Ignition type • Gastronorm • Size oven • Temperature range • Oven connected load • Sub-counter unit type • Size base unit • Height-adjustable feet • Height adjustable • Properties

THERMAL SERIES u Series 700

• Gas type

Sliding grid SS, Series 700

• Power • Size • Weight

• Material: CNS 18/10 • Designed for: 2 hobs behind each other • Size: W 560 x D 352 x H 40 mm • Weight: 2.5 kg • GTIN: 4015613520414

285086

RRP*

169.- €

RRP* 4,498.- €

GTIN 4015613580722

CNS 18/10 4 2 x 5,5 kW, 2 x 3,6 kW Gas Two-circle burner Yes Electro Upper / lower heat Stainless steel 2/1 GN W 670 x D 550 x H 320 mm 100 °C to 300 °C Yes 5,4 kW 400 V Yes 850 mm to 900 mm Cast iron grille Hobs with removable collection tray Natural gas H (20 mbar) Liquid gas (50 mbar) and natural gas nozzles L (20 mbar) are enclosed 18,2 kW W 800 x D 700 x H 850 mm 132.4 kg

RRP* 4,829.- €

GTIN 4015613484273

CNS 18/10 6 3 x 5,5 kW, 3 x 3,6 kW Gas Two-circle burner Yes Gas Piezo ignition 2/1 GN W 650 x D 565 x H 310 mm 140 °C to 300 °C 7,5 kW Leaf door W 350 x D 600 x H 400 mm Yes 850 mm to 900 mm Cast iron grille Hobs with removable collection tray Natural gas H (20 mbar) Liquid gas (50 mbar) and natural gas nozzles L (20 mbar) are enclosed 34,8 kW W 1,200 x D 700 x H 850 mm 156 kg

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

2852491 • Material • Number of hobs • Large hobs • Distribution of hobs • Type of hobs • Gas burner • Pilot flame • Oven type • Oven functions • Material cooking chamber • Gastronorm • Oven volume • Size oven • Number of drawers • Distance between trays • Temperature range • Vapour extractor • Connected load oven • Sub-counter unit type • Size base unit • Height-adjustable feet • Height adjustable • Properties • Gas type

• Power • Size • Weight

2852261

Gas stove 700, W1200, 6BR, gsO

• Material • Number of hobs • Distribution of hobs • Type of hobs • Gas burner • Pilot flame • Oven type • Ignition type • Size oven • Temperature range • Oven connected load • Height-adjustable feet • Height adjustable • Properties • Gas type

• Power • Size • Weight

RRP* 4,998.- €

GTIN 4015613697468

CNS 18/10 6 330 x 270 mm 3 x 5.5 kW, 3 x 3.6 kW Gas Two-circle burner Yes Electro Circulating air Stainless steel 1/1 GN 58 litre(s) W 535 x D 370 x H 290 mm 3 90 mm 100 °C to 300 °C Yes 3.65 kW | 400 V | 3 NAC Leaf door W 350 x D 600 x H 400 mm Yes 850 mm to 900 mm Cast iron grille Hobs with removable collection tray Natural gas H (20 mbar) Liquid gas (50 mbar) and natural gas nozzles L (20 mbar) are enclosed 27,3 kW W 1,200 x D 700 x H 850 mm 145.8 kg

RRP* 5,198.- €

GTIN 4015613484297

CNS 18/10 6 3 x 5,5 kW, 3 x 3,6 kW Gas Two-circle burner Yes Gas Piezo ignition W 1050 x D 530 x H 300 mm 140 °C to 300 °C 13 kW Yes 850 mm to 900 mm Cast iron grille Hobs with removable collection tray Natural gas H (20 mbar) Liquid gas (50 mbar) and natural gas nozzles L (20 mbar) are enclosed 40,3 kW W 1,200 x D 700 x H 850 mm 186 kg

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

THERMAL SERIES u Series 700

Gas range 700, B1200, 6Fl, EBO 1/1

Cerane stove 700, 2 HTzon., OBU

287410 • Material • Number of hobs • Large hobs • Distribution of hobs • Type of hobs • Material hob • Sub-counter unit type • Height-adjustable feet • Height adjustable • Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

Cerane stove 700, 4 HTzon., OBU

287420 • Material • Number of hobs • Large hobs • Distribution of hobs • Type of hobs • Material hob • Sub-counter unit type • Height-adjustable feet • Height adjustable • Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

THERMAL SERIES u Series 700

Electric range 700, 4 Felder, EBO

287431 • Material • Number of hobs • Large hobs • Distribution of hobs • Type of hobs • Material hob • Size cerane surface • Oven type • Oven functions • Material cooking chamber • Gastronorm • Oven volume • Size oven • Number of drawers • Distance between trays • Temperature range • Vapour extractor • Oven connected load • Height-adjustable feet • Height adjustable • Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

RRP* 2,069.- €

GTIN 4015613484358

CNS 18/10 2 2 x Ø 210 mm 2 x 2,3 kW Glass ceramic SCHOTT CERAN® Open Yes 850 mm to 900 mm 4,6 kW | 400 V | 50 Hz 3 NAC W 400 x D 700 x H 850 mm 32.6 kg

RRP* 3,179.- €

GTIN 4015613484365

CNS 18/10 4 4 x Ø 210 mm 4 x 2,3 kW Glass ceramic SCHOTT CERAN® Open Yes 850 mm to 900 mm 9,2 kW | 400 V | 50 Hz 3 NAC W 800 x D 700 x H 850 mm 50 kg

RRP* 4,849.- €

GTIN 4015613697475

CNS 18/10 4 4 x Ø 210 mm 4 x 2.3 kW Glass ceramic SCHOTT CERAN® W 745 x D 550 mm Electro Circulating air Stainless steel 1/1 GN 58 litre(s) W 535 x D 370 x H 290 mm 3 90 mm 100 °C to 300 °C Yes 3.6 kW Yes 850 mm to 900 mm 12,85 kW | 400 V | 50 Hz 3 NAC W 800 x D 700 x H 850 mm 83.2 kg

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

286102 • Material • Number of hobs • Large hobs • Distribution of hobs • Type of hobs • Sub-counter unit type • Height-adjustable feet • Height adjustable • Available on request • Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

Electric stove 700, W800, 4PL,OBU

286104 • Material • Number of hobs • Large hobs • Distribution of hobs • Type of hobs • Sub-counter unit type • Height-adjustable feet • Height adjustable • Available on request • Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

Electric stove 700, W1200, 6PL,OBU

286106 • Material • Number of hobs • Large hobs • Distribution of hobs • Type of hobs • Sub-counter unit type • Height-adjustable feet • Height adjustable • Available on request • Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

RRP* 1,298.- €

GTIN 4015613484303

CNS 18/10 2 Ø 220 mm 2 x 2,6 kW Electro Open Yes 850 mm to 900 mm With square hobs 5,2 kW | 400 V | 50 Hz 3 NAC W 400 x D 700 x H 850 mm 36 kg

RRP* 1,869.- €

GTIN 4015613484310

CNS 18/10 4 Ø 220 mm 4 x 2,6 kW Electro Open Yes 850 mm to 900 mm With square hobs 10,4 kW | 400 V | 50 Hz 3 NAC W 800 x D 700 x H 850 mm 50 kg

RRP* 2,419.- €

GTIN 4015613484327

CNS 18/10 6 Ø 220 mm 6 x 2,6 kW Electro Open Unevenly divided Yes 850 mm to 900 mm With square hobs 15,6 kW | 400 V | 50 Hz 3 NAC W 1,200 x D 700 x H 850 mm 75 kg

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

THERMAL SERIES u Series 700

Electric stove 700, W400, 2PL,OBU

Electric range 700, B800, 4PL, EBO

286225 • Material • Number of hobs • Large hobs • Distribution of hobs • Type of hobs • Oven type • Oven functions • Material cooking chamber • Gastronorm • Oven volume • Size oven • Number of drawers • Distance between trays • Temperature range • Vapour extractor • Oven connected load • Height-adjustable feet • Height adjustable • Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

Electric stove 700, W800, 4PL, elO

286234W

GTIN 4015613697482

CNS 18/10 4 4 x Ø 220 mm 4 x 2.6 kW Electro Electro Circulating air Stainless steel 1/1 GN 58 litre(s) W 535 x D 370 x H 290 mm 3 90 mm 100 °C to 300 °C Yes 3.65 kW Yes 850 mm to 900 mm 14,05 kW | 400 V | 50 Hz 3 NAC W 800 x D 700 x H 850 mm 89.4 kg

RRP* 3,529.- €

GTIN 4015613580715

CNS 18/10 4 4 x 2,6 kW Ø 220 mm Electro Electro Circulating air Stainless steel 2/1 GN W 535 x D 675 x H 265 mm 100 °C to 300 °C Yes 5,4 kW Yes 850 mm to 900 mm With square hobs 15,8 kW | 400 V | 50/60 Hz 3 NAC W 800 x D 700 x H 850 mm 106 kg

THERMAL SERIES u Series 700

• Material • Number of hobs • Distribution of hobs • Large hobs • Type of hobs • Oven type • Oven functions • Material cooking chamber • Gastronorm • Size oven • Temperature range • Vapour extractor • Oven connected load • Height-adjustable feet • Height adjustable • Available on request • Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

RRP* 3,629.- €

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

286247 • Material • Number of hobs • Large hobs • Distribution of hobs • Type of hobs • Oven type • Oven functions • Material cooking chamber • Gastronorm • Oven volume • Size oven • Number of drawers • Distance between trays • Temperature range • Vapour extractor • Oven connected load • Sub-counter unit type • Size base unit • Height-adjustable feet • Height adjustable • Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

Elect. cooker 700,W800,4b,EO

286326 • Material • Number of hobs • Large hobs • Distribution of hobs • Type of hobs • Oven type • Oven functions • Material cooking chamber • Gastronorm • Oven volume • Size oven • Number of drawers • Distance between trays • Temperature range • Vapour extractor • Oven connected load • Height-adjustable feet • Height adjustable • Properties • Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

RRP* 4,139.- €

GTIN 4015613697499

CNS 18/10 6 6 x Ø 220 mm 6 x 2.6 kW Electro Electro Circulating air Stainless steel 1/1 GN 58 litre(s) W 535 x D 370 x H 290 mm 3 90 mm 100 °C to 300 °C Yes 3.65 kW Leaf door W 350 x D 600 x H 400 mm Yes 850 mm to 900 mm 19,25 kW | 400 V | 50/60 Hz 3 NAC W 1,200 x D 700 x H 850 mm 112.8 kg

RRP* 4,439.- €

GTIN 4015613697505

CNS 18/10 4 4 x 220 x 220 mm 4 x 2.6 kW Electro Electro Circulating air Stainless steel 1/1 GN 58 litre(s) W 535 x D 370 x H 290 mm 3 90 mm 100 °C to 300 °C Yes 3,6 kW Yes 850 mm to 900 mm Square hob plates 14,05 kW | 400 V | 50 Hz 3 NAC W 800 x D 700 x H 850 mm 100.6 kg

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

THERMAL SERIES u Series 700

Electric range 700, B1200, 6Pl, EBO

Electric range 700, B1200, 6PL, EBO

286347 • Material • Number of hobs • Large hobs • Distribution of hobs • Type of hobs • Oven type • Oven functions • Material cooking chamber • Gastronorm • Oven volume • Size oven • Number of drawers • Distance between trays • Temperature range • Vapour extractor • Oven connected load • Sub-counter unit type • Size base unit • Height-adjustable feet • Height adjustable • Properties • Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

Workelement 700, W400, OBU

284804 • Material • Number of drawers • Size drawer • Sub-counter unit type • Height-adjustable feet • Height adjustable • Size • Weight

THERMAL SERIES u Series 700

Workelement 700, W800, OBU

284007 • Material • Sub-counter unit type • Height-adjustable feet • Height adjustable • Size • Weight

RRP* 5,459.- €

GTIN 4015613697512

CNS 18/10 6 6 x 220 x 220 mm 6 x 2.6 kW Electro Electro Circulating air Stainless steel 1/1 GN 58 litre(s) W 535 x D 370 x H 290 mm 3 90 mm 100 °C to 300 °C Yes 3.65 kW Leaf door W 350 x D 600 x H 400 mm Yes 850 mm to 900 mm Square hob plates 19,25 kW | 400 V | 50/60 Hz 3 NAC W 1,200 x D 700 x H 850 mm 128.8 kg

RRP* 1,098.- €

GTIN 4015613484716

CNS 18/10 1 W 338 x D 520 x H 100 mm Open Yes 850 mm to 900 mm W 400 x D 700 x H 850 mm 32.6 kg

RRP* 1,298.- €

GTIN 4015613484709

CNS 18/10 Open Yes 850 mm to 900 mm W 800 x D 700 x H 850 mm 37 kg

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

286411 • Material • Number of hobs • Large hobs • Distribution of hobs • Type of hobs • Material hob • Number of output levels • Pot recognition • Sub-counter unit type • Size base unit • Height-adjustable feet • Height adjustable • Protection class • Properties • Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

Induction stove 700 4FLOU-1

286421 • Material • Number of hobs • Large hobs • Distribution of hobs • Type of hobs • Material hob • Number of output levels • Pot recognition • Sub-counter unit type • Size base unit • Height-adjustable feet • Height adjustable • Protection class • Properties • Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

Multi-fryer 700, W400, TU, OBU

286710 • Material • Material crucible • Content • Size crucible • Grease collection tank • Control lamp • Sub-counter unit type • Height-adjustable feet • Height adjustable • Properties • Including • Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

RRP* 6,898.- €

GTIN 4015613690032

CNS 18/10 2 Ø 220 mm 2 x 5 kW Induction SCHOTT CERAN® 9 Yes Open W 370 x D 490 x H 405 mm Yes 850 mm to 900 mm IPX4 Grease filter underneath the hobs 10 kW | 400 V | 50/60 Hz 3 NAC W 400 x D 700 x H 850 mm 35.6 kg

RRP* 12,198.- €

GTIN 4015613696096

CNS 18/10 4 Ø 220 mm 4 x 5 kW Induction SCHOTT CERAN® 9 Yes Open W 745 x D 490 x H 405 mm Yes 850 mm to 900 mm IPX4 Grease filter underneath the hobs 20 kW | 400 V | 50/60 Hz 3 NAC W 800 x D 700 x H 850 mm 52.4 kg

RRP* 3,939.- €

GTIN 4015613488233

CNS 18/10 CNS 18/10 12 litre(s) W 300 x D 505 x H 110 mm Yes ON/OFF Open Yes 850 mm to 900 mm Rounded well 1 plug 1 collection tray 1/1 GN, 100 mm deep 5 kW | 400 V | 50 Hz 3 NAC W 400 x D 700 x H 850 mm 52 kg

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

THERMAL SERIES u Series 700

Induction stove 700 2FLOU-1

Bain Marie 700, W400, OBU, wWI

286301 • Material • Number of tanks • Basin size, GN format • Depth GN container max. • Temperature range • Water drain tap • Water supply tap • Sub-counter unit type • Height-adjustable feet • Height adjustable • Not included in delivery • Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

Bain Marie 700, W800, OBU, wWI

286302

THERMAL SERIES u Series 700

• Material • Number of tanks • Basin size, GN format • Depth GN container max. • Temperature range • Water drain tap • Water supply tap • Sub-counter unit type • Height-adjustable feet • Height adjustable • Not included in delivery • Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

RRP* 1,679.- €

GTIN 4015613484679

CNS 18/10 1 1 x 1/1 GN 150 mm 30 °C to 90 °C Yes Yes Open Yes 850 mm to 900 mm GN containers 1 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz Pluggable W 400 x D 700 x H 850 mm 33 kg

RRP* 2,198.- €

GTIN 4015613484686

CNS 18/10 1 1 x 2/1 GN 150 mm 30 °C to 90 °C Yes Yes Open Yes 850 mm to 900 mm GN containers 2 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz Pluggable W 800 x D 700 x H 850 mm 39 kg

Component parts Intermediate bar, 325 mm

Intermediate bar, 530 mm

• Size: W 330 x D 20 x H 35 mm • Weight: 0.1 kg • GTIN: 4016098101181

• Size: W 530 x D 20 x H 35 mm • Weight: 0.15 kg • GTIN: 4016098101198

A120601

RRP*

7.- €

A120602

RRP*

8.- €

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

286506 • Material • Material roasting surface • Roasting surface design • Size heating surpface • Number of heating zones • Safety thermostat • Control lamp • Sub-counter unit type • Height-adjustable feet • Height adjustable • Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

Griddle plate 700, W400, grooved

286507 • Material • Material roasting surface • Roasting surface design • Size heating surpface • Number of heating zones • Safety thermostat • Control lamp • Sub-counter unit type • Height-adjustable feet • Height adjustable • Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

Griddle plate 700, W800, smooth

286508 • Material • Material roasting surface • Roasting surface design • Size heating surpface • Number of heating zones • Safety thermostat • Heating zones can be controlled separately • Control lamp • Sub-counter unit type • Height-adjustable feet • Height adjustable • Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

RRP* 2,389.- €

GTIN 4015613610962

CNS 18/10 Steel Smooth W 320 x D 445 mm 1 Yes Heat up ON/OFF Open Yes 850 mm to 900 mm 5 kW | 400 V | 50/60 Hz 3 NAC W 400 x D 700 x H 850 mm 44.2 kg

RRP* 2,469.- €

GTIN 4015613610979

CNS 18/10 Steel Ribbed W 320 x D 445 mm 1 Yes Heat up ON/OFF Open Yes 850 mm to 900 mm 5 kW | 400 V | 50/60 Hz 3 NAC W 400 x D 700 x H 850 mm 46 kg

RRP* 3,449.- €

GTIN 4015613610993

CNS 18/10 Steel Smooth W 720 x D 445 mm 2 Yes Yes Heat up ON/OFF Open Yes 850 mm to 900 mm 10 kW | 400 V | 50 Hz 3 NAC W 800 x D 700 x H 850 mm 70.8 kg

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

THERMAL SERIES u Series 700

Griddle plate 700, W400 smooth

Griddle plate 700, W800 1/2-1/2,OBU

286509 • Material • Roasting surface design • Material roasting surface • Size heating surpface • Number of heating zones • Heating zones can be controlled separately • Safety thermostat • Control lamp • Sub-counter unit type • Height-adjustable feet • Height adjustable • Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

Griddle plate gas 700, W400, smooth

2855061 • Material • Material roasting surface • Roasting surface design • Size heating surpface • Number of heating zones • Safety thermostat • Sub-counter unit type • Height-adjustable feet • Height adjustable • Operating mode • Ignition type • Gas type

• Power • Size • Weight

THERMAL SERIES u Series 700

Griddle plate gas 700,W400, grooved

2855071 • Material • Material roasting surface • Roasting surface design • Size heating surpface • Number of heating zones • Safety thermostat • Sub-counter unit type • Height-adjustable feet • Height adjustable • Operating mode • Ignition type • Gas type

• Power • Size • Weight

RRP* 3,529.- €

GTIN 4015613611013

CNS 18/10 1/2 smooth, 1/2 ribbed Steel W 720 x D 445 mm 2 Yes Yes Heat up ON/OFF Open Yes 850 mm to 900 mm 10 kW | 400 V | 50 Hz 3 NAC W 800 x D 700 x H 850 mm 72 kg

RRP* 2,289.- €

GTIN 4015613610948

CNS 18/10 Steel Smooth W 320 x D 445 mm 1 Yes Open Yes 850 mm to 900 mm Gas Piezo ignition Natural gas H Liquid gas and natural gas L-nozzles are enclosed 7 kW W 400 x D 700 x H 850 mm 46.6 kg

RRP* 2,369.- €

GTIN 4015613610955

CNS 18/10 Steel Ribbed W 320 x D 445 mm 1 Yes Open Yes 850 mm to 900 mm Gas Piezo ignition Natural gas H Liquid gas and natural gas L-nozzles are enclosed 7 kW W 400 x D 700 x H 850 mm 44.6 kg

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

Griddle plate gas 700, W800, smooth

2855081 • Material • Material roasting surface • Roasting surface design • Size heating surpface • Number of heating zones • Heating zones can be controlled separately • Safety thermostat • Sub-counter unit type • Height adjustable • Operating mode • Ignition type • Gas type

• Power • Size • Weight

Griddle plate gas 700,W800, 1/2-1/2

2855051 • Material • Material roasting surface • Roasting surface design • Size heating surpface • Number of heating zones • Heating zones can be controlled separately • Safety thermostat • Sub-counter unit type • Height-adjustable feet • Height adjustable • Operating mode • Ignition type • Gas type

• Power • Size • Weight

RRP* 3,359.- €

GTIN 4015613610986

CNS 18/10 Steel Smooth W 720 x D 445 mm 2 Yes Yes Open 850 mm to 900 mm Gas Piezo ignition Natural gas H Liquid gas and natural gas L-nozzles are enclosed 14 kW W 800 x D 700 x H 850 mm 77.2 kg

RRP* 3,429.- €

GTIN 4015613611006

CNS 18/10 Steel 1/2 smooth, 1/2 ribbed W 720 x D 445 mm 2 Yes Yes Open Yes 850 mm to 900 mm Gas Piezo ignition Natural gas H Liquid gas and natural gas L-nozzles are enclosed 14 kW W 800 x D 700 x H 850 mm 76.9 kg

Sealing plug

Splash guard ser. 700, 400 mm

Splash guard Series 700, 800mm

• Material: Plastic • Size: W 60 x D 60 x H 60 mm • Weight: 0.3 kg • GTIN: 4015613626802

• Material: Stainless steel • Size: W 354 x D 470 x H 120 mm • Weight: 2.9 kg • GTIN: 4015613638263

• Material: Stainless steel • Size: W 777 x D 555 x H 125 mm • Weight: 3.2 kg • GTIN: 4015613638270

286099

RRP*

76.- €

285071

RRP*

75.- €

Combi-Scraper

Substitute blade Combi-Scraper

• Designed for: Steel plates, Grilles • Properties: Replaceable blade • Size: W 110 x D 210 x H 30 mm • Weight: 0.2 kg • GTIN: 4015613605500

• Size: W 10 x D 99 x H 1 mm • Weight: 0.004 kg • GTIN: 4015613658377

529712

RRP*

13.- €

529723

RRP*

3.- €

285076

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

RRP*

89.- €

THERMAL SERIES u Series 700

Component parts

Deep fat fryer 700, W400, 23L

286917 • Material • Number of tanks • Beaker capacity • Number of baskets • Size basket • Safety thermostat • Grease release tap • Grease collection tank • Control lamp • Sub-counter unit type • Height-adjustable feet • Height adjustable • Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

Deep fat fryer 700, W400, 2x9L

286925 • Material • Number of tanks • Beaker capacity • Number of baskets • Size basket • Safety thermostat • Grease release tap • Grease collection tank • Cold zone • Control lamp

GTIN 4015613486208

CNS 18/10 1 23 litre(s) 1 W 260 x D 265 x H 110 mm Yes Yes Yes Heat up ON/OFF Leaf door Yes 850 mm to 900 mm 15 kW | 400 V | 50 Hz 3 NAC W 400 x D 700 x H 850 mm 39.6 kg

RRP* 3,498.- €

GTIN 4015613486222

CNS 18/10 2 9 litre(s) 2 W 103 x D 258 x H 145 mm Yes Yes Yes Yes Heat up ON/OFF Leaf door Yes 850 mm to 900 mm Basin with large cold zone 15 kW | 400 V | 50 Hz 3 NAC W 400 x D 700 x H 850 mm 41.8 kg

THERMAL SERIES u Series 700

• Sub-counter unit type • Height-adjustable feet • Height adjustable • Properties • Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

RRP* 2,489.- €

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

Deep fat fryer 700, W800, 2x23L

286922 • Material • Number of tanks • Beaker capacity • Number of baskets • Size basket • Safety thermostat • Grease release tap • Grease collection tank • Cold zone • Control lamp

RRP* 4,229.- €

GTIN 4015613486215

CNS 18/10 2 23 litre(s) 2 W 260 x D 265 x H 110 mm Yes Yes Yes Yes Heat up ON/OFF Leaf door Yes 850 mm to 900 mm Basin with large cold zone 30 kW | 400 V | 50 Hz 3 NAC W 800 x D 700 x H 850 mm 74.5 kg

• Sub-counter unit type • Height-adjustable feet • Height adjustable • Properties • Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

Component parts Substitute basket 7L

Chip basket 700, 9L

Chip basket 700, 23L

• Material: CNS 18/10 • Size basket: W 120 x D 268 x H 110 mm • Size: W 125 x D 526 x H 235 mm • Weight: 0.8 kg • GTIN: 4015613671093

• Material: CNS 18/10 • Size basket: W 103 x D 258 x H 145 mm • Size: W 108 x D 515 x H 270 mm • Weight: 0.9 kg • GTIN: 4015613529615

• Material: CNS 18/10 • Size basket: W 260 x D 265 x H 110 mm • Size: W 260 x D 530 x H 245 mm • Weight: 1.05 kg • GTIN: 4015613488264

Electric warmer 700

RRP*

70.- €

286996

RRP*

72.- €

286628 • Material • Basin size, GN format • Depth tank • Heat source • Control lamp • Sub-counter unit type • Size base unit • Height-adjustable feet • Height adjustable • Power load • Size • Weight

286998

RRP* 1,719.- €

RRP*

GTIN 4015613701400

CNS 18/10 1/1 GN 150 mm Ceramic radiant heater Heat up Open W 350 x D 390 x H 610 mm Yes 850 mm to 900 mm 0,75 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 400 x D 700 x H 850 mm 28.4 kg

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

90.- €

THERMAL SERIES u Series 700

286995

Deep fat fryer gas, 700, W400, 23L

2859171 • Material • Number of tanks • Beaker capacity • Operating mode • Ignition type • Number of baskets • Size basket • Safety thermostat • Grease release tap • Grease collection tank • Cold zone • Sub-counter unit type • Height-adjustable feet • Height adjustable • Properties • Gas type

• Power • Size • Weight

Deep fat fryer gas, 700 W400, 2x7L

2859251 • Material • Number of tanks • Beaker capacity • Operating mode • Ignition type • Number of baskets • Size basket • Safety thermostat • Grease release tap • Grease collection tank • Cold zone • Sub-counter unit type • Height-adjustable feet • Height adjustable • Properties • Gas type

GTIN 4015613484556

CNS 18/10 1 23 litre(s) Gas Piezo ignition 1 W 260 x D 265 x H 110 mm Yes Yes Yes Yes Leaf door Yes 850 mm to 900 mm Basin with large cold zone Natural gas H Liquid gas and natural gas L-nozzles are enclosed 15 kW W 400 x D 700 x H 850 mm 52.2 kg

RRP* 3,449.- €

GTIN 4015613486185

CNS 18/10 2 7 litre(s) Gas Piezo ignition 2 W 103 x D 245 x H 110 mm Yes Yes Yes Yes Leaf door Yes 850 mm to 900 mm Basin with large cold zone Natural gas H Liquid gas and natural gas L-nozzles are enclosed 11,5 kW W 400 x D 700 x H 850 mm 52.9 kg

THERMAL SERIES u Series 700

• Power • Size • Weight

RRP* 2,739.- €

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

Deep fat fryer gas, 700 W800, 2x23L

2859271 • Material • Number of tanks • Beaker capacity • Operating mode • Ignition type • Number of baskets • Size basket • Safety thermostat • Grease release tap • Grease collection tank • Cold zone • Sub-counter unit type • Height-adjustable feet • Height adjustable • Properties • Important information

RRP* 4,629.- €

GTIN 4015613486192

CNS 18/10 2 23 litre(s) Gas Piezo ignition 2 W 260 x D 265 x H 110 mm Yes Yes Yes Yes Leaf door Yes 850 mm to 900 mm Basin with large cold zone The installation is only approved with an exhaust chimney Natural gas H Liquid gas and natural gas L-nozzles are enclosed 30 kW W 800 x D 700 x H 850 mm 92 kg

• Gas type

• Power • Size • Weight

Component parts Exhaust flue for chimney

Exhaust flue for hood

Chip basket 700, 7L

• Size: W 295 x D 70 x H 940 mm • Weight: 12.6 kg • GTIN: 4015613486680

• Size: W 300 x D 65 x H 995 mm • Weight: 9.85 kg • GTIN: 4015613489124

• Material: CNS 18/10 • Size basket: W 103 x D 245 x H 110 mm • Size: W 105 x D 505 x H 240 mm • Weight: 0.7 kg • GTIN: 4015613488257

285062

RRP*

372.- €

2952720

RRP*

198.- €

286999

Chip basket 700, 23L

RRP*

70.- €

• Material: CNS 18/10 • Size basket: W 260 x D 265 x H 110 mm • Size: W 260 x D 530 x H 245 mm • Weight: 1.05 kg • GTIN: 4015613488264

► Fatsafe Frying fat filter page 153

RRP*

90.- €

► Deep fat fryer thermometer page 424

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

THERMAL SERIES u Series 700

286998

Pasta cooker 700, W400, 24L

286305 • Material • Number of tanks • Beaker capacity • Sub-counter unit type • Height-adjustable feet • Height adjustable • Properties • Not included in delivery • Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

Pasta cooker, gas 700, W400 24L

2853051 • Material • Number of tanks • Beaker capacity • Operating mode • Ignition type • Sub-counter unit type • Height-adjustable feet • Height adjustable • Properties • Not included in delivery • Gas type

GTIN 4015613484594

CNS 18/10 1 24 litre(s) Leaf door Yes 850 mm to 900 mm Water supply and drain cock installed Baskets 7 kW | 400 V | 50 Hz 3 NAC W 400 x D 700 x H 850 mm 39.65 kg

RRP* 2,649.- €

GTIN 4015613484563

CNS 18/10 1 24 litre(s) Gas Piezo ignition Leaf door Yes 850 mm to 900 mm Water supply and drain cock installed Baskets Natural gas H Liquid gas and natural gas L-nozzles are enclosed 8,7 kW W 400 x D 700 x H 850 mm 45.05 kg

THERMAL SERIES u Series 700

• Power • Size • Weight

RRP* 2,569.- €

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

Pasta cooker 700, W800, 2x24L

286310 • Material • Number of tanks • Beaker capacity • Sub-counter unit type • Height-adjustable feet • Height adjustable • Properties • Not included in delivery • Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

Pasta cooker, gas 700, W800 2x24L

RRP* 4,039.- €

GTIN 4015613484600

CNS 18/10 2 24 litre(s) Leaf door Yes 850 mm to 900 mm Water supply and drain cock installed Baskets 14 kW | 400 V | 50 Hz 3 NAC W 800 x D 700 x H 850 mm 66.2 kg

2853101 • Material • Number of tanks • Beaker capacity • Operating mode • Ignition type • Sub-counter unit type • Height-adjustable feet • Height adjustable • Properties • Not included in delivery • Gas type

RRP* 4,329.- €

GTIN 4015613484587

CNS 18/10 2 24 litre(s) Gas Piezo ignition Leaf door Yes 850 mm to 900 mm Water supply and drain cock installed Baskets Natural gas H Liquid gas and natural gas L-nozzles are enclosed 17,4 kW W 800 x D 700 x H 850 mm 75 kg

• Power • Size • Weight

Pasta basket 700, 1/3GN length

Pasta basket 700, 1/3GN

Pasta basket 700, 1/6GN

• Material: CNS 18/10, Plastic • Gastronorm: 1/3 GN • Size basket: W 130 x D 275 x H 200 mm • Size: W 145 x D 510 x H 330 mm • Weight: 1.16 kg • GTIN: 4015613490489

• Material: CNS 18/10, Plastic • Gastronorm: 1/3 GN • Size basket: W 275 x D 145 x H 200 mm • Size: W 275 x D 335 x H 340 mm • Weight: 1.16 kg • GTIN: 4015613490465

• Material: CNS 18/10, Plastic • Gastronorm: 1/6 GN • Size basket: W 125 x D 125 x H 200 mm • Size: W 130 x D 160 x H 345 mm • Weight: 0.65 kg • GTIN: 4015613490472

284123

RRP*

165.- €

284113

RRP*

165.- €

284116

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

RRP*

112.- €

THERMAL SERIES u Series 700

Component parts

Lava rock grill, Gas, W400, OB.

2856211 • Material • Type of grid • Number of grills areas • Size grill plates • Height-adjustable grid • Number of heating zones • Ignition type • Sub-counter unit type • Size base unit • Height-adjustable feet • Height adjustable • Properties • Filling quantity lava stones • Including • Gas type

• Power • Size • Weight

Round bar grid for fish

RRP* 2,749.- €

GTIN 4015613702964

Stainless steel V-grille (for meat) 1 W 350 x D 530 mm Yes 1 Piezo ignition Open W 375 x D 600 x H 370 mm Yes 850 mm to 900 mm Splash protection 1 grease drip tray, detachable 4,5 kg Lava stones for first filling (5 kg) Natural gas H Liquid gas and natural gas L-nozzles are enclosed 9 kW W 400 x D 700 x H 850 mm 54 kg

• Material: Stainless steel • Type of grid: Round grille (for fish) • Size: W 392 x D 530 x H 150 mm • Weight: 5.2 kg • GTIN: 4015613670058

285093

RRP*

255.- €

Lava stone grill 700VR G180

2856311 • Material • Type of grid • Number of grills areas • Size grill plates • Height-adjustable grid • Number of heating zones • Ignition type • Sub-counter unit type • Size base unit • Height-adjustable feet • Height adjustable • Properties

THERMAL SERIES u Series 700

• Filling quantity lava stones • Including • Gas type

• Power • Size • Weight

RRP* 3,549.- €

GTIN 4015613714134

Stainless steel V-grille (for meat) 1 W 750 x D 530 mm Yes 1 Piezo ignition Open W 750 x D 600 x H 370 mm Yes 850 mm to 900 mm Splash protection 1 grease drip tray, detachable 9 kg Lava stones for first filling (10 kg) Natural gas H Liquid gas and natural gas L-nozzles are enclosed 18 kW W 800 x D 700 x H 850 mm 65 kg

Component parts Lava rock 7kg • Size: W 310 x D 310 x H 95 mm • Weight: 7 kg • GTIN: 4015613182049

100611

RRP*

49.- €

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

286680 • Material • Material crucible • Content • Depth crucible • Width crucible • Temperature range • Water supply tap • Control lamp • Height-adjustable feet • Height adjustable • Properties • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

RRP* 5,649.- €

Tilting frying pan 700 E50LEK

• Tilting device • Power load • Size • Weight • GTIN

286680

RRP* 5,649.- €

Tilting frying pan 700 G50LHK

Electro-motor 10,25 kW | 400 V | 50 Hz W 800 x D 700 x H 850 mm 118.2 kg 4015613611358

286610

2856801 • Material • Material crucible • Content • Width crucible • Depth crucible • Temperature range • Water supply tap • Control lamp • Height-adjustable feet • Height adjustable • Properties • Gas type

• Connected load gas • Size • Weight

RRP* 5,849.- €

RRP* 5,949.- €

Tilting frying pan 700 E50LEK

• Tilting device • Power load • Size • Weight • GTIN

2856801

RRP* 5,949.- €

GTIN 4015613611341

CNS 18/10 Stainless steel Duplex base 50 litre(s) 655 mm 385 mm 50 °C to 300 °C Yes Heat up ON/OFF Yes 850 mm to 900 mm Hinged lid that can be opened upwards Natural gas H Liquid gas and natural gas L-nozzles are enclosed 12,5 kW W 800 x D 700 x H 850 mm 130 kg

Tilting frying pan 700 G50LHK Manual 0,05 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 800 x D 700 x H 850 mm 130 kg 4015613611341

GTIN 4015613611334

CNS 18/10 Stainless steel Duplex base 50 litre(s) 385 mm 655 mm 50 °C to 300 °C Yes ON/OFF Heat up Yes 850 mm to 900 mm Hinged lid that can be opened upwards 3 NAC W 800 x D 700 x H 850 mm 110.8 kg

Tilting frying pan 700 E50LHK Manual 10 kW | 400 V | 50 Hz W 800 x D 700 x H 850 mm 110.8 kg 4015613611334

2856011

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

Electro-motor 0,25 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 800 x D 700 x H 850 mm 125 kg 4015613611365 RRP* 6,149.- €

THERMAL SERIES u Series 700

Tilting frying pan 700 E50LHK

Elec. boiling kettle, 700, 55L

286811 • Material • Material boiler • Content • Useful content • Size kettle • Heating type • Temperature control • Water connection • Drain cock • Control lamp • Height-adjustable feet • Height adjustable • Properties • Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

Gas boiling kettle, 700, 55L

2858021 • Material • Material boiler • Content • Useful content • Size kettle • Heating type • Temperature control • Water connection • Drain cock • Control lamp • Height-adjustable feet • Height adjustable • Properties • Gas type

• Power • Important information

THERMAL SERIES u Series 700

• Size • Weight

RRP* 7,198.- €

GTIN 4015613577869

CNS 18/10 CNS 18/10 55 litre(s) 50 litre(s) Ø 400 mm | Height: 450 mm Indirect 2 levels 1/2" Yes Heat up ON/OFF Yes 850 mm to 900 mm Automatic filling level check 9 kW | 400 V | 50 Hz 3 NAC W 800 x D 700 x H 850 mm 95 kg

RRP* 7,598.- €

GTIN 4015613585239

CNS 18/10 CNS 18/10 55 litre(s) 50 litre(s) Ø 400 mm | Height: 450 mm Indirect 2 levels 1/2" Yes Heat up ON/OFF Yes 850 mm to 900 mm Automatic filling level check Natural gas H Liquid gas and natural gas L-nozzles are enclosed 15,5 kW Exhaust chimney is only necessary if the unit does not stand below an extractor hood W 800 x D 700 x H 850 mm 92 kg

Exhaust flue CHm • Size: W 544 x D 185 x H 1,120 mm • Weight: 21.4 kg • GTIN: 4015613486666

285060

RRP*

569.- €

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

Component parts Grill plate 700-R

Frying plate 700-G

Support ring for small pots 700

• Material: Cast iron • Roasting surface design: Ribbed • With juice groove: Yes • Size: W 575 x D 375 x H 38 mm • Weight: 24.1 kg • GTIN: 4015613486635

• Material: Cast iron • Roasting surface design: Smooth • With juice groove: Yes • Size: W 575 x D 375 x H 38 mm • Weight: 22.3 kg • GTIN: 4015613486642

• Size: W 375 x D 575 x H 38 mm • Weight: 0.25 kg • GTIN: 4015613486659

285085 285080

RRP*

229.- €

285083

RRP*

229.- €

RRP*

29.- €

Door 700, W395, universal

Drawers 700, W350, 2 pieces

Swivel castors 4S700

• Material: CNS 18/10 • Door hinge side: Left / right • Door hinge side can be changed: Yes • Size: W 395 x D 80 x H 460 mm • Weight: 3.4 kg • GTIN: 4015613486604

• Material: CNS 18/10 • Number of drawers: 2 • With plastic inserts: No • Size: W 395 x D 660 x H 455 mm • Weight: 17 kg • GTIN: 4015613530642

• Material: Plastic, Rubber coated • Swivel casters: 4 swivel casters, 2 with brake • Diameter casters: 100 mm • Load-bearing capacity max., each: 100 kg • Size: W 85 x D 170 x H 121 mm • Weight: 2.91 kg • GTIN: 4015613665986

285050

RRP*

219.- €

284401

RRP*

1,098.- €

285088

RRP*

209.- €

Heating for plate hot cupboard • Material: CNS 18/10 • Voltage: 230 V • Power: 2 kW • Size: W 95 x D 280 x H 310 mm • Weight: 5.9 kg • GTIN: 4015613486758

RRP*

615.- €

THERMAL SERIES u Series 700

296065

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

Series 900

The 900 series and its high-quality and solid stainless steel version in CNS 18/10 is the ideal choice for modern professional kitchens with high standards. First-rate, flexible and high-performance.

Gas stove, 4 burners, OBU

2951131 • Material • Number of hobs • Distribution of hobs • Type of hobs • Gas burner • Sub-counter unit type • Height-adjustable feet • Height adjustable • Properties • Gas type

• Power • Size • Weight

THERMAL SERIES u Series 900

Gas stove, 6 burners, OBU

2951121 • Material • Number of hobs • Distribution of hobs • Type of hobs • Gas burner • Sub-counter unit type • Height-adjustable feet • Height adjustable • Properties • Gas type

• Power • Size • Weight

RRP* 2,998.- €

GTIN 4015613682099

CNS 18/10 4 1 x 3,5 kW, 1 x 5 kW, 2 x 8 kW Gas Two-circle burner Open Yes 900 mm to 950 mm Hobs with removable collection tray Natural gas H (20 mbar) Liquid gas (50 mbar) and natural gas nozzles L (20 mbar) are enclosed 24,5 kW W 800 x D 900 x H 900 mm 95 kg

RRP* 4,198.- €

GTIN 4015613682105

CNS 18/10 6 1 x 3,5 kW, 2 x 5 kW, 3 x 8 kW Gas Two-circle burner Open Yes 900 mm to 950 mm Hobs with removable collection tray Natural gas H (20 mbar) Liquid gas (50 mbar) and natural gas nozzles L (20 mbar) are enclosed 37,5 kW W 1,200 x D 900 x H 900 mm 137.1 kg

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

2952171

RRP* 4,298.- €

• Material • Number of hobs • Distribution of hobs • Type of hobs • Gas burner • Oven type • Ignition type • Gastronorm • Size oven • Temperature range • Oven connected load • Height-adjustable feet • Height adjustable • Properties • Gas type

► Gas oven ► Output: 8 kW ► Format: 2/1 GN ► Dimensions: W 655 x D 550 x H 300 mm

►O ptimum performance by means of a two-circle hob

Gas stove, 4 burners,el. oven,2/1GN

2952271 • Material • Number of hobs • Distribution of hobs • Type of hobs • Gas burner • Oven type • Gastronorm • Size oven • Temperature range • Connected load oven • Height-adjustable feet • Height adjustable • Properties • Gas type

• Power • Size • Weight

GTIN 4015613682747

CNS 18/10 4 1 x 3,5 kW, 1 x 5 kW, 2 x 8 kW Gas Two-circle burner Gas Piezo ignition 2/1 GN W 655 x D 550 x H 300 mm 60 °C to 300 °C 8 kW Yes 900 mm to 950 mm Hobs with removable collection tray Natural gas H (20 mbar) Liquid gas (50 mbar) and natural gas nozzles L (20 mbar) are enclosed 32,5 kW W 800 x D 900 x H 900 mm 146.4 kg

• Power • Size • Weight

► 4 hobs ► 1 x 3.5 kW ► 1 x 5 kW ► 2 x 8 kW

► Easy cleaning ► Hobs with removable collection tray

RRP* 4,549.- €

GTIN 4015613682754

CNS 18/10 4 1 x 3,5 kw, 1 x 5 kW, 2 x 8 kW Gas Two-circle burner Electro 2/1 GN W 655 x D 550 x H 300 mm 70 °C to 300 °C 5,6 kW | 400 V | 3 NAC Yes 900 mm to 950 mm Hobs with removable collection tray Natural gas H (20 mbar) Liquid gas (50 mbar) and natural gas nozzles L (20 mbar) are enclosed 24,5 kW W 800 x D 900 x H 900 mm 136.8 kg

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

THERMAL SERIES u Series 900

Gas stove 900, W900, 4BR, elO

Gas stove, 6BR,gas oven,2/1GN, NS

2952291

RRP* 5,698.- €

• Material • Number of hobs • Distribution of hobs • Type of hobs • Gas burner • Oven type • Ignition type • Gastronorm • Size oven • Temperature range • Oven connected load • Sub-counter unit type • Size base unit • Height-adjustable feet • Height adjustable • Properties • Gas type

2952481

RRP* 5,898.- €

THERMAL SERIES u Series 900

• Material • Number of hobs • Distribution of hobs • Type of hobs • Gas burner • Oven type • Gastronorm • Size oven • Temperature range • Oven connection • Oven voltage • Sub-counter unit type • Size base unit • Height-adjustable feet • Height adjustable • Properties • Gas type

• Power • Size • Weight

► 6 hobs ► 1 x 3.5 kW ► 2 x 5 kW ► 3 x 8 kW

► Electrical oven ► Output: 5.6 kW ► Format: 2/1 GN ► Dimensions: W 655 x D 550 x H 300 mm

GTIN 4015613682761

CNS 18/10 6 1 x 3,5 kW, 2 x 5 kW, 3 x 8 kW Gas Two-circle burner Gas Piezo ignition 2/1 GN W 655 x D 550 x H 300 mm 60 °C to 300 °C 8 kW Leaf door W 345 x D 835 x H 470 mm Yes 900 mm to 950 mm Hobs with removable collection tray Natural gas H (20 mbar) Liquid gas (50 mbar) and natural gas nozzles L (20 mbar) are enclosed 45,5 kW W 1,200 x D 900 x H 900 mm 195.9 kg

• Power • Size • Weight

Gas stove, 6BRs,el. oven,2/1GN NS

GTIN 4015613682778

CNS 18/10 6 1 x 3,5 kW, 2 x 5 kW, 3 x 8 kW Gas Two-circle burner Electro 2/1 GN W 655 x D 550 x H 300 mm 70 °C to 300 °C 3 NAC 400 V Leaf door W 345 x D 835 x H 470 mm Yes 900 mm to 950 mm Hobs with removable collection tray Natural gas H (20 mbar) Liquid gas (50 mbar) and natural gas nozzles L (20 mbar) are enclosed 37,5 kW W 1,200 x D 900 x H 900 mm 186.6 kg

►O ptimum performance by means of a two-circle hob

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

296411

RRP* 2,949.- €

• Material • Number of hobs • Large hobs • Distribution of hobs • Type of hobs • Sub-counter unit type • Height-adjustable feet • Height adjustable • Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

Ceramic glass stove, 4 HTzon., OBU

296421

296431

RRP* 4,849.- €

► Electrical oven ► Output: 5.6 kW ► Format: 2/1 GN ► Dimensions: W 655 x D 550 x H 300 mm

GTIN 4015613668543

CNS 18/10 4 x 4 kW 4 x Ø 265 mm 4 Glass ceramic Open Yes 900 mm to 950 mm 16 kW | 400 V | 50/60 Hz 3 NAC W 800 x D 900 x H 900 mm 61.6 kg

RRP* 6,198.- €

• Material • Number of hobs • Large hobs • Distribution of hobs • Type of hobs • Oven type • Gastronorm • Size oven • Temperature range • Oven connected load • Height-adjustable feet • Height adjustable • Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

► 4 hobs ►O utput, each: 4 kW ►D iameter, each: 265 mm

GTIN 4015613672830

CNS 18/10 2 2 x Ø 265 mm 2 x 4 kW Glass ceramic Open Yes 900 mm to 950 mm 8 kW | 400 V | 50/60 Hz 3 NAC W 400 x D 900 x H 900 mm 36.8 kg

• Material • Distribution of hobs • Large hobs • Number of hobs • Type of hobs • Sub-counter unit type • Height-adjustable feet • Height adjustable • Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

Cer.glass stove,4HTzon,el.oven2/1GN

GTIN 4015613672847

CNS 18/10 4 Ø 265 mm 4 x 4 kW Glass ceramic Electro 2/1 GN W 655 x D 550 x H 300 mm 70 °C to 300 °C 5.6 kW Yes 900 mm to 950 mm 21,6 kW | 400 V | 50/60 Hz 3 NAC W 800 x D 900 x H 900 mm 101.6 kg

► S imple operation: very large toggles with a good grip and legible labels

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

THERMAL SERIES u Series 900

Ceramic glass stove, 2 HTzon., OBU

El. stove, 4 plates, OBU

296215 • Material • Number of hobs • Large hobs • Distribution of hobs • Type of hobs • Sub-counter unit type • Height-adjustable feet • Height adjustable • Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

Electric stove 900, W900, 4PL,elO

296325 • Material • Number of hobs • Large hobs • Distribution of hobs • Type of hobs • Oven type • Gastronorm • Size oven • Temperature range • Oven connected load • Height-adjustable feet • Height adjustable • Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

THERMAL SERIES u Series 900

Electric stove,6PL,el.oven2/1GN,OBU

296217 • Material • Number of hobs • Large hobs • Distribution of hobs • Type of hobs • Oven type • Gastronorm • Size oven • Temperature range • Oven connected load • Size base unit • Height-adjustable feet • Height adjustable • Power load • Size • Weight

► 6 hobs ► Output, each: 4 kW ► Dimensions each: 300 x 300 mm

RRP* 3,769.- €

GTIN 4015613673332

CNS 18/10 4 300 x 300 mm 4 x 4 kW Electro Open Yes 900 mm to 950 mm 16 kW | 400 V | 50/60 Hz 3 NAC W 800 x D 900 x H 900 mm 84.2 kg

RRP* 5,549.- €

GTIN 4015613668536

CNS 18/10 4 300 x 300 mm 4 x 4 kW Electro Electro 2/1 GN W 655 x D 550 x H 300 mm 70 °C to 300 °C 5.6 kW Yes 900 mm to 950 mm 21,6 kW | 400 V | 50/60 Hz 3 NAC W 800 x D 900 x H 900 mm 125.2 kg RRP* 7,449.- €

GTIN 4015613672861

CNS 18/10 6 300 x 300 mm 6 x 4 kW Electro Electro 2/1 GN W 655 x D 550 x H 300 mm 70 °C to 300 °C 5,6 kW W 345 x D 835 x H 470 mm Yes 900 mm to 950 mm 29,6 kW | 400 V | 50/60 Hz W 1,200 x D 900 x H 900 mm 172.6 kg

► Electrical oven ► Output: 5.6 kW ► Format: 2/1 GN ► Dimensions: W 655 x D 550 x H 300 mm *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

296318 • Material • Number of hobs • Large hobs • Distribution of hobs • Type of hobs • Material hob • Size cerane surface • Sub-counter unit type • Height-adjustable feet • Height adjustable • Properties • Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

Induction stove, 4 HTzon., OBU

296319 • Material • Number of hobs • Large hobs • Distribution of hobs • Type of hobs • Material hob • Size cerane surface • Sub-counter unit type • Height-adjustable feet • Height adjustable • Properties • Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

► 4 hobs ►O utput, each: 5 kW ►D iameter, each: 270 mm ►H ob surface: Schott Ceran

RRP* 8,098.- €

GTIN 4015613671000

CNS 18/10 2 Ø 270 mm 2 x 5 kW Induction Glass W 320 x D 650 mm Open Yes 900 mm to 950 mm Heating zones can be controlled separately 10 kW | 400 V | 50/60 Hz 3 NAC W 400 x D 900 x H 900 mm 53.8 kg

RRP* 13,898.- €

GTIN 4015613672878

CNS 18/10 4 Ø 270 mm 4 x 5 kW Induction Glass W 320 x D 650 mm Open Yes 900 mm to 950 mm Heating zones can be controlled separately 20 kW | 400 V | 50/60 Hz 3 NAC W 800 x D 900 x H 900 mm 84.6 kg

► Simple operation: very large toggles with a good grip and legible labels

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

THERMAL SERIES u Series 900

Induction stove, 2 HTzon., OBU

Electric bain marie, OBU

296303 • Material • Number of tanks • Basin size, GN format • Depth GN container max. • Temperature range • Water drain tap • Water supply tap • Sub-counter unit type • Height-adjustable feet • Height adjustable • Not included in delivery • Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

Intermediate bar 310

Intermediate bar 685

• Size: W 20 x D 310 x H 10 mm • Weight: 1 kg • GTIN: 4015613682723

• Size: W 20 x D 685 x H 10 mm • Weight: 1.5 kg • GTIN: 4015613682716

296308

RRP*

25.- €

Electric bain marie, OBU

296307

RRP*

35.- €

296304

• Depth GN container max. • Temperature range • Water drain tap • Water supply tap • Sub-counter unit type • Height-adjustable feet • Height adjustable • Not included in delivery • Power load • Size • Weight

THERMAL SERIES u Series 900

GTIN 4015613668567

CNS 18/10 1 1 x 1/1 GN 1 x 1/3 GN 150 mm 30 °C to 90 °C Yes Yes Open Yes 900 mm to 950 mm GN containers 3,5 kW | 230 V | 50/60 Hz 3 NAC W 400 x D 900 x H 900 mm 36.4 kg

• Material • Number of tanks • Basin size, GN format

RRP* 2,139.- €

RRP* 2,898.- €

GTIN 4015613672915

CNS 18/10 1 2 x 1/1 GN 2 x 1/3 GN 150 mm 30 °C to 90 °C Yes Yes Open Yes 900 mm to 950 mm GN containers 7 kW | 400 V | 50/60 Hz W 800 x D 900 x H 900 mm 54.2 kg

Intermediate bar 685 • Size: W 20 x D 685 x H 10 mm • Weight: 1.5 kg • GTIN: 4015613682716

296307

RRP*

35.- €

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

296105 • Material • Sub-counter unit type • Height-adjustable feet • Height adjustable • Size • Weight

Neutral element, 900, W900, OBU

296106 • Material • Sub-counter unit type • Height-adjustable feet • Height-adjustable to • Size • Weight

Electric multi-fryer

296426 • Material • Material crucible • Content • Size crucible • Temperature range • Grease collection tank • Sub-counter unit type • Height-adjustable feet • Height adjustable • Properties • Including • Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

RRP* 949.- €

GTIN 4015613672922

CNS 18/10 Open Yes 900 mm to 950 mm W 400 x D 900 x H 900 mm 27.8 kg

RRP* 1,249.- €

GTIN 4015613672939

CNS 18/10 Open Yes 950 mm W 800 x D 900 x H 900 mm 43.3 kg

RRP* 4,998.- €

GTIN 4015613672908

CNS 18/10 CNS 18/10 32 litre(s) W 630 x D 510 x H 110 mm 70 °C to 300 °C Yes Open Yes 900 mm to 950 mm Rounded well 1 collection tray 1/2 GN, 200 mm deep 10 kW | 400 V | 50/60 Hz 3 NAC W 800 x D 900 x H 935 mm 98.2 kg

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

THERMAL SERIES u Series 900

Work element, OBU

Electric griddle plate 900, W450, smooth

296507 • Material • Material roasting surface • Roasting surface design • Size heating surpface • Number of heating zones • Sub-counter unit type • Height-adjustable feet • Height adjustable • Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

Electric griddle plate, smooth, OBU

296510 • Material • Material roasting surface • Roasting surface design • Size heating surpface • Number of heating zones • Heating zones can be controlled separately • Sub-counter unit type • Height-adjustable feet • Height adjustable • Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

THERMAL SERIES u Series 900

Electric griddle plate, 1/2+1/2,OBU

296511 • Material • Material roasting surface • Roasting surface design • Size heating surpface • Number of heating zones • Heating zones can be controlled separately • Sub-counter unit type • Height-adjustable feet • Height adjustable • Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

RRP* 2,649.- €

GTIN 4015613672946

CNS 18/10 Steel Smooth W 355 x D 760 mm 1 Open Yes 900 mm to 950 mm 7,5 kW | 400 V | 50/60 Hz 3 NAC W 400 x D 900 x H 900 mm 66.4 kg

RRP* 3,649.- €

GTIN 4015613672960

Steel Steel Smooth W 755 x D 760 mm 2 Yes Open Yes 900 mm to 950 mm 15 kW | 400 V | 50/60 Hz 3 NAC W 800 x D 900 x H 900 mm 123 kg

RRP* 3,798.- €

GTIN 4015613672977

CNS 18/10 Steel 1/2 smooth, 1/2 ribbed W 755 x D 760 mm 2 Yes Open Yes 900 mm to 950 mm 15 kW | 400 V | 50/60 Hz 3 NAC W 800 x D 900 x H 900 mm 121.6 kg

► Grill surface ► Steel ► Dimensions: W 755 x D 760 mm ► 1/2 smooth, 1/2 ribbed *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

2955041 • Material • Material roasting surface • Roasting surface design • Size heating surpface • Number of heating zones • Sub-counter unit type • Height-adjustable feet • Height adjustable • Gas type • Ignition type • Power • Size • Weight

Gas griddle plate, smooth

2955081 • Material • Material roasting surface • Roasting surface design • Size heating surpface • Number of heating zones • Heating zones can be controlled separately • Height-adjustable feet • Height adjustable • Operating mode • Ignition type • Gas type • Power • Size • Weight

Gas griddle plate, 1/2 + 1/2, OBU

2955061 • Material • Material roasting surface • Roasting surface design • Size heating surpface • Number of heating zones • Heating zones can be controlled separately • Sub-counter unit type • Height-adjustable feet • Height adjustable • Operating mode • Ignition type • Gas type • Power • Size • Weight

RRP* 2,398.- €

GTIN 4015613672953

CNS 18/10 Steel Smooth W 355 x D 760 mm 1 Open Yes 900 mm to 950 mm Natural gas H Piezo ignition 9 kW W 400 x D 900 x H 900 mm 63.8 kg

RRP* 3,449.- €

GTIN 4015613668611

CNS 18/10 Steel Smooth W 755 x D 760 mm 2 Yes Yes 900 mm to 950 mm Gas Piezo ignition Natural gas H 18 kW W 800 x D 900 x H 900 mm 118 kg

RRP* 3,598.- €

GTIN 4015613672984

CNS 18/10 Steel 1/2 smooth, 1/2 ribbed W 755 x D 760 mm 2 Yes Open Yes 900 mm to 950 mm Gas Piezo ignition Natural gas H 18 kW W 800 x D 900 x H 900 mm 115.2 kg

Sealing plug

Splash guard 940

Backsplash 980

• Material: Plastic • Diameter: 40 mm • Size: W 40 x D 40 x H 40 mm • Weight: 0.07 kg • GTIN: 4015613677033

• Material: Stainless steel • Storage grille: No • Size: W 400 x D 720 x H 98 mm • Weight: 3.05 kg • GTIN: 4015613676944

• Material: Stainless steel • Storage grille: No • Size: W 870 x D 713 x H 98 mm • Weight: 4.1 kg • GTIN: 4015613677026

286100

RRP*

59.- €

296072

RRP*

192.- €

296078

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

RRP*

198.- €

THERMAL SERIES u Series 900

Gas griddle plate, smooth, OBU

Electric standing deep fat fryer

296630 • Material • Number of tanks • Beaker capacity • Number of baskets • Size basket • Grease release tap • Grease collection tank • Sub-counter unit type • Height-adjustable feet • Height adjustable • Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

El. standing deep fat fryer, 2 basins

THERMAL SERIES u Series 900

GTIN 4015613673011

CNS 18/10 1 20 litre(s) 1 W 290 x D 450 x H 115 mm Yes Yes Leaf door Yes 900 mm to 950 mm 17,4 kW | 400 V | 50/60 Hz 3 NAC W 400 x D 900 x H 900 mm 54.8 kg

296970 • Material • Number of tanks • Beaker capacity • Number of baskets • Size basket • Grease release tap • Grease collection tank • Sub-counter unit type • Height-adjustable feet • Height adjustable • Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

RRP* 3,049.- €

RRP* 5,098.- €

GTIN 4015613673028

CNS 18/10 2 20 litre(s) 2 W 290 x D 450 x H 115 mm Yes Yes Leaf door Yes 900 mm to 950 mm 34,8 kW | 400 V | 50/60 Hz 3 NAC W 800 x D 900 x H 900 mm 88.8 kg

Component parts Substitute basket 20L, small

Substitute basket 20L, large

• Size basket: W 140 x D 450 x H 115 mm • Size: W 140 x D 670 x H 225 mm • Weight: 1.1 kg • GTIN: 4015613677101

• Size basket: W 290 x D 450 x H 115 mm • Size: W 290 x D 670 x H 225 mm • Weight: 1.25 kg • GTIN: 4015613677118

296633

RRP*

69.- €

296634

RRP*

79.- €

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

Gas standing deep fat fryer

2959961 • Material • Number of tanks • Beaker capacity • Size basin • Number of baskets • Size basket • Grease release tap • Grease collection tank • Sub-counter unit type • Height-adjustable feet • Height adjustable • Power • Voltage • Equipment connection • Gas type • Connected load gas • Size • Weight

Gas standing deep fat fryer, 2 basins

2959521 • Material • Number of tanks • Beaker capacity • Number of baskets • Size basket • Grease release tap • Grease collection tank • Sub-counter unit type • Height-adjustable feet • Height adjustable • Power • Voltage • Equipment connection • Gas type • Connected load gas • Size • Weight

RRP* 3,349.- €

GTIN 4015613670980

CNS 18/10 1 20 litre(s) W 290 x D 450 x H 115 mm 1 W 290 x D 450 x H 115 mm Yes Yes Leaf door Yes 900 mm to 950 mm 0,005 kW 230 V Pluggable Natural gas H 18 kW W 400 x D 900 x H 900 mm 71.8 kg

RRP* 5,598.- €

GTIN 4015613673035

CNS 18/10 2 20 litre(s) 2 W 290 x D 450 x H 115 mm Yes Yes Leaf door Yes 900 mm to 950 mm 0,005 kW 230 V Pluggable Natural gas H 36 kW W 800 x D 900 x H 900 mm 124.6 kg

Flue 900XL • Size: W 400 x D 170 x H 1,060 mm • Weight: 13.6 kg • GTIN: 4015613683010 RRP*

365.- €

THERMAL SERIES u Series 900

285064

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

Electric pasta cooker, 1 basin

296311 • Material • Number of tanks • Beaker capacity • Sub-counter unit type • Height-adjustable feet • Height adjustable • Properties • Not included in delivery • Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

Gas pasta cooker, 1 basin

RRP* 2,998.- €

GTIN 4015613668581

CNS 18/10 1 40 litre(s) Leaf door Yes 900 mm to 950 mm Water supply and drain cock installed Baskets 9,6 kW | 400 V | 50/60 Hz 3 NAC W 400 x D 900 x H 900 mm 45.2 kg

2953031 • Material • Number of tanks • Beaker capacity • Sub-counter unit type • Height-adjustable feet • Height adjustable • Properties • Not included in delivery • Gas type • Power • Size • Weight

RRP* 3,098.- €

GTIN 4015613673042

CNS 18/10 1 40 litre(s) Leaf door Yes 900 mm to 950 mm Water supply and drain cock installed Baskets Natural gas H 13,9 kW W 400 x D 900 x H 900 mm 61.4 kg

THERMAL SERIES u Series 900

Component parts

Pasta basket 1/3 GN, length

Pasta basket 1/3 GN

Pasta basket 1/6 GN

• Material: CNS 18/10, Plastic • Gastronorm: 1/3 GN • Size basket: W 145 x D 290 x H 205 mm • Size: W 145 x D 510 x H 340 mm • Weight: 1.15 kg • GTIN: 4015613677057

• Material: CNS 18/10, Plastic • Gastronorm: 1/3 GN • Size basket: W 160 x D 290 x H 205 mm • Size: W 160 x D 510 x H 335 mm • Weight: 1.11 kg • GTIN: 4015613677064

• Material: CNS 18/10, Plastic • Gastronorm: 1/6 GN • Size basket: W 140 x D 140 x H 205 mm • Size: W 260 x D 260 x H 305 mm • Weight: 0.73 kg • GTIN: 4015613677071

284124

RRP*

139.- €

284114

RRP*

149.- €

284117

RRP*

98.- €

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

2954521 • Material • Type of grid • Number of grills areas • Size grill plates • Height-adjustable grid • Number of heating zones • Ignition type • Sub-counter unit type • Height-adjustable feet • Height adjustable • Including • Gas type • Power • Size • Weight

Round bar grid for fish

V-grid for meat

• Material: Stainless steel • Type of grid: Round grille (for fish) • Size grill plates: W 350 x D 505 mm • Grease collection tank: No • Size: W 373 x D 548 x H 42 mm • Weight: 6 kg • GTIN: 4015613681917

• Material: Stainless steel • Type of grid: V-grille (for meat) • Size grill plates: W 350 x D 505 mm • Grease collection tank: No • Size: W 373 x D 617 x H 32 mm • Weight: 2.64 kg • GTIN: 4015613681894

296472

RRP*

298.- €

296471

RRP*

Gas lava rock grill, OBU

269.- €

RRP* 2,449.- €

GTIN 4015613672991

CNS 18/10 V-grille (for meat) 1 W 350 x D 505 mm Yes 1 Piezo ignition Leaf door Yes 900 mm to 950 mm Lava stones for first filling Natural gas H 12 kW W 400 x D 900 x H 900 mm 49.7 kg

2954631 • Material • Type of grid • Number of grills areas • Size grill plates • Height-adjustable grid • Number of heating zones • Ignition type • Sub-counter unit type • Height-adjustable feet • Height adjustable • Filling quantity lava stones • Including • Gas type • Power • Size • Weight

RRP* 3,698.- €

GTIN 4015613673004

Stainless steel V-grille (for meat) 1 W 750 x D 505 mm Yes 2 Piezo ignition Leaf door Yes 900 mm to 950 mm 21 kg Lava stones for first filling Natural gas H 24 kW W 800 x D 900 x H 900 mm 103 kg

Round bar grid for fish

V-grid for meat

Lava rock 7kg

• Type of grid: Round grille (for fish) • Material: Stainless steel • Size grill plates: W 750 x D 505 mm • Grease collection tank: No • Size: W 377 x D 550 x H 45 mm • Weight: 12 kg • GTIN: 4015613681924

• Material: Stainless steel • Type of grid: V-grille (for meat) • Size grill plates: W 750 x D 505 mm • Grease collection tank: No • Size: W 612 x D 772 x H 30 mm • Weight: 4 kg • GTIN: 4015613681900

• Size: W 310 x D 310 x H 95 mm • Weight: 7 kg • GTIN: 4015613182049

100611 296474

RRP*

729.- €

296473

RRP*

469.- €

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

RRP*

49.- €

THERMAL SERIES u Series 900

Gas lava rock grill, OBU

El. boil.kettle,100L,aut.wat.contr.

296910 • Material • Material boiler • Heating type • Drain cock • Water connection • Height-adjustable feet • Height adjustable • Properties • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

RRP* 8,198.- €

El. boil.kettle,135L,aut.wat.contr.

• Content • Useful content • Size kettle • Power load • Size • Weight • GTIN

RRP* 8,198.- €

296911

152 litre(s) 135 litre(s) Ø 600 mm | Height: 540 mm 18 kW | 400 V | 50/60 Hz W 800 x D 900 x H 900 mm 145.8 kg 4015613673158 RRP* 8,598.- €

THERMAL SERIES u Series 900

296910

GTIN 4015613673141

CNS 18/10 Double-walled Indirect Yes Connection valve for hot and cold water Ø 10 mm Yes 900 mm to 950 mm Automatic filling level check 3 NAC W 800 x D 900 x H 900 mm 139.6 kg

El. boil.kettle,100L,aut.wat.contr. 117 litre(s) 100 litre(s) Ø 600 mm | Height: 415 mm 16 kW | 400 V | 50/60 Hz W 800 x D 900 x H 900 mm 139.6 kg 4015613673141

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

Gas boil.kettle,100L,aut.wat.contr.

2959101 • Material • Material boiler • Heating type • Water connection • Height-adjustable feet • Height adjustable • Properties • Power load • Gas type • Connected load gas • Size • Weight

RRP* 9,598.- €

Gas boil.kettle,135L,aut.wat.contr.

• Content • Useful content • Size kettle • Size • Weight • GTIN

2959101

RRP* 9,598.- €

GTIN 4015613673103

CNS 18/10 Double-walled Indirect Connection valve for hot and cold water Ø 10 mm Yes 900 mm to 950 mm Automatic filling level check 0,5 kW | 230 V | 50/60 Hz Natural gas H 21 kW W 800 x D 900 x H 900 mm 144.4 kg

Gas boil.kettle,100L,aut.wat.contr. 117 litre(s) 100 litre(s) Ø 600 mm | Height: 415 mm W 800 x D 900 x H 900 mm 144.4 kg 4015613673103

2959021

152 litre(s) 135 litre(s) Ø 600 mm | Height: 540 mm W 800 x D 900 x H 900 mm 168 kg 4015613673110 RRP* 9,798.- €

Flue 900XL • Size: W 400 x D 170 x H 1,060 mm • Weight: 13.6 kg • GTIN: 4015613683010 RRP*

365.- €

THERMAL SERIES u Series 900

285064

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

Tilting frying pan 900 E87LEK

296676 • Material • Material crucible • Content • Useful content • Size crucible • Temperature range • Water supply tap • Water connection • Height-adjustable feet • Height adjustable • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

Tilting frying pan 900 E87LHK

• Tilting device • Power load • Size • Weight • GTIN

Electro-motor 10,2 kW | 400 V | 50/60 Hz W 800 x D 900 x H 900 mm 162 kg 4015613673097 RRP* 7,798.- €

Tilting frying pan 900 G87LEK

• Material • Material crucible • Content • Useful content • Size crucible • Temperature range • Water supply tap • Water connection

THERMAL SERIES u Series 900

• Height-adjustable feet • Height adjustable • Gas type • Connected load gas • Size • Weight

RRP* 6,498.- €

RRP* 7,598.- €

Tilting frying pan 900 G87LHK

• Tilting device • Power load • Size • Weight • GTIN

• Tilting device • Size • Weight • GTIN

RRP* 7,598.- €

2956721

GTIN 4015613673073

CNS 18/10 Chrome-nickel steel Steel base 87 litre(s) 70 litre(s) W 720 x D 610 x H 225 mm 100 °C to 300 °C Yes Connection valve for hot and cold water Ø 12 mm Yes 900 mm to 950 mm Natural gas H 22 kW W 800 x D 900 x H 900 mm 157.2 kg

Tilting frying pan 900 G87LEK

2956031

GTIN 4015613673097

Manual 9,9 kW | 400 V | 50/60 Hz W 800 x D 900 x H 900 mm 147.6 kg 4015613673066

296606

2956031

Electro-motor 0,3 kW | 230 V | 50/60 Hz W 800 x D 900 x H 900 mm 157.2 kg 4015613673073

CNS 18/10 Chrome-nickel steel Steel base 87 litre(s) 70 litre(s) W 720 x D 610 x H 225 mm 100 °C to 300 °C Yes Connection valve for hot and cold water Ø 12 mm Yes 900 mm to 950 mm 3 NAC W 800 x D 900 x H 900 mm 162 kg

Tilting frying pan 900 E87LEK

296676

RRP* 7,798.- €

Manual W 800 x D 900 x H 900 mm 168 kg 4015613673059 RRP* 6,298.- €

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

Component parts Grill plate 900-R

Frying plate 900-G

Support ring for small pots

• Material: Cast iron • Roasting surface design: Ribbed • With juice groove: Yes • Size: W 390 x D 390 x H 17 mm • Weight: 10.64 kg • GTIN: 4015613676920

• Material: Cast iron • Roasting surface design: Smooth • With juice groove: Yes • Size: W 390 x D 390 x H 19 mm • Weight: 10.76 kg • GTIN: 4015613676937

• Size: W 260 x D 260 x H 18 mm • Weight: 0.3 kg • GTIN: 4015613676906

296086 296051

RRP*

349.- €

296056

RRP*

309.- €

RRP*

29.- €

Door 900, right stop

Door 900, left stop

Drawer 900, W360, 2 pcs

• Material: CNS 18/10 • Door hinge side: Right • Size: W 391 x D 95 x H 501 mm • Weight: 3.92 kg • GTIN: 4015613680811

• Material: CNS 18/10 • Door hinge side: Left • Size: W 391 x D 95 x H 501 mm • Weight: 3.92 kg • GTIN: 4015613680828

• Material: CNS 18/10 • Number of drawers: 2 • Size inside: W 310 x D 525 x H 95 mm • With plastic inserts: No • Properties: For installation on site • Size: W 395 x D 700 x H 500 mm • Weight: 10.56 kg • GTIN: 4015613677088

296014

RRP*

249.- €

296015

RRP*

249.- €

296401

Swivel castors 4S900

Heater 900H10

• Material: Plastic, Rubber coated • Swivel casters: 4 swivel casters, 2 with brake • Diameter casters: 125 mm • Load-bearing capacity max., each: 100 kg • Size: W 145 x D 155 x H 160 mm • Weight: 3.34 kg • GTIN: 4015613680804

• Important information: Integration ex works possible only • Power load: 2 kW | 230 V | 50/60 Hz • Size: W 470 x D 630 x H 130 mm • Weight: 5.9 kg • GTIN: 4015613680798

296066 RRP*

249.- €

RRP*

698.- €

RRP*

498.- €

THERMAL SERIES u Series 900

295088

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

COOKING TECHNOLOGY Cooking to perfection? Not such a simple thing to do. Or maybe it is: Because with Bartscher cooking technology, the certainty of success is already incorporated as standard regardless of whether it's a combi steamer, a hot air oven or a sous vide cooker.

Entry level hobs The Bartscher entry level hobs combine the comfort of the "big ones" in a space-saving manner on five cooking areas, with a spacious multifunctional oven. An ideal cooking solution wherever you want to serve your guests with tasty meals on special occasions or recurrent events, e.g. in small gastronomy, club houses or for the ambitious hobby chef.

155660 • Material • Number of hobs • Large hobs • Distribution of hobs • Type of hobs • Oven type • Multifunctional oven • Oven functions

• Material cooking chamber • Oven volume • Size oven • Temperature range • Oven properties

• Oven connected load • Height-adjustable feet • Properties • Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

Baking tray 665x375x20

Oven grid

• Size: W 665 x D 375 x H 20 mm • Weight: 3 kg • GTIN: 4015613658629

• Size: W 666 x D 360 x H 19 mm • Weight: 1.01 kg • GTIN: 4015613656557

150957

RRP*

25.- €

150606

RRP*

22.- €

RRP* 2,498.- €

GTIN 4015613469621

CNS 18/10 Glass 5 1 x Ø 120/210 mm, 1x Ø 170/265 mm, 1 x 210 mm, 2 x 145 mm 1 x 0,7/2,1 kW, 1x 1,4/2,2 kW, 1 x 2,2 kW, 2 x 1,2 kW Glass ceramic Electro Yes Circulating air Grill Upper / lower heat Enamelled 100 litre(s) W 635 x D 435 x H 360 mm 50 °C to 250 °C Timer Triple glazing Oven light 2,5 kW Yes Stainless steel handles 11,4 kW | 400 V | 50/60 Hz 3 NAC W 900 x D 600 x H 890 mm 76 kg

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

COOKING TECHNOLOGY u Stoves

Cerane stove 600, 5 HTzones, elO

Gas stove BGH 600-520

1519811

RRP* 1,398.- €

GTIN 4015613707198

Gas oven with 5 hobs in varying power levels – The different burner sizes and the large, enamelled multifunctional oven create the best basis for preparing a range of different dishes. • Material • Number of hobs • Large hobs • Distribution of hobs • Type of hobs • Gas burner • Ignition type • Oven type • Multifunctional oven • Oven functions

• Material cooking chamber • Oven volume • Size oven • Number of drawers • Distance between trays • Temperature range • Vapour extractor • Oven properties

• Connected load oven • Including • Height-adjustable feet • Height adjustable • Properties

• Gas type

COOKING TECHNOLOGY u Stoves

• Power • Size • Weight

► 5 hobs ► Distribution: 1 x 1 kW, 1 x 3 kW, 2 x 1.75 kW, 1 x 3.8 kW ► Size: 4 x 230 x 270 mm, 1 x Ø 350 mm

► Multifunction oven ► Volume: 104 litres ► Cooking chamber: Enamelled

Baking tray

Oven grid

• Size: W 666 x D 376 x H 20 mm • Weight: 1.3 kg • GTIN: 4015613721330

• Size: W 666 x D 360 x H 19 mm • Weight: 1.01 kg • GTIN: 4015613656557

150958

RRP*

Stainless steel 5 4 x 230 x 270 mm, 1 x Ø 350 mm 1 x 1 kW, 1 x 3 kW, 2 x 1.75 kW, 1 x 3.8 kW Gas Single burner Triple ring burner Electronic one-hand ignition Electro Yes Circulating air Grill Grill + upper heat Grill + upper heat + fan Upper / lower heat Lower heat + fan Defrosting Enamelled 104 litre(s) W 690 x D 400 x H 340 mm 4 70 mm 50 °C to 250 °C Yes Double-winged door pane Timer (5 - 55 min.) Oven light 2,5 kW | 230 V | Pluggable 1 baking tray 2 grilles Yes 850 mm to 900 mm Cast iron grille Gas burner with ignition guard Stainless steel handles Burner is thermo-electrically secured Storage compartment under the oven: W 660 x D 450 x H 120 mm Natural gas H (20 mbar) Propane nozzles (50 mbar) and natural gas nozzles L (20 mbar) are enclosed 11,3 kW W 900 x D 600 x H 900 mm 64 kg

29.- €

150606

RRP*

22.- €

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

2819991

RRP* 2,398.- €

• Material • Number of hobs • Distribution of hobs • Type of hobs • Gas burner • Ignition type • Oven type • Oven functions • Gastronorm • Size oven • Temperature range • Vapour extractor • Connected load oven • Including

• Gas type • Power • Size • Weight

► Circulating air stove ► 1/1 GN

►H obs with removable collection tray

Tray 1/1GN, 20 mm

GN grid 1/1, SS

• Material: CNS 18/10 • Gastronorm: 1/1 GN • Size: W 530 x D 325 x H 20 mm • Weight: 1.45 kg • GTIN: 4015613271729

• Material: CNS 18/10 • Gastronorm: 1/1 GN • Size: W 325 x D 530 x H 10 mm • Weight: 0.95 kg • GTIN: 4016098175250

A101185

RRP*

21.- €

A101091

RRP*

30.- €

GTIN 4015613616940

CNS 18/10 4 2 x 3,5 kW, 2 x 7 kW Gas Two-circle burner Manual ignition Electro Circulating air 1/1 GN W 560 x D 390 x H 340 mm 50 °C to 300 °C Yes 3,1 kW | 230 V | Pluggable 2 baking trays 1 grille Yes 850 mm to 910 mm Hobs with removable collection tray Gas burner with ignition guard Drawer below the hob Timer: 0 - 120 minutes Natural gas H (20 mbar) Liquid gas nozzles (50 mbar) are enclosed 21 kW W 700 x D 700 x H 850 mm 100.8 kg

• Height-adjustable feet • Height adjustable • Properties

► 4 hobs ► Total output: 21 kW ► 2 x 3.5 kW – front left, rear right ► 2 x 7 kW, two-circle hob – front right, rear left

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

► Drawer below the hob

COOKING TECHNOLOGY u Stoves

Gas stove GHU 4110

Gas oven MFGO 7040

1582051

RRP* 2,049.- €

GTIN 4015613698878

The gas oven series MFG – Starter models for the professional field in a solid design made of stainless steel. Due to the intuitive operation with a pilot flame, they are ideally suited for everyday use in the kitchen. • Material • Number of hobs • Distribution of hobs • Type of hobs • Gas burner • Ignition type • Pilot flame • Sub-counter unit type • Size base unit • Height-adjustable feet • Height adjustable • Properties • Gas type • Power • Size • Weight

► 4 hobs ► Gas burner: Single burner ► Large hobs: 330 x 300 mm ► Distribution of hobs: 2 x 3.5 kW, 2 x 6 kW

► Sub-counter unit type: Open ► Sub-counter size: W 710 x D 620 x H 380 mm

COOKING TECHNOLOGY u Stoves

Gas stove MFG 7340

Stainless steel 4 2 x 3,5 kW, 2 x 6 kW Gas Single burner Manual ignition Yes Open W 710 x D 620 x H 380 mm Yes 910 mm to 955 mm Cast iron grille Gas burner with ignition guard Natural gas H Propane nozzles are enclosed 19 kW W 800 x D 700 x H 910 mm 56.4 kg

1582001 • Material • Number of hobs • Distribution of hobs • Type of hobs • Gas burner • Ignition type • Pilot flame • Oven type • Oven functions • Gastronorm • Size oven • Temperature range • Vapour extractor • Connected load oven • Including • Height-adjustable feet • Height adjustable • Properties

• Gas type

• Power • Size • Weight

RRP* 2,759.- €

GTIN 4015613632315

Stainless steel 4 2 x 3,5 kW, 2 x 6 kW Gas Single burner Manual ignition Yes Electro Upper / lower heat 2/1 GN W 650 x D 580 x H 260 mm 100 °C to 300 °C Yes 6 kW | 400 V | 2 NAC 1 grille Yes 910 mm to 955 mm Cast iron grille Gas burner with ignition guard Stainless steel handles Natural gas H (20 mbar) Liquid gas (50 mbar) and natural gas nozzles L (20 mbar) are enclosed 19 kW W 800 x D 700 x H 910 mm 108.4 kg

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

Gas stove MFGO 7060

1582101 • Material • Number of hobs • Distribution of hobs • Type of hobs • Gas burner • Ignition type • Pilot flame • Sub-counter unit type

GTIN 4015613635033

Stainless steel 6 3 x 3,5 kW, 3 x 6 kW Gas Single burner Manual ignition Yes Open Unevenly divided Yes Cast iron grille Gas burner with ignition guard Natural gas H (20 mbar) Liquid gas (50 mbar) and natural gas nozzles L (20 mbar) are enclosed 28,5 kW W 1,200 x D 700 x H 910 mm 79.2 kg

• Height-adjustable feet • Properties • Gas type

• Power • Size • Weight

Gas stove MFG 7360

RRP* 2,529.- €

1582201

RRP* 3,359.- €

GTIN 4015613635040

• Material • Number of hobs • Distribution of hobs • Type of hobs • Gas burner • Ignition type • Pilot flame • Oven type • Oven functions • Gastronorm • Size oven • Temperature range • Vapour extractor • Connected load oven • Including • Sub-counter unit type • Height-adjustable feet • Properties

Stainless steel 6 3 x 3,5 kW, 3 x 6 kW Gas Single burner Manual ignition Yes Electro Upper / lower heat 2/1 GN W 650 x D 580 x H 260 mm 100 °C to 300 °C Yes 6 kW | 400 V | 2 NAC 1 grille Open Yes Cast iron grille Gas burner with ignition guard Stainless steel handles Natural gas H (20 mbar) Liquid gas (50 mbar) and natural gas nozzles L (20 mbar) are enclosed 28,5 kW W 1,200 x D 700 x H 910 mm 129.4 kg

• Gas type

► 6 hobs ► Gas burner: Single burner ► Large hobs: 330 x 300 mm ► Distribution of hobs: 3 x 3.5 kW, 3 x 6 kW

• Power • Size • Weight

► Electric oven ► 2/1 GN

Component parts Tray 2/1GN, 20 mm

GN grid 2/1, SS

• Material: CNS 18/10 • Gastronorm: 2/1 GN • Size: W 650 x D 530 x H 20 mm • Weight: 2.7 kg • GTIN: 4015613271699

• Material: CNS 18/10 • Gastronorm: 2/1 GN • Size: W 650 x D 530 x H 10 mm • Weight: 1.93 kg • GTIN: 4016098175267

A101181

RRP*

39.- €

A101092

RRP*

46.- €

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

COOKING TECHNOLOGY u Stoves

Wok cookers

Gas wok table cooker GWTH1

1052303 • Material • Number of hobs • Large hobs • Distribution of hobs • Type of hobs • Gas burner • Ignition type • Pilot flame • Grease collection tank • Height-adjustable feet • Properties

• Gas type

• Power • Size • Weight

COOKING TECHNOLOGY u Wok cookers

Wok cooker, 2 burners

1052103 • Material • Number of hobs • Large hobs • Distribution of hobs • Type of hobs • Gas burner • Ignition type • Pilot flame • Grease collection tank • Height-adjustable feet • Height adjustable • Properties

• Gas type

• Power • Size • Weight

RRP* 1,119.- €

GTIN 4015613630977

CNS 18/10 1 Ø 290 mm 1 x 11,5 kW Wok ring top High-performance burner Manual ignition Yes Yes Yes Burner can be removed without a tool Burner is thermo-electrically secured Hobs without wok ring top, for pots from Ø 200 mm Liquid gas (50 mbar) Natural gas nozzles H (20 mbar) are enclosed 11,5 kW W 400 x D 600 x H 415 mm 25.4 kg RRP* 1,998.- €

GTIN 4015613610764

CNS 18/10 2 Ø 290 mm 2 x 11,5 kW Wok ring top High-performance burner Manual ignition Yes Yes Yes 960 mm to 985 mm Burner can be removed without a tool Burner is thermo-electrically secured Heating zones can be controlled separately Hobs without wok ring top, for pots from Ø 200 mm Liquid gas (50 mbar) Natural gas nozzles H (20 mbar) are enclosed 23 kW W 900 x D 600 x H 960 mm 58 kg

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

Wok cooker, 3 burners

1053103 • Material • Number of hobs • Large hobs • Distribution of hobs • Type of hobs • Gas burner • Ignition type • Pilot flame • Grease collection tank • Height-adjustable feet • Height adjustable • Properties

RRP* 2,698.- €

GTIN 4015613610771

CNS 18/10 3 Ø 290 mm 3 x 11,5 kW Wok ring top High-performance burner Manual ignition Yes Yes Yes 960 mm to 985 mm Burner can be removed without a tool Burner is thermo-electrically secured Heating zones can be controlled separately Hobs without wok ring top, for pots from Ø 200 mm Liquid gas (50 mbar) Natural gas nozzles H (20 mbar) are enclosed 34,5 kW W 1,500 x D 600 x H 960 mm 85 kg

• Gas type

• Power • Size • Weight

Wok pan steel, 360mm

Wok pan W380R

Wok pan W385R

• Material: Stainless steel • Design base: Round • Content: 5 litre(s) • Diameter: 380 mm • Height pan without lid: 110 mm • Handle properties: Cold handle(s) • With opposite handle: Yes • Induction-suitable: Yes • Size: W 635 x D 380 x H 220 mm • Weight: 2.85 kg • GTIN: 4015613586793

A105960

RRP*

115.- €

105831

RRP*

85.- €

A105971

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

RRP*

69.- €

COOKING TECHNOLOGY u Wok cookers

Component parts

Stock-pot stove G-1KB 1K700

1086003S • Material • Gas burner • Ignition type • Ignition guard • Pilot flame • Gas type • Important information

• Power • Size • Weight

Stock-pot stove G-2KB 1K700

1059403 • Material • Gas burner • Ignition type • Ignition guard • Pilot flame • Gas type • Load-bearing capacity max. • Important information

• Power • Size • Weight

COOKING TECHNOLOGY u Stock-pot stoves

Stock-pot stove G-WB 1K1250

1050503 • Material • Gas burner • Ignition type • Ignition guard • Pilot flame • Gas type • Load-bearing capacity max. • Important information

• Power • Size • Weight

RRP* 289.- €

GTIN 4015613395982

CNS 18/10 Cast ribbed frame Strong burner Piezo ignition Yes No Liquid gas Natural gas nozzles are enclosed The pot diameter must be at least 22.5 cm A pressure reducer of max. 50 mbar is necessary 7 kW W 400 x D 440 x H 390 mm 12.75 kg

RRP* 1,198.- €

GTIN 4015613166421

CNS 18/10 Two-circle burner Manual ignition Yes Yes Liquid gas 70 kg The pot diameter must be at least 22.5 cm A pressure reducer of max. 50 mbar is necessary 7 kW W 450 x D 475 x H 500 mm 22 kg

RRP* 1,659.- €

GTIN 4015613124988

CNS 18/10 Cast ribbed frame Wart burner Manual ignition Yes Yes Liquid gas 70 kg The pot diameter must be at least 22.5 cm A pressure reducer of max. 50 mbar is necessary 12,5 kW W 670 x D 590 x H 530 mm 28 kg

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

Stock-pot stove G-WB 1K1250 XL

1050603

RRP* 1,989.- €

GTIN 4015613670935

This stool cooker stands out thanks to its user-friendly work height and solid design. It is also extremely flexible thanks to its low weight. • Material • Gas burner • Ignition type • Ignition guard • Gas type • Load-bearing capacity max. • Properties • Important information

• Power • Size • Weight

► Wart burner ► Connected load: 12.5 kW ► Gas type: Propane gas ► Natural gas nozzles H and L are enclosed

CNS 18/10 Cast ribbed frame Wart burner Manual ignition Yes Propane gas Natural gas nozzles H and L are enclosed 70 kg Collection tray below the burner The pot diameter must be at least 28 cm A pressure reducer of max. 50 mbar is necessary 12,5 kW W 680 x D 590 x H 820 mm 31 kg

► Pot diameter min.: 280 mm ► Load-bearing capacity: 70 kg

Connection kit, commercial • Can be used in: Inner and outer area • Size: W 64 x D 61 x H 27 mm • Weight: 1.3 kg • GTIN: 4015613586557

500180

RRP*

129.- €

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

COOKING TECHNOLOGY u Stock-pot stoves

Component parts

Stock-pot stove E 1K350

105343 • Material • Diameter hob • Control lamp • Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

Stock-pot stove E 1K500

105325 • Material • Diameter hob • Control lamp • Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

COOKING TECHNOLOGY u Stock-pot stoves

Large frying pan, cast, Ø550

699335 • Material • Diameter surface • Pan height • Handle can be detached • Size • Weight

Large frying pan, cast, Ø650

699320 • Material • Diameter surface • Pan height • Handle can be detached • Size • Weight

RRP* 1,198.- €

GTIN 4015613126036

CNS 18/10 300 mm yes 3,5 kW | 380-400 V | 50/60 Hz 3 NAC W 500 x D 500 x H 520 mm 16.4 kg

RRP* 1,249.- €

GTIN 4015613633244

Stainless steel 400 mm yes 5 kW | 400 V | 50 Hz 3 NAC W 570 x D 590 x H 515 mm 34.2 kg

RRP* 359.- €

GTIN 4015613210056

Cast iron 550 mm 80 mm Yes W 1,085 x D 550 x H 80 mm 25.4 kg

RRP* 459.- €

GTIN 4015613157832

Cast iron 650 mm 90 mm Yes W 1,120 x D 650 x H 90 mm 28 kg

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

699315 • Material • Diameter surface • Pan height • Handle can be detached • Size • Weight

Large frying pan, cast, dividedØ650

699325 • Material • Division • Diameter surface • Pan height • Height of divider • Handle can be detached • Size • Weight

Large frying pan, cast, dividedØ800

699318 • Material • Division • Diameter surface • Pan height • Height of divider • Handle can be detached • Size • Weight

Large frying pans, cast, sep. Ø800

699316 • Material • Division • Diameter surface • Pan height • Height of divider • Handle can be detached • Size • Weight

RRP* 659.- €

RRP* 479.- €

RRP* 669.- €

GTIN 4015613209906

GTIN 4015613210049

Cast iron 2-partitions 800 mm 120 mm 75 mm Yes W 1,500 x D 800 x H 120 mm 47 kg

RRP* 698.- €

GTIN 4015613632346

Cast iron 3-partitions 800 mm 120 mm 75 mm Yes W 1,500 x D 800 x H 120 mm 49.2 kg

• Material: Cast iron • Size: W 288 x D 155 x H 63 mm • Weight: 3.1 kg • GTIN: 4015613632353

108.- €

Cast iron 2-partitions 650 mm 90 mm 50 mm Yes W 1,120 x D 650 x H 90 mm 29 kg

Handle for large frying pans

RRP*

GTIN 4015613209890

Cast iron 800 mm 120 mm Yes W 1,500 x D 800 x H 120 mm 44 kg

Component parts

699328

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

COOKING TECHNOLOGY u Stock-pot stoves

Large frying pan, cast, Ø800

Tilting frying pans

Tilting frying pan E80LHK

193036 • Material • Material crucible • Content • Size crucible • Temperature range • Tilting device • Water supply tap • Water connection • Control lamp • Height-adjustable feet • Height adjustable • Properties

• Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

COOKING TECHNOLOGY u Tilting frying pans

Tilting frying pan E120LHK

193062 • Material • Material crucible • Content • Size crucible • Temperature range • Tilting device • Water supply tap • Water connection • Control lamp • Height-adjustable feet • Height adjustable • Properties

• Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

RRP* 6,198.- €

GTIN 4015613721224

CNS 18/10 Chrome-nickel steel 80 litre(s) W 798 x D 570 x H 200 mm 45 °C to 300 °C Manual Yes 12 mm yes Yes 850 mm to 910 mm Power supply interruption in case of malfunction Heating resistors from "Incoloy 800" 9,9 kW | 400 V | 50 Hz 3 NAC W 900 x D 900 x H 900 mm 158 kg

RRP* 9,849.- €

GTIN 4015613723464

CNS 18/10 Chrome-nickel steel 120 litre(s) W 1090 x D 560 x H 225 mm 45 °C to 300 °C Manual Yes 12 mm yes Yes 850 mm to 910 mm Power supply interruption in case of malfunction Heating resistors from "Incoloy 800" 14,8 kW | 400 V | 50 Hz 3 NAC W 1,200 x D 900 x H 900 mm 237 kg

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

1930311 • Material • Material crucible • Content • Size crucible • Temperature range • Tilting device • Water supply tap • Water connection • Height-adjustable feet • Height adjustable • Pilot flame • Ignition type • Properties • Gas type • Connected load gas • Size • Weight

Tilting frying pan G120LHK

1930511 • Material • Material crucible • Content • Size crucible • Tilting device • Temperature range • Water supply tap • Water connection • Height-adjustable feet • Height adjustable • Pilot flame • Ignition type • Properties • Gas type • Connected load gas • Size • Weight

RRP* 5,998.- €

GTIN 4015613721231

CNS 18/10 Chrome-nickel steel 80 litre(s) W 798 x D 570 x H 200 mm 100 °C to 300 °C Manual Yes 12 mm Yes 850 mm to 910 mm Yes Piezo ignition Gas heater with stainless steel tube burner Safety system with thermal element Natural gas H 22 kW W 900 x D 900 x H 900 mm 162.6 kg

RRP* 9,449.- €

GTIN 4015613723471

CNS 18/10 Chrome-nickel steel 120 litre(s) W 1090 x D 560 x H 225 mm Manual 100 °C to 300 °C Yes 12 mm Yes 850 mm to 910 mm Yes Piezo ignition Gas heater with stainless steel tube burner Safety system with thermal element Natural gas H 30 kW W 1,200 x D 900 x H 900 mm 220 kg

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

COOKING TECHNOLOGY u Tilting frying pans

Tilting frying pan G80LHK

Boiling kettle E113L

280015 • Material • Material boiler • Temperature control • Heating type • Control lamp

• Drain cock • Height-adjustable feet • Height adjustable • Properties

• Available on request • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

Boiling kettle E113L • Content • Useful content • Size kettle • Water connection • Power load • Size • Weight • GTIN

280015

COOKING TECHNOLOGY u Boiling kettles 96

280021

GTIN 4015613705378

Stainless steel Stainless steel 2 levels Thermostatic Indirect ON/OFF Heat up Water filling level Yes Yes 850 mm to 900 mm Automatic water level check in the intermediate jacket Automatic shutdown in case of malfunction Pressure monitoring: Funnel fitting with safety valve (calibrated to 0.5 bar) Electrical heating thanks to cast case "Incoloy 800" resisters made of a special alloy Mixer tap for cold and warm water Cooking pot for steam heating 3 NAC W 800 x D 900 x H 900 mm 143 kg

Boiling kettle E145L 113 litre(s) 102 litre(s) Ø 600 mm | Height: 415 mm Connection valve for hot and cold water Ø 10 mm 16 kW | 400 V | 50/60 Hz W 800 x D 900 x H 900 mm 143 kg 4015613705378 RRP* 8,498.- €

Boiling kettle E220L • Content • Useful content • Size kettle • Water connection • Power load • Size • Weight • GTIN

RRP* 8,498.- €

• Content • Useful content • Size kettle • Water connection • Power load • Size • Weight • GTIN

280016

145 litre(s) 135 litre(s) Ø 600 mm | Height: 540 mm Connection valve for hot and cold water Ø 10 mm 18 kW | 400 V | 50/60 Hz W 800 x D 900 x H 900 mm 155 kg 4015613705392 RRP* 8,898.- €

Boiling kettle E342L 220 litre(s) 200 litre(s) Ø 750 mm | Height: 520 mm R1/2" 32 kW | 400 V | 50/60 Hz W 1,000 x D 1,150 x H 900 mm 235 kg 4015613353326 RRP* 12,398.- €

• Content • Useful content • Size kettle • Water connection • Power load • Size • Weight • GTIN 1

280022

342 litre(s) 317 litre(s) Ø 900 mm | Height: 570 mm R1/2" 36 kW | 400 V | 50/60 Hz W 1,150 x D 1,300 x H 900 mm 280 kg 4015613353333 RRP* 14,149.- €

Boiling kettle E480L • Content • Useful content • Size kettle • Water connection • Power load • Size • Weight • GTIN

280023

480 litre(s) 455 litre(s) Ø 900 mm | Height: 780 mm R1/2" 36 kW | 400 V | 50/60 Hz W 1,150 x D 1,300 x H 1,030 mm 300 kg 4015613353340 RRP* 18,998.- €

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

Boiling kettle G113L

2800021

RRP* 8,698.- €

• Material • Material boiler • Temperature control • Ignition type • Heating type • Control lamp

• Drain cock • Height-adjustable feet • Height adjustable • Properties

• Gas type • Size • Weight

Boiling kettle G113L

• Power • Size • Weight • GTIN

2800021

2800071

Stainless steel Stainless steel 2 levels Piezo ignition Indirect ON/OFF Heat up Water filling level Yes Yes 850 mm to 900 mm Automatic water level check in the intermediate jacket Automatic shutdown in case of malfunction Pressure monitoring: Funnel fitting with safety valve (calibrated to 0.5 bar) Gas heated thanks to very efficient stainless steel burner Gas supply for the burner is guaranteed by a gas multifunctional control Mixer tap for cold and warm water Natural gas H W 800 x D 900 x H 900 mm 143 kg

Boiling kettle G150L 113 litre(s) 102 litre(s) Ø 600 mm | Height: 415 mm Connection valve for hot and cold water Ø 10 mm 21 kW W 800 x D 900 x H 900 mm 143 kg 4015613705354 RRP* 8,698.- €

Boiling kettle G342L • Content • Useful content • Size kettle • Water connection • Power • Size • Weight • GTIN

GTIN 4015613705354

• Content • Useful content • Size kettle • Water connection • Power • Size • Weight • GTIN

2800031

150 litre(s) 145 litre(s) Ø 600 mm | Height: 540 mm Connection valve for hot and cold water Ø 10 mm 21 kW W 800 x D 900 x H 900 mm 153 kg 4015613705361 RRP* 9,098.- €

Boiling kettle G480L 342 litre(s) 317 litre(s) Ø 900 mm | Height: 570 mm R1/2" 48 kW W 1,150 x D 1,300 x H 900 mm 277 kg 4015613353203 RRP* 14,498.- €

• Content • Useful content • Size kettle • Water connection • Power • Size • Weight • GTIN 1

2800081

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

480 litre(s) 455 litre(s) Ø 900 mm | Height: 780 mm R1/2" 58 kW W 1,150 x D 1,300 x H 1,030 mm 305 kg 4015613353210 RRP* 18,798.- €

COOKING TECHNOLOGY u Boiling kettles

• Content • Useful content • Size kettle • Water connection

Cooking station KST3240 Plus

107290

RRP* 9,998.- €

GTIN 4015613697093

Optimised mobile cooking station for a professional look in the front cooking field. From an induction cooker with 230V through to a solid griddle plate of the series 650 with 400V – With up to 3 tabletop units extremely flexible in the catering, event and frontcooking fields. • Material • With glass top • Glass top design operator side • Size glass superstructure • Fan regulation • Number of niches • Equipped with

• Number of filters • Flame protection filter • Control lamp • Lighting • ON/OFF switch • Swivel casters • Properties placement niche

• Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

COOKING TECHNOLOGY u Cooking station

► 1 placement niche ► Work surface: W 1208 x D 600 mm ► Designed for max.: 3 tabletop devices

► 5 sockets ► 3 x 230 V ► 2 x 400 V 16A CEE

► Integrated ventilation ► With stainless steel labyrinth filter ► Switchable in 4 levels

CNS 18/10 Yes Open W 1475 x D 740 x H 345 mm 4-level 1 Storage compartment below the setting niches, dimensions: W 1,200 x D 600 x H 150 mm 4 GN containers 1/9 GN, 100 mm deep for oils, sauces, cooking cutlery Integrated ventilation with labyrinth filter 3 Type A ON/OFF LED On the germ guard Yes 4 swivel casters, 2 with brake Designed for max.: 3 table-top units Surface: W 1208 x D 600 mm 5 sockets: 3 x 230 V, 2 x 400 V 16A CEE 24 kW | 400 V | 50 Hz 3 NAC W 1,520 x D 770 x H 1,263 mm 146 kg

► 4 GN containers ► 1/9 GN, 100 mm deep

The following Bartscher devices can be used with the cooking station: Without pedestal – 2 devices • Electric cooker, 4 plates – series 600 Imbiss, code-no. 131734 • Electric cooker, 4 fields – series 600 Imbiss, code-no. 131850 • Griddle plate, smooth, width 600 mm – series 600 Imbiss, code-no. 132125 • Bain marie, 1 x 1/1 GN + 2 x 1/4 GN – series 600 Imbiss, code-no. 131770

Without pedestal – 3 devices • Electric cooker, 2 plates – series 600 Imbiss, code-no. 131723 • Electric cooker, 2 fields – series 600 Imbiss, code-no. 131800 • Griddle plate, smooth, width 400 mm – series 600 Imbiss, code-no. 132115 • Bain marie, 3 x 1/4 GN – series 600 Imbiss, code-no. 131760 • Electric cooker, 2 plates – series 650 Snack, code-no. 1150061 • Bain marie 1/1 GN, width 400 mm – series 650 Snack, code-no. 1151211 • Griddle plate, smooth, width 400 mm – series 650 Snack, code-no. 1151181 • Deep fat fryer, width 400 mm – series 650 Snack, code-no. 1152141 • Neutral element, width 400 mm – series 650 Snack, code-no. 1151171 • Griddle plate GDP 320E, smooth, code-no. A370031 • Griddle plate GDP 320E, grooved, code-no. 370035 • Multi-fryer 300, code-no. 370205 1

Available on request

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

Carbon filter KST3240 Plus

Pedestal 100 KST3240 Plus

Side table KST3240 Plus

• Material: Activated carbon • Size: W 1,120 x D 445 x H 10 mm • Weight: 0.21 kg • GTIN: 4015613681634

• Material: CNS 18/10 • Size: W 400 x D 595 x H 100 mm • Weight: 3.08 kg • GTIN: 4015613682549

• Material: CNS 18/10 • Assembly side: Left, Right • Including: Attachment material • Size: W 700 x D 350 x H 80 mm • Weight: 4.35 kg • GTIN: 4015613695341

107273

RRP*

35.- €

107276

RRP*

189.- €

107279

RRP*

Zeolite filter KST3240 Plus

Pedestal 200 KST3240 Plus

Tray slide KST3240 Plus

• Material: Zeolite • Size: W 462 x D 380 x H 23 mm • Weight: 3.64 kg • GTIN: 4015613692326

• Material: CNS 18/10 • Size: W 400 x D 595 x H 200 mm • Weight: 7.37 kg • GTIN: 4015613684659

• Material: CNS 18/10 • Including: Attachment material • Size: W 1,490 x D 345 x H 130 mm • Weight: 4.4 kg • GTIN: 4015613695334

107274

RRP*

198.- €

With pedestal 100 KST3240 Plus – 3 devices • Table top induction wok, code-no. 105840 • Table top induction wok, code-no. 105871 • Table top induction wok, code-no. 105872

107277

RRP*

355.- €

107278

With pedestal 200 KST3240 Plus – 3 devices • Electric cooker, code-no. 104904 • Electric cooker, code-no. 104906 • Induction cooker IK 30T-1, code-no. 105991 • Induction cooker IK 30TCS-1, code-no. 105991S • Induction cooker IK 35TC, code-no. 105843 • Induction cooker IK 35TCS, code-no. 105843S • Induction cooker IK 35SK, code-no. 105837 • Table top induction stove, code-no. A105942 • Table top induction stove, code-no. 105984 • Table top induction stove, code-no. 105993 • Table top induction stove, code-no. 105994 • Table top induction wok IW 35, code-no. 105986

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

RRP*

529.- €

419.- €

COOKING TECHNOLOGY u Cooking station

Component parts

Convection oven "Piccolino"

A120787 • Material • Material cooking chamber • Number of drawers • Type of drawers • Pizza capacity • Functions

• Temperature range • Time adjustment • Timer • Control lamp • Properties • Including

• Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

Baking tray Piccolino

Grid for Piccolino

• Size: W 300 x D 285 x H 23 mm • Weight: 0.35 kg • GTIN: 4015613589121

• Size: W 300 x D 280 x H 3 mm • Weight: 0.25 kg • GTIN: 4015613589145

A120793

RRP*

7.50 €

A120794

RRP*

COOKING TECHNOLOGY u Convection ovens

Convection oven, universal

100

6.50 €

• Material • Material cooking chamber • Number of drawers • Type of drawers • Distance between trays • Size inside • Functions • Temperature range • Time adjustment • Timer • Thermostat • Control lamp • Including • Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

Oven grid for A120880

• Size: W 400 x D 280 x H 11 mm • Weight: 0.3 kg • GTIN: 4015613404127

• Size: W 400 x D 290 x H 20 mm • Weight: 0.55 kg • GTIN: 4015613404110

A120702

RRP*

19.- €

A120701

RRP*

16.- €

GTIN 4015613588575

Metal Painted Steel, galvanised 4 Crosswise 1 pizza Ø 26 cm Upper / lower heat Upper heat Lower heat 0 °C to 230 °C 0 to 60 minutes Yes ON/OFF Removeable crumb tray Pluggable 1 tray 1 handle 1 chicken skewer 1 grille 1,5 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz Pluggable W 425 x D 380 x H 295 mm 7.3 kg

A120880

Baking tray for A120880

RRP* 109.- €

RRP* 398.- €

GTIN 4015613404073

Stainless steel Stainless steel 4 Crosswise 55 mm W 404 x D 308 x H 254 mm Circulating air 0 °C to 250 °C 0 to 120 minutes Yes Yes yes 1 tray 1 grille 2,5 kW | 230 V | 50/60 Hz Pluggable W 530 x D 495 x H 320 mm 17.5 kg

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

Series AT

120789 • Material • Material cooking chamber • Size inside • Number of drawers • Format drawers • Distance between trays • Functions • Temperature range • Heat-up time • Temperature control • Time adjustment • Timer • Number of cooking programs • Number of cooking phases • Number of motors • Fan speed • Control lamp • Properties

• Protection class • Including • Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

GN tray, 1/2 with reinforced rim

Grid 1/2 GN

• Material: CNS 18/10 • Gastronorm: 1/2 GN • Size: W 325 x D 265 x H 25 mm • Weight: 0.7 kg • GTIN: 4015613271750

• Gastronorm: 1/2 GN • Size: W 325 x D 265 x H 56 mm • Weight: 0.52 kg • GTIN: 4015613678696

A101190

786006 RRP*

13.- €

RRP*

21.- €

RRP* 489.- €

GTIN 4015613496924

Stainless steel Stainless steel W 350 x D 290 x H 275 mm 3 1/2 GN 70 mm Circulating air 50 °C to 300 °C approx. 3 minutes (180 °C) Stepless 0 to 120 minutes Yes 1 1 1 1 level ON/OFF Heat up Double-winged door pane Rounded baking chamber Bearing rails can be detached Signal tone after expiry of the time IPX3 3 grilles 2,7 kW | 230 V | 50/60 Hz Pluggable W 460 x D 575 x H 465 mm 25.5 kg

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

► Baking trays GN 1/2 page 124

COOKING TECHNOLOGY u Convection ovens

Convection oven AT110

101

Convection oven AT90

A120786

RRP* 498.- €

GTIN 4015613400655

The AT series: Cooking intelligence for grilling, roasting and baking. Full steam up to 300 degrees – the AT series offers high-performance hot air oven versatility. • Material • Material cooking chamber • Size inside • Number of drawers • Format drawers • Distance between trays • Functions • Temperature range • Heat-up time • Temperature control • Time adjustment • Timer • Interior lighting • Number of cooking programs • Number of cooking phases • Number of motors • Fan speed • Control lamp • Properties

• Protection class • Including • Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

COOKING TECHNOLOGY u Convection ovens

Convection oven AT90-ST

102

120879 • Material • Material cooking chamber • Size inside • Number of drawers • Format drawers • Distance between trays • Functions • Temperature range • Heat-up time • Temperature control • Time adjustment • Timer • Interior lighting • Number of cooking programs • Number of cooking phases • Number of motors • Fan speed • Control lamp • Properties

• Protection class • Including • Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

Stainless steel Enamelled W 460 x D 370 x H 350 mm 4 438 x 315 mm 70 mm Circulating air 50 °C to 300 °C approx. 8 minutes (149 °C) Mechanical Stepless 0 to 120 minutes Yes Yes 1 1 2 1 level ON/OFF Heat up Double-winged door pane Rounded baking chamber Bearing rails can be detached Signal tone after expiry of the time IPX3 4 trays 2,7 kW | 230 V | 50/60 Hz Pluggable W 595 x D 615 x H 580 mm 38 kg

RRP* 535.- €

GTIN 4015613717081

Stainless steel Stainless steel W 460 x D 370 x H 350 mm 4 438 x 315 mm 70 mm Circulating air 50 °C to 300 °C approx. 8 minutes (150 °C) Mechanical Stepless 0 to 120 minutes Yes Yes 1 1 2 1 level ON/OFF Heat up Double-winged door pane Rounded baking chamber Bearing rails can be detached Signal tone after expiry of the time IPX3 4 trays 2,7 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz Pluggable W 595 x D 615 x H 580 mm 38 kg

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

Convection oven AT90-MDI

A120796

RRP* 598.- €

GTIN 4015613712147

A good basis for repeated cooking processes – the temperature and time can be precisely adjusted using both controllers with digital display. The 2 motors provide good air circulation and therefore the best results.

• Time adjustment • Timer • LED display • Interior lighting • Number of cooking programs • Number of cooking phases • Number of motors • Fan speed • Control lamp • Properties

• Protection class • Including • Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

► Knob with digital display for temperature and time

► Bearing rails can be detached

►R ounded baking chamber

Baking tray 438x315x10

Oven grid 438x315x15

• Material: Aluminium • Size: W 438 x D 315 x H 10 mm • Weight: 0.31 kg • GTIN: 4015613658384

• Size: W 438 x D 315 x H 15 mm • Weight: 0.66 kg • GTIN: 4015613658407

786004

786005 RRP*

19.- €

Stainless steel Enamelled W 460 x D 370 x H 350 mm 4 438 x 315 mm 70 mm Circulating air 50 °C to 300 °C approx. 8 minutes (150 °C) Electronic In 1 °C steps 0 to 120 minutes Yes yes Yes 1 1 2 1 level ON/OFF Heat up Knob with digital display for temperature and time Possible cooking pause using the temperature controller Double-winged door pane Rounded baking chamber Bearing rails can be detached Signal tone after expiry of the time IPX3 4 trays 2,7 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz Pluggable W 595 x D 615 x H 580 mm 50 kg

RRP*

19.- €

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

► Double-winged door pane

COOKING TECHNOLOGY u Convection ovens

• Material • Material cooking chamber • Size inside • Number of drawers • Format drawers • Distance between trays • Functions • Temperature range • Heat-up time • Temperature control

103

Convection oven AT120

A120788

RRP* 798.- €

GTIN 4015613400662

• Grill output • Temperature range • Heat-up time • Temperature control • Time adjustment • Timer • Interior lighting • Number of cooking programs • Number of cooking phases • Number of motors • Fan speed • Water connection • Control lamp

• Properties

COOKING TECHNOLOGY u Convection ovens

• Protection class • Including • Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

104

► With grill ► With steaming ► Fixed connection to water supply 3/4“

► Double-winged door pane

Baking tray 438x315x10

Oven grid 438x315x15

• Material: Aluminium • Size: W 438 x D 315 x H 10 mm • Weight: 0.31 kg • GTIN: 4015613658384

• Size: W 438 x D 315 x H 15 mm • Weight: 0.66 kg • GTIN: 4015613658407

786004

786005 RRP*

Stainless steel Stainless steel W 460 x D 375 x H 360 mm 4 438 x 315 mm 70 mm Circulating air Grill function Steaming 2 kW 50 °C to 300 °C approx. 8 minutes (149 °C) Stepless 0 to 120 minutes Yes Yes 1 1 2 1 level 3/4" Convection Grill function Steaming Time Double-winged door pane Rounded baking chamber Bearing rails can be detached Signal tone after expiry of the time IPX3 4 trays 2,7 kW | 230 V | 50/60 Hz Pluggable W 600 x D 610 x H 580 mm 40 kg

19.- €

RRP*

19.- €

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

Component parts Baking tray 433x333, 4 RR, SS

Baking tray 433x333, 4 RR, silicone

Baking tray 433x333, 4 RR, ALU

• Material: Stainless steel • Edge: 4 sides • Material thickness: 1,5 mm • Size: W 433 x D 333 x H 10 mm • Weight: 1.22 kg • GTIN: 4015613505862

• Material: Aluminium • Edge: 4 sides • Material thickness: 1,5 mm • Silicone coating: Yes • Size: W 433 x D 333 x H 10 mm • Weight: 0.65 kg • GTIN: 4015613505879

• Material: Aluminium • Edge: 4 sides • Material thickness: 1,5 mm • Size: W 433 x D 333 x H 10 mm • Weight: 0.63 kg • GTIN: 4015613505466

RRP*

31.- €

100311

100313

RRP*

39.- €

RRP*

23.- €

Perforated tray433x333alu,silic,MA3

Perforated tray 433x333, alu, MA3

Wall-mounting shelf 600x600mm, SS

• Material: Aluminium • Edge: 3 sides • Material thickness: 1,5 mm • Diameter perforation: 3 mm • Silicone coating: Yes • Size: W 433 x D 333 x H 10 mm • Weight: 0.49 kg • GTIN: 4015613502236

• Material: Aluminium • Edge: 3 sides • Material thickness: 1,5 mm • Diameter perforation: 3 mm • Size: W 433 x D 333 x H 10 mm • Weight: 0.48 kg • GTIN: 4015613502205

• Material: CNS 18/10 • Size utility space: W 600 x D 600 mm • Load-bearing capacity max.: 50 kg • Size: W 600 x D 600 x H 155 mm • Weight: 5.4 kg • GTIN: 4015613434988

174600 100305 100310

RRP*

39.- €

RRP*

23.- €

89.- €

13.50 €

RRP*

Oven gloves 32cm, pair, black

Oven gloves 38cm, pair, black

Oven gloves 44cm, pair, black

• Material: Cotton • Length: 320 mm • Heat resistant to: 200 °C • Can be washed: Up to 40 °C • Size: W 205 x D 360 x H 30 mm • Weight: 0.34 kg • GTIN: 4015613367507

• Material: Cotton • Length: 380 mm • Heat resistant to: 200 °C • Can be washed: Up to 40 °C • Size: W 200 x D 380 x H 25 mm • Weight: 0.39 kg • GTIN: 4015613367613

• Material: Cotton • Length: 440 mm • Heat resistant to: 200 °C • Can be washed: Up to 40 °C • Size: W 210 x D 440 x H 25 mm • Weight: 0.44 kg • GTIN: 4015613367514

A500499

RRP*

11.50 €

A500500

RRP*

12.50 €

A500498

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

RRP*

COOKING TECHNOLOGY u Convection ovens

100312

105

Convection oven AT400, w. hum.

105780

RRP* 1,398.- €

GTIN 4015613505572

The AT series: Cooking intelligence for grilling, roasting and baking. Full steam up to 300 ° – the AT series offers high-performance hot air oven versatility. • Material • Material cooking chamber • Size inside • Number of drawers • Format drawers • Distance between trays • Functions

• Temperature range • Temperature control • Heat-up time • Time adjustment • Timer • Interior lighting • Number of cooking programs • Number of cooking phases • Number of motors • Fan speed • Water connection • Control lamp

• Properties

• Protection class • Including ► With steaming ► Fixed connection to water supply 3/4“

► Bearing rails can be detached

• Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

Stainless steel Stainless steel W 700 x D 360 x H 460 mm 4 600 x 400 mm 80 mm Circulating air Steaming Reversing motor direction (fan wheels) 50 °C to 300 °C Stepless approx. 8 minutes (200 °C) 0 to 180 minutes Yes Yes 1 1 2 1 level 3/4" Steaming ON/OFF Heat up Double-winged door pane Rounded baking chamber Bearing rails can be detached Signal tone after expiry of the time IPX3 2 perforated trays 2 trays 6,4 kW | 400 V | 50 Hz 3 NAC W 835 x D 800 x H 570 mm 65 kg

Set of guiding rails, right-left • Number of drawers: 4 • Format drawers: 1/1 GN • Size: W 105 x D 485 x H 300 mm • Weight: 0.3 kg • GTIN: 4015613661971

COOKING TECHNOLOGY u Convection ovens

780002

106

RRP*

59.- €

Fermenting cupboard 823HO

► Baking trays 600 x 400 mm page 124

116550 • Material • Number of drawers • Format drawers • Distance between trays • Temperature range • Control lamp • Properties • Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

RRP* 1,059.- €

GTIN 4015613610917

CNS 18/10 8 2/3 GN 442 x 320 mm 75 mm 30 °C to 60 °C ON/OFF Water bowl for air humidification 2 kW | 230 V | 50-60 Hz Pluggable W 700 x D 600 x H 960 mm 44 kg

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

Convection oven MF6430

121782

RRP* 1,098.- €

GTIN 4015613681757

Multifunctional for simple operation – with its many different cooking functions, the hotair oven offers many options for perfect preparation of food. • Material • Material cooking chamber • Size inside • Number of drawers • Format drawers • Distance between trays • Functions

• Grill output • Temperature range • Heat-up time • Temperature control • Time adjustment • Timer • Interior lighting • Control lamp • Properties

• Including • Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

► Veiling heating, hinged

Baking tray MF6430

Oven grid MF6430

• Material: Steel plate, Enamelled • Size: W 435 x D 352 x H 30 mm • Weight: 1.02 kg • GTIN: 4015613702148

• Material: Stainless steel • Size: W 440 x D 375 x H 5 mm • Weight: 0.79 kg • GTIN: 4015613702155

206203

RRP*

35.- €

206204

RRP*

25.- €

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

COOKING TECHNOLOGY u Convection ovens

► Bearing rails can be detached

Stainless steel Enamelled W 450 x D 405 x H 380 mm 6 440 x 375 mm 30 mm Upper heat Lower heat Bottom heat with circulating air Upper / lower heat Top / bottom heat with fan Circulating air Grill function Grill function with fan 1,8 kW 25 °C to 250 °C Approx. 20 minutes (250 °C) Mechanical Stepless 0 to 90 minutes Yes Yes Heat up Operational Door with triple glazing Rounded baking chamber Bearing rails can be detached 1 tray 1 grille 2,7 kW | 230 V | 50/60 Hz Pluggable W 600 x D 650 x H 620 mm 50.2 kg

107

Series C

Convection oven C4431D

206790 • Material • Material cooking chamber • Size inside • Number of drawers • Format drawers • Distance between trays • Functions

• Temperature range • Heat-up time • Temperature control • Time adjustment • Timer • Interior lighting • Number of cooking programs • Number of cooking phases • Number of motors • Fan speed • Control unit

COOKING TECHNOLOGY u Convection ovens

• LED display

108

• Water connection • Properties

• Protection class • Including • Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

Aluminium tray 442 x 325mm

Grill grid 442 x 325mm

• Material: Aluminium • Size: W 442 x D 325 x H 20 mm • Weight: 0.41 kg • GTIN: 4015613588469

• Size: W 442 x D 325 x H 3 mm • Weight: 0.71 kg • GTIN: 4015613588476

206001

206002 RRP*

23.- €

RRP*

21.- €

RRP* 1,439.- €

GTIN 4015613652429

Stainless steel Stainless steel W 490 x D 400 x H 330 mm 4 442 x 325 mm 75 mm Circulating air Steaming Reversing motor direction (fan wheels) Vapour extractor 30 °C to 260 °C approx. 15 minutes Stepless 0 to 120 minutes Yes Yes 99 3 1 1 level Electronic Knob Temperature Time Steaming Program 3/4" Double-winged door pane Rounded baking chamber Pluggable Bearing rails can be detached IPX4 4 trays 3,3 kW | 230 V | 50/60 Hz Pluggable W 600 x D 720 x H 540 mm 38.4 kg

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

206782 • Material • Material cooking chamber • Functions

• Heat-up time • Temperature control • Time adjustment • Timer • Interior lighting • Number of cooking programs • Number of cooking phases • Fan speed • Water connection • Properties

• Protection class • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

RRP* 2,119.- €

Convection oven C6640 humidity

• Number of drawers • Format drawers • Distance between trays • Temperature range • Number of motors • Control lamp

• Including • Power load • Size • Weight • GTIN

206782

RRP* 2,119.- €

GTIN 4015613585550

Stainless steel Stainless steel Circulating air Steaming Reversing motor direction (fan wheels) approx. 15 minutes Stepless 0 to 120 minutes Yes Yes 1 1 1 level 3/4" Double-winged door pane Rounded baking chamber Bearing rails can be detached IPX4 3 NAC W 700 x D 750 x H 625 mm 50 kg

Convection oven C5230 humidity 5 2/3 GN 70 mm 60 °C to 280 °C 1 Heat up Steaming 2 trays 4,3 kW | 400 V | 50-60 Hz W 700 x D 750 x H 625 mm 50 kg 4015613585550

6 600 x 400 mm 80 mm 50 °C to 280 °C 2 Heat up Steaming ON/OFF 3 trays 9,4 kW | 400 V | 50-60 Hz W 965 x D 930 x H 820 mm 98.5 kg 4015613585567

• Including • Power load • Size • Weight • GTIN

206797

RRP* 3,629.- €

Component parts GN tray 2/3

GN grid, 2/3

Grid 600x400, stainless steel

• Material: CNS 18/10 • Gastronorm: 2/3 GN • Size: W 354 x D 325 x H 20 mm • Weight: 1.15 kg • GTIN: 4015613271781

• Material: CNS 18/10 • Gastronorm: 2/3 GN • Size: W 355 x D 325 x H 10 mm • Weight: 0.79 kg • GTIN: 4015613332123

• Material: Stainless steel • Bakery norm: 600 x 400 mm • Size: W 400 x D 600 x H 8 mm • Weight: 1.4 kg • GTIN: 4015613638355

A101195

RRP*

16.- €

133212

RRP*

24.- €

133264

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

RRP*

39.- €

COOKING TECHNOLOGY u Convection ovens

Convection oven C5230 humidity

109

Combi steamers

Compact Combi Steamer, 4 x 2/3 GN

120791

RRP* 769.- €

GTIN 4015613487885

Compact combi-steamer – the compact design and the 4 drawers in the 2/3 GN format ensure optimum comfort and function-compatible working. • Material • Number of drawers • Format drawers • Type of drawers • Functions

COOKING TECHNOLOGY u Combi steamers

• Tank volume • Temperature range • Time adjustment • Control unit

110

• Number of motors • Control lamp • Including • Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

Chrome-nickel steel 4 2/3 GN Crosswise Steam Combi-steaming 1,3 litre(s) 0 °C to 200 °C 0 to 120 minutes Electronic Toggle 1 yes 1 grille 2/3 GN 2,5 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz Pluggable W 550 x D 545 x H 380 mm 20 kg

► Up to 4 x 2/3 GN ► With water tank, capacity: 1.3 litres

GN tray 2/3 • Material: CNS 18/10 • Gastronorm: 2/3 GN • Size: W 354 x D 325 x H 20 mm • Weight: 1.15 kg • GTIN: 4015613271781

A101195

RRP*

16.- €

► Baking trays GN 2/3 page 124

► Blast chillers page 285

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

Series M – Features at a glance ✓✓ Functions: Circulating air, Steam, Combi-steaming, Low temperature cooking, Reversing motor direction (fan wheels), Steam production by means of direct injection

✓✓ Number of cooking programs: 1 ✓✓ Number of cooking phases: 1 ✓✓ Fan speed: 2 levels ✓✓ Vapour extractor: Yes ✓✓ Interior lighting: Yes ✓✓ Core temperature sensor connection: Yes ✓✓ Water connection: 3/4“ ✓✓ LED display: Steaming, Core temperature, Temperature, Time ✓✓ Control lamp: ON/OFF, Temperature ✓✓ Properties: Rounded baking chamber, Bearing rails can be detached, Double-winged door pane, Core temperature sensor connection, side

116612

RRP* 2,889.- €

• Material • Number of drawers • Format drawers • Type of drawers • Distance between trays • Temperature range • Temperature control • Time adjustment • Including

• Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

► Easy to operate – toggle

► Bearing rails can be detached

GTIN 4015613656663

CNS 18/10 5 2/3 GN Crosswise 74 mm 50 °C to 280 °C Stepless 0 to 120 minutes 1 grille 2/3 GN 1 tray 2/3 GN 1 PVC drainpipe 1 water supply hose 3,3 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz Pluggable W 620 x D 755 x H 635 mm 62.6 kg

►D ouble door glazing, inner door can be opened easily for cleaning

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

►V apour extractor is easy to regulate

COOKING TECHNOLOGY u Combi steamers

Combi steamer M5230

111

Combi steamer M 5110

116616 • Material • Number of drawers • Format drawers • Type of drawers • Distance between trays • Temperature range • Temperature control • Time adjustment • Including

• Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

Combi steamer M7110

116618 • Material • Number of drawers • Format drawers • Type of drawers • Distance between trays • Temperature range • Temperature control • Time adjustment • Including

• Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

COOKING TECHNOLOGY u Combi steamers

Combi steamer M71110G, gas, 7x1/1GN

112

1166281 • Material • Number of drawers • Format drawers • Type of drawers • Distance between trays • Temperature range • Temperature control • Time adjustment • Including

• Connected electrical load • Voltage • Gas connection • Connected load gas • Size • Weight

RRP* 3,849.- €

GTIN 4015613665702

CNS 18/10 5 1/1 GN 600 x 400 mm Crosswise 74 mm 50 °C to 280 °C Stepless 0 to 120 minutes 1 tray 1/1 GN 1 grille 1/1 GN 1 PVC drainpipe 1 water supply hose 6,3 kW | 400 V | 50 Hz 3 NAC W 890 x D 815 x H 635 mm 81.8 kg

RRP* 4,859.- €

GTIN 4015613665719

CNS 18/10 7 1/1 GN 600 x 400 mm Crosswise 74 mm 50 °C to 280 °C Stepless 0 to 120 minutes 1 tray 1/1 GN 1 grille 1/1 GN 1 PVC drainpipe 1 water supply hose 9,6 kW | 400 V | 50 Hz 3 NAC W 890 x D 815 x H 815 mm 104.2 kg

RRP* 6,698.- €

GTIN 4015613665726

CNS 18/10 7 1/1 GN 600 x 400 mm Crosswise 74 mm 50 °C to 280 °C Stepless 0 to 120 minutes 1 tray 1/1 GN 1 grille 1/1 GN 1 PVC drainpipe 1 water supply hose 0,8 kW 230 V 1/2" R 16 kW W 890 x D 850 x H 930 mm 119.8 kg

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

116621

RRP* 5,549.- €

• Material • Number of drawers • Format drawers

• Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

1166311

RRP* 7,298.- €

• Material • Number of drawers • Format drawers • Type of drawers • Distance between trays • Temperature range • Temperature control • Time adjustment • Including

• Connected electrical load • Voltage • Gas connection • Connected load gas • Size • Weight

► Easy to operate – toggle

► Bearing rails can be detached

GTIN 4015613665733

CNS 18/10 10 1/1 GN 600 x 400 mm Crosswise 74 mm 50 °C to 280 °C Stepless 0 to 120 minutes 1 tray 1/1 GN 1 grille 1/1 GN 1 PVC drainpipe 1 water supply hose 12,6 kW | 400 V | 50 Hz 3 NAC W 890 x D 815 x H 1,015 mm 118 kg

• Type of drawers • Distance between trays • Temperature range • Temperature control • Time adjustment • Including

Combi steamer M10110G, gas,10x1/1GN

GTIN 4015613665740

CNS 18/10 10 1/1 GN 600 x 400 mm Crosswise 74 mm 50 °C to 280 °C Stepless 0 to 120 minutes 1 tray 1/1 GN 1 grille 1/1 GN 1 PVC drainpipe 1 water supply hose 0,8 kW 230 V 1/2" R 19 kW W 890 x D 850 x H 1,135 mm 137.8 kg

►D ouble door glazing, inner door can be opened easily for cleaning

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

►V apour extractor is easy to regulate

COOKING TECHNOLOGY u Combi steamers

Combi steamer M10110, 10x1/1GN

113

Series E – Features at a glance ✓✓ Functions: Circulating air, Steam, Combi-steaming, Low temperature cooking, Delta-T cooking, Reversing motor direction (fan wheels), Steam production by means of direct injection

✓✓ Number of cooking programs: 99 ✓✓ Number of cooking phases: 9 ✓✓ Fan speed: 3 levels ✓✓ Vapour extractor: Yes ✓✓ Interior lighting: Yes ✓✓ Core temperature sensor connection: Yes ✓✓ Water connection: 3/4“ ✓✓ LED display: Steaming, Delta-T cooking, Cooking phases, Core temperature, Fan speed, Program, Temperature, Time

✓✓ Properties: Rounded baking chamber, Bearing rails can be detached, Double-winged door pane, Core temperature sensor connection, side

Combi steamer E5230, 5x2/3GN

116524

RRP* 2,998.- €

GTIN 4015613665757

Healthy preparation with high-performance and intelligent equipment. The combi-steamer with direct injection and its cross-wise GN drawers, the removable support rails, is highly practical.

COOKING TECHNOLOGY u Combi steamers

• Material • Number of drawers • Format drawers • Type of drawers • Distance between trays • Temperature range • Temperature control • Time adjustment • Including

114

• Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

► Electronic control with 99 programs, each program with up to 9 cooking phases

► Bearing rails can be detached

►D ouble door glazing, inner door can be opened easily for cleaning

CNS 18/10 5 2/3 GN Crosswise 74 mm 50 °C to 280 °C Stepless 1 to 999 minutes 1 tray 2/3 GN 1 grille 2/3 GN 1 PVC drainpipe 1 water supply hose 3,3 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz Pluggable W 620 x D 755 x H 635 mm 64.6 kg

►V apour extractor is easy to regulate

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

116526 • Material • Number of drawers • Format drawers • Type of drawers • Distance between trays • Temperature range • Temperature control • Time adjustment • Including

• Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

Combi steamer E 7110

116528 • Material • Number of drawers • Format drawers • Type of drawers • Distance between trays • Temperature range • Temperature control • Time adjustment • Including

• Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

Combi steamer E10110, 10x1/1GN

116531 • Material • Number of drawers • Format drawers • Type of drawers • Distance between trays • Temperature range • Temperature control • Time adjustment • Including

• Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

RRP* 3,979.- €

GTIN 4015613665764

CNS 18/10 5 1/1 GN 600 x 400 mm Crosswise 74 mm 50 °C to 280 °C Stepless 1 to 999 minutes 1 tray 1/1 GN 1 grille 1/1 GN 1 PVC drainpipe 1 water supply hose 6,3 kW | 400 V | 50 Hz 3 NAC W 890 x D 815 x H 635 mm 84 kg

RRP* 4,998.- €

GTIN 4015613665771

CNS 18/10 7 1/1 GN 600 x 400 mm Crosswise 74 mm 50 °C to 280 °C Stepless 1 to 999 minutes 1 tray 1/1 GN 1 grille 1/1 GN 1 PVC drainpipe 1 water supply hose 9,6 kW | 400 V | 50 Hz 3 NAC W 890 x D 815 x H 815 mm 103.8 kg

RRP* 5,798.- €

GTIN 4015613665788

CNS 18/10 10 1/1 GN 600 x 400 mm Crosswise 74 mm 50 °C to 280 °C Stepless 1 to 999 minutes 1 tray 1/1 GN 1 grille 1/1 GN 1 PVC drainpipe 1 water supply hose 12,6 kW | 400 V | 50 Hz 3 NAC W 890 x D 815 x H 1,015 mm 117.4 kg

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

COOKING TECHNOLOGY u Combi steamers

Combi steamer E5110, 5x1/1GN

115

Series E RS – Features at a glance ✓✓ Functions: Circulating air, Steam, Combi-steaming, Low temperature cooking, Delta-T cooking, Reversing motor direction (fan wheels), Steam production by means of direct injection, Automatic 3-level cleaning system with drying program

✓✓ Number of cooking programs: 99 ✓✓ Number of cooking phases: 9 ✓✓ Fan speed: 3 levels ✓✓ Vapour extractor: Yes ✓✓ With cleaning system: Yes ✓✓ Interior lighting: Yes ✓✓ Core temperature sensor connection: Yes ✓✓ Water connection: 3/4“ ✓✓ LED display: Steaming, Delta-T cooking, Cooking phases, Core temperature, Fan speed, Program, Temperature, Time

✓✓ Properties: Rounded baking chamber, Bearing rails can be detached, Double-winged door pane, Core temperature sensor connection, side

Combi steamer E 5110RS

116526W

• Material • Number of drawers • Format drawers

COOKING TECHNOLOGY u Combi steamers

• Type of drawers • Distance between trays • Temperature range • Time adjustment • With cleaning system • Important information

116

• Including

• Power load • Size • Weight

► Automatic 3-level cleaning system with drying program

► Electronic control with 99 programs, each program with up to 9 cooking phases

► Bearing rails can be detached

RRP* 4,598.- €

GTIN 4015613670850

CNS 18/10 5 1/1 GN 600 x 400 mm Crosswise 74 mm 50 °C to 280 °C 1 to 999 minutes Yes From a water hardness of 5° d.H upwards, we urgently recommend fitting a suitable water softener and a water pressure of maximum 3 bar 1 tray 1/1 GN 1 grille 1/1 GN 1 PVC drainpipe 1 water supply hose 1 supply hose for cleaning agents 6,3 kW | 400 V | 50 Hz W 890 x D 815 x H 635 mm 90.2 kg

► Double door glazing, inner door can be opened easily for cleaning

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

116528W • Material • Number of drawers • Format drawers • Type of drawers • Distance between trays • Temperature range • Temperature control • Time adjustment • With cleaning system • Important information

• Including

• Power load • Size • Weight

Combi steamer E 10110RS

116531W • Material • Number of drawers • Format drawers • Type of drawers • Distance between trays • Temperature range • Time adjustment • With cleaning system • Important information

• Including

• Power load • Size • Weight

RRP* 5,698.- €

GTIN 4015613676661

CNS 18/10 7 1/1 GN 600 x 400 mm Crosswise 74 mm 50 °C to 280 °C Stepless 1 to 999 minutes Yes From a water hardness of 5° d.H upwards, we urgently recommend fitting a suitable water softener and a water pressure of maximum 3 bar 1 tray 1/1 GN 1 grille 1/1 GN 1 PVC drainpipe 1 water supply hose 1 supply hose for cleaning agents 9,6 kW | 400 V | 50 Hz W 890 x D 815 x H 815 mm 110.8 kg

RRP* 6,849.- €

GTIN 4015613690551

CNS 18/10 10 1/1 GN 600 x 400 mm Crosswise 74 mm 50 °C to 280 °C 1 to 999 minutes Yes From a water hardness of 5° d.H upwards, we urgently recommend fitting a suitable water softener and a water pressure of maximum 3 bar 1 grille 1/1 GN 1 tray 1/1 GN 1 PVC drainpipe 1 water supply hose 1 supply hose for cleaning agents 12,6 kW | 400 V | 50 Hz W 890 x D 815 x H 1,010 mm 125 kg

► Blast chillers page 285

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

COOKING TECHNOLOGY u Combi steamers

Combi steamer E 7110RS

117

Series T – Features at a glance ✓✓ Functions: Circulating air, Steam, Combi-steaming, Low temperature cooking, Delta-T cooking, Steam production by means of direct injection, Reversing motor direction (fan wheels), Automatic 3-level cleaning system with drying program

✓✓ Control unit: Touch, Knob ✓✓ Number of cooking programs: 99 ✓✓ Number of cooking phases: 9 ✓✓ Vapour extractor: Yes ✓✓ Fan speed: 3 levels ✓✓ With cleaning system: Yes ✓✓ Interior lighting: Yes ✓✓ Core temperature sensor connection: Yes ✓✓ Water connection: 3/4“ ✓✓ Properties: Double-winged door pane, Bearing rails can be detached, Core temperature sensor connection, side

Combi steamer T 5110RS

117552

RRP* 5,549.- €

GTIN 4015613703978

The T series combi steamer represents the simplest preparation. Whether pre-installed or self-configured cooking programs – the touch control with intuitive operation offers unlimited opportunities. The overall package is completed by the USB connection and cleaning system. • Material • Number of drawers • Format drawers

COOKING TECHNOLOGY u Combi steamers

• Type of drawers • Distance between trays • Temperature range • Temperature control • Time adjustment • With cleaning system • Important information

118

• Including

• Available on request • Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

► Automatic 3-level cleaning system with drying program

► Electronic control with 99 programs, each program with up to 9 cooking phases

► Bearing rails can be detached

Stainless steel 5 1/1 GN 600 x 400 mm Crosswise 74 mm 50 °C to 300 °C Stepless 0 to 599 minutes Yes From a water hardness of 5° d.H upwards, we urgently recommend fitting a suitable water softener and a water pressure of maximum 3 bar 1 grille 1/1 GN 1 tray 1/1 GN 1 PVC drainpipe 1 water supply hose 1 supply hose for cleaning agents Model with a 60 Hz frequency 6,3 kW | 400 V | 50 Hz 3 NAC W 875 x D 830 x H 660 mm 90 kg

► Double-winged door pane ► Inner door can be opened easily for cleaning

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

117572 • Material • Number of drawers • Format drawers • Type of drawers • Distance between trays • Temperature range • Temperature control • Time adjustment • With cleaning system • Important information

• Including

• Available on request • Power load • Size • Weight

Combi steamer T 10110RS

117512 • Material • Number of drawers • Format drawers • Type of drawers • Distance between trays • Temperature range • Temperature control • Time adjustment • With cleaning system • Important information

• Including

• Available on request • Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

RRP* 6,749.- €

GTIN 4015613713342

Stainless steel 7 1/1 GN 600 x 400 mm Crosswise 74 mm 50 °C to 300 °C Stepless 0 to 599 minutes Yes From a water hardness of 5° d.H upwards, we urgently recommend fitting a suitable water softener and a water pressure of maximum 3 bar 1 grille 1/1 GN 1 tray 1/1 GN 1 PVC drainpipe 1 water supply hose 1 supply hose for cleaning agents Model with a 60 Hz frequency 9,6 kW | 400 V | 50 Hz W 875 x D 830 x H 850 mm 105 kg

RRP* 7,498.- €

GTIN 4015613713359

Stainless steel 10 1/1 GN 600 x 400 mm Crosswise 75 mm 50 °C to 300 °C Stepless 0 to 599 minutes Yes From a water hardness of 5° d.H upwards, we urgently recommend fitting a suitable water softener and a water pressure of maximum 3 bar 1 grille 1/1 GN 1 tray 1/1 GN 1 PVC drainpipe 1 water supply hose 1 supply hose for cleaning agents Model with a 60 Hz frequency 12,6 kW | 400 V | 50 Hz 3 NAC W 875 x D 830 x H 1,050 mm 117.4 kg

► Blast chillers page 285

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

COOKING TECHNOLOGY u Combi steamers

Combi steamer T 7110RS

119

Component parts Guiding rails 5x 600x400, pair

Guiding rails 7x 600x400, pair

Guiding rails 10x 600x400, pair

• Material: CNS 18/10 • Number of drawers: 5 • Format drawers: 600 x 400 mm • Size: W 360 x D 390 x H 60 mm • Weight: 1.9 kg • GTIN: 4015613583464

• Material: CNS 18/10 • Number of drawers: 7 • Format drawers: 600 x 400 mm • Size: W 390 x D 360 x H 60 mm • Weight: 2.2 kg • GTIN: 4015613583471

• Material: CNS 18/10 • Number of drawers: 10 • Format drawers: 600 x 400 mm • Size: W 725 x D 390 x H 60 mm • Weight: 4.15 kg • GTIN: 4015613583488

116001

RRP*

229.- €

116002

116003

RRP*

365.- €

Hand shower f. combi steamer

Pump set f. combi steamer

• Set comprises: 1 core temperature sensor, 1 holder • Material temperature sensor: Stainless steel • Length cable: 1,8 m • Size: W 180 x D 265 x H 25 mm • Weight: 0.57 kg • GTIN: 4015613595139

• Material: Plastic, Metal • Length hose: 2 m • Water connection: 1/2“ • Properties: Shutoff valve for fixed connection to water supply 1/2“ • Including: 1 holder • Size: W 2,160 x D 75 x H 30 mm • Weight: 1 kg • GTIN: 4015613587189

• Material: Plastic, Metal • Set comprises: 1 plastic canister (5 litres), 1 pump, 1 supply hose: canister - pump (150 cm), 1 supply hose: pump - steaming pipe (80 cm), Installation material • Size: W 325 x D 260 x H 140 mm • Weight: 0.98 kg • GTIN: 4015613595146

RRP*

215.- €

116005

COOKING TECHNOLOGY u Combi steamers

319.- €

Core temperature sensor set+holder

116009

120

RRP*

185.- €

116011

RRP*

139.- €

Combi-steamer connecting kit "M,E+T"

Pressure regulator for steamers

Combi steamer cleaner RS-5L

• Material: Stainless steel • Size frame: W 876 x D 622 x H 114 mm • Set comprises: 1 frame, 1 pipe and holding plate for vapour extraction, 1 connection hose, 4 feet, Attachment circlips, Screws • Combination possibilities: 5 x 1/1 GN to 5 x 1/1 GN, 5 x 1/1 GN to 7 x 1/1 GN • Size: W 876 x D 622 x H 114 mm • Weight: 9.2 kg • GTIN: 4015613607078

• Material: Brass, Chrome-plated • Connection: 3/4“ • Water pressure: 1 - 6 bar (preset to 3 bar) • Incoming pressure max.: 16 bar • Operating temperature max.: 65 °C • Size: W 95 x D 75 x H 50 mm • Weight: 0.4 kg • GTIN: 4015613468617

• Designed for: Combi steamers with a cleaning system, series E RS • Content: 5 litre(s) • Size: W 195 x D 150 x H 252 mm • Weight: 5 kg • GTIN: 4015613685250

116299 533051 116012

RRP*

598.- €

RRP*

52.- €

RRP*

32.- €

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

Component parts Base unit for combi-steamer 2/3 GN

Base unit f. steamers 10 x 1/1 GN

Base unit ME 10E11640

• Material: Chrome-nickel steel • Base shelf: Yes • Height-adjustable feet: No • Size: W 570 x D 515 x H 741 mm • Weight: 10.6 kg • GTIN: 4015613610641

• Material: CNS 18/10 • Number of drawers: 10 • Format drawers: 1/1 GN • Type of drawers: Longitudinal • Height-adjustable feet: Yes • Height adjustable: 741 mm to 790 mm • Size: W 850 x D 700 x H 741 mm • Weight: 25 kg • GTIN: 4015613602486

• Material: CNS 18/10 • Number of drawers: 10 • Format drawers: 1/1 GN, 600 x 400 mm • Type of drawers: Longitudinal • Height-adjustable feet: Yes • Height adjustable: 745 mm to 790 mm • Size: W 950 x D 700 x H 745 mm • Weight: 24 kg • GTIN: 4015613682051

115075

RRP*

305.- €

115069

RRP*

609.- €

115079

RRP*

869.- €

Base unit for steamers, 6x 1/1 GN

Condensation hood "M,E+T" 370

Extraction hood for combi steamers M,E+T

• Material: Chrome-nickel steel • Number of drawers: 6 • Format drawers: 1/1 GN • Type of drawers: Longitudinal • Height-adjustable feet: Yes • Height adjustable: 400 mm to 450 mm • Size: W 850 x D 700 x H 400 mm • Weight: 14.2 kg • GTIN: 4015613617589

• Material: Stainless steel • Material filter: Stainless steel • Number of filters: 2 • Number of fan motors/exhaust air outputs: 1 • Fan regulation: Manual, Stepless, Toggle • Motor Power: 800 m3/h to 1500 m3/h • ON/OFF switch: Yes • Including: Connection material, Attachment material • Power load: 0,37 kW | 230 V | 50/60 Hz • Size: W 870 x D 950 x H 300 mm • Weight: 31.6 kg • GTIN: 4015613702773

• Material: Chrome-nickel steel • Material filter: Stainless steel • Number of filters: 2 • Number of fan motors/exhaust air outputs: 1 • Motor Power: 100 m3/h to 540 m3/h • ON/OFF switch: Yes • Power load: 0,1 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz • Size: W 900 x D 875 x H 230 mm • Weight: 25 kg • GTIN: 4015613620503

115071

RRP*

569.- €

116016 RRP*

2,698.- €

1,698.- €

COOKING TECHNOLOGY u Combi steamers

116019

RRP*

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

121

Series D – Features at a glance ✓✓ Functions: Circulating air, Steam, Combi-steaming, Low temperature cooking, Delta-T cooking, Regeneration program, Fast cooling

✓✓ Number of cooking programs: 99 ✓✓ Number of cooking phases: 9 ✓✓ Fan speed: 3 levels ✓✓ Interior lighting: Yes ✓✓ Core temperature sensor connection: Yes ✓✓ Water connection: 3/4“ ✓✓ LED display: Steaming, Cooking phases, Core temperature, Fan speed, Program, Temperature, Time

✓✓ Properties: Double-winged door pane, Bearing rails can be detached, USB slot, frontal, Core temperature sensor connection, frontal

Combi steamer compact D 6110

117261

RRP* 5,298.- €

• Material • Number of drawers • Format drawers • Type of drawers • Distance between trays • Temperature range • Temperature control • Time adjustment • Including

COOKING TECHNOLOGY u Combi steamers

• Available on request • Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

122

► Electronic control with 99 programs, each program with up to 9 cooking phases

►D ouble door glazing, inner door can be opened easily for cleaning

► Vapour extractor is easy to regulate

GTIN 4015613623689

Chrome-nickel steel 6 1/1 GN Longitudinal 60 mm 50 °C to 280 °C Stepless 1 to 120 minutes 1 grille 1/1 GN 1 tray 1/1 GN Grease filter 1 PVC drainpipe 1 water supply hose 6,9 kW | 400 V | 50/60 Hz 3 NAC W 520 x D 850 x H 770 mm 72 kg

► USB slot, frontal

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

Combi steamer compact D 10110

117201 • Material • Number of drawers • Format drawers • Type of drawers • Distance between trays • Temperature range • Temperature control • Time adjustment • Including

RRP* 6,429.- €

GTIN 4015613623696

Chrome-nickel steel 10 1/1 GN Longitudinal 60 mm 50 °C to 280 °C Stepless 0 to 120 minutes 1 tray 1/1 GN 1 grille 1/1 GN Grease filter 1 PVC drainpipe 1 water supply hose

• Available on request • Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

13,8 kW | 400 V | 50/60 Hz 3 NAC W 520 x D 850 x H 1,010 mm 92.2 kg

Component parts Core temperature sensor set+holder

Hand shower f. combi steamer

Pressure regulator for steamers

• Material: Plastic, Metal • Length hose: 2 m • Properties: Shutoff valve for fixed connection to water supply 1/2“ • Including: 1 holder • Size: W 2,160 x D 75 x H 30 mm • Weight: 1 kg • GTIN: 4015613587189

116005

533051

RRP*

215.- €

1 RRP*

185.- €

RRP*

52.- €

Combi-steamer connect.kit "Compact"

Base frame compact, 5x1/1 GN

Condensation hood "Kompakt" 300

• Material: Stainless steel • Size frame: W 525 x D 735 x H 75 mm • Set comprises: 1 frame, 4 feet, 1 pipe and holding plate for vapour extraction, 1 connection hose, Attachment circlips, Screws • Combination possibilities: 6 x 1/1 GN to 6 x 1/1 GN, 6 x 1/1 GN to 10 x 1/1 GN • Size: W 525 x D 735 x H 75 mm • Weight: 4.8 kg • GTIN: 4015613632452

• Material: Chrome-nickel steel • Number of drawers: 5 • Format drawers: 1/1 GN • Type of drawers: Longitudinal • Height-adjustable feet: Yes • Height adjustable: 735 mm to 780 mm • Size: W 550 x D 700 x H 741 mm • Weight: 14.2 kg • GTIN: 4015613627090

• Material: Stainless steel • Material filter: Stainless steel • Fan regulation: Automatix, sensor-controlled • Properties: Labyrinth filter • Including: Drain hose, 320 mm • Power load: 0,3 kW | 230 V | 50/60 Hz • Size: W 520 x D 1,040 x H 300 mm • Weight: 28.4 kg • GTIN: 4015613671031

115076 117100

RRP*

289.- €

RRP*

498.- €

117002

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

RRP*

2,998.- €

COOKING TECHNOLOGY u Combi steamers

116009

123

Component parts Baking tray 600x400, 3 RR, alu

Perforated tray 600x400, alu, MA3

Perforated tray600x400,alu,silicMA3

• Material: Aluminium • Bakery norm: 600 x 400 mm • Edge: 3 sides • Material thickness: 1,5 mm • Size: W 600 x D 400 x H 20 mm • Weight: 1.09 kg • GTIN: 4015613464930

• Material: Aluminium • Bakery norm: 600 x 400 mm • Edge: 3 sides • Material thickness: 1,5 mm • Diameter perforation: 3 mm • Size: W 600 x D 400 x H 20 mm • Weight: 0.86 kg • GTIN: 4015613464961

• Material: Aluminium • Bakery norm: 600 x 400 mm • Edge: 3 sides • Material thickness: 1,5 mm • Diameter perforation: 3 mm • Silicone coating: Yes • Size: W 600 x D 400 x H 15 mm • Weight: 0.82 kg • GTIN: 4015613502212

100300

COOKING TECHNOLOGY u Combi steamers

31.- €

100301

RRP*

31.- €

100308

RRP*

47.- €

Grease drip container 600 x 400

Grid 600x400, stainless steel

Perforated tray 2/3GN, alu, MA4

• Material: Stainless steel • Bakery norm: 600 x 400 mm • Size: W 605 x D 405 x H 45 mm • Weight: 2.8 kg • GTIN: 4015613658414

• Material: Stainless steel • Bakery norm: 600 x 400 mm • Size: W 400 x D 600 x H 8 mm • Weight: 1.4 kg • GTIN: 4015613638355

• Material: Aluminium • Gastronorm: 2/3 GN • Edge: 4 sides, cover • Material thickness: 1,5 mm • Diameter perforation: 3 mm • Size: W 354 x D 325 x H 10 mm • Weight: 0.35 kg • GTIN: 4015613524139

525782

124

RRP*

98.- €

133264

RRP*

39.- €

100414

RRP*

19.- €

Perforated tray2/3GN,alu,silic.,MA4

Baking tray 1/1GN, 4 RR, ALU

Perforated tray 1/1GN, alu, MA4

• Material: Aluminium • Gastronorm: 2/3 GN • Edge: 4 sides, cover • Material thickness: 1,5 mm • Diameter perforation: 3 mm • Silicone coating: Yes • Size: W 354 x D 325 x H 10 mm • Weight: 0.36 kg • GTIN: 4015613524146

• Material: Aluminium • Gastronorm: 1/1 GN • Edge: 4 sides, cover • Material thickness: 1,5 mm • Size: W 530 x D 325 x H 10 mm • Weight: 0.71 kg • GTIN: 4015613521794

• Material: Aluminium • Gastronorm: 1/1 GN • Material thickness: 1,5 mm • Edge: 4 sides, cover • Diameter perforation: 3 mm • Size: W 530 x D 325 x H 10 mm • Weight: 0.53 kg • GTIN: 4015613521800

100415

RRP*

33.- €

100402

RRP*

23.- €

100403

RRP*

23.- €

Perforated tray 1/1GN, silicone,4MA

Grill plate

Backing spray 500ml

• Material: Aluminium • Gastronorm: 1/1 GN • Edge: 4 sides, cover • Material thickness: 1,5 mm • Diameter perforation: 3 mm • Silicone coating: Yes • Size: W 530 x D 325 x H 10 mm • Weight: 0.54 kg • GTIN: 4015613521817

• Material: Cast aluminium • Gastronorm: 1/1 GN • Roasting surface design: Diamond patterned • With juice groove: Yes • Size: W 530 x D 325 x H 15 mm • Weight: 2.8 kg • GTIN: 4015613660783

• Designed for: Greasing forms, baking trays, pans and waffle irons • Material: 100 % vegetable oils • Content / can: 500 ml • Order quantity unit: 1 box (6 cans) • Size: W 65 x D 65 x H 240 mm • Weight: 0.47 kg • GTIN: 4015613498508

100409

RRP*

39.- €

106576

RRP*

145.- €

173060

RRP*

41.70 €

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

Low-temperature cookers

Low-temperature cooker 1,2kW

120792

RRP* 1,549.- €

GTIN 4015613525822

• Material • Number of drawers • Format drawers • Type of drawers • Distance between trays • Functions

• Temperature range • Temperature control • Control unit • Digital display • Control lamp

• Door hinge side • Door hinge side can be changed • Carrying handle • Properties

• Including • Power load • Size • Weight

Stainless steel 3 1/1 GN 600 x 400 mm Longitudinal 80 mm Low temperature cooking HOLD function - for keeping warm at a precise temperature COOK function - for low-temperature cooking up to max. 110 °C 30 °C to 110 °C Stepless Electronic Yes Heat up ON/OFF Temperature Core temperature Steaming Keeping warm Left Yes Yes Rounded baking chamber Pluggable Bearing rails can be detached 1 pair of bearing rails for metal sheets 600 x 400 1,2 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 505 x D 715 x H 415 mm 27.3 kg

Grease drip container 600 x 400 • Material: Stainless steel • Bakery norm: 600 x 400 mm • Size: W 605 x D 405 x H 45 mm • Weight: 2.8 kg • GTIN: 4015613658414 ► COOK function ► Low temperature cooking up to max. 110 ° ► HOLD function ► Holding at a precise temperature ► Core temperature sensor

525782

RRP*

98.- €

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

COOKING TECHNOLOGY u Low-temperature cookers

Cooking and keeping warm in one – gentle preparation thanks to even heat that comes from all sides.

125

Sous-Vide stick SV ST15L

115133

RRP* 119.- €

GTIN 4015613685076

The compact alternative to standard Sous-Vide cookers – the Sous-Vide-Stick can be used flexibly in many placed with the right pot and is therefore ideal for mobile use • Material • Designed for • Temperature range • Temperature control • Time setting • Intervals time setting • Control unit • Digital display • Timer • Dry-run protection • Properties • Power load • Size • Weight

► Ideal for mobile use ► The Sous-Vide-Stick can be used flexibly in many places with the right pot

Stainless steel Plastic Pots, depth: min. 190 mm Water quantity max.: 15 litres 20 °C to 95 °C Electronic, in 0.5 °C steps 1 minute - 59 hours and 59 minutes 1 minute(s) Electronic Yes Yes Yes Memory function Signal tone after expiry of the time 1,3 kW | 220-240 V | 50/60 Hz W 68 x D 135 x H 375 mm 1.1 kg

► Timer ► Time setting: 1 minute to 59 hours and 59 minutes ► Memory function ► Audible signal when the time expires

Sous-Vide cooker SV G16

115131

RRP* 459.- €

GTIN 4015613675008

Precise, gentle and tasty – the cooking point can be determined precisely thanks to the individual time and temperature setting.

COOKING TECHNOLOGY u Sous-Vide cookers

• Material • Number of tanks • Temperature range • Temperature control • Control unit • Timer • Digital display • Dry-run protection • Properties

126

• Power load • Size • Weight

► Careful timing ensures perfect taste ► Time setting: 0 minutes - 99 hours

► Memory function with 5 memory slots ► Programmable timer ► Acoustic timer

Sous-Vide cooker SV G16 • Beaker capacity • Size basin • Size • Weight • GTIN

115131

Stainless steel 1 25 °C to 90 °C In 0.1 °C steps Electronic Yes Yes Yes Memory function with 5 memory slots Programmable timer with 1 minutes steps Acoustic timer 2 kW | 220-240 V | 50 Hz W 345 x D 400 x H 317 mm 7.5 kg

Sous-Vide cooker SV G25L 16 litre(s) W 300 x D 330 x H 200 mm W 345 x D 400 x H 317 mm 7.5 kg 4015613675008 RRP* 459.- €

• Beaker capacity • Size basin • Size • Weight • GTIN 2

115130

25 litre(s) W 300 x D 500 x H 200 mm W 345 x D 575 x H 317 mm 9.5 kg 4015613674988 RRP* 579.- €

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

Salamanders

A1515001 • Material • Number of heating zones • Number of heating elements • Heat source • Size grid • Height-adjustable grid • Manual time setting • Energy regulation • Control lamp • Grease collection tank • Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

Salamander 400-1Z

100524 • Material • Number of heating zones • Number of heating elements • Heat source • Size grid • Height-adjustable grid • Manual time setting • Energy regulation • Control lamp • Grease collection tank • Including • Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

Salamander 700-2Z

100529 • Material • Number of heating zones • Heating zones can be controlled separately • Number of heating elements • Heat source • Size grid • Height-adjustable grid • Manual time setting • Energy regulation • Control lamp • Grease collection tank • Including • Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

RRP* 265.- €

GTIN 4015613371832

Chrome-nickel steel 1 1 Radiant heaters B 447 x D 250 mm Yes Yes Simmerstat Heat up Yes 2 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz Pluggable W 630 x D 320 x H 290 mm 14.6 kg RRP* 398.- €

GTIN 4015613370057

CNS 18/10 1 1 Infrared radiator 'Incoloy' B 430 x D 305 mm Yes No Simmerstat Heat up Yes 1 grille 2,2 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz Pluggable W 597 x D 368 x H 365 mm 13.8 kg

RRP* 549.- €

GTIN 4015613569284

Chrome-nickel steel 2 Yes 2 Radiant heaters B 710 x D 345 mm Yes Yes Simmerstat Heat up ON/OFF Yes 1 grille 2 handles (for easy removal of the grille) 4,4 kW | 400 V | 50 Hz 3 NAC W 910 x D 370 x H 385 mm 24.1 kg

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

COOKING TECHNOLOGY u Salamanders

Salamander 500-1Z

127

Salamander 600-2Z

100528 • Material • Number of heating zones • Heating zones can be controlled separately • Number of heating elements • Heat source • Size grid • Height-adjustable grid • Manual time setting • Energy regulation • Control lamp

• Grease collection tank • Including • Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

Lift-Salamander 500-1Z

151510 • Material • Number of heating zones • Number of heating elements • Height-adjustable heating element • Heat source • Size grid • Height-adjustable grid • Manual time setting • Energy regulation • Control lamp • Grease collection tank • Including • Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

Lift-Salamander 600-2Z

151512

RRP* 698.- €

GTIN 4015613390925

CNS 18/10 2 Yes 2 Infrared radiator 'Incoloy' B 640 x D 300 mm Yes No Simmerstat Heat up ON/OFF Simmerstat Yes 1 grille 4,4 kW | 400 V | 50 Hz 3 NAC W 878 x D 500 x H 370 mm 21.4 kg RRP* 679.- €

GTIN 4015613385570

Stainless steel 1 1 Yes Radiant heaters B 445 x D 325 mm No No Simmerstat Heat up ON/OFF Yes 1 grille 2,8 kW | 230 V | 50/60 Hz Pluggable W 470 x D 525 x H 535 mm 38.8 kg RRP* 798.- €

GTIN 4015613680163

COOKING TECHNOLOGY u Salamanders

Ideal starter model with the practical lift function. The Salamander stands out thanks to the simple operation of the two heating zones and the effective radiators.

128

• Material • Number of heating zones • Heating zones can be controlled separately • Number of heating elements • Height-adjustable heating element • Clear height • Heat source • Size grid • Height-adjustable grid • Energy regulation • Output control • Temperature range to • Manual time setting • Control lamp

► Salamander with 2 heating zones

► With practical lift function ► Clear height: 65 - 210 mm

• Grease collection tank • Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

Stainless steel 2 Yes 2 Yes 65 - 210 mm Radiant heaters B 590 x D 320 mm No Simmerstat Stepless Continuous operation 400 °C No Heat up Operational Yes 4 kW | 400 V | 50 Hz 2 NAC W 600 x D 540 x H 530 mm 47.7 kg

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

HI-LIGHT-Salamanders

101547 • Material • Number of heating zones • Heating zones can be controlled separately • Number of heating elements • Height-adjustable heating element • Heat source • Heating surface setting • Size grid • Control unit • Digital display • Warm-keeping function • Automatic activation function • Settable programs • Manual time setting • Control lamp • Grease collection tank • Including • Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

► Automatic activation function

RRP* 3,109.- €

GTIN 4015613634883

Stainless steel 3 Yes 3 Yes Infrared radiator Full or reduced B 572 x D 358 mm HI-TOUCH Yes Yes Yes 3 Yes ON/OFF Time Yes 1 bracket for wall attachment 1 grille 4,5 kW | 400 V | 50 Hz 3 NAC W 585 x D 600 x H 515 mm 61.4 kg

► Height-adjustable heating element

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

COOKING TECHNOLOGY u Salamanders

Hi-Light-Lift-Salamander "Premium"

129

Hi-Light-Lift-Salamander 400-2Z

101552 • Material • Number of heating zones • Heating zones can be controlled separately • Number of heating elements • Height-adjustable heating element • Heat source • Size grid • Height-adjustable grid • Control unit • Digital display • Manual time setting • Control lamp • Grease collection tank • Including • Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

Hi-Light-Salamander 600-2Z

101548 • Material • Number of heating zones • Heating zones can be controlled separately • Number of heating elements • Heat source • Size grid • Height-adjustable grid • Control unit

COOKING TECHNOLOGY u Salamanders

• Digital display • Warm-keeping function • Manual time setting • Control lamp • Grease collection tank • Properties

130

• Including • Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

RRP* 2,039.- €

GTIN 4015613634890

Stainless steel 2 Yes 2 Yes Infrared radiator B 400 x D 304 mm No Toggle Electronic Yes Yes ON/OFF Yes 1 grille 1 bracket for wall attachment 3 kW | 230 V | 50/60 Hz Pluggable W 400 x D 570 x H 515 mm 41 kg

RRP* 2,159.- €

GTIN 4015613634906

Stainless steel 2 Yes 3 Infrared radiator B 572 x D 358 mm Yes Toggle Electronic Yes Yes Yes ON/OFF Yes Retractable handle Clear dimension between the grille and heating element: 125 mm / 175 mm Can be set in 2 positions 1 grille 1 bracket for wall attachment 4,5 kW | 380-400 V | 50/60 Hz 3 NAC W 590 x D 550 x H 515 mm 40.2 kg

► Height adjustable grille, 2 positions ► Telescopic handle

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

Hi-Light-Lift-Salamander 600-2Z

101546 • Material • Number of heating zones • Heating zones can be controlled separately • Number of heating elements • Height-adjustable heating element • Heat source • Size grid • Control unit

GTIN 4015613634913

Stainless steel 2 Yes 3 Yes Infrared radiator B 572 x D 358 mm Electronic Toggle Yes Yes Yes ON/OFF Yes 1 bracket for wall attachment 1 grille 4,5 kW | 380-400 V | 50/60 Hz 3 NAC W 580 x D 590 x H 515 mm 59.4 kg

• Digital display • Warm-keeping function • Manual time setting • Control lamp • Grease collection tank • Including • Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

► Height-adjustable heating element

Hi-Light-Lift-Salamander 700-2Z

101554

RRP* 2,898.- €

• Material • Number of heating zones • Heating zones can be controlled separately • Number of heating elements • Height-adjustable heating element • Heat source • Size grid • Control unit

GTIN 4015613634920

Stainless steel 2 Yes 4 Yes Infrared radiator B 737 x D 355 mm Electronic Toggle Yes Yes ON/OFF Yes 1 bracket for wall attachment 1 grille 6 kW | 380-400 V | 50/60 Hz 3 NAC W 745 x D 590 x H 515 mm 70.6 kg

• Digital display • Manual time setting • Control lamp • Grease collection tank • Including • Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

101548

101546

101554

–

3 3

–

3 3

–

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

3 3 3 3 3

Height-adjustable grid

3 3

Manual time setting

101552

3 3 3 3 3

Warm-keeping function

Automatic activation function

Height-adjustable heating element

Number of heating elements

101547

Heating zones can be controlled separately

Number of heating zones

THE SERIES IN COMPARISON

– –

3 – –

COOKING TECHNOLOGY u Salamanders

► 3 heating elements ► Warm-holding function

RRP* 2,679.- €

131

PIZZA | PASTA

To ensure that everything on your guests’ plates is “Bella Italia”, we can give you the technology to prepare delicious pasta dishes and wonderfully crispy pizza dough: whether pasta or pizza – tutti perfetto!

132

Pastry roll machine FI/32N, 0,37 kW

101932 • Material • Dough diameter up to max. • Roll length • Adjustment of dough thickness • Dough weight from • Dough weight to • Power load • Size • Weight

Pastry roll machine FI/42N, 0,37 kW

101937

GTIN 4015613620138

CNS 18/10 300 mm 320 mm 0,3 mm to 5,5 mm 80 g 210 g 0,37 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 490 x D 510 x H 655 mm 36 kg

RRP* 1,629.- €

GTIN 4015613620145

CNS 18/10 400 mm 420 mm 0,3 mm to 5,5 mm 210 g 700 g 0,37 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 590 x D 510 x H 775 mm 44 kg

PIZZA / PASTA u Pastry roll machines

• Material • Dough diameter up to max. • Roll length • Adjustment of dough thickness • Dough weight from • Dough weight to • Power load • Size • Weight

RRP* 1,479.- €

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

133

Pizza oven ST350 TR

203515

RRP* 379.- €

GTIN 4015613690070

Pizza oven in compact stainlesss steel version with short heating time. Ideal for smaller production quantities of fresh or frozen pizzas and tarte flambee. The oven grid is attached to the door and handle for easy handling. • Material • Material baking chamber • Oven functions • Upper / lower heat can be controlled separately • Temperature range • Pizza capacity • Size inside • Timer • Interior lighting • Properties

• Power load • Size • Weight

► Pizza oven for smaller production quantities ► Pizza capacity: 1 pizza Ø 34 cm

► Pizza grid ► Size: W 340 x D 335 x H 5 mm

Pizza oven Mini 1, 1 baking chamber

PIZZA / PASTA u Pizza ovens 134

50 °C to 300 °C 1 pizza Ø 34 cm W 350 x D 345 x H 70 mm Yes No Pizza grid (size: W 340 x D 335 x H 5 mm), firmly connected to the oven door and handle Timer: Optionally 0 - 15 minutes or continuous operation Signal tone after expiry of the time Heat-up time: 10 minutes Crumb drawer, can be removed 1,75 kW | 230 V | 50/60 Hz W 500 x D 420 x H 215 mm 14.55 kg

► Crumb drawer, can be removed

203510 • Material • Material baking chamber • Oven functions • Upper / lower heat can be controlled separately • Temperature range • Pizza capacity • Size inside • Timer • Power load • Size • Weight

Pizza oven Mini 2, 2baking chambers

Stainless steel Stainless steel Upper / lower heat No

203500 • Material • Material baking chamber • Oven functions • Upper / lower heat can be controlled separately • Temperature range • Pizza capacity • Size inside • Timer • Power load • Size • Weight

RRP* 429.- €

GTIN 4015613494074

Stainless steel Base made of heat-resistant stone Upper / lower heat No 0 °C to 300 °C 1 pizza Ø 35 cm W 410 x D 370 x H 90 mm Yes 2 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 545 x D 500 x H 230 mm 18.8 kg

RRP* 629.- €

GTIN 4015613491714

Stainless steel Base made of heat-resistant stone Upper / lower heat No 0 °C to 300 °C 2 pizzas Ø 35 cm (2 x 1 pizza) W 410 x D 370 x H 90 mm Yes 2,7 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 545 x D 500 x H 380 mm 27.7 kg

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

Pizza oven "Mini Plus"

203530 • Material • Material baking chamber • Oven functions • Upper / lower heat can be controlled separately • Temperature range • Pizza capacity • Size inside • Interior lighting • Power load • Size • Weight

Pizza oven "Mini Plus 2"

203535 • Material • Material baking chamber • Oven functions • Upper / lower heat can be controlled separately • Temperature range • Pizza capacity • Size inside • Interior lighting • Power load • Size • Weight

Conveyor pizza oven 3550TB10

2002200

RRP* 645.- €

GTIN 4015613581095

Stainless steel Base made of heat-resistant stone Upper / lower heat Yes 0 °C to 400 °C 1 pizza Ø 35 cm W 410 x D 370 x H 90 mm Yes 2 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 575 x D 525 x H 270 mm 27.2 kg

RRP* 1,159.- €

GTIN 4015613647593

Stainless steel Base made of heat-resistant stone Upper / lower heat Yes 0 °C to 400 °C 2 pizzas Ø 35 cm (2 x 1 pizza) W 410 x D 370 x H 90 mm Yes 3,4 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 570 x D 550 x H 475 mm 41.8 kg

RRP* 1,049.- €

GTIN 4015613685243

Pizza and snacks on a continuous belt: This conveyor pizza oven can be used for pizzas, open-top/sandwich baguettes or for making toast.

• Timer • Interior lighting • Thermostatic analogue control • Power load • Size • Weight

► 1 Baking chamber ►M aterial: Stainless steel ► I nner dimensions: W 355 x D 770 x H 85 mm

► Pizza holding capacity: Max. Ø 32 cm

Stainless steel Stainless steel Upper / lower heat Yes 70 °C to 250 °C Max. Ø 32 cm W 355 x D 770 x H 85 mm Grid Can be controlled in 10 levels Processing time: Approx. 2 to 12 minutes No No No 3,5 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 472 x D 1,045 x H 395 mm 23.2 kg

► P rocessing time: Approx. 2 to 12 minutes

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

PIZZA / PASTA u Pizza ovens

• Material • Material baking chamber • Oven functions • Upper / lower heat can be controlled separately • Temperature range • Pizza capacity • Size inside • Conveyor model • Belt speed

135

Series CT – Features at a glance ✓✓ Material: Steel plate, Painted ✓✓ Oven functions: Upper / lower heat ✓✓ Upper / lower heat can be controlled separately: Yes ✓✓ Temperature range: 0 °C to 400 °C

✓✓ Material baking chamber: Brick made of fire-resistant stone ✓✓ Size inside: W 610 x D 610 x H 140 mm ✓✓ Interior lighting: Yes ✓✓ Insulation: Glass wool

Pizza oven CT 100, 1Bch 610x610

2002010

RRP* 998.- €

• Material • Material baking chamber • Oven functions • Upper / lower heat can be controlled separately • Temperature range • Pizza capacity • Size inside • Timer • Interior lighting • Thermostatic analogue control • Insulation • Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

Pizza oven CT 200, 2Bch 610x610

2002020

• Material baking chamber • Oven functions • Upper / lower heat can be controlled separately • Temperature range • Pizza capacity • Size inside • Timer • Interior lighting • Thermostatic analogue control • Insulation • Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

GTIN 4015613437781

Steel plate Painted Brick made of fire-resistant stone Aluminium Upper / lower heat Yes 0 °C to 400 °C 4 pizzas Ø 30 cm W 610 x D 610 x H 140 mm No Yes No Glass wool 4,2 kW | 380 V | 50 Hz 3 NAC W 890 x D 860 x H 430 mm 65.6 kg RRP* 1,698.- €

• Material

GTIN 4015613437798

Steel plate Painted Brick made of fire-resistant stone Aluminium Upper / lower heat Yes 0 °C to 400 °C 8 pizzas Ø 30 cm (2 x 4 pizzas) W 610 x D 610 x H 140 mm No Yes No Glass wool 8,4 kW | 380 V | 50 Hz 3 NAC W 890 x D 860 x H 760 mm 112.3 kg

PIZZA / PASTA u Pizza ovens

Component parts

136

Base unit f. pizza oven

Pizza shovel alu

Pizza cutter

• Material: Chrome-nickel steel • Base shelf: Yes • Height-adjustable feet: No • Size: W 895 x D 735 x H 900 mm • Weight: 15 kg • GTIN: 4015613602455

• Material: Aluminium • Size shovell: W 280 x D 280 mm • Length handle: 1000 mm • Size: W 280 x D 50 x H 1,333 mm • Weight: 2 kg • GTIN: 4015613527949

• Material: Chrome-nickel steel, Plastic, Stainless steel • Diameter knife: 100 mm • Size: W 100 x D 22 x H 230 mm • Weight: 0.2 kg • GTIN: 4015613527956

200319

RRP*

359.- €

100927

RRP*

59.- €

100928

RRP*

27.- €

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

Series NT – Features at a glance ✓✓ Oven functions: Upper / lower heat ✓✓ Timer: No ✓✓ Insulation: Inner insulation with stone wool

Pizza oven NT 501

2002018 • Material • Material baking chamber • Oven functions • Upper / lower heat can be controlled separately • Temperature range • Pizza capacity • Size inside • Timer • Interior lighting • Thermostatic analogue control • Insulation • Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

Pizza oven NT 502

2002028 • Material • Material baking chamber • Oven functions • Upper / lower heat can be controlled separately • Temperature range • Pizza capacity • Size inside • Timer • Interior lighting • Thermostatic analogue control • Insulation • Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

RRP* 998.- €

GTIN 4015613640990

Steel plate Painted Brick made of fire-resistant stone Upper / lower heat Yes 85 °C to 450 °C 4 pizzas Ø 25 cm W 505 x D 530 x H 110 mm No Yes No Inner insulation with stone wool 4 kW | 400 V | 50 Hz 2 NAC W 800 x D 750 x H 360 mm 44.6 kg

RRP* 1,349.- €

GTIN 4015613641003

Steel plate Painted Brick made of fire-resistant stone Upper / lower heat No 85 °C to 450 °C 8 pizzas Ø 25 cm (2 x 4 pizzas) W 505 x D 530 x H 110 mm No Yes No Inner insulation with stone wool 6 kW | 400 V | 50 Hz 3 NAC W 800 x D 750 x H 510 mm 63 kg

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

PIZZA / PASTA u Pizza ovens

✓✓ Material: Steel plate, Painted ✓✓ Temperature range: 85 °C to 450 °C ✓✓ Interior lighting: Yes ✓✓ Voltage: 400 V

137

Pizza oven NT 621

2002088 • Material • Material baking chamber • Oven functions • Upper / lower heat can be controlled separately • Temperature range • Pizza capacity • Size inside • Timer • Interior lighting • Thermostatic analogue control • Insulation • Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

Pizza oven NT 622

2002095 • Material • Material baking chamber • Oven functions • Upper / lower heat can be controlled separately • Temperature range • Pizza capacity • Size inside • Timer • Interior lighting • Thermostatic analogue control • Insulation • Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

Pizza oven NT 622VS

2002094

PIZZA / PASTA u Pizza ovens

• Material

138

RRP* 1,198.- €

GTIN 4015613641010

Steel plate Painted Brick made of fire-resistant stone Upper / lower heat Yes 85 °C to 450 °C 4 pizzas Ø 30 cm W 605 x D 630 x H 140 mm No Yes Yes Inner insulation with stone wool 5 kW | 400 V | 50 Hz 2 NAC W 885 x D 790 x H 400 mm 59.6 kg

RRP* 1,849.- €

GTIN 4015613641027

Steel plate Painted Brick made of fire-resistant stone Upper / lower heat Yes 85 °C to 450 °C 8 pizzas Ø 30 cm (2 x 4 pizzas) W 605 x D 630 x H 140 mm No Yes Yes Inner insulation with stone wool 10 kW | 400 V | 50 Hz 3 NAC W 885 x D 790 x H 710 mm 102.8 kg

RRP* 2,249.- €

GTIN 4015613674018

Steel plate Painted Full clay Upper / lower heat Yes 85 °C to 450 °C 8 pizzas Ø 30 cm (2 x 4 pizzas) W 620 x D 620 x H 140 mm No Yes Yes Inner insulation with stone wool 10 kW | 400 V | 50/60 Hz 3 NAC W 930 x D 835 x H 730 mm 151.6 kg

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

Pizza oven NT 901, 1BCh 920x620

2002101

RRP* 1,369.- €

• Material

2002121

GTIN 4015613641041

Steel plate Painted Brick made of fire-resistant stone Upper / lower heat Yes

Pizza oven NT 921, 2BCh 920x620

85 °C to 450 °C 6 pizzas Ø 30 cm W 910 x D 610 x H 140 mm No Yes Yes Inner insulation with stone wool 6 kW | 400 V | 50 Hz 3 NAC W 1,190 x D 780 x H 395 mm 80.3 kg RRP* 2,298.- €

GTIN 4015613641058

Steel plate Painted Brick made of fire-resistant stone Upper / lower heat Yes 85 °C to 450 °C 12 pizzas Ø 30 cm (2 x 6 pizzas) W 910 x D 610 x H 140 mm No Yes Yes Inner insulation with stone wool 12 kW | 400 V | 50 Hz 3 NAC W 1,190 x D 780 x H 710 mm 141.8 kg

Base unit f. pizza oven NT501N

Base unit f. pizza oven NT601N

Base unit f. pizza oven NT901N

• Material: Chrome-nickel steel • Base shelf: Yes • Height-adjustable feet: No • Size: W 760 x D 610 x H 900 mm • Weight: 14.6 kg • GTIN: 4015613602424

• Material: Chrome-nickel steel • Base shelf: Yes • Height-adjustable feet: No • Size: W 840 x D 670 x H 900 mm • Weight: 15.9 kg • GTIN: 4015613602431

• Material: Chrome-nickel steel • Height-adjustable feet: Yes • Height adjustable: 850 mm to 900 mm • Size: W 1,150 x D 665 x H 900 mm • Weight: 19.5 kg • GTIN: 4015613602448

200316

RRP*

325.- €

200317

RRP*

349.- €

Pizza shovel alu

Pizza cutter

• Material: Aluminium • Size shovell: W 280 x D 280 mm • Length handle: 1000 mm • Size: W 280 x D 50 x H 1,333 mm • Weight: 2 kg • GTIN: 4015613527949

• Material: Chrome-nickel steel, Plastic, Stainless steel • Diameter knife: 100 mm • Size: W 100 x D 22 x H 230 mm • Weight: 0.2 kg • GTIN: 4015613527956

100927

RRP*

59.- €

100928

RRP*

27.- €

200318

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

RRP*

459.- €

PIZZA / PASTA u Pizza ovens

Component parts

139

Pizza oven ET 105, 1Bch 1050x1050

2002150

RRP* 2,198.- €

• Material

Pizza oven ET 205, 2Bch 1050x1050

2002170

• Material baking chamber • Oven functions • Upper / lower heat can be controlled separately • Pizza capacity • Temperature range • Size inside • Timer • Interior lighting • Thermostatic analogue control • Insulation • Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

GTIN 4015613545028

Galvanised Steel plate Painted CNS 18/10 Base made of heat-resistant stone Upper / lower heat Yes 0 °C to 450 °C 9 pizzas Ø 33 cm W 1050 x D 1050 x H 150 mm No Yes Yes Inner insulation with stone wool 12 kW | 400 V | 50 Hz 3 NAC W 1,310 x D 1,270 x H 420 mm 143 kg

RRP* 3,449.- €

• Material

GTIN 4015613545035

Galvanised Steel plate Painted CNS 18/10 Base made of heat-resistant stone Upper / lower heat Yes 18 pizzas Ø 33 cm (2 x 9 pizzas) 0 °C to 450 °C W 1050 x D 1050 x H 150 mm No Yes Yes Inner insulation with stone wool 24 kW | 400 V | 50 Hz 3 NAC W 1,310 x D 1,270 x H 760 mm 247 kg

PIZZA / PASTA u Pizza ovens

Component parts

140

Base unit f. pizza oven ET105 / 205

Pizza shovel alu

Pizza cutter

• Material: Steel plate, Painted • Base shelf: Yes • Height-adjustable feet: No • Size: W 1,320 x D 1,150 x H 965 mm • Weight: 43 kg • GTIN: 4015613552989

• Material: Aluminium • Size shovell: W 280 x D 280 mm • Length handle: 1000 mm • Size: W 280 x D 50 x H 1,333 mm • Weight: 2 kg • GTIN: 4015613527949

• Material: Chrome-nickel steel, Plastic, Stainless steel • Diameter knife: 100 mm • Size: W 100 x D 22 x H 230 mm • Weight: 0.2 kg • GTIN: 4015613527956

100928 2002165

RRP*

459.- €

100927

RRP*

59.- €

RRP*

27.- €

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

Pasta cooker 1 basket, 7L, TU

132260 • Material • Operating mode • Beaker capacity • Number of tanks • Size basin • Number of baskets • Size basket • Height-adjustable feet • Temperature range to • Power load • Size • Weight

Pasta cooker,pasta station,4baskets

RRP* 389.- €

GTIN 4015613584171

Stainless steel Electro 7 litre(s) 1 W 240 x D 300 x H 200 mm 1 W 210 x D 235 x H 100 mm No 110 °C 3,4 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 305 x D 410 x H 315 mm 6.75 kg

132250 • Material • Operating mode • Number of tanks • Beaker capacity • Number of baskets • Basket content • Size basket • Water connection • Height-adjustable feet • Properties

RRP* 1,679.- €

GTIN 4015613458311

CNS 18/10 Electro 1 8 litre(s) 4 1 litre(s) W 65 x D 185 x H 130 mm 1/2" Yes The end of the cooking time is signalised via a sound and the digital display Water supply via selector switch 3,2 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 520 x D 340 x H 600 mm 24 kg

• Power load • Size • Weight

Basket small f. pasta cooker 132260

Basket large f. pasta cooker 132260

Substitute basket Pasta-Station, 1L

• Size basket: W 100 x D 138 x H 135 mm • Size: W 100 x D 200 x H 310 mm • Weight: 0.29 kg • GTIN: 4015613584225

• Size basket: W 210 x D 235 x H 100 mm • Size: W 210 x D 430 x H 205 mm • Weight: 0.69 kg • GTIN: 4015613585666

• Content: 1 litre(s) • Size basket: W 65 x D 185 x H 130 mm • Size: W 65 x D 345 x H 180 mm • Weight: 0.41 kg • GTIN: 4015613658889

158613

132261

RRP*

39.- €

132262

RRP*

89.- €

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

RRP*

39.- €

PIZZA / PASTA u Pasta cookers

Component parts

141

Pasta machine 1,5kg

101971

RRP* 1,598.- €

GTIN 4015613584843

Delicious noodles of all kinds The Bartscher pasta machines helps you to make noodles easily in lots of delicious Italian variations. • Material

Coated Scratch-resistant 3 kg / h 1,5 kg Container and kneading hook made of CNS 18/10 Micro-switch on the container lid Screw made of brass with bronze alloy For kneading and rolling out und 12 different types of pasta Dies for pasta Closing cap Cap is required to close the ejected material during dough production 0,3 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 250 x D 480 x H 460 mm 17.7 kg

• Production max. • Storage capacity • Properties

• Not included in delivery • Important information • Power load • Size • Weight

Component parts Sealing cap

Pasta mould for Caserecce 9x5mm

Pasta mould for Fusilli Ø9mm

• Material: Bronze • Size: W 55 x D 55 x H 9 mm • Weight: 0.18 kg • GTIN: 4015613584997

• Material: Bronze • Pasta type: Caserecce • Pasta size: 9 x 5 mm • Size: W 55 x D 55 x H 10 mm • Weight: 0.14 kg • GTIN: 4015613584850

• Material: Bronze • Pasta type: Fusilli • Pasta size: Ø 9 mm • Size: W 55 x D 55 x H 10 mm • Weight: 0.14 kg • GTIN: 4015613584867

101986

RRP*

59.- €

PIZZA / PASTA u Pasta machines

101972

142

RRP*

59.- €

101973

RRP*

59.- €

Pasta mould for Pappadelle 16mm

Pasta mould for Gnocchi Ø12mm

Pasta mould for Cap. Dangelo Ø1mm

• Material: Bronze • Pasta type: Pappardelle • Pasta size: 16 mm • Size: W 55 x D 55 x H 10 mm • Weight: 0.16 kg • GTIN: 4015613584874

• Material: Bronze • Pasta type: Gnocchi • Pasta size: Ø 12 mm • Size: W 55 x D 55 x H 10 mm • Weight: 0.17 kg • GTIN: 4015613584881

• Material: Bronze • Pasta type: Capelli d´angelo • Pasta size: Ø 1 mm • Size: W 55 x D 55 x H 10 mm • Weight: 0.16 kg • GTIN: 4015613584911

101974

RRP*

59.- €

101975

RRP*

59.- €

101978

RRP*

59.- €

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

Pasta mould for Spaghetti Ø2mm

Pasta mould for Spaghetti 2x2mm

Pasta mould for Taglionlini 3mm

• Material: Bronze • Pasta type: Spaghetti • Pasta size: Ø 2 mm • Size: W 55 x D 55 x H 10 mm • Weight: 0.16 kg • GTIN: 4015613584928

• Material: Bronze • Pasta type: Spaghetti alla chitarra • Pasta size: 2 x 2 mm • Size: W 55 x D 55 x H 10 mm • Weight: 0.17 kg • GTIN: 4015613584935

• Material: Bronze • Pasta type: Tagliolini • Pasta size: 3 mm • Size: W 55 x D 55 x H 10 mm • Weight: 0.15 kg • GTIN: 4015613584942

101979

RRP*

59.- €

101980

RRP*

59.- €

101981

RRP*

59.- €

Pasta mould for Fettuccine 8mm

Pasta mould for Sfoglia 135mm

Pasta mould for Cannellone Ø25mm

• Material: Bronze • Pasta type: Fettuccine • Pasta size: 8 mm • Size: W 55 x D 55 x H 10 mm • Weight: 0.15 kg • GTIN: 4015613584959

• Material: Bronze • Pasta type: Pasta sfoglia • Pasta size: 135 mm • Size: W 55 x D 55 x H 40 mm • Weight: 0.41 kg • GTIN: 4015613584966

• Material: Bronze • Pasta type: Cannelloni • Pasta size: Ø 25 mm • Size: W 55 x D 55 x H 10 mm • Weight: 0.15 kg • GTIN: 4015613584973

101982

RRP*

59.- €

101983

RRP*

79.- €

101984

RRP*

59.- €

Pasta mould for Bigoli Ø3mm • Material: Bronze • Pasta type: Bigoli • Pasta size: Ø 3 mm • Size: W 55 x D 55 x H 10 mm • Weight: 0.16 kg • GTIN: 4015613584980

RRP*

PIZZA / PASTA u Pasta machines

101985

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

143

SNACK | TAKE-AWAY Take-away classics such as curry sausage, chips & co. are always popular. The technology is therefore used intensively everyday. From grill plates, contact grills to deep fryers and curry sausage cutters â&#x20AC;&#x201C; here you will find what you are looking for.

144

165103 • Material

• Power load • Size • Weight

A165110 • Material

GTIN 4015613447223

RRP* 70.- €

GTIN 4015613392271

Stainless steel Plastic 1 4 litre(s) 1 W 145 x D 245 x H 110 mm Yes 1 basket 1 lid 2,2 kW | 230 V | 50-60 Hz W 205 x D 540 x H 280 mm 3 kg

• Number of tanks • Beaker capacity • Number of baskets • Size basket • Safety thermostat • Including • Power load • Size • Weight

Deep fat fryer "MINI III" 2x4L

Stainless steel Plastic 1 3 litre(s) 1 W 145 x D 240 x H 80 mm Yes 1 basket 1 lid 2 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 210 x D 530 x H 240 mm 2.5 kg

• Number of tanks • Beaker capacity • Number of baskets • Size basket • Safety thermostat • Including

Deep fat fryer "MINI II" 1x4L

RRP* 52.- €

A165112 • Material

RRP* 135.- €

GTIN 4015613392288

Stainless steel Plastic 2 4 litre(s) 2 W 145 x D 245 x H 110 mm Yes 2 baskets 2 lids 2 separate sockets required 4,4 kW | 230 V | 50-60 Hz W 400 x D 540 x H 280 mm 5.5 kg

• Number of tanks • Beaker capacity • Number of baskets • Size basket • Safety thermostat • Including • Important information • Power load • Size • Weight

Component parts Sub. basket deep f. fryer "PETIT", 3L

Sub. basket deep f. fryer "MINI",4L

Thermometer A3000 TP

• Size basket: W 145 x D 240 x H 80 mm • Size: W 145 x D 405 x H 155 mm • Weight: 0.24 kg • GTIN: 4015613662251

• Size basket: W 145 x D 245 x H 110 mm • Size: W 145 x D 435 x H 155 mm • Weight: 0.24 kg • GTIN: 4015613658421

• Material: Stainless steel • Temperature range: 10 °C to 300 °C • Size: W 50 x D 50 x H 320 mm • Weight: 0.2 kg • GTIN: 4015613633152

165528

RRP*

8.50 €

165521

RRP*

11.- €

292046

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

RRP*

7.50 €

SNACK / TAKE-AWAY / GRILL u Deep fat fryers

Deep fat fryer Petit, 3L, TU

145

Deep fat fryer "SNACK I"

A162410E • Material • Number of tanks • Beaker capacity • Number of baskets • Size basket • Temperature range • Safety thermostat • Including • Important information • Power load • Size • Weight

Double deep fat fryer "SNACK II"

A162412E • Material • Number of tanks • Beaker capacity • Number of baskets • Basket content • Size basket • Temperature range • Safety thermostat • Important information • Power load • Size • Weight

SNACK / TAKE-AWAY / GRILL u Deep fat fryers

Deep fat fryer "SNACK III"

146

A162810E • Material • Number of tanks • Beaker capacity • Number of baskets • Size basket • Safety thermostat • Important information • Power load • Size • Weight

Double deep fat fryer "SNACK IV"

A162812E • Material • Number of tanks • Beaker capacity • Number of baskets • Size basket • Safety thermostat • Important information • Power load • Size • Weight

RRP* 129.- €

GTIN 4015613662350

Stainless steel 1 4 litre(s) 1 W 135 x D 205 x H 123 mm 50 °C to 190 °C Yes 1 basket Suitable for frying oil and blocks of fat 2 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 217 x D 565 x H 313 mm 5.1 kg

RRP* 229.- €

GTIN 4015613662374

Stainless steel 2 4 litre(s) 2 2,4 litre(s) W 135 x D 205 x H 123 mm 50 °C to 190 °C Yes Suitable for frying oil and blocks of fat 2 separate sockets required 4 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 445 x D 525 x H 310 mm 9.6 kg

RRP* 165.- €

GTIN 4015613662381

Stainless steel 1 8 litre(s) 1 W 195 x D 245 x H 140 mm Yes Suitable for frying oil and blocks of fat 3,25 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 265 x D 620 x H 340 mm 6.7 kg

RRP* 285.- €

GTIN 4015613662398

Stainless steel 2 8 litre(s) 2 W 195 x D 245 x H 140 mm Yes Suitable for frying oil and blocks of fat 2 separate sockets required 6,5 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 550 x D 580 x H 340 mm 12.5 kg

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

Deep fat fryer "SNACK XL" Plus

165530 • Material • Number of tanks • Beaker capacity • Size basin • Number of baskets • Basket content • Size basket • Temperature range • Safety thermostat • Grease release tap • Cold zone • Heating element • Properties

RRP* 459.- €

GTIN 4015613687018

CNS 18/10 1 8 litre(s) W 180 x D 400 x H 200 mm 1 5,7 litre(s) W 150 x D 320 x H 120 mm 50 °C to 190 °C Yes Yes Yes Can be removed Control box with heating element, detachable Drain tap with bayonet cap, detachable Handles, on side 3,4 kW | 230 V | 50/60 Hz W 245 x D 720 x H 470 mm 8 kg

• Power load • Size • Weight

Component parts Sub.basket deep f. fryer "SNACK", 4L

Sub.basket deep f. fryer "SNACK", 8L

Sub.basket d.fat fryer "SNACK XL", 8L

• Size basket: W 135 x D 205 x H 123 mm • Size: W 135 x D 450 x H 245 mm • Weight: 0.65 kg • GTIN: 4015613658438

• Size basket: W 195 x D 245 x H 140 mm • Size: W 195 x D 500 x H 225 mm • Weight: 0.8 kg • GTIN: 4015613658445

• Content: 5,7 litre(s) • Size basket: W 150 x D 320 x H 120 mm • Size: W 150 x D 570 x H 190 mm • Weight: 0.82 kg • GTIN: 4015613658858

165527

RRP*

29.- €

165523

RRP*

35.- €

Fat disposal container 12L

Frying fat filter

• Material: Stainless steel • Puncture depth: 300 mm • Temperature range: 10 °C to 300 °C • Including: 1 adjustable holding clip • Size: W 50 x D 50 x H 320 mm • Weight: 0.2 kg • GTIN: 4015613633152

• Material: Steel plate, Hot-dipped galvanised, Acc. to DIN EN ISO 1461 • Content: 12 litre(s) • Diameter: 280 mm • Properties: Cover for the drain, Lid locks during transport, raised base edge with air circulation openings, Safety connection between the bucket and lid, Additional heat-protected handle for emptying • Size: W 355 x D 335 x H 450 mm • Weight: 4.3 kg • GTIN: 4015613274096

• Material: Special fabric • Temperature range to: 190 °C • Size: W 250 x D 600 x H 155 mm • Weight: 0.52 kg • GTIN: 4016098100986

A101999 RRP*

7.50 €

159.- €

79.- €

Thermometer A3000 TP

292046

RRP*

Substitute filter for A101999

• Size: W 250 x D 250 x H 1 mm • Weight: 0.1 kg • GTIN: 4016098100979

A150460V

RRP*

162.- €

A101901

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

RRP*

SNACK / TAKE-AWAY / GRILL u Deep fat fryers

165522

53.- €

RRP*

147

Deep fat fryer "IMBISS I"

A150307 • Material • Number of tanks • Beaker capacity • Number of baskets • Size basket • Safety thermostat • Grease release tap • Important information • Power load • Size • Weight

Double deep fat fryer "IMBISS II"

• Material • Number of tanks • Beaker capacity • Number of baskets • Size basket • Safety thermostat • Grease release tap • Important information

SNACK / TAKE-AWAY / GRILL u Deep fat fryers

GTIN 4015613662404

RRP* 475.- €

GTIN 4015613662411

Chrome-nickel steel 2 8 litre(s) 2 W 195 x D 230 x H 195 mm Yes Yes Suitable for frying oil and blocks of fat 2 separate sockets required 6,5 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 580 x D 630 x H 410 mm 17 kg

• Power load • Size • Weight

148

Chrome-nickel steel 1 8 litre(s) 1 W 195 x D 230 x H 195 mm Yes Yes Suitable for frying oil and blocks of fat 3,25 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 290 x D 630 x H 410 mm 9.7 kg

A150407

Deep fat fryer Imbiss Pro, 10L, TU

RRP* 285.- €

162500 • Material • Number of tanks • Beaker capacity • Number of baskets • Size basket • Safety thermostat • Cold zone • Grease release tap • Heating element in stainless steel • Including • Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

RRP* 469.- €

GTIN 4015613535104

Chrome-nickel steel 1 9,7 litre(s) 1 W 250 x D 275 x H 140 mm Yes Yes Yes Yes 1 basket 1 lid 8,1 kW | 400 V | 50 Hz 3 NAC W 410 x D 500 x H 380 mm 12.7 kg

Component parts Sub.basket deep f.fryer "IMBISS", 8L

Sub.basket deep f.fryer"IMBISS PRO"

Thermometer A3000 TP

• Size basket: W 195 x D 230 x H 195 mm • Size: W 195 x D 485 x H 220 mm • Weight: 0.8 kg • GTIN: 4015613658452

• Size basket: W 250 x D 275 x H 140 mm • Size: W 255 x D 515 x H 290 mm • Weight: 0.87 kg • GTIN: 4015613658469

• Material: Stainless steel • Temperature range: 10 °C to 300 °C • Size: W 50 x D 50 x H 320 mm • Weight: 0.2 kg • GTIN: 4015613633152

165524

RRP*

45.- €

165525

RRP*

39.- €

292046

RRP*

7.50 €

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

D. fat fryer Professional, 10L, tap

162900 • Material • Number of tanks • Beaker capacity • Number of baskets • Size basket • Safety thermostat • Grease release tap • Cold zone • Heating element in stainless steel • Including • Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

D.fat fryer ProfessionalII,2x10L,TU

162910 • Material • Number of tanks • Beaker capacity • Number of baskets • Size basket • Safety thermostat • Grease release tap • Cold zone • Heating element in stainless steel • Including • Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

RRP* 569.- €

GTIN 4015613494098

Chrome-nickel steel 1 10 litre(s) 1 W 300 x D 240 x H 120 mm Yes Yes Yes Yes 1 basket 1 lid 8,1 kW | 400 V | 50-60 Hz 3 NAC W 390 x D 450 x H 375 mm 11.5 kg

RRP* 1,039.- €

GTIN 4015613536798

Chrome-nickel steel 2 10 litre(s) 2 W 300 x D 240 x H 120 mm Yes Yes Yes Yes 2 baskets 2 lids 16,2 kW | 400 V | 50-60 Hz 3 NAC W 750 x D 450 x H 375 mm 21.8 kg

Sub.basket d.fat fryer, 10L, large

Sub.basket d.fat fryer, 10L, small

Thermometer A3000 TP

• Size basket: W 300 x D 240 x H 120 mm • Size: W 235 x D 425 x H 215 mm • Weight: 0.95 kg • GTIN: 4015613658865

• Size basket: W 120 x D 233 x H 100 mm • Important information: 2 baskets are needed for 1 basin • Size: W 130 x D 415 x H 220 mm • Weight: 0.59 kg • GTIN: 4015613658872

• Material: Stainless steel • Temperature range: 10 °C to 300 °C • Size: W 50 x D 50 x H 320 mm • Weight: 0.2 kg • GTIN: 4015613633152

162906

RRP*

52.- €

162912

RRP*

39.- €

292046

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

RRP*

7.50 €

SNACK / TAKE-AWAY / GRILL u Deep fat fryers

Component parts

149

Induction deep fat fryer 8L

162913

RRP* 429.- €

GTIN 4015613680187

The high-performance induction technology ensures ideal temperature setting on a permanent basis Food is fried in a precise process and ensures an optimal result • Material • Operating mode • Number of tanks • Beaker capacity • Number of baskets • Size basket • Size basin • Temperature range • Safety thermostat • Grease release tap • Cold zone • Heating element • Properties • Including

Stainless steel Electric (Induction) 1 8 litre(s) 1 W 195 x D 220 x H 145 mm W 238 x D 300 x H 205 mm 60 °C to 190 °C Yes Yes No Induction coil Heating element made of copper 1 lid 1 perforate metal sheet 3,5 kW | 220-240 V | 50 Hz W 290 x D 480 x H 515 mm 10.4 kg

• Power load • Size • Weight

The high-performance induction technology ensures ideal temperature setting on a permanent basis

• Container content: 8 litres

Fat drain tap

SNACK / TAKE-AWAY / GRILL u Deep fat fryers

Induction deep fat fryer 2 x 8L

150

162914 • Material • Operating mode • Number of tanks • Beaker capacity • Size basin • Number of baskets • Basket content • Size basket • Temperature range • Safety thermostat • Grease release tap • Cold zone • Properties • Including

RRP* 819.- €

GTIN 4015613680194

Stainless steel Electric (Induction) 2 8 litre(s) W 238 x D 300 x H 205 mm 2 8 litre(s) W 195 x D 220 x H 145 mm 60 °C to 190 °C Yes Yes No Heating element made of copper 2 lids 2 perforated trays 2 separate sockets required 7 kW | 220-240 V | 50 Hz W 580 x D 480 x H 515 mm 19 kg

• Important information • Power load • Size • Weight

Component parts Basket f.induction deep fat fryer8L

Thermometer A3000 TP

• Material: Stainless steel • Size basket: W 195 x D 220 x H 145 mm • Size: W 195 x D 460 x H 220 mm • Weight: 0.7 kg • GTIN: 4015613685205

• Material: Stainless steel • Temperature range: 10 °C to 300 °C • Size: W 50 x D 50 x H 320 mm • Weight: 0.2 kg • GTIN: 4015613633152

162917

RRP*

39.- €

292046

RRP*

7.50 €

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

Deep fat fryer 50L

162550 • Material • Number of tanks • Beaker capacity • Size basin • Number of baskets

• Size Basket 2 • Temperature range • Safety thermostat • Grease release tap • Cold zone • Heating element • Properties

• Including • Power load • Size • Weight

► F at drain tap: W ith safety fixture

Basket 50L-60

Basket 50L-90

• Material: CNS 18/10, Plastic • Content: 8,42 litre(s) • Size basket: W 460 x D 305 x H 60 mm • Size: W 760 x D 330 x H 240 mm • Weight: 1.35 kg • GTIN: 4015613686608

• Material: CNS 18/10, Plastic • Content: 11,53 litre(s) • Size basket: W 420 x D 305 x H 90 mm • Size: W 760 x D 330 x H 240 mm • Weight: 1.37 kg • GTIN: 4015613686615

162551

RRP*

59.- €

162552

GTIN 4015613610849

RRP*

79.- €

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

SNACK / TAKE-AWAY / GRILL u Deep fat fryers

► Heating element: Detachable

Stainless steel 1 50 litre(s) W 497 x D 397 x H 300 mm 2 8,42 litre(s) W 460 x D 305 x H 60 mm 11,53 litre(s) W 420 x D 305 x H 90 mm 0 °C to 190 °C Yes Yes Yes Can be removed Rounded corners Drain cock with safety fixture Handles, on side Adjustment of output power at 2 levels (5 kW / 15 kW) 2 baskets 15 kW | 400 V | 50 Hz W 650 x D 630 x H 460 mm 26.6 kg

• Size basket 1

► Basin ► Capacity: 50 litres ► Rounded corners

RRP* 1,349.- €

151

Standing deep fat fryers – Features at a glance ✓✓ Material: CNS 18/10 ✓✓ Depth tank: 345 mm ✓✓ Safety thermostat: Yes ✓✓ Grease collection tank: Yes ✓✓ Sub-counter unit type: Leaf door ✓✓ Height sub-counter unit: 470 mm

Deep fat fryer 700, W400, 2x8L

✓✓ Number of tanks: 2 ✓✓ Temperature range: 140 °C to 190 °C ✓✓ Grease release tap: Yes ✓✓ Cold zone: Yes ✓✓ Height sub-counter unit: 470 mm ✓✓ Height adjustable: 850 mm to 910 mm

272335 • Material • Number of tanks • Beaker capacity • Size basin • Number of baskets • Size basket • Temperature range • Safety thermostat • Grease release tap • Grease collection tank • Cold zone • Heating element • Sub-counter unit type • Size base unit • Height adjustable • Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

SNACK / TAKE-AWAY / GRILL u Deep fat fryers

Deep fat fryer gas 700, W400 2x8L

152

2716401 • Material • Operating mode • Gas type • Ignition type • Number of tanks • Beaker capacity • Size basin • Number of baskets • Size basket • Temperature range • Safety thermostat • Grease release tap • Grease collection tank • Cold zone • Sub-counter unit type • Size base unit • Height adjustable • Power • Size • Weight

RRP* 2,998.- €

GTIN 4015613527420

CNS 18/10 2 8 litre(s) W 140 x D 345 x H 220 mm 2 W 130 x D 310 x H 120 mm 140 °C to 190 °C Yes Yes Yes Yes Can be swivelled Leaf door W 360 x D 650 x H 470 mm 850 mm to 910 mm 14 kW | 380-400 V | 50/60 Hz 3 NAC W 400 x D 700 x H 850 mm 62 kg

RRP* 3,369.- €

GTIN 4015613527406

CNS 18/10 Electro / gas Natural gas H Electronic one-hand ignition 2 8 litre(s) W 140 x D 345 x H 230 mm 2 W 130 x D 310 x H 120 mm 140 °C to 190 °C Yes Yes Yes Yes Leaf door W 360 x D 650 x H 470 mm 850 mm to 910 mm 12 kW W 700 x D 400 x H 850 mm 59.4 kg

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

Deep fat fryer gas, 700 W700, 2x13L

2716501 • Material • Operating mode • Gas type • Ignition type • Number of tanks • Beaker capacity • Size basin • Number of baskets • Size basket 1 • Size Basket 2 • Temperature range • Safety thermostat • Grease release tap • Grease collection tank • Cold zone • Sub-counter unit type • Properties

RRP* 4,598.- €

GTIN 4015613527413

CNS 18/10 Gas Natural gas H Electronic one-hand ignition 2 13 litre(s) W 240 x D 345 x H 230 mm 3 (1 x large, 2 x small) W 230 x D 290 x H 120 mm W 113 x D 290 x H 120 mm 140 °C to 190 °C Yes Yes Yes Yes Leaf door Rounded corners Basin with large cold zone Extra wide basin edge Grease collection tank with filter Precision thermostat Safety thermostat with fixed calibration W 760 x D 650 x H 470 mm 850 mm to 910 mm 23 kW W 800 x D 700 x H 850 mm 72 kg

• Size base unit • Height adjustable • Power • Size • Weight

Component parts Frying fat filter

Substitute filter for A101999

• Material: Steel plate, Hot-dipped galvanised, Acc. to DIN EN ISO 1461 • Content: 12 litre(s) • Properties: Cover for the drain, Lid locks during transport, raised base edge with air circulation openings, Safety connection between the bucket and lid, Additional heat-protected handle for emptying • Important information: The container is only designed for the transport and disposal of old grease. • Size: W 355 x D 335 x H 450 mm • Weight: 4.3 kg • GTIN: 4015613274096

• Material: Special fabric • Temperature range to: 190 °C • Size: W 250 x D 600 x H 155 mm • Weight: 0.52 kg • GTIN: 4016098100986

• Size: W 250 x D 250 x H 1 mm • Weight: 0.1 kg • GTIN: 4016098100979

A101999

A150460V

RRP*

162.- €

RRP*

A101901

159.- €

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

RRP*

79.- €

SNACK / TAKE-AWAY / GRILL u Deep fat fryers

Fat disposal container 12L

153

Pastries deep fat fryers

Pastries deep fat fryer BF 16E

101530 • Material • Number of tanks • Beaker capacity • Size basin • Number of baskets • Size basket • Temperature range • Safety thermostat • Grease release tap • Cold zone • Heating element in stainless steel • Heating element • Height-adjustable feet • Including • Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

SNACK / TAKE-AWAY / GRILL u Pastries deep fat fryers

Pastries deep fat fryer BF 30E

154

101560 • Material • Number of tanks • Beaker capacity • Size basin • Number of baskets • Basket content • Size basket • Temperature range • Safety thermostat • Grease release tap • Cold zone • Heating element in stainless steel • Heating element • Height-adjustable feet • Including • Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

RRP* 769.- €

GTIN 4015613405049

CNS 18/10 1 16 litre(s) W 515 x D 305 x H 130 mm 1 W 475 x D 235 x H 80 mm 50 °C to 190 °C Yes Yes Yes Yes Can be removed Yes 1 lid 1 basket 9 kW | 400 V | 50 Hz 3 NAC W 560 x D 470 x H 400 mm 14.7 kg

RRP* 1,169.- €

GTIN 4015613405063

CNS 18/10 1 30 litre(s) W 615 x D 490 x H 130 mm 1 19 litre(s) W 570 x D 440 x H 80 mm 50 °C to 190 °C Yes Yes Yes Yes Can be removed Yes 1 lid 1 basket 15 kW | 400 V | 50 Hz 3 NAC W 660 x D 650 x H 410 mm 23.4 kg

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

Pastries deep fat fryer BF 30E OU

101535 • Material • Number of tanks • Beaker capacity • Size basin • Number of baskets • Basket content • Size basket • Temperature range • Safety thermostat • Grease release tap • Cold zone • Heating element in stainless steel • Heating element • Sub-counter unit type • Size base unit • Height-adjustable feet • Height-adjustable from • Including

• Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

RRP* 1,649.- €

GTIN 4015613633299

CNS 18/10 1 30 litre(s) W 615 x D 490 x H 130 mm 1 19 litre(s) W 570 x D 440 x H 80 mm 50 °C to 190 °C Yes Yes Yes Yes Can be removed Open W 612 x D 497 x H 377 mm Yes 980 mm 1 lid 1 sieve with a handle 2 grease collection tanks with handles 15 kW | 400 V | 50 Hz 3 NAC W 660 x D 650 x H 980 mm 40 kg

Basket shelf BF 16E

Basket shelf BF 30E

Thermometer A3000 TP

• Material: CNS 18/10 • Assembly side: On both sides • Size: W 445 x D 235 x H 85 mm • Weight: 2.9 kg • GTIN: 4015613535098

• Material: CNS 18/10 • Assembly side: On both sides • Size: W 465 x D 644 x H 255 mm • Weight: 3.95 kg • GTIN: 4015613405087

• Material: Stainless steel • Material temperature sensor: Stainless steel • Temperature range: 10 °C to 300 °C • Designed for: Deep fat fryers • Including: 1 adjustable holding clip • Size: W 50 x D 50 x H 320 mm • Weight: 0.2 kg • GTIN: 4015613633152

101566

RRP*

98.- €

101565

RRP*

119.- €

292046

Deep frying basket BF 16E

Deep frying basket BF 30E

• Material: Steel, Chrome-plated • Content: 9,3 litre(s) • Size basket: W 475 x D 235 x H 80 mm • Size: W 560 x D 245 x H 190 mm • Weight: 1.3 kg • GTIN: 4015613405056

• Material: Steel, Chrome-plated • Content: 20 litre(s) • Size basket: W 570 x D 440 x H 80 mm • Size: W 650 x D 465 x H 190 mm • Weight: 1.9 kg • GTIN: 4015613405070

101533

RRP*

92.- €

101563

RRP*

129.- €

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

RRP*

7.50 €

SNACK / TAKE-AWAY / GRILL u Pastries deep fat fryers

Component parts

155

Pastries deep fat fryers

Pastries deep fat fryer BF 20G

1014113 • Material • Operating mode • Gas type • Ignition type • Number of tanks • Beaker capacity • Size basin • Number of baskets • Size basket • Cold zone • Temperature range • Safety thermostat • Grease release tap • Power • Size • Weight

SNACK / TAKE-AWAY / GRILL u Pastries deep fat fryers

Pastries deep fat fryer, electric BF 21E

156

101412 • Material • Number of tanks • Beaker capacity • Size basin • Number of baskets • Size basket • Temperature range • Safety thermostat • Grease release tap • Cold zone • Heating element in stainless steel • Heating element • Including • Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

RRP* 2,598.- €

GTIN 4015613381855

CNS 18/10 Gas Liquid gas Piezo ignition 1 20 litre(s) W 600 x D 350 x H 117 mm 1 W 580 x D 320 x H 70 mm Yes 140 °C to 190 °C Yes Yes 12 kW W 700 x D 585 x H 390 mm 40.55 kg

RRP* 2,029.- €

GTIN 4015613370576

CNS 18/10 1 21 litre(s) W 650 x D 390 x H 150 mm 1 W 630 x D 365 x H 70 mm 140 °C to 190 °C Yes Yes Yes Yes Can be swivelled 1 lid 1 basket 6,8 kW | 400 V | 50 Hz 3 NAC W 700 x D 590 x H 320 mm 31 kg

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

Pastries deep fat fryer BF 35E

101413 • Material • Number of tanks • Beaker capacity • Size basin • Number of baskets • Size basket • Temperature range • Safety thermostat • Grease release tap • Cold zone • Heating element in stainless steel • Heating element • Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

RRP* 2,489.- €

GTIN 4015613418186

CNS 18/10 1 35 litre(s) W 1000 x D 390 x H 150 mm 1 W 970 x D 365 x H 70 mm 140 °C to 190 °C Yes Yes Yes Yes Can be swivelled 10 kW | 400 V | 50 Hz 3 NAC W 1,095 x D 600 x H 340 mm 47.4 kg

Component parts Basket shelf BF 20G

Basket shelf BF 21E

Basket shelf BF 35E

• Material: CNS 18/10 • Assembly side: On both sides • Size: W 350 x D 645 x H 250 mm • Weight: 3.45 kg • GTIN: 4015613394176

• Material: CNS 18/10 • Assembly side: On both sides • Size: W 390 x D 765 x H 245 mm • Weight: 4.05 kg • GTIN: 4015613122403

• Material: CNS 18/10 • Assembly side: On both sides • Size: W 390 x D 1,125 x H 250 mm • Weight: 5.75 kg • GTIN: 4015613122953

101402

RRP*

132.- €

142.- €

101607

RRP*

172.- €

Deep frying basket BF 20G

Deep frying basket BF 21E

Deep frying basket BF 35E

• Material: Steel, Chrome-plated • Content: 12,9 litre(s) • Size basket: W 580 x D 320 x H 70 mm • Size: W 660 x D 330 x H 260 mm • Weight: 1.8 kg • GTIN: 4015613658827

• Material: Steel, Chrome-plated • Content: 16,1 litre(s) • Size basket: W 630 x D 365 x H 70 mm • Size: W 730 x D 380 x H 232 mm • Weight: 1 kg • GTIN: 4015613658834

• Material: Steel, Chrome-plated • Content: 24,8 litre(s) • Size basket: W 970 x D 365 x H 70 mm • Size: W 380 x D 1,080 x H 242 mm • Weight: 3.38 kg • GTIN: 4015613658841

158614

RRP*

152.- €

158615

RRP*

172.- €

101419

RRP*

219.- €

Fat disposal container 12L

Frying fat filter

Thermometer A3000 TP

• Size: W 355 x D 335 x H 450 mm • Weight: 4.3 kg • GTIN: 4015613274096

• Size: W 250 x D 600 x H 155 mm • Weight: 0.52 kg • GTIN: 4016098100986

A150460V

RRP*

162.- €

A101999

RRP*

159.- €

292046

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

RRP*

7.50 €

SNACK / TAKE-AWAY / GRILL u Pastries deep fat fryers

101404

RRP*

157

Grill plate, GP1200

104905

RRP* 129.- €

GTIN 4015613534817

Healthy, efficient and fast Easy preparation of foods directly on the ribbed hobs with very little grease. Healthy and gentle preparation for attractive grilling of fish, meat or vegetables. Ideal for frontcooking. • Material • Material grill surface • Design grill surface • Size grill plates • Lowered grill surface • Temperature control • Temperature range • Overheating protection • Grease collection tank • GN-capable • Splash protection • Including • Power load • Size • Weight

► Ribbed hob: W 385 x D 285 mm Schott-Ceran glass

► Lower hob with grease drip tray ► For easy cleaning

SNACK / TAKE-AWAY / GRILL u Grill plates

Grill plate GP1200, grooved

158

Stainless steel SCHOTT CERAN® Smooth W 310 x D 190 mm Yes Stepless 50 °C to 250 °C Yes Yes Yes Available as an option 1 scraper 1,2 kW | 220-240 V | 50 Hz W 640 x D 365 x H 63 mm 4.1 kg

► Carying handles on the side ► For simple and safe transportation

104902 • Material • Material grill surface • Design grill surface • Size grill plates • Lowered grill surface • Temperature control • Temperature range • Overheating protection • Grease collection tank • GN-capable • Splash protection • Including • Power load • Size • Weight

RRP* 139.- €

GTIN 4015613638645

Stainless steel SCHOTT CERAN® Ribbed W 310 x D 190 mm Yes Stepless 50 °C to 250 °C Yes Yes No Available as an option 1 scraper 1,2 kW | 220-240 V | 50 Hz W 640 x D 365 x H 63 mm 4.3 kg

Component parts Splash guard GP1200 • Material: Stainless steel • Dimensions storage grille: W 380 x D 118 mm • Size: W 385 x D 330 x H 73 mm • Weight: 0.7 kg • GTIN: 4015613607702

104010

RRP*

29.- €

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

Grill plate GP2511GN

104919

RRP* 349.- €

GTIN 4015613649788

Multitasking: Grilling and keeping warm at the same time in one unit. Full-surface grilling on 1/1 GN or grilling on 2/3 GN combined with the gentle warm-keeping function on 1/3 GN.

• Grease collection tank • GN-capable • Power load • Size • Weight

► Combined grilling and keeping warm ► Grilling on 2/3 GN Keeping warm on1/3 GN

► Grilling ► In 1/1 GN format

Stainless steel SCHOTT CERAN® Smooth W 500 x D 260 mm Yes Stepless 80 °C to 300 °C 100 °C Yes Grilling on 1/1 GN Grilling on 2/3 GN + keeping warm on 1/3 GN Keeping-warm - on the hob or in the GN container Yes Yes 2,5 kW | 220-240 V | 50/60 Hz W 655 x D 415 x H 86 mm 7.9 kg

►H ob: W 500 x D 260 mm ►A lso suitable for 1/1 GN containers

Grill plate, GP2500

370030 • Material • Material grill surface • Design grill surface • Size grill plates • Lowered grill surface • Temperature control • Temperature range • Overheating protection • Grease collection tank • GN-capable • Splash protection • Power load • Size • Weight

► Grease drip tray ► For easy cleaning

RRP* 698.- €

GTIN 4015613545042

CNS 18/10 Glass Glass Smooth W 290 x D 450 mm No 5 levels 50 °C to 300 °C Yes Yes No yes 2,5 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 420 x D 605 x H 175 mm 10.1 kg

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

SNACK / TAKE-AWAY / GRILL u Grill plates

• Material • Material grill surface • Design grill surface • Size grill plates • Lowered grill surface • Temperature control • Temperature range grill function • Temperature range warm-keeping function to • Overheating protection • Usage options

159

Contact grills – Features at a glance ✓✓ Material: Stainless steel ✓✓ Material grill plates: Cast iron, Enamelled ✓✓ Temperature control: Thermostatic ✓✓ Temperature range: 50 °C to 300 °C ✓✓ Grease collection tank: Yes ✓✓ Including: 1 cleaning brush

Contact grill 1800 1R

A150670 • Number of grill units • Design grill surface • Size grill plates top • Size grill plates bottom • Control lamp • Power load • Size • Weight

Contact grill 1800 1G

A150669 • Number of grill units • Design grill surface • Size grill plates top • Size grill plates bottom • Control lamp

SNACK / TAKE-AWAY / GRILL u Contact grills

• Power load • Size • Weight

160

Contact grill 1800 1GR

A150668 • Number of grill units • Design grill surface • Size grill plates top • Size grill plates bottom • Control lamp • Power load • Size • Weight

RRP* 229.- €

GTIN 4015613385617

1 Ribbed W 214 x D 214 mm W 220 x D 235 mm Heat up ON/OFF 1,8 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 290 x D 395 x H 210 mm 12.73 kg

RRP* 229.- €

GTIN 4015613391380

1 Smooth W 214 x D 214 mm W 220 x D 235 mm Heat up ON/OFF 1,8 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 290 x D 395 x H 210 mm 12.67 kg

RRP* 229.- €

GTIN 4015613391656

1 Ribbed at top, smooth at the bottom W 214 x D 214 mm W 220 x D 235 mm Heat up ON/OFF 1,8 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 290 x D 395 x H 210 mm 13 kg

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

A150671 • Number of grill units • Design grill surface • Size grill plate top, each • Size grill plates bottom • Heating zones can be controlled separately • Power load • Size • Weight

Contact grill 3600 2G

A150672 • Number of grill units • Design grill surface • Size grill plate top, each • Size grill plates bottom • Heating zones can be controlled separately • Power load • Size • Weight

Contact grill 3600 2GR

A150673 • Number of grill units • Design grill surface • Size grill plate top, each • Size grill plates bottom • Heating zones can be controlled separately • Power load • Size • Weight

RRP* 419.- €

3,6 kW | 230 V | 50/60 Hz W 570 x D 395 x H 210 mm 25.95 kg

RRP* 419.- €

GTIN 4015613391397

3,6 kW | 230 V | 50/60 Hz W 570 x D 395 x H 210 mm 23.5 kg

RRP* 419.- €

GTIN 4015613391403

2 Ribbed at top, smooth at the bottom W 215 x D 215 mm W 470 x D 230 mm Yes 3,6 kW | 230 V | 50/60 Hz W 570 x D 395 x H 210 mm 23.25 kg

• GN-capable: Yes • Format per sheet: 1/2 GN, W 330 x D 270 mm • Order quantity unit: 1 box (12 paper dispensers with 100 sheets each) • Size: W 357 x D 295 x H 179 mm • Weight: 0.37 kg • GTIN: 4015613596693 79.- €

2 Smooth W 215 x D 215 mm W 470 x D 230 mm Yes

Cooking paper 1/2GN, 1x100 pcs

RRP*

GTIN 4015613385624

2 Ribbed W 215 x D 215 mm W 470 x D 230 mm Yes

Component parts

150678

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

SNACK / TAKE-AWAY / GRILL u Contact grills

Contact grill 3600 2R

161

Contact grills – Features at a glance ✓✓ Material: Stainless steel ✓✓ Temperature range: 50 °C to 300 °C ✓✓ Grease collection tank: Yes ✓✓ Control unit: Toggle, Manual

✓✓ Material grill plates: Cast iron, Enamelled ✓✓ Temperature control: Thermostatic ✓✓ Control lamp: Heat up, ON/OFF ✓✓ Including: 1 cleaning brush

Contact grill "Panini" 1R

A150674 • Material • Material grill plates • Number of grill units • Design grill surface • Size grill plates top • Size grill plates bottom • Control unit • Power load • Size • Weight

Contact grill "Panini" 1G

A150679 • Material • Material grill plates • Number of grill units • Design grill surface • Size grill plates top • Size grill plates bottom • Control unit

SNACK / TAKE-AWAY / GRILL u Contact grills

• Power load • Size • Weight

162

Contact grill "Panini" 1GR

A150676 • Material • Material grill plates • Number of grill units • Design grill surface • Size grill plates top • Size grill plates bottom • Control unit • Power load • Size • Weight

RRP* 275.- €

GTIN 4015613415000

Stainless steel Cast iron Enamelled 1 Ribbed W 335 x D 220 mm W 335 x D 230 mm Toggle Manual 2,2 kW | 230 V | 50/60 Hz W 410 x D 400 x H 200 mm 18.7 kg

RRP* 275.- €

GTIN 4015613606750

Stainless steel Enamelled 1 Smooth W 335 x D 220 mm W 335 x D 230 mm Toggle Manual 2,2 kW | 230 V | 50/60 Hz W 410 x D 400 x H 200 mm 18 kg

RRP* 275.- €

GTIN 4015613486833

Stainless steel Cast iron Enamelled 1 Ribbed at top, smooth at the bottom W 335 x D 220 mm W 335 x D 230 mm Toggle Manual 2,2 kW | 230 V | 50/60 Hz W 410 x D 400 x H 200 mm 18 kg

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

A150774 • Material • Material grill plates • Number of grill units • Design grill surface • Size grill plates top • Size grill plates bottom • Control unit • Timer • Properties • Protection class • Power load • Size • Weight

Contact grill "Panini-T" 1G

A150779 • Material • Material grill plates • Number of grill units • Design grill surface • Size grill plates top • Size grill plates bottom • Control unit • Timer • Properties • Protection class • Power load • Size • Weight

Contact grill "Panini-T" 1GR

A150776 • Material • Material grill plates • Number of grill units • Design grill surface • Size grill plates top • Size grill plates bottom • Control unit • Timer • Properties • Protection class • Power load • Size • Weight

RRP* 289.- €

GTIN 4015613717166

GTIN 4015613717173

Stainless steel Cast iron Enamelled 1 Ribbed at top, smooth at the bottom W 340 x D 220 mm W 360 x D 285 mm Toggle Manual Yes Audible signal when the time expires (0 - 15 minutes) IPX3 2,2 kW | 230 V | 50/60 Hz W 410 x D 400 x H 200 mm 18.6 kg

• Format per sheet: 1/2 GN, W 330 x D 270 mm • Order quantity unit: 1 box (12 paper dispensers with 100 sheets each) • Size: W 357 x D 295 x H 179 mm • Weight: 0.37 kg • GTIN: 4015613596693 79.- €

Stainless steel Cast iron Enamelled 1 Smooth W 340 x D 220 mm W 360 x D 285 mm Toggle Manual Yes Audible signal when the time expires (0 - 15 minutes) IPX3 2,2 kW | 230 V | 50/60 Hz W 410 x D 400 x H 200 mm 18 kg

Cooking paper 1/2GN, 1x100 pcs

RRP*

GTIN 4015613717159

Stainless steel Cast iron Enamelled 1 Ribbed W 340 x D 220 mm W 360 x D 285 mm Toggle Manual Yes Audible signal when the time expires (0 - 15 minutes) IPX3 2,2 kW | 230 V | 50/60 Hz W 410 x D 400 x H 200 mm 18.4 kg

Component parts

150678

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

SNACK / TAKE-AWAY / GRILL u Contact grills

Contact grill "Panini-T" 1R

163

Contact grill "Panini" 1RDIG

A150684 • Material • Material grill plates • Number of grill units • Design grill surface • Size grill plates top • Size grill plates bottom • Temperature control • Temperature range • Grease collection tank • Digital display • Timer • Programming • Protection class • ON/OFF switch • Control lamp • Properties • Power load • Size • Weight

Contact grill VP3000 1R

A150685

RRP* 429.- €

GTIN 4015613624679

Stainless steel Cast iron Enamelled 1 Ribbed W 340 x D 220 mm W 360 x D 230 mm Thermostatic 50 °C to 300 °C Yes Yes Yes Time (6 programs to choose from) IPX3 Yes Heat up ON/OFF Signal tone after expiry of the time 2,2 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 410 x D 400 x H 200 mm 18 kg

RRP* 479.- €

GTIN 4015613661698

Gently grilling and heating of food sensitive to pressure, for example pita bread. The upper grill plate is variably height adjustable. • Material • Material grill plates • Design grill surface • Size grill plates • Temperature control • Temperature range • Grease collection tank • Control lamp

SNACK / TAKE-AWAY / GRILL u Contact grills

• Stopper of upper plate can be adjusted • ON/OFF switch • Power load • Size • Weight

164

Contact grill 2500 1R

A150691 • Material • Material grill plates • Number of grill units • Design grill surface • Size grill plates • Temperature control • Temperature range • Grease collection tank • Digital display • Timer • Programming • Protection class • ON/OFF switch • Control lamp • Including • Power load • Size • Weight

Stainless steel Cast iron Ribbed W 330 x D 300 mm Thermostatic 100 °C to 300 °C Yes Heat up ON/OFF Yes Yes 3 kW | 230 V | 50/60 Hz W 380 x D 470 x H 240 mm 26 kg

RRP* 519.- €

GTIN 4015613674308

Stainless steel Cast iron 1 Ribbed W 360 x D 270 mm Thermostatic 100 °C to 300 °C Yes Yes Yes Time IP23 Yes Heat up ON/OFF 1 cleaning scraper 2,5 kW | 220-230 V | 50/60 Hz W 400 x D 485 x H 285 mm 25.4 kg

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

Griddle plates

A370037 • Material • Material roasting surface • Roasting surface design • Size heating surpface • Number of heating zones • Temperature range • Safety thermostat • Operating mode • Control lamp • Power load • Size • Weight

Griddle plate GDP 320E-G

A370031 • Material • Material roasting surface • Roasting surface design • Size heating surpface • Number of heating zones • Temperature range • Safety thermostat • Operating mode • Control lamp • Properties • Including • Power load • Size • Weight

Griddle plate GDP 320G-G

A3700331 • Material • Material roasting surface • Roasting surface design • Size heating surpface • Number of heating zones • Safety thermostat • Operating mode • Gas type • Properties • Including • Power • Size • Weight

RRP* 269.- €

GTIN 4015613690087

Stainless steel Steel Smooth W 260 x D 230 mm 1 50 °C to 300 °C Yes Electro Operational Heat up 1,2 kW | 230 V | 50/60 Hz W 304 x D 322 x H 182 mm 9.2 kg

RRP* 398.- €

GTIN 4015613370545

CNS 18/10 Steel Smooth W 320 x D 480 mm 1 50 °C to 300 °C Yes Electro Operational Grease collection tank Backsplash welded on 1 cleaning scraper 3 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 325 x D 580 x H 310 mm 22 kg

RRP* 498.- €

GTIN 4015613390932

CNS 18/10 Steel Smooth W 320 x D 480 mm 1 No Gas Natural gas H Propane nozzles are enclosed Grease collection tank Backsplash welded on 1 cleaning scraper 4 kW W 325 x D 580 x H 310 mm 24 kg

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

SNACK / TAKE-AWAY / GRILL u Griddle plates

Griddle plate GDP 260E-G

165

Griddle plate GDP 320E-R

370035 • Material • Material roasting surface • Roasting surface design • Size heating surpface • Number of heating zones • Temperature range • Safety thermostat • Operating mode • Control lamp • Properties • Including • Power load • Size • Weight

Griddle plate GDP 650E-G

A370032 • Material • Material roasting surface • Roasting surface design • Size heating surpface • Number of heating zones • Heating zones can be controlled separately • Temperature range • Safety thermostat • Operating mode • Control lamp • Properties • Including • Power load • Size • Weight

SNACK / TAKE-AWAY / GRILL u Griddle plates

Griddle plate GDP 650G-G

166

A3700341 • Material • Material roasting surface • Roasting surface design • Size heating surpface • Number of heating zones • Heating zones can be controlled separately • Safety thermostat • Operating mode • Gas type • Properties • Including • Power • Size • Weight

RRP* 459.- €

GTIN 4015613610894

CNS 18/10 Steel Ribbed W 320 x D 480 mm 1 50 °C to 300 °C Yes Electro Operational Grease collection tank Backsplash welded on 1 cleaning scraper 3 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 325 x D 580 x H 310 mm 21.15 kg

RRP* 619.- €

GTIN 4015613370552

CNS 18/10 Steel Smooth W 650 x D 480 mm 2 Yes 50 °C to 300 °C Yes Electro Operational Grease collection tank Backsplash welded on 1 cleaning scraper 6 kW | 400 V | 50 Hz W 660 x D 580 x H 310 mm 41 kg

RRP* 849.- €

GTIN 4015613390949

CNS 18/10 Steel Smooth W 650 x D 480 mm 2 Yes No Gas Natural gas H Propane nozzles are enclosed Grease collection tank Backsplash welded on 1 cleaning scraper 8 kW W 660 x D 580 x H 310 mm 44.55 kg

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

Griddle plate GDP 650E-GR

370036 • Material • Material roasting surface • Roasting surface design • Size heating surpface • Number of heating zones • Heating zones can be controlled separately • Temperature range • Safety thermostat • Operating mode • Control lamp • Properties • Including • Power load • Size • Weight

Griddle plate GDP 980E-G

A370039 • Material • Material roasting surface • Roasting surface design • Size heating surpface • Number of heating zones • Heating zones can be controlled separately • Temperature range • Safety thermostat • Operating mode • Control lamp • Properties • Including • Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

RRP* 719.- €

GTIN 4015613610931

CNS 18/10 Steel 1/2 smooth, 1/2 ribbed W 650 x D 480 mm 2 Yes 50 °C to 300 °C Yes Electro Operational Grease collection tank Backsplash welded on 2 cleaning scraper 6 kW | 400 V | 50 Hz W 660 x D 580 x H 310 mm 40 kg

RRP* 998.- €

GTIN 4015613676548

CNS 18/10 Steel Smooth W 980 x D 480 mm 3 Yes 50 °C to 300 °C Yes Electro Operational Grease collection tank Backsplash welded on 1 cleaning scraper 9 kW | 400 V | 50 Hz 3 NAC W 990 x D 580 x H 310 mm 68.6 kg

Grill attachment GDP 320/650E

Non-stick foil GDP 320/650E

• Material: Stainless steel • Material roasting surface: Non-stick film, replaceable • Roasting surface design: Smooth • Size heating surpface: W 325 x D 480 mm • Temperature range: 50 °C to 220 °C • Total height with griddle plate: Closed 490 mm, open 810 mm • Power load: 3 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz • Size: W 325 x D 480 x H 665 mm • Weight: 18 kg • GTIN: 4015613633282

• Size: W 315 x D 390 x H 1 mm • Weight: 0.04 kg • GTIN: 4015613639802

370100

RRP*

585.- €

370101

RRP*

33.- €

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

SNACK / TAKE-AWAY / GRILL u Griddle plates

Component parts

167

Combi table-top grill,gas,3 burners

1062203 • Material • Design • Material pan • Size pan • Number of burners • Gas type • Control pressure • Ignition type • Consumption • Overheating protection • Including

• Power • Size • Weight

Combi table-top grill,gas,3 burners

1062303 • Material • Design

• Material grid • Size grid • Number of burners • Gas type • Control pressure • Ignition type • Consumption • Overheating protection • Including

• Power • Size • Weight

SNACK / TAKE-AWAY / GRILL u Table-top grills

Combi table-top grill,gas,4 burners

168

1062503 • Material • Design

• Material grid • Size grid • Number of burners • Gas type • Control pressure • Ignition type • Consumption • Overheating protection • Including

• Power • Size • Weight

RRP* 409.- €

GTIN 4015613527536

Stainless steel Grill pan Steel plate W 700 x D 540 x H 70 mm 3 Liquid gas 50 mbar Piezo ignition 850 g / h Yes 1 hose 1 hose rupture guard 1 commercial pressure controller 11 kW W 650 x D 570 x H 270 mm 18.1 kg

RRP* 489.- €

GTIN 4015613527543

Stainless steel Grid Flame cover Grease collection tray Nickel-plated B 594 x D 468 mm 3 Liquid gas 50 mbar Piezo ignition 850 g / h Yes 1 hose 1 hose rupture guard 1 commercial pressure controller 11 kW W 650 x D 570 x H 270 mm 17.5 kg

RRP* 619.- €

GTIN 4015613660349

Stainless steel Grid Flame cover Grease collection tray Nickel-plated B 760 x D 470 mm 4 Liquid gas 50 mbar Piezo ignition 1140 g / h Yes 1 hose 1 hose rupture guard 1 commercial pressure controller 14,7 kW W 850 x D 555 x H 270 mm 23 kg

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

Component parts Grill pan TB1100

Grid-Set TB1100

Pan for table-top grill, large

• Material: Steel plate • With handle(s): Yes • Size: W 700 x D 540 x H 70 mm • Weight: 9.5 kg • GTIN: 4015613527567

• Material: Steel, Stainless steel, Chrome-plated • Set comprises: 1 grid, steel, chrome-plated, 1 flame cover, stainless steel, 1 grease collection tray, stainless steel • Size: W 655 x D 525 x H 55 mm • Weight: 10 kg • GTIN: 4015613534794

• Material: Steel plate • With handle(s): Yes • Size: W 870 x D 525 x H 65 mm • Weight: 11.8 kg • GTIN: 4015613660332

106206

106204

RRP*

83.- €

RRP*

106211

Base unit f. table-top grill

• Material: Stainless steel • Base shelf: Yes • Height-adjustable feet: No • Size: W 530 x D 670 x H 800 mm • Weight: 5.6 kg • GTIN: 4015613527581

• Material: Stainless steel • Base shelf: Yes • Height-adjustable feet: No • Size: W 815 x D 525 x H 805 mm • Weight: 5.95 kg • GTIN: 4015613647395

RRP*

118.- €

Base unit TB1100

106202

165.- €

106210

RRP*

Gas table-top grill TB1000PF

142.- €

RRP*

102.- €

1061933

RRP* 229.- €

GTIN 4015613685182

• Material • Design • Material pan • Size pan • Number of burners • Gas type • Control pressure • Ignition type • Connection • Consumption • Including • Power • Size • Weight

► Grill pan made of steel, enamelled ► Dimensions: W 705 x D 540 x H 43 mm

Stainless steel Grill pan Steel Enamelled W 705 x D 540 x H 43 mm 3 Liquid gas 50 mbar Piezo ignition 1/4" 728 g / h 3 gas nozzle sets 0.8 mm (30 mbar, 37 mbar, 50 mbar) 10 kW W 705 x D 560 x H 275 mm 13.9 kg

► Only operate with liquid gas ► 3 gas nozzle sets 0.8 mm including

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

SNACK / TAKE-AWAY / GRILL u Table-top grills

Easy assembly, easy to handle – practical tabletop unit for gas grilling and roasting outdoors.

169

Gas table-top grill TB1000R

1061633 • Material • Design • Material grid • Width grid • Number of burners • Gas type • Control pressure • Ignition type • Connection • Consumption • Including

RRP* 249.- €

GTIN 4015613685199

Stainless steel Grid Steel, galvanised 600 mm 3 Liquid gas 50 mbar Piezo ignition 1/4" 728 g / h 3 gas nozzle sets 0.8 mm (30 mbar, 37 mbar, 50 mbar) 10 kW W 685 x D 540 x H 275 mm 13.65 kg

• Power • Size • Weight

Component parts Grill pan TB1000PF

Grill mesh set TB1000R

Connection kit, commercial

• Material: Steel, Enamelled • Size: W 705 x D 540 x H 55 mm • Weight: 7.7 kg • GTIN: 4015613699882

• Material: Steel, Galvanised • Set comprises: 1 grid, 1 Flame cover, 1 drip tray • Size: W 635 x D 520 x H 17 mm • Weight: 6.7 kg • GTIN: 4015613699899

• Can be used in: Inner and outer area • Suitable for commercial use: Yes • Size: W 64 x D 61 x H 27 mm • Weight: 1.3 kg • GTIN: 4015613586557

106218

500180

106217

RRP*

69.- €

RRP*

Multi-fryer 300

79.- €

370205

SNACK / TAKE-AWAY / GRILL u Table-top grills

• Material • Material crucible • Size crucible • Temperature range • Grease release tap • Control lamp • Properties

170

• Including • Power load • Size • Weight

Water grill 40

370037 • Material • Design grill surface • Size grill plates • Temperature control • Heat-up time • Control lamp • Properties • Including • Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

RRP* 679.- €

RRP*

129.- €

GTIN 4015613653488

Stainless steel Steel W 325 x D 535 x H 60 mm 50 °C to 300 °C Yes Heat up Drain cock with bayonet catch All-round splash-water, welded 1 plug 3 kW | 230 V | 50-60 Hz W 330 x D 580 x H 300 mm 23.8 kg

RRP* 889.- €

GTIN 4015613642024

Chrome-nickel steel Grille W 280 x D 445 mm 3 levels approx. 2.5 minutes at a higher level Heat up Water tray 1/1 GN 1 cleaning scraper 4,08 kW | 400 V | 50 Hz 3 NAC W 330 x D 630 x H 330 mm 13.5 kg

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

Lava rock grills

2006301 • Material • Type of grid • Number of heating zones • Size grill plates • Height-adjustable grid • Gas type • Ignition type • Filling quantity lava stones • Including • Power • Size • Weight

Lava rock grill, gas 70, W660, TU

2006601 • Material • Type of grid • Number of heating zones • Size grill plates • Height-adjustable grid • Gas type • Ignition type • Including • Power • Size • Weight

RRP* 639.- €

RRP* 1,109.- €

• Size: W 310 x D 310 x H 95 mm • Weight: 7 kg • GTIN: 4015613182049

49.- €

GTIN 4015613404622

Stainless steel V-grille (for meat) 2 W 312 x D 483 mm Yes Natural gas H Propane nozzles are enclosed Piezo ignition Lava stones for first filling 8 kW W 660 x D 570 x H 282 mm 40.6 kg

Lava rock 7kg

RRP*

GTIN 4015613404608

Stainless steel V-grille (for meat) 1 W 312 x D 483 mm Yes Natural gas H Propane nozzles are enclosed Piezo ignition 1 kg Lava stones for first filling 4 kW W 330 x D 545 x H 285 mm 21.4 kg

Component parts

100611

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

SNACK / TAKE-AWAY / GRILL u Lava rock grills

Lava rock grill, gas 40, W330, TU

171

Chicken grill P6

215035 • Material • Capacity • Number of skewers • Interior lighting • Including • Power load • Size • Weight

Chicken grill P8N

• Material • Capacity • Number of skewers • Interior lighting • Including • Power load • Size • Weight

SNACK / TAKE-AWAY / GRILL u Chicken grills

GTIN 4015613417035

RRP* 2,429.- €

GTIN 4015613505381

CNS 18/10 8 chicken 2 Yes 2 skewers with clips 3,5 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 880 x D 430 x H 530 mm 41 kg

215037 • Material • Capacity • Number of skewers • Interior lighting • Including • Power load • Size • Weight

172

CNS 18/10 6 chicken 2 Yes 2 skewers with clips 2,8 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 700 x D 360 x H 530 mm 31 kg

215036

Chicken grill P12N

RRP* 1,939.- €

RRP* 2,949.- €

GTIN 4015613505398

CNS 18/10 12 chicken 3 Yes 3 skewers with clips 5 kW | 400 V | 50 Hz W 880 x D 430 x H 710 mm 55.6 kg

Component parts Spit with clamps P6

Spit basket P6

Basket flat P6

• Size: W 540 x D 60 x H 50 mm • Weight: 0.55 kg • GTIN: 4015613586854

• Size: W 540 x D 145 x H 155 mm • Weight: 1.1 kg • GTIN: 4015613586878

• Size: W 540 x D 155 x H 50 mm • Weight: 1.25 kg • GTIN: 4015613586892

215093

RRP*

89.- €

215095

RRP*

209.- €

215096

RRP*

Spit with clamps P8/P12

Spit basket P8/P12

Basket flat P8/P12

• Size: W 715 x D 60 x H 50 mm • Weight: 0.73 kg • GTIN: 4015613586861

• Size: W 715 x D 155 x H 50 mm • Weight: 1 kg • GTIN: 4015613282893

• Size: W 715 x D 155 x H 50 mm • Weight: 2 kg • GTIN: 4015613282923

215094

RRP*

109.- €

215078

RRP*

239.- €

215081

RRP*

179.- €

189.- €

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

150320 • Material • Number of hobs • Output hob(s) max. • Diameter hob(s) • Number of output levels • Overheating protection • Control lamp • Power load • Size • Weight

Countertop electric hob 2K2500

150310 • Material • Number of hobs • Arrangement of the hobs • Output hob left max. • Output hob right max. • Diameter hob left • Diameter hob right • Number of output levels • Overheating protection • Control lamp • Power load • Size • Weight

Countertop electric hob 1K2200 GL

104920 • Material • Material hob • Number of hobs • Output hob(s) max. • Diameter hob(s) • Number of output levels • Overheating protection • Time adjustment • Digital display • Power load • Size • Weight

Countertop electric hob 1K2000

105321 • Material • Number of hobs • Output hob(s) max. • Diameter hob(s) • Number of output levels • Control lamp • Power load • Size • Weight

RRP* 39.- €

GTIN 4015613653631

Stainless steel 1 1,5 kW 185 mm Stepless Yes yes 1,5 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 305 x D 245 x H 85 mm 2.1 kg

RRP* 52.- €

GTIN 4015613504117

Stainless steel 2 Next to each other 1 kW 1,5 kW 155 mm 190 mm Stepless Yes yes 2,5 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 535 x D 225 x H 90 mm 4 kg

RRP* 89.- €

GTIN 4015613669151

Stainless steel Glass ceramic 1 2,2 kW W 320 x D 280 mm 165 mm 9 Yes 1 to 99 minutes Yes 2,2 kW | 220-240 V | 50/60 Hz W 395 x D 315 x H 85 mm 2.6 kg

RRP* 655.- €

GTIN 4015613125954

CNS 18/10 1 2 kW 220 mm 6 yes 2 kW | 220-240 V | 50/60 Hz W 375 x D 365 x H 185 mm 7.35 kg

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

SNACK / TAKE-AWAY / GRILL u Countertop electric hobs

Countertop electric hob 1K1500

173

Countertop electric hob

104904 • Material • Material hob • Number of hobs • Output hob(s) max. • Diameter hob(s) • Number of output levels • Size cerane surface • Control lamp • Power load • Size • Weight

Countertop electric hob, TU

104906 • Material • Material hob • Number of hobs • Diameter hob(s) • Output hob(s) max. • Number of output levels • Size cerane surface • Control lamp • Power load • Size • Weight

SNACK / TAKE-AWAY / GRILL u Countertop electric hobs

Countertop electric hob, 2 plates, TU

174

104907 • Material • Material hob • Number of hobs • Output hob(s) max. • Diameter hob(s) • Number of output levels • Arrangement of the hobs • Size cerane surface • Control lamp • Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

Countertop electric hob, 2 plates, TU

104913 • Material • Material hob • Number of hobs • Arrangement of the hobs • Output hob(s) max. • Diameter hob(s) • Number of output levels • Size cerane surface • Control lamp • Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

RRP* 585.- €

GTIN 4015613390352

CNS 18/10 SCHOTT CERAN® 1 2,3 kW 210 mm 10 W 290 x D 290 mm yes 2,3 kW | 230 V | 50/60 Hz W 340 x D 420 x H 100 mm 6.1 kg

RRP* 798.- €

GTIN 4015613432540

CNS 18/10 SCHOTT CERAN® 1 230 mm 3 kW 10 W 350 x D 350 mm yes 3 kW | 230 V | 50/60 Hz W 400 x D 455 x H 120 mm 8 kg

RRP* 1,698.- €

GTIN 4015613432557

CNS 18/10 SCHOTT CERAN® 2 3 kW 230 mm 10 Next to each other W 650 x D 350 mm yes 6 kW | 400 V | 50/60 Hz 3 NAC W 700 x D 455 x H 120 mm 14.7 kg

RRP* 1,698.- €

GTIN 4015613431161

CNS 18/10 SCHOTT CERAN® 2 Behind each other 3 kW 230 mm 10 W 350 x D 560 mm yes 6 kW | 400 V | 50/60 Hz 3 NAC W 400 x D 655 x H 120 mm 13.8 kg

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

Gas cookers

Gas cooker 1K220-T

A150621

RRP* 45.- €

GTIN 4015613696843

Safety in focus – the optimised, transportable gas cooker from Bartscher particularly impresses with the following safety aspects regarding flame control: 2-phase ignition protection system, burners with thermo-electric protection.

• Number of hobs • Output hob(s) max. • Gas consumption at maximum setting • Gas burner • Ignition type • Pilot flame • Ignition guard • Diameter cooking crockery • Properties

• Important information • Including • Gas type • Power • Size • Weight

► Simply practical ► Including 1 transport case

► Small, light, compact ► Gas type: Butane ► Output: 2.2 kW

Steel Painted 1 2,2 kW 160 g / h Single burner Piezo ignition No Yes 150 - 270 mm Burner is thermo-electrically secured 2-phase ignition protection system Heat-deflecting base plate Can only be used outdoors 1 transport case Butane 2,2 kW W 375 x D 290 x H 130 mm 1.95 kg

►G as burner: Ring burner ►D iameter cookware: 150 - 270 mm

Gas cartridge BG227 • Gas type: Butane • Content: 227 g • Properties: Acc. to EN 417, Integrated safety functions: Explosion protection, overpressure protection • Order quantity unit: 1 box (7 sets á pack of 4) • Size: W 67 x D 67 x H 185 mm • Weight: 0.23 kg • GTIN: 4015613716176

A150625

RRP*

70.- €

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

► Safety in focus with the new flame control ► 2-phase ignition protection system ► Burner is thermo-electrically secured

SNACK / TAKE-AWAY / GRILL u Gas cookers

• Material

175

Gas cooker 1K750

1054503 • Material • Number of hobs • Output hob(s) max. • Gas burner • Ignition guard • Control pressure • Gas type • Power • Size • Weight

Gas cooker 1K1050

1054603

RRP* 169.- €

GTIN 4015613467764

Cast iron 1 7,5 kW Wart burner Yes 50 mbar Propane 7,5 kW W 398 x D 570 x H 170 mm 5.95 kg

RRP* 79.- €

GTIN 4015613682860

The light and compact version allows flexible use outdoors. With up to 10.5 kW food can be cooked quickly in cooking pots, in pans and also in woks. • Material • Output hob(s) max. • Number of hobs • Diameter cooking crockery

SNACK / TAKE-AWAY / GRILL u Gas cookers

• Gas burner • Ignition type • Ignition guard • Pilot flame • Gas consumption at maximum setting • Properties • Control pressure • Important information

176

• Gas type • Power • Size • Weight

► Flexible outdoor use ► Light and compact design

► Powerful ► 10,5 kW

Steel Cast iron 10,5 kW 1 Pot: 200 - 300 mm Wok: 400 - 560 mm Wart burner Piezo ignition Yes No 764 g / h Load capacity max.: 28 kg 50 mbar Can only be used outdoors Delivery without gas connecting set Propane 10,5 kW W 410 x D 540 x H 180 mm 4.8 kg

► Designed for: Pots, pans and woks ► Diameter cooking crockery ► Pot: 200 - 300 mm ► Wok: 400 - 560 mm

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

1059503 • Material • Output hob(s) max. • Number of hobs • Gas burner • Control pressure • Ignition guard • Gas type • Power • Size • Weight

Gas cooker 2K1100-H

1057503 • Material • Number of hobs • Output hob(s) max. • Arrangement of the hobs • Output hob front max. • Output hob rear max. • Gas burner • Gas type • Power • Size • Weight

Gas cooker 2K1100-N

1058503 • Material • Number of hobs • Output hob(s) max. • Arrangement of the hobs • Output hob left max. • Output hob right max. • Gas burner • Control pressure • Gas type • Power • Size • Weight

RRP* 798.- €

RRP* 1,239.- €

GTIN 4015613467818

GTIN 4015613467801

Stainless steel 2 11 kW Next to each other 4,5 kW 6,5 kW Dual burner left, single burner right 50 mbar Propane Natural gas nozzles are enclosed 11 kW W 660 x D 350 x H 170 mm 20.2 kg

• Material: Stainless steel • Diameter wok insert: 265 mm • Size: W 265 x D 265 x H 62 mm • Weight: 0.85 kg • GTIN: 4015613467825 72.- €

Stainless steel 2 11 kW Behind each other 4,5 kW 6,5 kW Single burner at the front, dual burner at the back Propane Natural gas nozzles are enclosed 11 kW W 350 x D 660 x H 170 mm 20.2 kg

Wok attachment f. table top gas c.

RRP*

GTIN 4015613467795

Stainless steel 6,5 kW 1 Two-circle burner 50 mbar Yes Propane Natural gas nozzles are enclosed 6,5 kW W 350 x D 350 x H 170 mm 10.8 kg

Component parts

105999

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

SNACK / TAKE-AWAY / GRILL u Gas cookers

Gas cooker 1K650

177

Induction cooker

Induction cooker IK 18

105824

RRP* 89.- €

GTIN 4015613673394

Induction cooker with 1800 Watt for flexible use in the kitchen. • Material • Material hob • Output hob(s) max. • Number of hobs • Type of hobs • Diameter hob(s) • Size cerane surface • Number of temperature levels • Temperature range • Intervals temperature setting • Overheating protection • Time adjustment • Control lamp

SNACK / TAKE-AWAY / GRILL u Induction cooker

Regulation of: Output, temperature, time ► Time setting: 5 - 180 minutes ► Number of output levels: 10

178

Induction cooker IK 20

• Pot recognition • Digital display • Power load • Size • Weight

105820 • Material hob • Output hob(s) max. • Number of hobs • Type of hobs • Number of temperature levels • Temperature range • Overheating protection • Digital display • Power load • Size • Weight

Stainless steel Plastic Glass 1800 W 1 Induction 230 mm W 293 x D 245 mm 10 60 °C to 240 °C 20 °C Yes 5 to 180 minutes ON/OFF Output Temperature Time Yes Yes 1,8 kW | 220-240 V | 50/60 Hz W 320 x D 345 x H 65 mm 2.7 kg

RRP* 69.- €

GTIN 4015613504834

Glass 2000 W 1 Induction 10 60 °C to 240 °C Yes Yes 2 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 285 x D 340 x H 60 mm 2.45 kg

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

105848 • Material • Material hob • Output hob(s) max. • Number of hobs • Type of hobs • Number of temperature levels • Temperature range • Overheating protection • Control unit

► Slide function ► Easy regulation of time, output and temperature

• Digital display • Pot recognition • Power load • Size • Weight

Induction cooker IK 27TC

105927 • Material • Material hob • Output hob(s) max. • Number of hobs • Type of hobs • Diameter hob(s) • Size cerane surface • Number of temperature levels • Temperature range • Intervals temperature setting • Overheating protection • Time adjustment • Intervals time setting • Pot recognition • Control unit • Digital display • Power load • Size • Weight

Induction cooker IK 30S-EB

105936S • Material • Material hob • Output hob front max. • Output hob rear max. • Number of hobs • Type of hobs • Arrangement of the hobs • Number of output levels • Overheating protection • Control lamp • Lock button (child protection) • Can be installed • Control unit • Digital display • Properties • Power load • Size • Weight

RRP* 129.- €

GTIN 4015613633381

Stainless steel Glass Glass 2000 W 1 Induction 8 60 °C to 240 °C Yes Electronic Touch with slide function Yes Yes 2 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 330 x D 400 x H 63 mm 3.4 kg

RRP* 179.- €

GTIN 4015613666006

Stainless steel Glass 2700 W 1 Induction 260 mm W 285 x D 275 mm 10 60 °C to 240 °C 20 °C Yes 1 to 180 minutes 1 minute / 10 minutes Yes Touch Yes 2,7 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 340 x D 425 x H 75 mm 4.75 kg

RRP* 209.- €

GTIN 4015613607061

Plastic SCHOTT CERAN® 1300 W 1800 W 2 Induction Behind each other 8 Yes yes Yes Yes Electronic Touch Yes Can also be used as a table-top unit 3 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 290 x D 510 x H 83 mm 4.5 kg

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

SNACK / TAKE-AWAY / GRILL u Induction cooker

Induction cooker IK 20TC

179

Induction cooker IK 30TC-1

105991

RRP* 219.- €

GTIN 4015613698946

Compact and high-performance – The induction cooker convinces with a 3000 W hob, a touch panel and especially with the integrated grease filter. • Material • Material hob • Output hob(s) max. • Number of hobs • Type of hobs • Diameter hob(s) • Size cerane surface • Number of temperature levels • Temperature range • Intervals temperature setting • Overheating protection • Time adjustment • Intervals time setting • Pot recognition • Control unit • Digital display • Properties • Power load • Size • Weight

Stainless steel Glass 3000 W 1 Induction 230 mm W 275 x D 275 mm 10 60 °C to 240 °C 20 °C Yes 1 to 180 minutes 1 minute / 10 minutes Yes Electronic Touch Yes Grease filter 3 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 330 x D 420 x H 105 mm 5.46 kg

► Compact and high-performance ► Diameter hob: 230 mm ► Pot recognition ► Grease filter

Induction cooker IK 30TCS-1

105991S

RRP* 249.- €

GTIN 4015613714882

SNACK / TAKE-AWAY / GRILL u Induction cooker

Compact and high-performance – The induction cooker convinces with a 3000 W SCHOTT-CERAN® hob, a touch panel and especially the integrated grease filter.

180

• Material • Material hob • Output hob(s) max. • Number of hobs • Type of hobs • Diameter hob(s) • Size cerane surface • Number of temperature levels • Temperature range • Intervals temperature setting • Overheating protection • Time adjustment • Intervals time setting • Pot recognition • Control unit • Digital display • Properties • Power load • Size • Weight

► 3000 W ► Compact and high-performance ► Diameter hob: 230 mm ► Regulation of Power, temperature, time

Stainless steel SCHOTT CERAN® 3000 W 1 Induction 230 mm W 275 x D 275 mm 10 60 °C to 240 °C 20 °C Yes 1 to 180 minutes 1 minute / 10 minutes Yes Electronic Touch Yes Grease filter 3 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 330 x D 420 x H 105 mm 5.44 kg

► Grease filter

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

Induction cooker IK 35TC

105843 • Material • Material hob • Output hob(s) max. • Number of hobs • Type of hobs • Number of temperature levels • Temperature range • Overheating protection • Control unit • Digital display • Power load • Size • Weight

Induction cooker IK 35TCS

105843S • Material • Material hob • Output hob(s) max. • Number of hobs • Type of hobs • Temperature range • Overheating protection • Number of temperature levels • Control unit • Digital display • Power load • Size • Weight

Induction cooker IK 35TC, XL

105821

RRP* 239.- €

GTIN 4015613633329

Stainless steel Glass 3500 W 1 Induction 10 60 °C to 240 °C Yes Electronic Touch Yes 3,5 kW | 220-240 V | 50/60 Hz W 340 x D 445 x H 117 mm 7.45 kg

RRP* 269.- €

GTIN 4015613638300

Stainless steel SCHOTT CERAN® 3500 W 1 Induction 60 °C to 240 °C Yes 10 Electronic Touch Yes 3,5 kW | 220-240 V | 50/60 Hz W 340 x D 445 x H 117 mm 7.5 kg

RRP* 339.- €

GTIN 4015613680255

• Material • Material hob • Output hob(s) max. • Number of hobs • Type of hobs • Diameter hob(s) • Size cerane surface • Number of temperature levels • Temperature range • Intervals temperature setting • Overheating protection • Time adjustment • Pot recognition • Control unit • Digital display • Power load • Size • Weight

Stainless steel Glass 3500 W 1 Induction 300 mm W 356 x D 356 mm 10 60 °C to 240 °C 20 °C Yes 1 to 180 minutes Yes Electronic Touch Yes 3,58 kW | 220-240 V | 50/60 Hz W 440 x D 540 x H 125 mm 9.1 kg

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

SNACK / TAKE-AWAY / GRILL u Induction cooker

IK 35TC XL – High-performance induction cooker with extra large hob for a pot diameter of up to 30 cm

181

Induction cooker IK 35SK 3,5kW

105837 • Material • Material hob • Output hob(s) max. • Number of hobs • Type of hobs • Number of temperature levels • Temperature range • Overheating protection • Control unit • Digital display • Power load • Size • Weight

Induction cooker IK 35-EB

105829

RRP* 259.- €

GTIN 4015613520643

Stainless steel SCHOTT CERAN® 3500 W 1 Induction 10 60 °C to 240 °C Yes Electronic Toggle Yes 3,5 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 340 x D 445 x H 115 mm 7.2 kg

RRP* 279.- €

GTIN 4015613682853

Be it for buffets, catering or food trucks - regardless of where it is needed. This attractive high-performance induction cookers with its separate control panel is ideal for individual need-based installation. • Material • Material hob • Output hob(s) max. • Number of hobs • Type of hobs • Diameter hob(s) • Size cerane surface • Number of temperature levels • Temperature range • Intervals temperature setting • Overheating protection • Pot recognition • Can be installed • Control unit

• Digital display • Properties • Power load • Size • Weight

SNACK / TAKE-AWAY / GRILL u Induction cooker

► Separate control panel ► Regulation of output and temperature

182

Induction cooker IK 35dp

105836S • Material • Material hob • Output hob left max. • Output hob right max. • Number of hobs • Arrangement of the hobs • Type of hobs • Number of temperature levels • Temperature range • Intervals temperature setting • Overheating protection • Time adjustment • Intervals time setting • Control unit • Digital display • Power load • Size • Weight

CNS 18/10 Glass 3500 W 1 Induction 240 mm W 310 x D 330 mm 10 60 °C to 240 °C 20 °C Yes Yes Yes Electronic Toggle Touch Yes Separate control panel, cable length 0.8 m 3,5 kW | 220-240 V | 50 Hz W 370 x D 390 x H 118 mm 6.5 kg

RRP* 209.- €

GTIN 4015613504988

Plastic SCHOTT CERAN® 2000 W 1500 W 2 Next to each other Induction 10 60 °C to 240 °C 20 °C Yes 0 to 180 minutes 5 minute(s) Electronic Knob Yes 3,5 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 605 x D 360 x H 60 mm 5.9 kg

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

105841 • Set comprises

• Material

• Material hob • Output hob left max. • Output hob right max. • Number of hobs • Arrangement of the hobs • Type of hobs • Number of temperature levels • Temperature range • Intervals temperature setting • Overheating protection • Time adjustment • Control unit

► Induction cooker + Induction serving trolley

► Induction cooker also separately usable as a counter top device ► 1 x 2000 W | 1 x 1500 W

• Digital display • Can be installed • Properties • Size Induction cooker • Number of shelves • Size shelves • Distance between the shelves • Total load-bearing capacity, max. • Load-bearing capacity per shelf, max. • Properties shelves

• Insert plate

► I nduction cooker can be removed easily to facilitate cleaning

► Insertion plate: for using the top shelf as a work surface, carrying capacity: 50 kg

Induction cooker IK 3341

• Swivel casters • Delivery state • Power load • Size • Weight

105940 • Material hob • Output hob right max. • Output all hobs left max. • Output hob rear left max. • Output hob front left max. • Number of hobs • Arrangement of the hobs • Type of hobs • Number of temperature levels • Temperature range • Intervals temperature setting • Overheating protection • Time adjustment • Intervals time setting • Digital display • Control unit • Power load • Size • Weight

RRP* 439.- €

GTIN 4015613616339

1 insert plate 1 induction cookers 1 serving/transport trolley Chrome-nickel steel Stainless steel Glass Plastic Glass 2000 W 1500 W 2 Next to each other Induction 10 60 °C to 240 °C 20 °C Yes 0 to 180 minutes Electronic Touch Yes Yes Can also be used as a table-top unit W 600 x D 337 x H 70 mm 3 W 830 x D 510 mm 275 mm 150 kg 50 kg Optionally at top: Can be used with an induction cooker as a hob or as a work surface when the insert plate is fitted Middle/below: Can be used as a storage shelf Stainless steel Dimensions: B 600 x T 338 mm The upper shelf can be used as a work surface 4 swivel casters, 2 with brake Building kit (simple assembly) 3,5 kW | 230 V | 50/60 Hz W 920 x D 600 x H 940 mm 15 kg

RRP* 409.- €

GTIN 4015613652207

Glass 1400 W 2000 W 1000 W 2000 W 3 2 left, 1 right Induction 10 60 °C to 240 °C 20 °C Yes 1 to 180 minutes 1 minute(s) Yes Touch 3,4 kW | 220-240 V | 50/60 Hz W 510 x D 485 x H 65 mm 6.6 kg

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

SNACK / TAKE-AWAY / GRILL u Induction cooker

Induction serving trolley IKTS 35

183

Induction stove 1 CZ, 2,5kW, TU

A105942

RRP* 1,298.- €

• Material • Material hob • Output hob(s) max. • Number of hobs • Type of hobs • Diameter hob(s) • Size cerane surface • Number of output levels • Control unit

105984

RRP* 1,498.- €

• Material • Material hob • Output hob(s) max. • Number of hobs • Type of hobs • Diameter hob(s) • Size cerane surface • Overheating protection • Pot recognition • Control unit

105985

GTIN 4015613676623

CNS 18/10 SCHOTT CERAN® 3500 W 1 Induction 220 mm W 290 x D 290 mm Yes Yes Electronic Toggle Yes 3,5 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 340 x D 400 x H 110 mm 8.1 kg

• Digital display • Power load • Size • Weight

Table top induction stove 35ZS-210

GTIN 4015613370156

CNS 18/10 SCHOTT CERAN® 2500 W 1 Induction 230 mm W 290 x D 290 mm Stepless Electronic Toggle 2,5 kW | 230 V | 50/60 Hz W 340 x D 420 x H 100 mm 7.5 kg

• Power load • Size • Weight

Table top induction stove ITH 35S-220

RRP* 1,798.- €

GTIN 4015613676630

SNACK / TAKE-AWAY / GRILL u Induction cooker

Faster and more efficient - power boostfor the front hob up to 3.5 kW.

184

• Material • Material hob • Output when activated, hob rear max. • Output when activated, hob front max. • Output hob rear max. • Output hob front max. • Number of hobs • Type of hobs • Arrangement of the hobs • Diameter hob rear • Diameter hob front • Size cerane surface • Number of output levels • Overheating protection • Pot recognition • Digital display • Power load • Size • Weight

CNS 18/10 SCHOTT CERAN® 1800 W 3500 W 1800 W 1800 W 2 Induction Behind each other 210 mm 210 mm W 290 x D 470 mm 9 Yes Yes Yes 3,5 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 340 x D 590 x H 110 mm 11.1 kg

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

Induction stove ITH 30-265

105993

RRP* 1,798.- €

GTIN 4015613712673

1 hob – 3000 Watt. The high-performance induction stove impresses particularly with its simple and intuitive power control. • Material • Material hob • Output hob(s) max. • Type of hobs • Number of output levels • Diameter hob(s) • Size cerane surface • Overheating protection • Pot recognition • Digital display • Control lamp • Power load • Size • Weight

Induction stove ITH 35-265

105994

Stainless steel Glass 3000 W Induction 20 265 mm W 346 x D 346 mm Yes Yes Yes ON/OFF Overheating 3 kW | 230 V | 50/60 Hz W 400 x D 455 x H 160 mm 8.8 kg

RRP* 1,998.- €

GTIN 4015613712680

1 hob – 3500 Watt. The high-performance induction stove impresses particularly with its simple and intuitive power control.

Induction stove ITH 50-230

105995

Stainless steel Glass 3500 W Induction 20 265 mm W 346 x D 346 mm Yes Yes Yes ON/OFF 3,5 kW | 230 V | 50/60 Hz W 400 x D 455 x H 160 mm 8.9 kg

RRP* 3,449.- €

GTIN 4015613712697

1 hob – 5000 Watt. The high-performance induction stove impresses particularly with its simple and intuitive power control. • Material • Material hob • Output hob(s) max. • Type of hobs • Number of output levels • Diameter hob(s) • Size cerane surface • Overheating protection • Pot recognition • Digital display • Control lamp • Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

Stainless steel Glass 5000 W Induction 20 230 mm W 346 x D 346 mm Yes Yes Yes ON/OFF Overheating 5 kW | 400 V | 50/60 Hz 3 NAC W 400 x D 455 x H 160 mm 12.3 kg

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

SNACK / TAKE-AWAY / GRILL u Induction cooker

• Material • Material hob • Output hob(s) max. • Type of hobs • Number of output levels • Diameter hob(s) • Size cerane surface • Overheating protection • Pot recognition • Digital display • Control lamp • Power load • Size • Weight

185

Induction woks

Induction wok IW35

105986 • Material • Material hob • Output hob(s) max. • Type of hobs • Diameter hob • Number of temperature levels • Temperature range • Intervals temperature setting • Overheating protection • Time adjustment • Intervals time setting • Pot recognition • Control unit • Digital display • Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

SNACK / TAKE-AWAY / GRILL u Induction woks

► Touch control panel with digital display

186

RRP* 315.- €

GTIN 4015613680217

Stainless steel Glass 3,5 kW Induction 260 mm 10 60 °C to 240 °C 20 °C Yes 1 to 180 minutes 1 minute(s) Yes Touch Electronic Yes 3,5 kW | 220-240 V | 50/60 Hz Pluggable W 340 x D 440 x H 125 mm 7.54 kg

Diameter hob: 260 mm Regulation of: Output, temperature, time ► Pot recognition

Wok pan W360R • Material: Stainless steel • Content: 6 litre(s) • Diameter: 360 mm • Design base: Round • Induction-suitable: Yes • With opposite handle: Yes • Including: 1 stainless steel lid • Size: W 640 x D 360 x H 220 mm • Weight: 2.85 kg • GTIN: 4015613525075

105981

RRP*

109.- €

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

Induction wok 3kW, TU

105840 • Material • Material hob • Output hob(s) max. • Type of hobs • Diameter hob • Number of output levels • Digital display • Power load • Size • Weight

Induction wok 30/293

105871

RRP* 1,849.- €

GTIN 4015613468235

CNS 18/10 SCHOTT CERAN® 3 kW Induction 300 mm Stepless Yes 3 kW | 230 V | 50/60 Hz W 330 x D 380 x H 180 mm 8.5 kg

RRP* 2,049.- €

GTIN 4015613712635

The high-quality and transportable 3000 Watt induction wok impresses with the following features: High-performance induction coil, cooking zone in EuroKeraglass ceramic, 2 fans and simple operation.

• Properties • Size • Weight

► Diameter hob: 293 mm ► Material: EuroKera glass ceramic

► Output hob: 3000 W

Stainless steel EuroKera glass ceramic Induction 293 mm 20 Yes Yes Yes ON/OFF Overheating 2 fans W 400 x D 455 x H 180 mm 9 kg

► P ot recognition

Output hob(s) max.

Power load

Size

Weight

Code-No.

RRP*

GTIN

3 kW

3 kW | 230 V | 50/60 Hz

W 400 x D 455 x H 180 mm

9 kg

105871

2,049,- €

⃝ 1

4015613712635

3,5 kW

3,5 kW | 230 V | 50/60 Hz

W 400 x D 455 x H 180 mm

9 kg

105872

2,249,- €

⃝ 1

4015613712642

5 kW

5 kW | 400 V | 50/60 Hz

W 400 x D 455 x H 180 mm

12.6 kg

105873

3,759,- €

⃝ 1

4015613712659

7 kW

7 kW | 400 V | 50/60 Hz

W 400 x D 455 x H 180 mm

12.6 kg

105874

3,929,- €

⃝ 1

4015613712666

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

SNACK / TAKE-AWAY / GRILL u Induction woks

• Material • Material hob • Type of hobs • Diameter hob • Number of output levels • Overheating protection • Pot recognition • Digital display • Control lamp

187

Induction wok 35/293-FL

105876

RRP* 2,479.- €

GTIN 4015613712710

Extra flat design for a very comfortable working height – The induction wok also impresses with the following features: High-performance 3500 Watt induction coil, cooking zone in EuroKeraglass ceramic, 2 fans and simple operation. • Material • Material hob • Output hob(s) max. • Type of hobs • Diameter hob • Number of output levels • Overheating protection • Pot recognition • Digital display • Control lamp

Stainless steel EuroKera glass ceramic 3,5 kW Induction 293 mm 20 Yes Yes Yes ON/OFF Overheating 2 fans Worktop surface behind the hob: Stainless steel, dimensions: W 400 x D 250 mm 3,5 kW | 230 V | 50/60 Hz W 400 x D 655 x H 150 mm 10 kg

• Properties

• Power load • Size • Weight

► Diameter hob: 293 mm ► Material: EuroKera glass ceramic

► Output hob: 3500 W

► Pot recognition

► Worktop surface behind the hob ► Stainless steel ► Dimensions: W 400 x D 250 mm

SNACK / TAKE-AWAY / GRILL u Induction woks

Component parts

188

Wok pan W380R

Wok pan steel, 360mm

Wok pan W385R

• Material: Stainless steel • Content: 5 litre(s) • Diameter: 380 mm • Design base: Round • Induction-suitable: Yes • With opposite handle: Yes • Handle properties: Cold handle(s) • Height pan without lid: 110 mm • Including: 1 stainless steel lid • Size: W 635 x D 380 x H 220 mm • Weight: 2.85 kg • GTIN: 4015613586793

• Material: Steel • Content: 5 litre(s) • Diameter: 360 mm • Design base: Round • Induction-suitable: Yes • With opposite handle: No • Size: W 560 x D 360 x H 95 mm • Weight: 1.5 kg • GTIN: 4015613371313

• Material: Stainless steel • Content: 6 litre(s) • Diameter: 385 mm • Design base: Round • Induction-suitable: Yes • With opposite handle: No • Handle properties: Heat resistant • Height pan without lid: 160 mm • Size: W 645 x D 385 x H 160 mm • Weight: 1.7 kg • GTIN: 4015613668451

A105960

RRP*

115.- €

A105971 105831

RRP*

85.- €

RRP*

69.- €

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

Multi pans

A150114G • Material • Design inside • Design • Inside diameter • Height inside • Content • Temperature control • Control unit • Including • Power load • Size • Weight

Multi pan "Grande", 41cm

A150118G • Material • Design inside • Design • Inside diameter • Height inside • Content • Temperature control • Control unit • Including • Power load • Size • Weight

RRP* 39.- €

GTIN 4015613418629

Aluminium Non-stick coat Round 380 mm 40 mm 4 litre(s) Stepless Electronic 1 glass lid 1 fish slice 1,5 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 510 x D 495 x H 165 mm 3.25 kg

RRP* 45.- €

GTIN 4015613419688

Aluminium Non-stick coat Round 380 mm 80 mm 8 litre(s) Stepless Electronic 1 glass lid 1,5 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 510 x D 495 x H 200 mm 3.65 kg

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

SNACK / TAKE-AWAY / GRILL u Multi pans

Multi pan, 41cm

189

Multi pan, 55cm

A150155 • Material • Design inside • Design • Inside diameter • Height inside • Content • Temperature control • Control unit • Including • Power load • Size • Weight

Multi pan angular, 40x30

150340 • Material • Design inside • Design • Size inside • Inside corners rounded • Content • Temperature control • Control unit • Including • Power load • Size • Weight

SNACK / TAKE-AWAY / GRILL u Multi pans

Multi pan "40x30"Plus

190

150342 • Material • Design inside • Design • Size inside • Inside corners rounded • Content • Temperature control • Control unit • Including • Power load • Size • Weight

RRP* 85.- €

GTIN 4015613363752

Aluminium Non-stick coat Round 515 mm 50 mm 10 litre(s) Stepless Electronic 1 stainless steel with a glass window 1,6 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 615 x D 555 x H 180 mm 4.75 kg

RRP* 45.- €

GTIN 4015613505169

Aluminium Non-stick coat Square W 370 x D 285 x H 80 mm Yes 7,5 litre(s) Stepless Electronic 1 glass lid 1,5 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 490 x D 310 x H 195 mm 3.2 kg

RRP* 119.- €

GTIN 4015613654492

CNS 18/10 CNS 18/10 Square W 395 x D 275 x H 58 mm Yes 4 litre(s) Stepless Electronic 1 glass lid 2,1 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 630 x D 315 x H 65 mm 5.6 kg

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

Sausage warmer 1KA10

A120465

RRP* 159.- €

GTIN 4015613659497

The rack ensures sausages are gently kept warm in the steamer. The fixed, folding lid enables simple handling. • Material • Number of tanks • Size basin • Temperature range • Temperature control • Thermostat • Control lamp

Stainless steel 1 W 240 x D 300 x H 150 mm 30 °C to 90 °C Thermostatic Yes Heat up ON/OFF No 1 lid, hinged, detachable 1 kW | 230 V | 50/60 Hz W 270 x D 350 x H 240 mm 5.6 kg

• Drain cock • Including • Power load • Size • Weight

A120467

RRP* 175.- €

• Material • Number of tanks • Size basin • Temperature range • Temperature control • Thermostat • Control lamp

• Power load • Size • Weight

► Rack for gently keeping sausages warm ► Can be taken out

GTIN 4015613718705

Stainless steel 1 W 240 x D 300 x H 150 mm 30 °C to 90 °C Thermostatic Yes ON/OFF Heat up Rack for sausages, removable Fixed lid, folding 1 kW | 230 V | 50/60 Hz W 270 x D 360 x H 240 mm 6 kg

• Properties

► Fixed, folding lid ► For simple handling

► 1 basin ►D imensions: W 240 x D 300 x 150 mm

Sausage warmer 2KA20

A120466 • Material • Number of tanks • Size basin • Temperature range • Temperature control • Thermostat • Basins can be controlled separately • Control lamp • Drain cock • Including • Power load • Size • Weight

RRP* 315.- €

GTIN 4015613659503

Stainless steel 2 W 240 x D 300 x H 150 mm 30 °C to 90 °C Thermostatic Yes Yes Heat up ON/OFF Yes 2 lids, hinged, detachable 2 kW | 230 V | 50/60 Hz W 535 x D 370 x H 240 mm 10.4 kg

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

SNACK / TAKE-AWAY / GRILL u Sausage warmers

Sausage warmer 1KA10-FM

191

Hot-dog machines

Hot-dog machine, round

A120407

SNACK / TAKE-AWAY / GRILL u Hot-dog machines

• Material • Diameter glass cylinder • Height glass cylinder • Temperature range • Safety thermostat • Temperature control • Control lamp • Power load • Size • Weight

192

Hot-dog machine, edged

A120406 • Material • Diameter glass cylinder • Height glass cylinder • Temperature range • Safety thermostat • Temperature control • Control lamp • Power load • Size • Weight

RRP* 229.- €

GTIN 4015613432601

Stainless steel 200 mm 240 mm 30 °C to 100 °C Yes Stepless Heat up 0,8 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 295 x D 295 x H 415 mm 4.8 kg

RRP* 245.- €

GTIN 4015613432595

Stainless steel 200 mm 240 mm 30 °C to 100 °C Yes Stepless Heat up 0,8 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 280 x D 280 x H 355 mm 5.2 kg

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

A120401

GTIN 4015613370521

• Material • Diameter glass cylinder • Height glass cylinder • Temperature range • Temperature control • Control lamp

CNS 18/10 195 mm 245 mm 30 °C to 90 °C Stepless ON/OFF

• Power load • Size • Weight

1 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 260 x D 295 x H 360 mm 6.9 kg

Hot dog spit toaster T4

A120409 • Material • Number of toast bars • Temperature range to • Control lamp • Power load • Size • Weight

Hot-dog machine, 4 toast sticks

RRP* 319.- €

A120408 • Material • Diameter glass cylinder • Height glass cylinder • Temperature range • Safety thermostat • Temperature control • With toasting bars • Number of toast bars • Control lamp • Power load • Size • Weight

RRP* 139.- €

GTIN 4015613610603

Stainless steel Galvanised 4 80 °C Heat up 0,19 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 240 x D 280 x H 310 mm 2.75 kg

RRP* 319.- €

GTIN 4015613443065

Stainless steel 200 mm 240 mm 40 °C to 100 °C Yes Stepless Yes 4 Heat up 0,96 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 500 x D 285 x H 390 mm 7.63 kg

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

SNACK / TAKE-AWAY / GRILL u Hot-dog machines

Hot-dog machine

193

Sausage slicers

Hand-operated sausage slicer

120579 • Material • Disk thickness • Disk thickness can be regulated • Knife type • Sections • Work width • Operation • Size • Weight

SNACK / TAKE-AWAY / GRILL u Sausage slicers

Sausage slicer

194

120578 • Material • Disk thickness • Disk thickness can be regulated • Knife type • Diameter filling shaft • Automatic activation function • Operation • ON/OFF switch • Power load • Size • Weight

RRP* 142.- €

GTIN 4015613505152

Chrome-nickel steel 17.5 mm No 10 permanently mounted blades 11 210 mm Manual W 300 x D 115 x H 210 mm 2.3 kg

RRP* 239.- €

GTIN 4015613505138

Chrome-nickel steel 5 - 35 mm Yes Double sickle knife 47 mm Yes Electronic Yes 0,135 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 185 x D 210 x H 325 mm 6.9 kg

Substitute double sickle knife • Size: W 70 x D 170 x H 2 mm • Weight: 0.07 kg • GTIN: 4015613658063

120582

RRP*

33.- €

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

Pump station for 1/6GN

100330

RRP* 185.- €

GTIN 4015613481319

Suitable for ketchup, mayonnaise, mustard, etc. • Material • Material pump • Number of pumps • Depth GN container max. • Size • Weight

CNS 18/10 Polycarbonate 1 150 mm W 165 x D 181 x H 232 mm 0.6 kg

Gastronorm

Size

Weight

Code-No.

RRP*

GTIN

1/6 GN

W 165 x D 181 x H 232 mm

0.6 kg

100330

185,- €

⃝ 2

4015613481319

1/4 GN

W 168 x D 267 x H 232 mm

0.8 kg

100331

185,- €

⃝ 2

4015613481326

1/3 GN

W 181 x D 334 x H 232 mm

0.9 kg

100332

185,- €

⃝ 2

4015613481333

Pump station,1 pump 3,3L

100321

RRP* 409.- €

GTIN 4015613481272

• Material • Material pump • Material inner container • Including • Size • Weight

CNS 18/10 Polycarbonate Polyethylene 3 portioning inserts per pump (diameter: 3.9 mm, 6.5 mm, 10 mm) W 139 x D 224 x H 456 mm 2.3 kg

Number of pumps

Content

Size

Weight

Code-No.

RRP*

GTIN

3.3 litres

W 139 x D 224 x H 456 mm

2.3 kg

100321

409,- €

⃝ 2

4015613481272

2 x 3.3 litres

W 276 x D 224 x H 456 mm

4.1 kg

100322

639,- €

⃝ 2

4015613481289

3 x 3.3 litres

W 394 x D 224 x H 456 mm

5.3 kg

100323

859,- €

⃝ 2

4015613481296

4 x 3.3 litres

W 511 x D 224 x H 456 mm

7.9 kg

100324

1,119,- €

⃝ 2

4015613481302

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

SNACK / TAKE-AWAY / GRILL u Pump sauce dispensers

Suitable for ketchup, mayonnaise, mustard, etc.

195

Rice cookers

Rice cooker 1,8L SD

150528

RRP* 45.- €

GTIN 4015613672199

Cooking rice, steaming vegetables, fish and meat, or keeping meat warm – this rice cooker with its extensive array of accessories offers lots of added value. • Material • Inner pot • Content • Production quantity rice • Functions

• Control lamp

SNACK / TAKE-AWAY / GRILL u Rice cookers

• ON/OFF switch • Including

196

• Power load • Size • Weight

► Inner pot Non-stick coating ► Content: 1.8 litres

► Production quantity rice ► 2 - 10 persons

► Functions ► Cooking ► Steaming ► Keeping warm

Stainless steel Plastic Non-stick coating 1,8 litre(s) 2 - 10 portions Cooking Steam Keeping warm Cooking Keeping warm Yes 1 measuring beaker 1 rice spoon 1 steam insert 0,7 kW | 230 V | 50/60 Hz W 290 x D 262 x H 293 mm 2.72 kg

► Including ► 1 measuring beaker ► 1 rice spoon ► 1 steam insert

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

A150513 • Material • Inner pot • Content • Production quantity rice • Functions • Control lamp • ON/OFF switch • Properties • Including

• Power load • Size • Weight

Rice cooker 12L

150529 • Material • Inner pot • Content • Production quantity rice • Functions • Control lamp • ON/OFF switch • Properties • Including

• Power load • Size • Weight

Rice warmer, surround heating

A150512 • Material • Inner pot • Filling quantity rice - boiled • Properties • Including • Power load • Size • Weight

RRP* 198.- €

GTIN 4015613405698

Stainless steel Non-stick coating Heat resistant 8 litre(s) 25 - 40 portions Cooking Keeping warm Cooking Yes Extra large handles Silicone mat as smolder protection 1 measuring beaker 1 rice spoon 1 stirring spoon 1,95 kW | 230 V | 50/60 Hz W 320 x D 320 x H 350 mm 10 kg

RRP* 319.- €

GTIN 4015613666396

Stainless steel Non-stick coating Heat resistant 12 litre(s) 40 - 60 portions Cooking Keeping warm Cooking Keeping warm Yes Silicone mat as smolder protection 1 measuring beaker 1 rice spoon 1 stirring spoon 2,85 kW | 230 V | 50/60 Hz W 560 x D 465 x H 400 mm 15.7 kg

RRP* 189.- €

GTIN 4015613396286

Stainless steel Non-stick coating Heat resistant 8,5 kg Extra large handles 1 rice spoon 1 stirring spoon 0,11 kW | 230 V | 50/60 Hz W 395 x D 465 x H 395 mm 7.8 kg

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

SNACK / TAKE-AWAY / GRILL u Rice cookers

Rice cooker 8L

197

Toasters

Toaster TS20Sli

100282 • Material • Number of slits • Slit size • Designed for • Functions • Number of browning levels • Properties • Power load • Size • Weight

Toaster TB20

100203

SNACK / TAKE-AWAY / GRILL u Toasters

• Material

198

• Number of slits • Slit size • Designed for • Functions

• Number of browning levels • Control lamp • Operation • Control unit • Properties • Power load • Size • Weight

RRP* 55.- €

GTIN 4015613680262

Plastic 1 W 270 x D 38 x H 120 mm Toast Sandwich toast Toasting Defrosting 6 Product discharged via toast chute Cancellation button 1,3 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 405 x D 152 x H 268 mm 2.2 kg

RRP* 39.- €

GTIN 4015613630922

Stainless steel Brushed 2 140 x 35 mm Bagel Toast Defrosting Heating up One-sided toasting (bagels) Toasting 6 yes 1 control field for 2 slits Automatic activation by closing the lever arm Crumb drawer, can be removed 0,88 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 195 x D 300 x H 200 mm 1.4 kg

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

100201 • Material • Number of slits • Slit size • Designed for

• Functions • Number of browning levels • Operation • Control unit • Properties • Including • Power load • Size • Weight

Toaster TS40

100202 • Material • Number of slits • Slit size • Designed for

• Functions • Number of browning levels • Operation • Control unit • Properties • Including • Power load • Size • Weight

Toaster TS60

100197 • Material • Number of slits • Slit size • Designed for • Functions • Number of browning levels • Control lamp • Time adjustment • Timer • Control unit

• Operation

• Properties • Power load • Size • Weight

RRP* 51.- €

GTIN 4015613454412

Stainless steel 2 140 x 40 mm Bread roll Sandwich toast Toast Heating up Toasting 7 1 control field for 2 slits Automatic activation by closing the lever arm Crumb drawer, can be removed 1 bread roll top, can be detached 0,9 kW | 220-240 V | 50/60 Hz W 190 x D 265 x H 195 mm 1.85 kg

RRP* 83.- €

GTIN 4015613454429

Stainless steel 4 140 x 40 mm Bread roll Sandwich toast Toast Heating up Toasting 7 2 separate control fields for 2 slits each Automatic activation by closing the lever arm 2 crumb drawers, can be removed 2 bread roll tops, can be detached 1,4 kW | 230 V | 50/60 Hz W 320 x D 270 x H 195 mm 3.1 kg

RRP* 229.- €

GTIN 4015613670911

Stainless steel 6 W 145 x D 20 x H 135 mm Toast Sandwich toast Toasting 0 Heat up 1 to 5 minutes Yes Rocket switch Toggle Lever 1 control lever for 6 slots (manual ejection) Selection switch for commissioning the toast slit, group of 2 Crumb drawer, can be removed Signal tone after expiry of the time 2,5 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 405 x D 265 x H 220 mm 5.6 kg

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

SNACK / TAKE-AWAY / GRILL u Toasters

Toaster TS20

199

Conveyor toaster "Mini"

100211 • Material • Output / hour • Belt speed • Designed for

• Control lamp • Power load • Size • Weight

A100205 • Material • Output / hour • Belt speed • Designed for

• Control lamp • Power load • Size • Weight

A151300

SNACK / TAKE-AWAY / GRILL u Toasters

• Material • Number of levels • Size inside • Heat source • Time setting to • Timer • Including • Power load • Size • Weight

200

Quartz tube toaster, double

GTIN 4015613505473

RRP* 579.- €

GTIN 4015613421490

Stainless steel Approx. 150 slices of toast Can be controlled in 7 steps Bread roll Sandwich toast Toast Upper / lower heat (toast) Upper heat (bread roll) Standby yes 2,24 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 370 x D 420 x H 390 mm 16.13 kg

• Functions

Quartz tube toaster, single

Stainless steel Approx. 75 slices of toast Can be controlled in 7 steps Bread roll Sandwich toast Toast Upper / lower heat (toast) Upper heat (bread roll) Standby yes 1,34 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 285 x D 420 x H 390 mm 13.5 kg

• Functions

Conveyor toaster

RRP* 435.- €

A151600 • Material • Number of levels • Width inside • Depth inside • Height inside, each • Heat source • Time setting to • Timer • Including • Power load • Size • Weight

RRP* 182.- €

GTIN 4015613388601

Stainless steel 1 W 355 x D 240 x H 50 mm Quartz radiant heater 15 minute(s) Yes 1 toast tongs 1,7 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 400 x D 370 x H 285 mm 7.8 kg

RRP* 229.- €

GTIN 4015613385549

Stainless steel 2 355 mm 240 mm 50 mm Quartz radiant heater 15 minute(s) Yes 1 toast tongs 3 kW | 230 V | 50/60 Hz W 400 x D 370 x H 405 mm 10.3 kg

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

370160 • Material • Material baking trays • Number of baking units • Waffle form • Waffle size • Design baking tray(s) • Baking trays can be rotated • Temperature range • Control lamp • Including • Power load • Size • Weight

Waffle maker 2HW210

370161 • Material • Material baking trays • Number of baking units • Waffle form • Waffle size • Design baking tray(s) • Baking trays can be rotated • Temperature range • Control lamp • Including • Important information • Power load • Size • Weight

Waffle maker 1BW160-100

370162 • Material • Material baking trays • Number of baking units • Waffle form • Waffle size • Design baking tray(s) • Baking trays can be rotated • Temperature range • Control lamp • Including • Power load • Size • Weight

Waffle maker 2BW160-100

370163 • Material • Material baking trays • Number of baking units • Waffle form • Waffle size • Design baking tray(s) • Baking trays can be rotated • Temperature range • Control lamp • Important information • Including • Power load • Size • Weight

RRP* 539.- €

GTIN 4015613503431

Stainless steel Cast iron, enamelled 1 Heart waffle Ø 210 mm, height 16 mm Permanently mounted No 25 °C to 300 °C yes 1 cleaning brush 2,2 kW | 230 V | 50/60 Hz W 285 x D 460 x H 255 mm 15.5 kg RRP* 909.- €

GTIN 4015613503448

Stainless steel Cast iron, enamelled 2 Heart waffle Ø 210 mm, height 16 mm Permanently mounted No 25 °C to 300 °C yes 1 cleaning brush 2 separate sockets required 4,4 kW | 2 x 230 V | 50/60 Hz W 600 x D 460 x H 255 mm 31 kg RRP* 539.- €

GTIN 4015613503455

Stainless steel Cast iron, enamelled 1 Brussels waffle 160 x 100 mm, height 32 mm Permanently mounted No 25 °C to 300 °C yes 1 cleaning brush 2,2 kW | 230 V | 50/60 Hz W 285 x D 460 x H 255 mm 23.5 kg RRP* 909.- €

GTIN 4015613503462

Stainless steel Cast iron, enamelled 2 Brussels waffle 160 x 100 mm, height 32 mm Permanently mounted No 25 °C to 300 °C yes 2 separate sockets required 1 cleaning brush 4,4 kW | 2 x 230 V | 50/60 Hz W 600 x D 460 x H 225 mm 45.9 kg

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

SNACK / TAKE-AWAY / GRILL u Waffle makers

Waffle maker 1HW210

201

Waffle maker "Deluxe II"

370165

RRP* 459.- €

GTIN 4015613655369

Perfect Brussels waffles – crispy on the outside, juicy and soft inside. Thanks to the 180° rotation during the baking process, the dough is distributed perfectly. • Material • Material baking trays • Number of baking units • Waffle form • Waffle size • Design baking tray(s) • Baking trays can be rotated • Turning the baking trays • Temperature range • Control lamp

► Crispy on the outside, juicy and soft inside ► Perfect dough distribution thanks to the 180° rotation

► Easy to clean ► 2 detachable drip trays below the baking plates

• ON/OFF switch • Protection class • Including • Power load • Size • Weight

Waffle maker "Deluxe" 1BW170D

370164 • Material • Material baking trays • Number of baking units • Waffle size • Design baking tray(s) • Baking trays can be rotated • Turning the baking trays • Temperature range • Control lamp • Timer • Programming

SNACK / TAKE-AWAY / GRILL u Waffle makers

• ON/OFF switch • Digital display • Including • Power load • Size • Weight

202

Waffle maker 1BW16080

370169 • Material • Material baking trays • Number of baking units • Waffle form • Waffle size • Design baking tray(s) • Baking trays can be rotated • Temperature range • Control lamp • Timer • Programming • ON/OFF switch • Digital display • Including • Power load • Size • Weight

Stainless steel cast aluminium Non-stick coating 1 Brussels waffle 165 x 100 mm, height 10 mm Permanently mounted Yes 180 ° right/left turn 50 °C to 300 °C ON/OFF Heat up Yes IPX3 2 drip trays, W 215 x D 285 x H 18 mm 1,5 kW | 220-240 V | 50/60 Hz W 525 x D 340 x H 250 mm 14.3 kg

RRP* 519.- €

GTIN 4015613581163

Stainless steel Die-cast aluminum, coated 1 Ø 170 mm, height 35 mm Permanently mounted Yes 180 ° right/left turn 125 °C to 230 °C yes Yes Baking time Temperature Yes Yes 1 collection tray, W 250 x D 280 mm 1 kW | 230 V | 50/60 Hz W 260 x D 505 x H 320 mm 10.5 kg

RRP* 598.- €

GTIN 4015613674612

Stainless steel Cast iron Non-stick coating 1 Brussels waffle 160 x 80 mm, height 26 mm Permanently mounted No 100 °C to 300 °C Heat up ON/OFF Yes Baking time Yes Yes 1 cleaning brush 2,2 kW | 220-230 V | 50/60 Hz W 290 x D 465 x H 320 mm 19.65 kg

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

104446

RRP* 459.- €

• Material • Material crêpe trays • Number of crêpe plates • Diameter crêpe trays • Design crêpe trays • Temperature range • Control lamp • Including

104447

RRP* 819.- €

• Material • Material crêpe trays • Number of crêpe plates • Diameter crêpe trays • Design crêpe trays • Crêpe trays can be controlled separately • Temperature range • Control lamp • Important information • Including • Power load • Size • Weight

Crépe maker gas, 1 plate, 400mm

1043413

1043423

GTIN 4015613503486

Stainless steel Cast iron, enamelled 2 400 mm Permanently mounted Yes 50 °C to 300 °C Heat up 2 separate sockets required 1 dough distributor 1 dough turner 6 kW | 2 x 230 V | 50/60 Hz W 870 x D 510 x H 250 mm 39.6 kg

RRP* 929.- €

• Material • Material crêpe trays • Number of crêpe plates • Diameter crêpe trays • Design crêpe trays • Gas type • Gas burner • Power • Size • Weight

Crépe maker gas, 2 plates, 400mm

GTIN 4015613503479

Stainless steel Cast iron, enamelled 1 400 mm Permanently mounted 50 °C to 300 °C Heat up 1 dough distributor 1 dough turner 3 kW | 230 V | 50/60 Hz W 450 x D 510 x H 250 mm 21 kg

• Power load • Size • Weight

Crêpe maker, 2 plates, 400mm

GTIN 4015613412948

Stainless steel lamella mould, surface ground 1 400 mm Detachable Liquid gas 6-fold star burner 6 kW W 475 x D 470 x H 195 mm 19 kg

RRP* 1,639.- €

• Material • Material crêpe trays • Number of crêpe plates • Diameter crêpe trays • Crêpe trays can be controlled separately • Design crêpe trays • Gas type • Gas burner • Power • Size • Weight

GTIN 4015613412955

Stainless steel lamella mould, surface ground 2 400 mm Yes Detachable Liquid gas 6-fold star burner 12 kW W 860 x D 470 x H 195 mm 35.2 kg

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

SNACK / TAKE-AWAY / GRILL u Crêpe makers

Crêpe maker, 1 plate, 400mm

203

Microwave ovens

Microwave 23L, 900W

610836 • Material • Material cooking chamber • Microwave output • Number of output levels • Functions • Content • Size inside • Time setting to • With rotary plate • Rotary plate • Power load • Size • Weight

SNACK / TAKE-AWAY / GRILL u Microwave ovens

Microwave 23L, 900W, grill

204

610826 • Material • Material cooking chamber • Microwave output • Grill output • Number of output levels • Functions

• Size inside • Content • Time setting to • With rotary plate • Rotary plate • Including • Power load • Size • Weight

RRP* 179.- €

GTIN 4015613518992

Stainless steel Stainless steel 900 W 6 Defrosting Heating 23 litre(s) W 315 x D 290 x H 200 mm 30 minute(s) Yes Material: Glass Ø 270 mm 1,4 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 483 x D 425 x H 281 mm 12.6 kg

RRP* 202.- €

GTIN 4015613335285

Stainless steel Stainless steel 900 W 1000 W 9 Defrosting Heating Grill (can be combined) W 315 x D 290 x H 200 mm 23 litre(s) 30 minute(s) Yes Material: Glass Ø 270 mm 1 grill frame, Ø 200 mm, height 90 mm 1,4 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 483 x D 425 x H 281 mm 13.5 kg

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

610835 • Material • Material cooking chamber • Microwave output • Grill output • Hot air output • Number of output levels • Functions

• Content • Size inside • Time setting to • Digital display • Timer • LED display • With rotary plate • Rotary plate • Including • Power load • Size • Weight

Microwave 10250M

610184 • Material • Material cooking chamber • Microwave output • Number of magnetrons • Number of output levels • Functions • Content • Size inside • Time setting to • Interior lighting • LED display • With rotary plate • Power load • Size • Weight

Microwave 25L, 1000W

610182 • Material • Material cooking chamber • Microwave output • Number of magnetrons • Number of output levels • Functions • Content • Size inside • Time setting to • Digital display • LED display • With rotary plate • Power load • Size • Weight

RRP* 259.- €

GTIN 4015613520056

Stainless steel Stainless steel 900 W 1000 W 1950 W 10 Defrosting Heating Grill (can be combined) Hot air (can be combined) 25 litre(s) W 320 x D 315 x H 200 mm 95 minute(s) Yes Digital Yes Yes Material: Glass Ø 270 mm 1 grill pan, Ø 275 mm, height 50 mm, detachable handle 1,4 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 483 x D 422 x H 281 mm 16.6 kg

RRP* 449.- €

GTIN 4015613649450

Stainless steel Stainless steel 1000 W 1 1 Heating 25 litre(s) W 310 x D 325 x H 200 mm 6 minute(s) Yes Yes No 1,55 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 515 x D 435 x H 310 mm 15.2 kg

RRP* 489.- €

GTIN 4015613487762

Stainless steel Stainless steel 1000 W 1 6 Defrosting Heating 25 litre(s) W 335 x D 360 x H 200 mm 60 minute(s) Yes Yes No 1,5 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 520 x D 465 x H 312 mm 17.4 kg

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

SNACK / TAKE-AWAY / GRILL u Microwave ovens

Microwave DIG, 25L,900W,grill,conv.

205

Microwave DIG, 25L, 1000W

610181 • Material • Material cooking chamber • Microwave output • Number of magnetrons • Number of output levels • Functions • Settable programs • Content • Size inside • Time setting to • Digital display • LED display • Timer • Interior lighting • With rotary plate • Power load • Size • Weight

Microwave 18340M

610192 • Material • Material cooking chamber • Microwave output • Number of magnetrons • Number of output levels • Functions

SNACK / TAKE-AWAY / GRILL u Microwave ovens

• Content • Size inside • Time setting to • Digital display • Timer • With rotary plate • Interior lighting • Power load • Size • Weight

206

Microwave 18340D

610188 • Material • Material cooking chamber • Microwave output • Number of magnetrons • Number of output levels • Functions • Settable programs • Content • Size inside • Time setting to • Digital display • Timer • With rotary plate • Interior lighting • Power load • Size • Weight

RRP* 509.- €

GTIN 4015613440101

Stainless steel Stainless steel 1000 W 1 3 Heating Defrosting 20 25 litre(s) W 335 x D 360 x H 200 mm 99 minute(s) Yes Yes Digital Yes No 1,5 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 520 x D 465 x H 312 mm 17.4 kg

RRP* 1,119.- €

GTIN 4015613658599

Stainless steel Stainless steel 1800 W 2 6 Defrosting Heating 34 litre(s) W 360 x D 400 x H 215 mm 60 minute(s) Yes Digital No Yes 3 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 570 x D 535 x H 365 mm 33.2 kg

RRP* 1,119.- €

GTIN 4015613649467

Stainless steel Stainless steel 1800 W 2 4 Defrosting Heating 100 34 litre(s) W 360 x D 400 x H 215 mm 60 minute(s) Yes Digital No Yes 3 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 570 x D 535 x H 365 mm 33.05 kg

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

610189 • Material • Material cooking chamber • Microwave output • Number of magnetrons • Number of output levels • Functions • Settable programs • Content • Size inside • Time setting to • Timer • With rotary plate • Interior lighting • Properties • Power load • Size • Weight

Microwave Samsung CM1919A,26L,1850W

610191 • Material • Material cooking chamber • Microwave output • Number of output levels • Number of magnetrons • Functions • Content • Gastronorm • Size inside • LED display • With rotary plate • Interior lighting • Stackable • Properties

• Including • Power load • Size • Weight

RRP* 1,229.- €

GTIN 4015613658582

Stainless steel Stainless steel 2100 W 2 10 Defrosting Heating 10 17 litre(s) W 330 x D 308 x H 160 mm 60 minute(s) Digital No Yes Tactile buttons USB flash memory option 3,2 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 420 x D 555 x H 340 mm 31.75 kg

RRP* 1,298.- €

GTIN 4015613639413

Stainless steel Stainless steel 1850 W 5 2 2 defrosting functions Heating 26 litre(s) 2/3 GN W 370 x D 370 x H 190 mm Yes No Yes Yes 2 corrugated filters 5-fold door lock Ceiling panelling dishwasher-suitable 1 affixing metal sheet to stacking the microwaves 3,2 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 465 x D 602 x H 365 mm 33.6 kg

Microwave Samsung CM1919A,26L,1850W

Microwave Samsung CM1929A,26L,1850W

• Timer

Manual + 20 second button W 465 x D 602 x H 365 mm 33.6 kg 4015613639413

• Size • Weight • GTIN

610191

RRP* 1,298.- €

Digital + 20 second button W 465 x D 602 x H 365 mm 34 kg 4015613639406

• Size • Weight • GTIN 2

610190

RRP* 1,298.- €

Component parts Wall-mounting shelf 520x400mm, SS

Wall-mounting shelf 600x600mm, SS

• Material: CNS 18/10 • Size utility space: W 520 x D 400 mm • Load-bearing capacity max.: 40 kg • Size: W 520 x D 400 x H 150 mm • Weight: 3.39 kg • GTIN: 4015613431963

• Material: CNS 18/10 • Size utility space: W 600 x D 600 mm • Load-bearing capacity max.: 50 kg • Size: W 600 x D 600 x H 155 mm • Weight: 5.4 kg • GTIN: 4015613434988

174520

RRP*

63.- €

174600

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

RRP*

89.- €

SNACK / TAKE-AWAY / GRILL u Microwave ovens

Microwave 21170D

207

WARMING TECHNOLOGY | BUFFET

â&#x20AC;&#x2039;

The art of keeping food warm often decides the quality of a buffet. That's why it depends on the right warming technology. Our varied selection of products has everything from chafing dishes to bain maries.

208

200230 • Material • Number of tanks • Basin size, GN format • Depth GN container max. • Water drain tap • Power load • Size • Weight

Bain Marie, 1/1GN, 150mm, w. faucet

200240 • Material • Number of tanks • Basin size, GN format • Depth GN container max. • Water drain tap • Power load • Size • Weight

Bain Marie, 1/1GN, 200mm, w. faucet

200207 • Material • Number of tanks • Basin size, GN format • Depth GN container max. • Water drain tap • Power load • Size • Weight

RRP* 142.- €

GTIN 4015613423647

Chrome-nickel steel 1 1 x 1/1 GN 150 mm No 1,2 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 338 x D 540 x H 248 mm 8 kg

RRP* 155.- €

GTIN 4015613468969

Chrome-nickel steel 1 1 x 1/1 GN 150 mm Yes 1,2 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 340 x D 590 x H 240 mm 7.5 kg

RRP* 205.- €

GTIN 4015613379678

Chrome-nickel steel 1 1 x 1/1 GN 200 mm Yes 1,2 kW | 230 V | 50/60 Hz W 355 x D 550 x H 295 mm 9.5 kg

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

WARMING TECHNOLOGY / BUFFET u Bain Maries

Bain Marie, 1/1GN, 150mm

209

Bain Marie, 2x 1/2GN, 150mm

200232 • Material • Number of tanks • Basin size, GN format • Depth GN container max. • Water drain tap • Including • Power load • Size • Weight

Bain Marie, 3x 1/3GN, 150mm

200233 • Material • Number of tanks • Basin size, GN format • Depth GN container max. • Water drain tap • Power load • Including • Size • Weight

Egg boiler EH6

115129

RRP* 172.- €

GTIN 4015613423654

Chrome-nickel steel 1 2 x 1/2 GN 150 mm No 2 GN containers 1/2 GN 2 lids with spoon recess 1,2 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 338 x D 540 x H 248 mm 10.3 kg

RRP* 189.- €

GTIN 4015613423678

Chrome-nickel steel 1 1 x 1/1 GN 150 mm No 1,2 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz 3 GN containers 1/3 GN 3 lids with spoon recess W 338 x D 540 x H 248 mm 10.6 kg

RRP* 229.- €

GTIN 4015613675770

WARMING TECHNOLOGY / BUFFET u Bain Maries

Freshly boiled eggs, just how you want them. Whether soft, medium or hard boiled – with this egg cooker each guest at the breakfast buffet can set the wished hardness level.

210

• Material • Number of tanks • Beaker capacity • Size basin • Temperature range • Safety thermostat • Egg holder model • Egg holder removable • Hardness setting: • Control lamp • Heating element in stainless steel • Heating element • Power load • Size • Weight

► The perfect breakfast egg ► The egg hardness can be set individually

► Easy and clear ► 6 egg holders in various colours

Stainless steel 1 4 litre(s) W 301 x D 152 x H 200 mm 30 °C to 110 °C Yes 6 separate holders, marked in colour Egg size: Small, medium Yes Manual Heat up Yes Permanently installed 2,6 kW | 220-240 V | 50/60 Hz W 365 x D 220 x H 290 mm 4.3 kg

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

605035 • Material • Number of pots • Content • Temperature range • Power load • Size • Weight

Bain Marie Hotpot, 1x pot, 6,5l

605065 • Material • Number of pots • Content • Temperature range • Power load • Size • Weight

Bain Marie Hotpot, 2x pot, 3,5l

606035 • Material • Number of pots • Content, each • Temperature range • Power load • Size • Weight

Bain Marie Hotpot, 2x pot, 6,5l

606065 • Material • Number of pots • Content, each • Temperature range • Power load • Size • Weight

RRP* 259.- €

GTIN 4015613520612

Stainless steel 1 3,5 litre(s) 35 °C to 95 °C 0,15 kW | 230 V | 50/60 Hz W 210 x D 210 x H 320 mm 3.5 kg

RRP* 275.- €

GTIN 4015613520629

Stainless steel 1 6,5 litre(s) 35 °C to 95 °C 0,2 kW | 230 V | 50/60 Hz W 255 x D 280 x H 330 mm 4.5 kg

RRP* 369.- €

GTIN 4015613520650

Stainless steel 2 can be controlled separately 3.5 litres 35 °C to 95 °C 0,3 kW | 230 V | 50/60 Hz W 415 x D 210 x H 320 mm 6.2 kg

RRP* 415.- €

GTIN 4015613520636

Stainless steel 2 6.5 litres 35 °C to 95 °C 0,4 kW | 230 V | 50/60 Hz W 505 x D 280 x H 320 mm 7.9 kg

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

WARMING TECHNOLOGY / BUFFET u Hotpots

Bain Marie Hotpot, 1x pot, 3,5l

211

Bain Marie Hotpot, 3x pot, 3,5l

607035 • Material • Number of pots

GTIN 4015613520667

Stainless steel 3 can be controlled separately 3.5 litres 35 °C to 95 °C 0,45 kW | 230 V | 50/60 Hz W 610 x D 240 x H 320 mm 9 kg

• Content, each • Temperature range • Power load • Size • Weight

Bain Marie Hotpot, 4x pot, 3,5l

RRP* 489.- €

608035 • Material • Number of pots

RRP* 559.- €

GTIN 4015613520674

Stainless steel 4 can be controlled separately 3.5 litres 35 °C to 95 °C 0,6 kW | 230 V | 50/60 Hz W 415 x D 415 x H 320 mm 10.7 kg

• Content, each • Temperature range • Power load • Size • Weight

WARMING TECHNOLOGY / BUFFET u Hotpots

Component parts

212

Insert pot 3,5 litres for hotpot

Insert pot 6,5 litres for hotpot

• Content: 3,5 litre(s) • Size: W 190 x D 190 x H 215 mm • Weight: 0.54 kg • GTIN: 4015613520698

• Content: 6,5 litre(s) • Size: W 240 x D 240 x H 210 mm • Weight: 0.76 kg • GTIN: 4015613520704

609035

RRP*

37.- €

609065

Lid for hotpot 3,5L

Lid for hotpot 6,5L

• Size: W 190 x D 190 x H 25 mm • Weight: 0.15 kg • GTIN: 4015613520711

• Size: W 240 x D 240 x H 25 mm • Weight: 0.24 kg • GTIN: 4015613520728

609135

RRP*

8.50 €

609165

41.- €

10.50 €

RRP*

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

Chocolate warmer 1,25L

900005

RRP* 34.- €

GTIN 4015613669892

be it milk chocolate, dark chocolate or white chocolate - gentle heating of up to 1.25 litres of chocolate without burning.

• Content • Designed for

• Temperature range • Control unit • Control lamp • Power load • Size • Weight

Foodwarmer "Mini" 1,25L

A100266 • Material • Inner pot • Content • Temperature range • Temperature control • Lid properties • Power load • Size • Weight

Foodwarmer 5,5L

A100155 • Material • Inner pot • Content • Temperature range • Temperature control • Lid properties • Power load • Size • Weight

Foodwarmer 6,5L

A100265 • Material • Inner pot • Content • Temperature range • Temperature control • Lid properties • Power load • Size • Weight

Stainless steel Ceramic Can be removed 1,25 litre(s) Milk chocolate White chocolate Dark chocolate 40 °C to 58 °C Toggle yes 0,12 kW | 230 V | 50/60 Hz W 230 x D 220 x H 200 mm 2 kg

RRP* 31.- €

GTIN 4015613610580

Aluminium Ceramic Can be removed 1,25 litre(s) 65 °C to 75 °C 3 levels Transparent Thermally insulated handle 0,12 kW | 230 V | 50/60 Hz W 230 x D 220 x H 200 mm 2.05 kg

RRP* 46.- €

GTIN 4015613397894

Aluminium Ceramic Can be removed 5,5 litre(s) 20 °C to 96 °C 3 levels Transparent Thermally insulated handle 0,28 kW | 230 V | 50/60 Hz W 345 x D 345 x H 276 mm 5.4 kg

RRP* 49.- €

GTIN 4015613405346

Aluminium Ceramic Can be removed 6,5 litre(s) 20 °C to 96 °C 3 levels Transparent Thermally insulated handle 0,32 kW | 230 V | 50/60 Hz W 410 x D 295 x H 240 mm 5.7 kg

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

WARMING TECHNOLOGY / BUFFET u Foodwarmers

• Material • Inner pot

213

Soup kettles

Soup kettle 5,4L

100062 • Material

• Inner pot • Content • Temperature range • Heating type • Lid properties

WARMING TECHNOLOGY / BUFFET u Soup kettles

• Including • Power load • Size • Weight

214

Soup kettle Club, 8,5L, black

100067 • Material

• Inner pot • Content • Temperature range • Heating type • Lid properties

• Including • Power load • Size • Weight

RRP* 76.- €

GTIN 4015613634821

Steel plate Painted Stainless steel Stainless steel Can be removed 5,4 litre(s) 35 °C to 95 °C Indirect Detachable, with handle Can be turned Divided Thermally insulated handle 8 soup labels, magnetic adhesion 0,3 kW | 230 V | 50/60 Hz W 255 x D 267 x H 385 mm 3.05 kg

RRP* 79.- €

GTIN 4015613442587

Steel plate Painted Stainless steel Stainless steel Can be removed 8,5 litre(s) 30 °C to 95 °C Indirect Detachable, with handle Can be turned Thermally insulated handle Can be folded Spoon recess 8 soup labels, magnetic adhesion 0,4 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 295 x D 295 x H 385 mm 3.4 kg

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

100054 • Material

• Inner pot • Content • Temperature range • Heating type • Lid properties

• Including • Power load • Size • Weight

Soup kettle Economic, 9L, black

100061 • Material

• Inner pot • Content • Temperature range • Heating type • Lid properties

• Including • Power load • Size • Weight

Soup kettle De Luxe, 9L, SS

100058 • Material • Inner pot • Content • Temperature range • Heating type • Lid properties

• Including • Power load • Size • Weight

RRP* 88.- €

GTIN 4015613353432

Steel plate Painted Stainless steel Stainless steel Can be removed 9 litre(s) 30 °C to 95 °C Indirect Detachable, with handle Can be turned Thermally insulated handle Can be folded Spoon recess 8 soup labels, magnetic adhesion 0,4 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 345 x D 345 x H 360 mm 4.5 kg

RRP* 87.- €

GTIN 4015613421292

Steel plate Painted Stainless steel Stainless steel Can be removed 9 litre(s) 48 °C to 94 °C Indirect Detachable, with handle Can be turned Divided Thermally insulated handle Can be folded 8 soup labels, magnetic adhesion 0,4 kW | 230 V | 50/60 Hz W 360 x D 330 x H 370 mm 3.9 kg

RRP* 125.- €

GTIN 4015613367736

Stainless steel Stainless steel Can be removed 9 litre(s) 30 °C to 95 °C Indirect Detachable, with handle Can be turned Thermally insulated handle Can be folded Spoon recess 8 soup labels, magnetic adhesion 0,4 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 345 x D 345 x H 360 mm 4.5 kg

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

WARMING TECHNOLOGY / BUFFET u Soup kettles

Party kettle, 9L, black

215

Soup kettle, 10L, black

100048 • Material • Inner pot • Content • Temperature range • Heating type • Temperature control • Lid properties

• Power load • Size • Weight

Soup kettle Gourmet, 10L, black

100047 • Material • Inner pot • Content • Temperature range • Heating type • Lid properties

WARMING TECHNOLOGY / BUFFET u Soup kettles

• Power load • Size • Weight

216

Party stockpot, 16L

A150510 • Material • Content • Heating type • Power load • Size • Weight

RRP* 79.- €

GTIN 4015613610702

Plastic Stainless steel Can be removed 10 litre(s) 57 °C to 84 °C Indirect Stepless Can be turned Transparent Can be folded Spoon recess Polycarbonate 0,45 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 330 x D 330 x H 380 mm 3 kg

RRP* 129.- €

GTIN 4015613364704

Plastic Chrome-nickel steel Can be removed 10 litre(s) 50 °C to 95 °C Indirect Can be turned Thermally insulated handle Can be folded Spoon recess 0,45 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 390 x D 390 x H 380 mm 5.2 kg

RRP* 152.- €

GTIN 4016098101822

Steel Enamelled 16 litre(s) Direct, without water 1,8 kW | 230 V | 50/60 Hz W 465 x D 365 x H 370 mm 4.7 kg

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

500835 • Material • Material lid • Content • Diameter inner container • Heating type • Functions • Material handle(s) • Lid properties • Power load • Size • Weight

Chafing dish 1/1 1000 E

500831 • Material • Material lid • Content • Gastronorm • Depth GN container max. • Heating type • Temperature control • Functions • Material handle(s) • Lid properties • Including • Power load • Size • Weight

Chafing dish 1/1 2200 E

500830 • Material • Material lid • Content • Gastronorm • Depth GN container max. • Heating type • Temperature control • Functions • Material handle(s) • Lid properties • Including • Power load • Size • Weight

Hot-pot station 2x4L 2200 E

500840 • Material • Material lid • Number of pots • Content, each • Heating type • Material handle(s) • Lid properties • Including • Power load • Size • Weight

RRP* 115.- €

GTIN 4015613390857

Chrome-nickel steel Glass 3,8 litre(s) 300 mm Electro Keeping warm Chrome-nickel steel Transparent 0,5 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 405 x D 330 x H 220 mm 3.7 kg RRP* 205.- €

GTIN 4015613389820

Chrome-nickel steel Chrome-nickel steel 13,5 litre(s) 1/1 GN 100 mm Electro 8 levels Thermostatic Keeping warm Chrome-nickel steel Detachable, with handle 1 lid holder 1 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 623 x D 356 x H 285 mm 8.3 kg RRP* 159.- €

GTIN 4015613370033

Chrome-nickel steel Plastic Chrome-nickel steel 13,5 litre(s) 1/1 GN 100 mm Electro 8 levels Thermostatic Keeping warm Chrome-nickel steel Detachable, with handle 1 lid holder 2,2 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 636 x D 357 x H 287 mm 6.2 kg RRP* 189.- €

GTIN 4015613370040

Chrome-nickel steel Plastic Chrome-nickel steel 2 4 litres Electro Chrome-nickel steel Detachable, with handle Spoon recess 1 lid holder 2 soup ladles 2,2 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 636 x D 357 x H 460 mm 7 kg

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

WARMING TECHNOLOGY / BUFFET u Chafing dishes

Chafing dish 3,8L 500 E

217

Chafing dish 1/1 "COOL + HOT"

500850 • Material

• Material lid • Content • Gastronorm • Depth GN container max. • Heating type • Temperature range • Functions • Material handle(s) • Lid properties • Digital display • Coolant • Including • Power load • Size • Weight

Chafing dish 1/1 "Flexible"

500507

RRP* 505.- €

GTIN 4015613525860

Stainless steel Steel plate Painted Polycarbonate 9 litre(s) 1/1 GN 65 mm Electro -5 °C to 75 °C Cooling Keeping warm Stainless steel Transparent Roll-top Yes R134a 1 GN container 1/1 GN 65 mm deep, stainless steel 0,7 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 610 x D 360 x H 450 mm 15.3 kg

RRP* 398.- €

GTIN 4015613696003

Using this chafing dish in combination with an induction or glass ceramic hob offers unlimited possibilities. This allows the temperature in the chafing dish to be controlled via the external hob. • Material • Material lid • Content • GN-capable • Heating type

WARMING TECHNOLOGY / BUFFET u Chafing dishes

• Functions • Lid properties

218

• Properties

• Important information

• Including • Size • Weight

► Infinite possibilities ► The chafing dish can be used in combination with an induction or a glass ceramic hob ► Capacity: 8.5 litres ► 1 GN container 1/1 GN, 65 mm deep

► Be it induction or glass ceramic ► The temperature in the chafing dish can be controlled via the external hob ► We recommend using this unit in combination with the induction cooker IK 35-EB

► Soft-Close mechanism ► Lid with window

Stainless steel Stainless steel Plexiglas 8,5 litre(s) Yes External, via level induction or glass ceramic installed hob Keeping warm With window Soft-Close mechanism (hydraulic lid hinge) Heat control via external hob Dishwasher-suitable Lift-up device for GN containers We recommend using this unit in combination with the induction cooker IK 35-EB 1 GN container 1/1 GN 65 mm deep, stainless steel W 580 x D 420 x H 205 mm 7 kg

► Lift-up device ► Easy removal of the GN container

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

500481 • Material • Material lid • Gastronorm • Depth GN container max. • Heating type • Functions • Number of fuel past containers • Material handle(s) • Lid properties • Stackable • Size • Weight

Chafing dish 1/1 BP

500482 • Material • Material lid • Gastronorm • Depth GN container max. • Heating type • Number of fuel past containers • Functions • Material handle(s) • Stackable • Lid properties • Size • Weight

Chafing dish set 1/1 BP

500486 • Material • Material lid • Gastronorm • Depth GN container max. • Heating type • Number of fuel past containers • Functions • Material handle(s) • Stackable • Lid properties • Size • Weight

Chafing dish 1/1 BP Plus

500482V • Material • Material lid • Gastronorm • Depth GN container max. • Heating type • Number of fuel past containers • Functions • Material handle(s) • Stackable • Lid properties • Including • Voltage • Frequency • Size • Weight

RRP* 42.- €

GTIN 4015613366708

Chrome-nickel steel Chrome-nickel steel 1/2 GN 65 mm Fuel paste Keeping warm 1 Chrome-nickel steel Detachable, with handle Yes W 375 x D 290 x H 320 mm 2.7 kg RRP* 53.- €

GTIN 4015613366715

Chrome-nickel steel Chrome-nickel steel 1/1 GN 65 mm Fuel paste 2 Keeping warm Chrome-nickel steel Yes Detachable, with handle One-sided lid holder W 610 x D 350 x H 320 mm 4.25 kg RRP* 99.- €

GTIN 4015613439617

Chrome-nickel steel Chrome-nickel steel 1/1 GN 65 mm Fuel paste 2 Keeping warm Chrome-nickel steel Yes Detachable, with handle One-sided lid holder W 610 x D 355 x H 300 mm 8.6 kg RRP* 89.50 €

GTIN 4015613417400

Chrome-nickel steel Chrome-nickel steel 1/1 GN 65 mm Fuel paste Electro (optional) 2 Keeping warm Chrome-nickel steel Yes Detachable, with handle One-sided lid holder 1 electrical heater 220-230 V 50/60 Hz W 610 x D 350 x H 320 mm 5.45 kg

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

WARMING TECHNOLOGY / BUFFET u Chafing dishes

Chafing dish 1/2 BP

219

Chafing dish 1/1 BP XL

500494 • Material • Material lid • Gastronorm • Depth GN container max. • Heating type • Number of fuel past containers • Functions • Material handle(s) • Stackable • Lid properties • Size • Weight

Chafing dish 1/1 BP H

500456 • Material • Material lid • Gastronorm • Depth GN container max. • Heating type • Number of fuel past containers • Functions • Material handle(s) • Lid properties • Size • Weight

WARMING TECHNOLOGY / BUFFET u Chafing dishes

Chafing dish 1/1 BP "Rolltop"

220

500458 • Material • Material lid • Gastronorm • Depth GN container max. • Heating type • Number of fuel past containers • Functions • Lid properties • Material handle(s) • Size • Weight

RRP* 66.- €

GTIN 4015613536903

Chrome-nickel steel Chrome-nickel steel 1/1 GN 100 mm Fuel paste 2 Keeping warm Chrome-nickel steel Yes Detachable, with handle One-sided lid holder W 605 x D 350 x H 305 mm 4.1 kg

RRP* 136.- €

GTIN 4015613443089

Chrome-nickel steel Chrome-nickel steel 1/1 GN 65 mm Fuel paste 2 Keeping warm Plastic, wooden trim Detachable, with handle Three-sided lid holder W 620 x D 350 x H 385 mm 6.35 kg

RRP* 176.- €

GTIN 4015613412771

Chrome-nickel steel Chrome-nickel steel 1/1 GN 65 mm Fuel paste 2 Keeping warm Roll-top Plastic, wooden trim W 620 x D 350 x H 430 mm 8 kg

Component parts Electric heater CD 1/1 BP

Rolltop cover CD 1/1 E

Rolltop cover CD 1/1 BP

• Diameter: 130 mm • Material: Stainless steel • Overheating protection: Yes • Power load: 0,45 kW | 220-230 V | 50/60 Hz • Size: W 130 x D 140 x H 100 mm • Weight: 1.2 kg • GTIN: 4015613410166

• Material: Chrome-nickel steel • Size: W 525 x D 330 x H 165 mm • Weight: 3.6 kg • GTIN: 4015613433479

• Material: Chrome-nickel steel • Size: W 535 x D 365 x H 170 mm • Weight: 3 kg • GTIN: 4015613412788

500464

RRP*

39.50 €

500833

RRP*

69.- €

500459

RRP*

73.- €

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

Chafing fuels

500048 • Content / can • Burning duration/can approx. • Order quantity unit • Properties

• Size • Weight

Chafing fuel Eco-Fire, 200g

500653 • Content / can • Burning duration/can approx. • Order quantity unit • Properties

• Size • Weight

Chafing fuel Bartscher 200g can

500060 • Content / can • Burning duration/can approx. • Order quantity unit • Properties

• Size • Weight

Chafing fuelBartscher3,2kg stor.can

500063 • Content / bucket • Burning duration/can approx. • Order quantity unit • Properties

• Size • Weight

RRP* 50.40 €

GTIN 4015613651507

200 g 2.5 hours 1 box (48 cans) Burns cleanly and odour-free Contains nontoxic ethanol With green dot W 85 x D 85 x H 55 mm 0.2 kg

RRP* 50.88 €

GTIN 4015613653396

200 g 2.5 hours 1 box (48 cans) Burns cleanly and odour-free Contains nontoxic ethanol With green dot W 85 x D 85 x H 55 mm 0.2 kg

RRP* 79.20 €

GTIN 4015613467726

200 g 3.5 hours 1 box (72 cans) Burns cleanly and odour-free Contains nontoxic ethanol With green dot W 85 x D 85 x H 55 mm 0.2 kg

RRP* 66.- €

GTIN 4015613467740

3.2 kg 3.5 hours 1 box (4 buckets) Burns cleanly and odour-free Contains nontoxic ethanol With green dot For refilling Bartscher fuel paste W 170 x D 170 x H 215 mm 3.2 kg

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

WARMING TECHNOLOGY / BUFFET u Chafing fuels

Chafing fuel Apexa 200g can

221

Hot displays

Hot display R4 4 x 1/3 GN

305058 • Material • Content • Capacity GN • Depth GN container max. • Temperature range • Front pane • Type of glass

WARMING TECHNOLOGY / BUFFET u Hot displays

• Safety glass • Temperature control • Type of door • Position of the door • Heating type • Water bowl for air humidification • Including • Power load • Size • Weight

222

Hot display R6 6 x 1/3 GN

305059 • Material • Content • Capacity GN • Depth GN container max. • Temperature range • Temperature control • Front pane • Type of glass • Safety glass • Type of door • Position of the door • Heating type • Water bowl for air humidification • Including • Power load • Size • Weight

RRP* 459.- €

GTIN 4015613681818

Stainless steel Glass 46 litre(s) 4 x 1/3 GN 40 mm 30 °C to 90 °C Rounded Single glazing All-round glass Yes Stepless Sliding door(s) Reverse Dry heated No GN containers 0,5 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 775 x D 420 x H 335 mm 38 kg

RRP* 549.- €

GTIN 4015613681825

Stainless steel Glass 68 litre(s) 6 x 1/3 GN 40 mm 30 °C to 90 °C Stepless Rounded Single glazing All-round glass Yes Sliding door(s) Reverse Dry heated No GN containers 0,8 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 1,135 x D 420 x H 335 mm 42 kg

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

700217 • Material • Content • Capacity GN • Depth GN container max. • Temperature range • Front pane • Type of glass • Safety glass • Type of door • Position of the door • Heating type • Water bowl for air humidification • Control lamp • Properties • Including

► Including: 8 GN container 1/6 GN ► Depth GN container max.: 100 mm

• Power load • Size • Weight

Hot display unit for 1/1 GN

A203095 • Material

• Gastronorm • Temperature range • Front pane • Safety glass • Water bowl for air humidification • Control lamp • Heating type • Properties • Including • Power load • Size • Weight

Hot display unit, "Deli Compact"

306057 • Material • Content • Size Clipboard top • Size Clipboard bottom • Temperature range • Safety glass • Type of door • Position of the door • Heating type • Water bowl for air humidification • Interior lighting • Control lamp • Including

• Power load • Size • Weight

RRP* 798.- €

GTIN 4015613662190

Stainless steel Glass 67 litre(s) 1 x 1/1 GN + 1 x 1/3 GN 100 mm 30 °C to 90 °C Rounded Framed Double glazing Yes Lifting door Reverse Dry heated No ON/OFF 2 safety thermostats 8 GN containers 1/6 GN, 100 mm deep, stainless steel 18/10 3 bars: length 355 mm, width 18 mm 0,34 kW | 220-240 V | 50 Hz W 765 x D 610 x H 330 mm 21.8 kg

RRP* 1,698.- €

GTIN 4015613423852

CNS 18/10 Plexiglas 1/1 GN 0 °C to 75 °C Turned-down edges No Yes ON/OFF Upper / lower heat Hygrometer and thermometer display 1 water bowl for air humidification 0,84 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 600 x D 400 x H 390 mm 20 kg

RRP* 559.- €

GTIN 4015613535500

Steel plate 52 litre(s) W 285 x D 265 mm W 285 x D 295 mm 30 °C to 110 °C Yes Leaf door(s) Reverse Water heated Yes Yes Heat up ON/OFF 1 shelf 1 removable water tray (1/9 GN, 65 mm deep) 1 water filling container 1,2 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 390 x D 475 x H 690 mm 25 kg

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

WARMING TECHNOLOGY / BUFFET u Hot displays

Hot display unit 8x1/6GN-R

223

Hot display 5200 2ER

305062

RRP* 398.- €

GTIN 4015613698885

Compact table top unit for keeping food warm and presenting hot meals – equipped with practical lifting doors. • Material • Content • Number of intermediate shelves • Size Clipboard • Height-adjustable intermediate shelves • Type of intermediate shelves • Temperature range • Temperature control • Front pane • Type of glass • Safety glass • Type of door • Position of the door • Heating type • Water bowl for air humidification • Control lamp • Properties ► Compact table top unit for keeping food warm and presenting hot meals ► Equipped with practical lifting doors

► 1 intermediate shelf ► Dimensions: W 520 x D 300 mm

• Power load • Size • Weight

Hot display 6200 2EK

305063

Stainless steel Glass 45 litre(s) 1 W 520 x D 300 mm No Grille, chrome-plated 30 °C to 90 °C Stepless Rounded Single glazing All-round glass Yes Lifting door Reverse Dry heated Yes ON/OFF Heat up Lower shelf: Grid, chrome-plated Lifting doors (W 540 x H 100 mm) with lock and stopper Cleaning drawer 0,8 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 560 x D 395 x H 365 mm 14.8 kg

RRP* 479.- €

GTIN 4015613698892

Table top unit that can be operated from both sides by means of practical lifting doors and LED lighting.

WARMING TECHNOLOGY / BUFFET u Hot displays

• Material

224

• Content • Number of intermediate shelves • Size Clipboard • Height-adjustable intermediate shelves • Type of intermediate shelves • Temperature range • Temperature control • Front pane • Type of glass • Safety glass • Type of door • Position of the door • Heating type • Water bowl for air humidification • Control lamp

► Table top unit that can be used from both sides with practical lifting doors ► LED lighting

► 1 intermediate shelf ► Dimensions: W 620 x D 340 mm

• Interior lighting • Lighting • Properties

• Power load • Size • Weight

Stainless steel Glass 80 litre(s) 1 W 620 x D 340 mm No Grille, chrome-plated 30 °C to 90 °C Stepless Turned-down edges Single glazing All-round glass Yes Lifting door On both sides Dry heated Yes ON/OFF Heat up Yes LED Lower shelf: Grid, chrome-plated Lifting doors (W 625 x H 125 mm) with lock and stopper 1 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 700 x D 430 x H 365 mm 17.4 kg

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

Hot displays “Bartscher Deli” – Features at a glance ✓✓ Front pane: Framed ✓✓ Safety glass: Yes ✓✓ Position of the door: On both sides ✓✓ Water bowl for air humidification: Yes ✓✓ Interior lighting: Yes

Hot display unit, "Deli I"

306053 • Material • Content • Number of intermediate shelves • Size Clipboard top • Size Clipboard centrical • Size Clipboard bottom • Type of intermediate shelves • Height-adjustable intermediate shelves • Power load • Size • Weight

Hot display unit "Deli II"

306054 • Material • Content • Number of intermediate shelves • Size Clipboard top • Size Clipboard centrical • Size Clipboard bottom • Type of intermediate shelves • Height-adjustable intermediate shelves • Temperature range • Power load • Size • Weight

Hot display unit "Deli III"

306055 • Material

• Content • Number of intermediate shelves • Size Clipboard top • Size Clipboard centrical • Size Clipboard bottom • Type of intermediate shelves • Height-adjustable intermediate shelves • Temperature range • Power load • Size • Weight

RRP* 489.- €

GTIN 4015613437743

Painted Chrome-plated 110 litre(s) 3 W 580 x D 275 mm W 580 x D 298 mm W 580 x D 318 mm Grille, nickel-plated Yes 1,84 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 660 x D 470 x H 640 mm 35 kg

RRP* 579.- €

GTIN 4015613437750

Painted Chrome-plated 152 litre(s) 3 W 820 x D 315 mm W 820 x D 340 mm W 820 x D 360 mm Grille, nickel-plated Yes 30 °C to 90 °C 1,84 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 900 x D 480 x H 590 mm 52 kg

RRP* 698.- €

GTIN 4015613437767

Steel Painted Chrome-plated 373 litre(s) 3 W 1120 x D 315 mm W 1120 x D 340 mm W 1120 x D 360 mm Grille, nickel-plated Yes 30 °C to 90 °C 2,2 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 1,200 x D 480 x H 790 mm 76 kg

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

WARMING TECHNOLOGY / BUFFET u Hot displays

✓✓ Temperature range: 30 °C to 90 °C ✓✓ Type of glass: All-round glass ✓✓ Type of door: Sliding door(s) ✓✓ Heating type: Dry heated ✓✓ Control lamp: Heat up, ON/OFF

225

Hot displays “Bartscher Deli Plus” – Features at a glance ✓✓ Temperature range: 30 °C to 90 °C ✓✓ Type of glass: All-round glass ✓✓ Heating type: Dry heated ✓✓ Control lamp: Heat up ✓✓ Lighting: LED, Lid, Can be switched separately

Hot display unit "Deli Plus I"

✓✓ Temperature control: Thermostatic ✓✓ Type of door: Sliding door(s) ✓✓ Water bowl for air humidification: Yes ✓✓ Interior lighting: Yes

305053 • Material • Content • Number of intermediate shelves • Type of intermediate shelves • Height-adjustable intermediate shelves • Size Clipboard top • Size Clipboard centrical • Size Clipboard bottom • Temperature range • Power load • Size • Weight

WARMING TECHNOLOGY / BUFFET u Hot displays

Hot display unit "Deli Plus I D"

226

305055 • Material • Content • Number of intermediate shelves • Type of intermediate shelves • Height-adjustable intermediate shelves • Size Clipboard top • Size Clipboard centrical • Size Clipboard bottom • Temperature range • Position of the door • Power load • Size • Weight

Hot display unit "Deli Plus II"

305054 • Material • Content • Number of intermediate shelves • Type of intermediate shelves • Height-adjustable intermediate shelves • Size Clipboard top • Size Clipboard centrical • Size Clipboard bottom • Temperature range • Power load • Size • Weight

RRP* 659.- €

GTIN 4015613503035

Stainless steel 120 litre(s) 2 Grille, chrome-plated No W 630 x D 335 mm W 630 x D 370 mm W 630 x D 400 mm 30 °C to 90 °C 1,1 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 690 x D 600 x H 670 mm 36.2 kg

RRP* 698.- €

GTIN 4015613525839

Stainless steel 120 litre(s) 2 Grille, chrome-plated Yes W 630 x D 335 mm W 630 x D 370 mm W 630 x D 400 mm 30 °C to 90 °C On both sides 1,1 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 690 x D 590 x H 685 mm 36 kg

RRP* 759.- €

GTIN 4015613503042

Stainless steel 160 litre(s) 2 Grille, chrome-plated No W 815 x D 400 mm W 815 x D 370 mm W 815 x D 335 mm 30 °C to 90 °C 1,5 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 870 x D 585 x H 685 mm 42.8 kg

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

Hot displays – Features at a glance

Hot display unit 1/1GN, curved glass

✓✓ Temperature range: 30 °C to 95 °C ✓✓ Safety glass: Yes ✓✓ Heating type: Dry heated ✓✓ Control lamp: ON/OFF ✓✓ Not included in delivery: GN containers

306050

RRP* 1,649.- €

• Material • Content • Gastronorm • Depth GN container max. • Number of intermediate shelves • Size Clipboard • Type of intermediate shelves • Height-adjustable intermediate shelves • Temperature range • Type of door • Including • Not included in delivery • Power load • Size • Weight

Hot display unit 3/1GN, curved glass

306052

GTIN 4015613416182

CNS 18/10 64 litre(s) 1/1 GN 65 mm 1 W 394 x D 417 mm Grille, CNS 18/10 No 30 °C to 95 °C Lifting door 1 water bowl for air humidification GN containers 1,48 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 478 x D 775 x H 600 mm 48 kg

RRP* 2,059.- €

GTIN 4015613416175

CNS 18/10 165 litre(s) 3/1 GN 65 mm 1 W 990 x D 410 mm Grille, CNS 18/10 No 30 °C to 95 °C Sliding door(s) 1 water bowl for air humidification GN containers 2,13 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 1,080 x D 775 x H 600 mm 76.2 kg

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

WARMING TECHNOLOGY / BUFFET u Hot displays

✓✓ Material: CNS 18/10 ✓✓ Type of glass: All-round glass ✓✓ Position of the door: Reverse ✓✓ Water bowl for air humidification: Yes ✓✓ Interior lighting: Yes

227

Hot display unit 1/1GN, straight glass

305050

RRP* 1,798.- €

Hot display unit 2/1GN, straight glass

305051

WARMING TECHNOLOGY / BUFFET u Hot displays 228

Hot display unit 3/1GN, straight glass

305052

GTIN 4015613416205

CNS 18/10 110 litre(s) 2/1 GN 65 mm 1 W 660 x D 410 mm Grille, CNS 18/10 No 30 °C to 95 °C Sliding door(s) 1 water bowl for air humidification GN containers 2,13 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 750 x D 775 x H 600 mm 59.8 kg

RRP* 2,298.- €

• Material • Content • Gastronorm • Depth GN container max. • Number of intermediate shelves • Size Clipboard • Type of intermediate shelves • Height-adjustable intermediate shelves • Temperature range • Temperature control • Type of door • Including • Not included in delivery • Power load • Size • Weight

GTIN 4015613416199

CNS 18/10 64 litre(s) 1/1 GN 65 mm 1 W 390 x D 410 mm Grille, CNS 18/10 No 30 °C to 95 °C Lifting door 1 water bowl for air humidification GN containers 1,48 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 478 x D 775 x H 600 mm 49.8 kg

RRP* 1,949.- €

GTIN 4015613416212

CNS 18/10 165 litre(s) 3/1 GN 65 mm 1 W 990 x D 410 mm Grille, CNS 18/10 No 30 °C to 95 °C Stepless Sliding door(s) 1 water bowl for air humidification GN containers 2,13 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 1,080 x D 775 x H 600 mm 76.2 kg

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

Buffet trolleys, hot – Features at a glance ✓✓ Colour: Walnut colours ✓✓ Drain cock: Yes ✓✓ Lighting: On the germ guard ✓✓ Swivel casters: 4 swivel casters, 2 with brake

Buffet trolley, hot, 3x 1/1GN

125613 • Number of tanks • Basin size, GN format • Depth GN container max. • Temperature range • Properties • Not included in delivery • Delivery state • Power load • Size • Weight

Buffet trolley, hot, 4x 1/1GN

125618 • Number of tanks • Basin size, GN format • Depth GN container max. • Temperature range • Properties • Not included in delivery • Power load • Size • Weight

Buffet trolley, hot, 6x 1/1GN

125623 • Number of tanks • Basin size, GN format • Depth GN container max. • Temperature range • Swivel casters • Properties • Delivery state • Important information • Not included in delivery • Power load • Size • Weight

RRP* 2,169.- €

GTIN 4015613573700

1 3 x 1/1 GN 150 mm 30 °C to 90 °C Work surface made of Granit Rosa Porrino Stainless steel sink GN containers Tray chute Building kit (simple assembly) 2 kW | 230 V | 50/60 Hz W 1,200 x D 880 x H 1,370 mm 112 kg RRP* 2,398.- €

GTIN 4015613573717

1 4 x 1/1 GN 150 mm 30 °C to 90 °C Work surface made of Granit Rosa Porrino Stainless steel sink GN containers Tray chute 3 kW | 230 V | 50/60 Hz W 1,490 x D 880 x H 1,370 mm 136 kg

RRP* 3,198.- €

GTIN 4015613573724

2 6 x 1/1 GN 150 mm 30 °C to 90 °C 4 swivel casters, 2 with brake Work surface made of Granit Rosa Porrino Stainless steel sink Building kit (simple assembly) 2 separate sockets required GN containers Tray chute 4 kW | 230 V | 50/60 Hz W 2,150 x D 880 x H 1,370 mm 184 kg

Component parts Tray slide, 1 piece, 3x 1/1 GN

Tray slide, 1 piece, 4x 1/1 GN

Tray slide, 1 piece, 6x 1/1 GN

• Material: Stainless steel • Size: W 1,180 x D 310 x H 130 mm • Weight: 3.1 kg • GTIN: 4015613570815

• Material: Stainless steel • Size: W 1,500 x D 310 x H 120 mm • Weight: 4 kg • GTIN: 4015613570846

• Material: Stainless steel • Size: W 2,100 x D 310 x H 120 mm • Weight: 5.9 kg • GTIN: 4015613570860

125502

RRP*

249.- €

125503

RRP*

289.- €

125504

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

RRP*

429.- €

WARMING TECHNOLOGY / BUFFET u Buffet trolleys, hot

✓✓ Material: Wood ✓✓ Temperature range: 30 °C to 90 °C ✓✓ Germ guard: Yes ✓✓ Control lamp: ON/OFF

229

Food service carts – Features at a glance ✓✓ Material: CNS 18/10 ✓✓ Temperature range: 30 °C to 90 °C ✓✓ ON/OFF switch: Yes ✓✓ Swivel casters: 4 swivel casters, 2 with brake

Food service cart, 2 x 1/1 GN,dry-heat.

✓✓ Depth GN container max.: 200 mm ✓✓ Heating zones can be controlled separately: Yes ✓✓ Control lamp: Heat up, ON/OFF

200254 • Material • Heating type • Number of tanks • Basin size, GN format • Depth GN container max. • Double-walled basin • Temperature range • Temperature control • Heating zones can be controlled separately • ON/OFF switch • Control lamp • Swivel casters • Length cable • Delivery state • Not included in delivery • Power load • Size • Weight

WARMING TECHNOLOGY / BUFFET u Food service carts

Food service cart,3x1/1GN,dry-heat.

230

200255 • Material • Heating type • Number of tanks • Basin size, GN format • Depth GN container max. • Double-walled basin • Temperature range • Temperature control • Heating zones can be controlled separately • ON/OFF switch • Control lamp • Delivery state • Swivel casters • Length cable • Not included in delivery • Power load • Size • Weight

RRP* 1,029.- €

GTIN 4015613505312

CNS 18/10 Dry heated 1 2 x 1/1 GN 200 mm Yes 30 °C to 90 °C Stepless Thermostatic Yes Yes Heat up ON/OFF 4 swivel casters, 2 with brake 3m Building kit (simple assembly) GN containers 1 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 650 x D 820 x H 855 mm 32 kg

RRP* 1,279.- €

GTIN 4015613505329

CNS 18/10 Dry heated 1 3 x 1/1 GN 200 mm Yes 30 °C to 90 °C Stepless Thermostatic Yes Yes Heat up ON/OFF Building kit (simple assembly) 4 swivel casters, 2 with brake 3m GN containers 2 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 650 x D 1,200 x H 855 mm 41 kg

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

Food service cart WB2110

200261

RRP* 1,198.- €

GTIN 4015613671789

The mobile buffet: Keeping food warm and transportation.A completely warm buffet can be opened very quickly. • Material • Heating type • Number of tanks • Basin size, GN format • Depth GN container max. • Temperature range • Temperature control • Heating zones can be controlled separately • Water drain tap • ON/OFF switch • Control lamp • Base shelf • Swivel casters • Length cable • Delivery state • Not included in delivery • Power load • Size • Weight

Yes Yes Heat up ON/OFF Dimensions: W 600 x D 730 x H 370 mm 4 swivel casters, 2 with brake 1,6 m Permanently mounted GN containers 1,4 kW | 230 V | 50-60 Hz W 655 x D 900 x H 910 mm 38.8 kg

► Water drain tap

Food service cart WB3110

200262 • Material • Heating type • Number of tanks • Basin size, GN format • Depth GN container max. • Temperature range • Temperature control • Heating zones can be controlled separately • Water drain tap • ON/OFF switch • Control lamp • Base shelf • Swivel casters • Length cable • Not included in delivery • Delivery state • Power load • Size • Weight

RRP* 1,469.- €

GTIN 4015613671802

CNS 18/10 Water heated 3 3 x 1/1 GN 200 mm 30 °C to 90 °C Stepless Yes Yes Yes Heat up ON/OFF Dimensions: W 600 x D 1135 x H 370 mm 4 swivel casters, 2 with brake 1,7 m GN containers Permanently mounted 2,1 kW | 230 V | 50-60 Hz W 655 x D 1,300 x H 910 mm 54 kg

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

WARMING TECHNOLOGY / BUFFET u Food service carts

► Tank: 2 x 1/1 GN, 200 mm deep ► Water heated ► Heating zones can be controlled separately

CNS 18/10 Water heated 2 2 x 1/1 GN 200 mm 30 °C to 90 °C Stepless Yes

231

Cup warmers

Cup warmer T160

103048 • Material

103067

WARMING TECHNOLOGY / BUFFET u Cup warmers

• Material • Capacity cups max. • Diameter cups max. • Size Cupholder • Temperature range • ON/OFF switch • Properties

232

103076 • Material • Capacity cups max. • Temperature range to • Size utility space • Height inside, each • ON/OFF switch • Properties • Power load • Size • Weight

GTIN 4015613672250

RRP* 349.- €

GTIN 4015613469218

Aluminium 48 90 mm Ø 95 mm | Height: 300 mm 30 °C to 45 °C Yes 4 containers for teaspoons, detachable With rotating base 0,2 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 360 x D 360 x H 415 mm 7.5 kg

• Power load • Size • Weight

Cup warmer TA720

Aluminium Plastic 16 90 mm Ø 95 mm | Height: 300 mm 47 °C to 52 °C Yes Heating: PTC heating 0,11 kW | 220-240 V | 50/60 Hz W 290 x D 210 x H 350 mm 2.2 kg

• Capacity cups max. • Diameter cups max. • Size Cupholder • Temperature range • ON/OFF switch • Properties • Power load • Size • Weight

Cups warmer 48 cups, SS

RRP* 139.- €

RRP* 379.- €

GTIN 4015613708867

Stainless steel 72 60 °C W 280 x D 295 mm 175 mm Yes With worktop surface, dimensions: W 250 x D 250 mm 0,14 kW | 230 V | 50/60 Hz W 320 x D 320 x H 545 mm 10.3 kg

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

103069 • Material • Capacity plates • Diameter plates max. • Inside diameter • Temperature range • Temperature control • Design intermediate shelf • Type of door • Control lamp • ON/OFF switch • Power load • Size • Weight

Plate dispenser 2x50 plates 2,0kW

103065 • Material • Diameter plates max. • Capacity plates • Number of warming plates • Warming plates can be switched separately • Temperature range • Control lamp • ON/OFF switch • Swivel casters • Including • Power load • Size • Weight

RRP* 595.- €

GTIN 4015613475592

Stainless steel 30 - 40 320 mm 330 mm 30 °C to 80 °C Thermostatic Full-surface Rotating door yes Yes 0,6 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 465 x D 465 x H 565 mm 22.4 kg

RRP* 1,389.- €

GTIN 4015613437774

Stainless steel 300 mm 2 x 50 Max. 2 x 32 kg 2 No 30 °C to 110 °C ON/OFF Yes 4 swivel casters, 2 with brake 2 lids, plastic 2 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 435 x D 820 x H 1,025 mm 54 kg

► C apacity: 2 x 50 plates ► P late diameter: 300 mm

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

WARMING TECHNOLOGY / BUFFET u Plate warmers

Plate warmer f. 30-40 plates, SS

233

Hot cupboard, 1D, 25-30 plates

103064 • Material • Capacity plates • Diameter plates max. • Temperature range • Temperature control • Number of doors • Type of door • Number of intermediate shelves • Height-adjustable immediate shelves • ON/OFF switch • Power load • Size • Weight

Hot cupboard, 1D, 55-60 plates

103063

WARMING TECHNOLOGY / BUFFET u Plate warmers

• Material • Capacity plates • Diameter plates max. • Temperature range • Temperature control • Number of doors • Type of door • Number of intermediate shelves • Height-adjustable immediate shelves • Control lamp • ON/OFF switch • Power load • Size • Weight

234

Hot cupboard, 2D, 110-120 plates

103122 • Material • Capacity plates • Diameter plates max. • Temperature range • Temperature control • Number of doors • Type of door • Number of intermediate shelves • Height-adjustable immediate shelves • Control lamp • ON/OFF switch • Power load • Size • Weight

RRP* 315.- €

GTIN 4015613405704

Stainless steel 25 - 30 320 mm 30 °C to 85 °C Thermostatic 1 Leaf door(s) 1 Yes Yes 0,4 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 400 x D 450 x H 575 mm 21.2 kg

RRP* 379.- €

GTIN 4015613398594

Stainless steel 55 - 60 320 mm 30 °C to 85 °C Thermostatic 1 Leaf door(s) 1 Yes yes Yes 0,75 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 450 x D 490 x H 855 mm 32.2 kg

RRP* 639.- €

GTIN 4015613398600

Stainless steel 110 - 120 320 mm 30 °C to 85 °C Thermostatic 2 Leaf door(s) 1 Yes yes Yes 1,2 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 750 x D 495 x H 855 mm 46 kg

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

Heat lamp IWL250D SI

114278

RRP* 109.- €

GTIN 4015613715933

Infrared heat with flexibility – heat lamp with pendulum stroke system for needs-based warming of food. • Material

Steel Painted Silver Matt Infrared lamp(s) E27 Ceiling mounted Spiral cable Cable length: 650 mm to 1600 mm Pendulum stroke system Yes Ventilated steel reflector 1 infrared lamp (Philips Incandescent), colour of glass: Clear Electric connection material 0,25 kW | 230-250 V | 50 Hz W 240 x D 240 x H 265 mm 1.04 kg

• Colour • Heat source type • Lamp holder • Model • Connection cable type • Connection cable model • ON/OFF switch • Properties • Including

• Power load • Size • Weight

► 1 infrared lamp (Philips Incandescent) ► Glass colour: Clear ► Lamp holder: E27

►O n/off switch

► Heat lamps IWL250D ► Available in 4 different colours

Heat lamp IWL250D SW

Heat lamp IWL250D KU

Heat lamp IWL250D GO

• Colour: Black, Matt • Size: W 230 x D 230 x H 250 mm • Weight: 1.04 kg • GTIN: 4015613712703

• Colour: Copper, High-shine • Size: W 230 x D 230 x H 250 mm • Weight: 1.04 kg • GTIN: 4015613712727

• Colour: Gold, High-shine • Size: W 230 x D 230 x H 250 mm • Weight: 1.04 kg • GTIN: 4015613712734

114273

RRP*

109.- €

114274

RRP*

135.- €

114275

Component parts Infrared lamp IWL250D

Infrared lamp IWL250D-W

• Material: Glass, Metal • Model: Infrared, Philips Incandescent 230-250 V BR125 • Fitting: E27 • Power load: 0,25 kW | 230-250 V | 50 Hz • Size: W 125 x D 125 x H 180 mm • Weight: 0.12 kg • GTIN: 4015613692562

• Material: Glass, Metal • Model: Infrared, Philips Incandescent 230-250 V BR125, Glass colour: Clear • Fitting: E27 • Power load: 0,25 kW | 230-250 V | 50 Hz • Size: W 125 x D 125 x H 173 mm • Weight: 0.1 kg • GTIN: 4015613715131

114271

114277

RRP*

17.- €

RRP*

15.- €

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

RRP*

135.- €

WARMING TECHNOLOGY / BUFFET u Food warmers

►H eat lamp with pendulum lifting system ►M odel: Ceiling mounted

235

Food warmer I2WL550 1/1

114266

RRP* 119.- €

• Material • Basin size, GN format • Depth GN container max. • Number of heat sources • Heat source type • Power per heat source • Temperature range • Height-adjustable feet • Height adjustable • ON/OFF switch • Properties • Delivery state • Including

114267

RRP* 119.- €

• Material • Basin size, GN format • Depth GN container max. • Number of heat sources • Power per heat source • Heat sources can be switched separately • Heat source type • Temperature range to • Clear height • Germ guard • ON/OFF switch • Design

WARMING TECHNOLOGY / BUFFET u Food warmers

• Important information • Properties • Delivery state • Power load • Size • Weight

236

Food warmer 1HR1000 1/1

A114001 • Material • Basin size, GN format • Heat source type • Control lamp • ON/OFF switch • Including

• Power load • Size • Weight

GTIN 4015613675831

Aluminium 1/1 GN 65 mm 2 Infrared lamp(s) 0,275 kW 0 °C to 70 °C Yes 550 mm to 700 mm Yes Ventilated aluminium reflectors Building kit (simple assembly) 1 GN container 1/1 GN, 65 mm deep, stainless steel 0,55 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 510 x D 345 x H 550 mm 2.4 kg

• Power load • Size • Weight

Food warmer I3WL820 2/1 GN

GTIN 4015613676326

Aluminium 2/1 GN 65 mm 3 0,275 kW No Infrared lamp(s) 58 °C 390 mm No Yes Designed for GN basins / GN tray Cut-out for GN containers: W 650 x D 530 x H 65 mm Delivery without GN containers Ventilated aluminium reflectors Building kit (simple assembly) 0,825 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 810 x D 340 x H 610 mm 2.1 kg

RRP* 239.- €

GTIN 4015613432526

Chrome-nickel steel 1/1 GN Infrared heated tube(s) yes Yes 1 GN container 1/1 GN, 65 mm deep, stainless steel 1 perforate metal sheet 1 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 335 x D 570 x H 505 mm 8.3 kg

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

114265 • Material

• Number of heat sources • Basin size, GN format • Depth GN container max. • Heat source type • Power per heat source • Germ guard • Clear height • ON/OFF switch • Control lamp • Design

• Important information • Delivery state • Power load • Size • Weight

Food warmer I1WL400

114263 • Material • Number of heating zones • Number of heat sources • Heat source type • Surface material warming plate • Breite warming plate • Depth warming plate • Temperature range • Germ guard • Clear height • ON/OFF switch • Control lamp • Delivery state • Power load • Size • Weight

Food warmer I2WL800

114260 • Material • Number of heating zones • Heat source type • Temperature range • Surface material warming plate • Heating zones can be controlled separately • Germ guard • Control lamp • ON/OFF switch • Properties • Power load • Size • Weight

RRP* 579.- €

GTIN 4015613670775

Stainless steel Aluminium Glass 1 1/1 GN 40 mm Infrared heated tube(s) 0,65 kW Yes 340 mm Yes Designed for GN basins / GN tray Cut-out for GN containers: W 507 x D 300 x H 50 mm Delivery without GN containers Permanently mounted 0,65 kW | 230 V | 50/60 Hz W 775 x D 430 x H 457 mm 9 kg

RRP* 229.- €

GTIN 4015613655376

Stainless steel Plexiglas 1 1 Infrared lamp(s) Glass ceramic 320 mm 525 mm 30 °C to 85 °C Yes 230 mm Yes ON/OFF Permanently mounted 0,4 kW | 220-240 V | 50-60 Hz W 380 x D 555 x H 560 mm 7.5 kg

RRP* 419.- €

GTIN 4015613524511

Stainless steel Plexiglas 2 Infrared lamp(s) 30 °C to 85 °C Glass ceramic Yes Yes yes Yes Warming plate divided in the middle 0,8 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 730 x D 560 x H 560 mm 15.6 kg

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

WARMING TECHNOLOGY / BUFFET u Food warmers

Food warmer IHR650 1/1 GN

237

Food warmer TR I2WL950

A114245

RRP* 709.- €

• Material • Surface material warming plate • Number of heat sources • Heat source type • Heat sources can be switched separately • Germ guard • Control lamp • ON/OFF switch • Power load • Size • Weight

Food warmer TR I3WL1350

A114250

WARMING TECHNOLOGY / BUFFET u Food warmers

Food warmer WBS800 I1HR

238

112081

• Size • Weight

GTIN 4015613389691

CNS 18/10 CNS 18/10 3 Infrared lamp(s) Yes Yes yes Yes 1,35 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 1,270 x D 650 x H 800 mm 28 kg

RRP* 589.- €

• Material • Heat source type • Output per heated tube • Heated tubes can be switched separately • Clear height • Control lamp • ON/OFF switch • Properties

GTIN 4015613389684

CNS 18/10 CNS 18/10 2 Infrared lamp(s) Yes Yes yes Yes 0,95 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 850 x D 650 x H 800 mm 19 kg

RRP* 879.- €

GTIN 4015613656311

Stainless steel Infrared heated tube(s) 0,2 kW No 290 mm yes Yes 30 - 40 mm edges turned down all-round Setting feet in square tubing 25 x 25 mm W 800 x D 300 x H 400 mm 8 kg

Number of heated tubes

Power load

Size

Weight

Code-No.

RRP*

GTIN

0,2 kW | 220-240 V | 50/60 Hz

W 800 x D 300 x H 400 mm

8 kg

112081

589,- €

⃝ 2

4015613656311

0,4 kW | 220-240 V | 50/60 Hz

W 1,000 x D 300 x H 400 mm

9 kg

112101

639,- €

⃝ 2

4015613656328

0,6 kW | 220-240 V | 50/60 Hz

W 1,200 x D 300 x H 400 mm

11 kg

112122

729,- €

⃝ 2

4015613656335

0,6 kW | 220-240 V | 50/60 Hz

W 1,400 x D 300 x H 400 mm

12 kg

112141

759,- €

⃝ 2

4015613650197

0,6 kW | 220-240 V | 50/60 Hz

W 1,600 x D 300 x H 400 mm

14 kg

112161

789,- €

⃝ 2

4015613656342

0,8 kW | 220-240 V | 50/60 Hz

W 1,800 x D 300 x H 400 mm

17 kg

112181

898,- €

⃝ 2

4015613656359

0,8 kW | 220-240 V | 50/60 Hz

W 2,000 x D 300 x H 400 mm

18 kg

112201

959,- €

⃝ 2

4015613656366

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

Food warmer IHR650

114001 • Heat source type • Design • Properties • Not included in delivery • Size • Weight

RRP* 198.- €

GTIN 4015613451749

Infrared heated tube(s) Can be mounted Prepared for the assembly of feet or a chain Feet, chain W 760 x D 225 x H 65 mm 2.75 kg

Number of heated tubes

Power load

Size

Weight

Code-No.

RRP*

GTIN

0,65 kW | 230 V | 50/60 Hz

W 760 x D 225 x H 65 mm

2.75 kg

114001

198,- €

⃝ 2

4015613451749

0,8 kW | 230 V | 50/60 Hz

W 920 x D 225 x H 65 mm

3.31 kg

114002

219,- €

⃝ 2

4015613452142

0,95 kW | 230 V | 50/60 Hz

W 1,070 x D 225 x H 65 mm

3.61 kg

114003

239,- €

⃝ 2

4015613452159

1,25 kW | 230 V | 50/60 Hz

W 1,370 x D 225 x H 65 mm

4.32 kg

114004

275,- €

⃝ 2

4015613452166

1,1 kW | 230 V | 50/60 Hz

W 1,220 x D 225 x H 65 mm

4 kg

114005

265,- €

⃝ 2

4015613466538

1,73 kW | 230 V | 50/60 Hz

W 1,830 x D 225 x H 65 mm

5.58 kg

114006

329,- €

⃝ 2

4015613466545

Component parts • Size: W 270 x D 25 x H 425 mm • Weight: 0.72 kg • GTIN: 4015613452258

114000

RRP*

72.- €

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

WARMING TECHNOLOGY / BUFFET u Food warmers

Food warmer feet, pair

239

Hot-plate unit 5

120803 • Material • Material warming plate • Number of warming plates • Size utility space • Handle properties • Control lamp • ON/OFF switch • Power load • Size • Weight

Hot-plate unit, 8 plates alu,silver

120802 • Material • Material warming plate • Number of warming plates • Size utility space • Handle properties • Control lamp • ON/OFF switch • Power load • Size • Weight

RRP* 529.- €

GTIN 4015613612553

Aluminium Aluminium 5 W 280 x D 165 mm Rubber coated yes Yes 0,85 kW | 230 V | 50/60 Hz W 380 x D 250 x H 320 mm 15.4 kg

RRP* 759.- €

GTIN 4015613509815

Aluminium Aluminium 7 W 280 x D 165 mm Rubber coated yes Yes 1,25 kW | 230 V | 50/60 Hz W 380 x D 250 x H 447 mm 22.3 kg

Component parts

WARMING TECHNOLOGY / BUFFET u Warming trays

Substitute hot-plate

240

• Material: Aluminium • Size utility space: W 280 x D 165 mm • Handle properties: Rubber coated • Size: W 165 x D 280 x H 10 mm • Weight: 1.93 kg • GTIN: 4015613658100

120806

RRP*

69.- €

Warming tray WP1200

A114365 • Material • Material warming plate • Size utility space • Heat-up time • Warm-keeping type max. • Overheating protection • ON/OFF switch • Control lamp • Properties

• Power load • Size • Weight

RRP* 55.- €

GTIN 4015613687254

Stainless steel Stainless steel W 600 x D 200 mm 7 minutes (100 °C) 37 min. Yes Yes Heat up Ready for operation Warming plate is automatically heated to maximum 100°C when connected to the power supply Cable set can be detached 1,2 kW | 220-240 V | 50/60 Hz W 730 x D 215 x H 62 mm 4 kg

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

114356 • Material • Material warming plate • Gastronorm • Temperature range • Temperature control • Control lamp • ON/OFF switch • Not included in delivery • Power load • Size • Weight

Warming plate WP300 2/1

114357 • Material • Material warming plate • Gastronorm • Temperature range • Temperature control • Control lamp • ON/OFF switch • Not included in delivery • Power load • Size • Weight

Warming plate WP250

114360 • Material • Material warming plate • Temperature range • Temperature control • Control lamp • ON/OFF switch • Power load • Size • Weight

Warming plate WP450

114361 • Material • Material warming plate • Temperature range • Temperature control • Control lamp • ON/OFF switch • Power load • Size • Weight

Warming plate WP600

114362 • Material • Material warming plate • Temperature range • Temperature control • Control lamp • ON/OFF switch • Power load • Size • Weight

RRP* 124.- €

GTIN 4015613416755

Aluminium Glass Glass 1/1 GN 30 °C to 95 °C Stepless yes Yes GN containers 0,15 kW | 230 V | 50/60 Hz W 570 x D 335 x H 40 mm 3.4 kg

RRP* 169.- €

GTIN 4015613416762

Aluminium Glass Glass 2/1 GN 30 °C to 95 °C Stepless yes Yes GN containers 0,3 kW | 230 V | 50/60 Hz W 670 x D 550 x H 40 mm 5.9 kg RRP* 129.- €

GTIN 4015613504957

Stainless steel Stainless steel 35 °C to 95 °C Thermostatic yes Yes 0,25 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 500 x D 375 x H 64 mm 5.4 kg RRP* 185.- €

GTIN 4015613504964

Stainless steel Stainless steel 35 °C to 95 °C Thermostatic yes Yes 0,45 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 900 x D 450 x H 64 mm 9.3 kg RRP* 229.- €

GTIN 4015613504971

Stainless steel Stainless steel 35 °C to 95 °C Thermostatic yes Yes 0,6 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 1,000 x D 500 x H 64 mm 10.9 kg

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

WARMING TECHNOLOGY / BUFFET u Warming trays

Warming plate WP150 1/1

241

Cereal dispensers

Cereal dispenser

500377 • Material

• Number of dispensers • Content • Height of bowls, max. • Designed for

• Properties • Not included in delivery • Size • Weight

Cereal dispenser, double

500378 • Material

WARMING TECHNOLOGY / BUFFET u Cereal dispensers

• Number of dispensers • Content • Height of bowls, max. • Designed for

242

• Properties • Not included in delivery • Size • Weight

3-piece cereal dispenser

500379 • Material

• Number of dispensers • Content • Height of bowls, max. • Designed for

• Properties • Not included in delivery • Size • Weight

RRP* 55.- €

GTIN 4015613527260

Plastic Steel plate Painted 1 3.5 litres 75 mm Cornflakes Cereals Musli Nuts Scratch-proof container Suitable for wall mounting Attachment material W 180 x D 170 x H 395 mm 1.8 kg RRP* 102.- €

GTIN 4015613531793

Plastic Steel plate Painted 2 2 x 3.5 litres 75 mm Cornflakes Cereals Musli Nuts Scratch-proof container Suitable for wall mounting Attachment material W 360 x D 170 x H 395 mm 3.7 kg RRP* 159.- €

GTIN 4015613635675

Plastic Steel plate Painted 3 3 x 3.5 litres 75 mm Cornflakes Cereals Musli Nuts Scratch-proof container Suitable for wall mounting Attachment material W 540 x D 170 x H 395 mm 5.6 kg

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

Buffet display "small", plastic

A500403 • Material • Colour • Number of levels • Operation • Hood • Size • Weight

Buffet display "large", plastic

A500404 • Material • Colour • Number of levels • Operation • Hood • Size • Weight

Buffet display double, plastic

A500405 • Material • Colour • Number of levels • Operation • Hood

GTIN 4015613285702

Plastic White 1 On both sides Detachable Plexiglas W 390 x D 260 x H 170 mm 1 kg

RRP* 51.- €

GTIN 4015613285719

Plastic White 1 On both sides Detachable Plexiglas W 470 x D 315 x H 195 mm 1.7 kg

RRP* 89.- €

GTIN 4015613285726

Plastic White 2 On both sides Detachable Plexiglas W 470 x D 315 x H 415 mm 3.1 kg

WARMING TECHNOLOGY / BUFFET u Buffet displays

• Size • Weight

RRP* 29.- €

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

243

Buffet cabinet 5400 2E-K

700356 • Material • Colour • Number of levels • Dimensions surface • Operation • Properties

• Size • Weight

Buffet cabinet 3850 3E-K

700357 • Material • Colour • Number of levels • Dimensions surface • Operation • Properties

WARMING TECHNOLOGY / BUFFET u Buffet displays

• Size • Weight

244

Buffet cabinet 70L

700355 • Material • Colour • Number of levels • Dimensions surface • Operation • Properties • Size • Weight

RRP* 198.- €

GTIN 4015613688954

Glass Stainless steel Silver 2 Top: W 540 x D 320 x H 120 mm Below: W 540 x D 320 x H 150 mm On both sides Door cutout size: Below W 540 x H 150 mm, top W 540 x H 120 mm Insert shelves can be removed Door with lock W 550 x D 375 x H 370 mm 11.6 kg

RRP* 399.- €

GTIN 4015613692616

Glass Stainless steel Silver 3 W 385 x D 265 x H 175 mm On reverse side Door size: W 400 x H 600 mm Insert shelves can be removed Door with lock W 405 x D 335 x H 620 mm 17.2 kg

RRP* 279.- €

GTIN 4015613667614

Glass Plexiglas Silver 2 Top: W 335 x D 420 x H 170 mm Below: W 335 x D 490 x H 140 mm On reverse side Drawers permanently mounted W 360 x D 600 x H 515 mm 13.2 kg

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

REFRIGERATORS This is what you would call cool diversity: From large appliances such as refrigerators and freezers, cake cabinets and refrigerated wall shelves to ice cube and ice block producers, we have everything you need for safe storage and keeping food fresh.

245

Mini-Refrigerated Counter 900T2

110156 • Material • Number of cupboards • Norm-format cabinets • Size Cupboard • Cooling • Coolant • Content • Temperature range • Climate class • Energy efficiency class • With foamed evaporator • Drip water evaporation • Digital display • Control lamp • ON/OFF switch • Door hinge side • Door hinge side can be changed • Power load • Size • Weight

REFRIGERATORS u Mini-refrigerated counters

Mini-Refrigerated Counter 900T1S2

246

110157 • Material • Number of cupboards • Norm-format cabinets • Size Cupboard • Number of drawers • Size drawer • Cooling • Coolant • Content • Temperature range • Climate class • Energy efficiency class • With foamed evaporator • Drip water evaporation • Digital display • Control lamp • ON/OFF switch • Door hinge side • Door hinge side can be changed • Power load • Size • Weight

RRP* 1,098.- €

GTIN 4015613655802

Chrome-nickel steel 2 1/1 GN W 428 x D 497 x H 590 mm Circulating air R134a 260 litre(s) 0 °C to 10 °C N C Yes Yes Yes ON/OFF Yes Left / right No 0,204 kW | 220-240 V | 50 Hz W 900 x D 700 x H 870 mm 60.2 kg

RRP* 1,598.- €

GTIN 4015613651552

Chrome-nickel steel 1 1/1 GN W 428 x D 497 x H 590 mm 2 W 304 x D 515 x H 140 mm Circulating air R134a 260 litre(s) 0 °C to 10 °C N C Yes Yes Yes ON/OFF Yes Right No 0,204 kW | 220-240 V | 50 Hz W 900 x D 700 x H 870 mm 68 kg

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

Mini-refrigerated counter 901T2

110158

RRP* 1,198.- €

GTIN 4015613688107

2 leaf doors allow fast access to the refigerated food. The interior is equipped with drawers in 1/1 GN-format.

Preparation table 900T2

200259 • Material • Top with lid • Capacity GN • Depth GN container max. • Number of cupboards • Norm-format cabinets • Size Cupboard • Cooling • Coolant • Content • Temperature range • Climate class • With foamed evaporator • Drip water evaporation • Digital display • Control lamp • ON/OFF switch • Door hinge side • Door hinge side can be changed • Including • Not included in delivery • Power load • Size • Weight

CNS 18/10 1 1/1 GN 5 55 mm 30 kg W 810 x D 586 x H 492 mm Static R600a 214 litre(s) 0 °C to 8 °C 4 B (EU No. 2015 / 1094) No Yes Yes ON/OFF Yes Left / right No 2 grilles 1/1 GN, plastic coated 0,1424 kW | 220-240 V | 50 Hz W 900 x D 700 x H 882 mm 78.6 kg

RRP* 1,239.- €

GTIN 4015613655796

Chrome-nickel steel Yes 5 x 1/6 GN 150 mm 2 1/1 GN W 428 x D 497 x H 590 mm Circulating air R134a 260 litre(s) 0 °C to 10 °C N Yes Yes Yes ON/OFF Yes Left / right No 5 bars: length 174 mm, width 25 mm GN containers 0,204 kW | 220-240 V | 50 Hz W 900 x D 700 x H 990 mm 62 kg

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

REFRIGERATORS u Mini-refrigerated counters

• Material • Number of cupboards • Norm-format cabinets • Number of drawers • Distance between trays • Load-bearing capacity per drawer max. • Size Cupboard • Cooling • Coolant • Content • Temperature range • Climate class • Energy efficiency class • With foamed evaporator • Drip water evaporation • Digital display • Control lamp • ON/OFF switch • Door hinge side • Door hinge side can be changed • Including • Power load • Size • Weight

247

Refrigerated counter as substructure 140

110900 • Material • Number of cupboards • Cupboards refrigerated • Norm-format cabinets • Number of drawers • Size Cupboard • Number of drawers • Drawers refrigerated • Norm-format drawers • Size drawer • Cooling • Coolant • CFC-free • Temperature range • Climate class • Drip water evaporation • Digital display • ON/OFF switch • Number of doors • Door hinge side • Height-adjustable feet • Height adjustable • Including • Power load • Size • Weight

RRP* 1,998.- €

GTIN 4015613650340

Chrome-nickel steel 1 Yes 1/1 GN 3 W 388 x D 540 x H 454 mm 2 Yes 1/1 GN W 305 x D 520 x H 145 mm Circulating air R134a Yes 0 °C to 10 °C SN Yes Yes Yes 1 Right Yes 625 mm to 660 mm 1 grille 1/1 GN 0,507 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 1,400 x D 682 x H 625 mm 86 kg

Refrigerated counters – Features at a glance

REFRIGERATORS u Refrigerated counters

✓✓ Material: Chrome-nickel steel ✓✓ Coolant: R134a ✓✓ Temperature range: 0 °C to 10 °C ✓✓ Climate class: 4 ✓✓ Digital display: Yes ✓✓ ON/OFF switch: Yes ✓✓ Height-adjustable feet: Yes

248

✓✓ Cooling: Circulating air ✓✓ Energy efficiency class: C (EU No. 2015 / 1094) ✓✓ Temperature control: Thermostatic ✓✓ Drip water evaporation: Yes ✓✓ Control lamp: ON/OFF ✓✓ Door hinge side can be changed: Yes ✓✓ Height adjustable: 850 mm to 900 mm

Refrigerated counter T2

110801 • Material • Number of cupboards • Cupboards refrigerated • Number of drawers • Distance between trays • Size Cupboard • Number of doors • Door hinge side • Available on request • Power load • Size • Weight

RRP* 1,959.- €

GTIN 4015613613482

Chrome-nickel steel 2 Yes 1 70 mm W 335 x D 570 x H 554 mm 2 Left / right Refrigerated counter with glass-doors Refrigerated counter with swivel castors 0,35 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 1,342 x D 700 x H 850 mm 88 kg

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

110801MA • Material • Tilting • Number of cupboards • Cupboards refrigerated • Number of drawers • Distance between trays • Size Cupboard • Number of doors • Door hinge side • Available on request • Power load • Size • Weight

Refrigerated counter S2T1-150

110802 • Material • Number of cupboards • Cupboards refrigerated • Size Cupboard • Number of drawers • Drawers refrigerated • Norm-format drawers • Depth GN container max. • Size drawer • Number of doors • Door hinge side • Available on request • Power load • Size • Weight

Refrigerated counter S2T1-150 MA

110802MA • Material • Tilting • Number of cupboards • Cupboards refrigerated • Number of drawers • Size Cupboard • Number of drawers • Drawers refrigerated • Norm-format drawers • Depth GN container max. • Size drawer • Number of doors • Door hinge side • Available on request • Power load • Size • Weight

RRP* 1,998.- €

GTIN 4015613613499

Chrome-nickel steel 50 mm 2 Yes 1 70 mm W 335 x D 570 x H 554 mm 2 Left / right Refrigerated counter with glass-doors Refrigerated counter with swivel castors 0,35 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 1,342 x D 700 x H 850 mm 89 kg

RRP* 2,429.- €

GTIN 4015613613505

Chrome-nickel steel 1 Yes W 335 x D 570 x H 554 mm 2 Yes 1/1 GN 150 mm W 299 x D 572 x H 190 mm 1 Left Refrigerated counter with glass-doors Refrigerated counter with swivel castors 0,35 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 1,342 x D 700 x H 850 mm 99.5 kg

RRP* 2,469.- €

GTIN 4015613613512

Chrome-nickel steel 50 mm 1 Yes 1 W 335 x D 570 x H 554 mm 2 Yes 1/1 GN 150 mm W 299 x D 572 x H 190 mm 1 Left Refrigerated counter with glass-doors Refrigerated counter with swivel castors 0,35 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 1,342 x D 700 x H 850 mm 100.5 kg

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

REFRIGERATORS u Refrigerated counters

Refrigerated counter T2 MA

249

Refrigerated counter S4-150

110803 • Material • Number of drawers • Drawers refrigerated • Norm-format drawers • Depth GN container max. • Available on request • Power load • Size • Weight

Refrigerated counter S4-150 MA

110803MA • Material • Tilting • Number of drawers • Drawers refrigerated • Norm-format drawers • Depth GN container max. • Control lamp • Available on request • Power load • Size • Weight

REFRIGERATORS u Refrigerated counters

Refrigerated counter S6-100

250

110804 • Material • Number of drawers • Drawers refrigerated • Norm-format drawers • Depth GN container max. • Size drawer • Available on request • Power load • Size • Weight

RRP* 2,759.- €

GTIN 4015613613529

Chrome-nickel steel 4 Yes 1/1 GN 3 x 150 mm, 1 x 100 mm Refrigerated counter with swivel castors 0,35 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 1,342 x D 700 x H 850 mm 110.5 kg

RRP* 2,798.- €

GTIN 4015613613536

Chrome-nickel steel 50 mm 4 Yes 1/1 GN 3 x 150 mm, 1 x 100 mm ON/OFF Refrigerated counter with swivel castors 0,35 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 1,342 x D 700 x H 850 mm 111.5 kg

RRP* 2,959.- €

GTIN 4015613613543

Chrome-nickel steel 6 Yes 1/1 GN 100 mm W 299 x D 572 x H 110 mm Refrigerated counter with swivel castors 0,35 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 1,342 x D 700 x H 850 mm 131 kg

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

Refrigerated counter S6-100 MA

110804MA

RRP* 2,998.- €

• Material • Tilting • Number of drawers • Drawers refrigerated • Norm-format drawers • Depth GN container max. • Size drawer • Climate class • Digital display • Available on request • Power load • Size • Weight

Refrigerated counter T3 MA

110814MA

GTIN 4015613613550

Chrome-nickel steel 50 mm 6 Yes 1/1 GN 100 mm W 299 x D 572 x H 110 mm 4 Yes Refrigerated counter with swivel castors 0,35 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 1,342 x D 700 x H 850 mm 132 kg

RRP* 2,498.- €

GTIN 4015613689470

• Material • Tilting • Number of cupboards • Cupboards refrigerated • Norm-format cabinets • Depth GN container max. • Number of drawers • Load-bearing capacity per drawer max. • Distance between trays • Size Cupboard • Number of doors • Door hinge side • Including • Available on request • Power load • Size • Weight

► Constant and even cool temperature inside ► Cooling: Circulating air ► Temperature control in 0.1 °C steps

Chrome-nickel steel 50 mm 1 Yes 1/1 GN 40 mm 6 50 kg 60 mm W 1250 x D 585 x H 500 mm 3 Left / left / right 3 grilles (W 325 x D 530 x H 10 mm) Refrigerated counter with glass-doors Refrigerated counter with swivel castors 0,414 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 1,792 x D 700 x H 850 mm 112 kg

► Number of doors: 3 ► Standard format cupboards: 1/1 GN ► Number of drawers: 6

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

REFRIGERATORS u Refrigerated counters

3-door refrigerated counter with high-quality stainless steel work surface and a large circulating air-cooled area - constant and even cooling temperature inside.

251

Refrigerated counter S2T2-150

110805 • Material • Number of cupboards • Cupboards refrigerated • Number of drawers • Size Cupboard • Number of drawers • Drawers refrigerated • Norm-format drawers • Depth GN container max. • Size drawer • Number of doors • Door hinge side • Available on request • Power load • Size • Weight

Refrigerated counter S2T2-150 MA

110805MA • Material • Tilting • Number of cupboards • Cupboards refrigerated • Number of drawers • Size Cupboard • Number of drawers • Drawers refrigerated • Norm-format drawers • Depth GN container max. • Size drawer • Number of doors • Door hinge side • Available on request • Power load • Size • Weight

REFRIGERATORS u Refrigerated counters

Refrigerated counter S4T1-150

252

110806 • Material • Number of cupboards • Cupboards refrigerated • Number of drawers • Size Cupboard • Number of drawers • Drawers refrigerated • Norm-format drawers • Depth GN container max. • Size drawer • Number of doors • Door hinge side • Available on request • Power load • Size • Weight

RRP* 2,669.- €

GTIN 4015613613567

Chrome-nickel steel 2 Yes 1 W 335 x D 570 x H 554 mm 2 Yes 1/1 GN 150 mm W 299 x D 572 x H 190 mm 2 Left / right Refrigerated counter with glass-doors Refrigerated counter with swivel castors 0,452 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 1,792 x D 700 x H 850 mm 122.2 kg

RRP* 2,709.- €

GTIN 4015613613574

Chrome-nickel steel 50 mm 2 Yes 1 W 335 x D 570 x H 554 mm 2 Yes 1/1 GN 150 mm W 299 x D 572 x H 190 mm 2 Left / right Refrigerated counter with glass-doors Refrigerated counter with swivel castors 0,452 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 1,792 x D 700 x H 850 mm 123.2 kg

RRP* 2,859.- €

GTIN 4015613613581

Chrome-nickel steel 1 Yes 1 W 335 x D 570 x H 554 mm 4 Yes 1/1 GN 150 mm W 299 x D 572 x H 190 mm 1 Left Refrigerated counter with glass-doors Refrigerated counter with swivel castors 0,452 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 1,792 x D 700 x H 850 mm 133.8 kg

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

110806MA • Material • Tilting • Number of cupboards • Cupboards refrigerated • Number of drawers • Size Cupboard • Number of drawers • Drawers refrigerated • Norm-format drawers • Depth GN container max. • Size drawer • Number of doors • Door hinge side • Available on request • Power • Voltage • Size • Weight

Refrigerated counter S6-150

110807 • Material • Number of drawers • Drawers refrigerated • Norm-format drawers • Depth GN container max. • Available on request • Power load • Size • Weight

Refrigerated counter S6-150 MA

110807MA • Material • Tilting • Number of drawers • Drawers refrigerated • Norm-format drawers • Depth GN container max. • Available on request • Power load • Size • Weight

RRP* 2,898.- €

GTIN 4015613613598

Chrome-nickel steel 50 mm 1 Yes 1 W 335 x D 570 x H 554 mm 4 Yes 1/1 GN 150 mm W 299 x D 572 x H 190 mm 1 Left Refrigerated counter with glass-doors Refrigerated counter with swivel castors 0,452 kW 230 V W 1,792 x D 700 x H 850 mm 134.8 kg

RRP* 3,149.- €

GTIN 4015613613604

Chrome-nickel steel 6 Yes 1/1 GN 5 x 150 mm, 1 x 100 mm Refrigerated counter with swivel castors 0,452 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 1,792 x D 700 x H 850 mm 144.2 kg

RRP* 3,198.- €

GTIN 4015613613611

Chrome-nickel steel 50 mm 6 Yes 1/1 GN 5 x 150 mm, 1 x 100 mm Refrigerated counter with swivel castors 0,452 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 1,792 x D 700 x H 850 mm 145.2 kg

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

REFRIGERATORS u Refrigerated counters

Refrigerated counter S4T1-150 MA

253

Refrigerated counter S9-100

110808 • Material • Number of drawers • Drawers refrigerated • Norm-format drawers • Depth GN container max. • Size drawer • Available on request • Power load • Size • Weight

Refrigerated counter S9-100 MA

110808MA • Material • Tilting • Number of drawers • Drawers refrigerated • Norm-format drawers • Depth GN container max. • Size drawer • Power load • Available on request • Size • Weight

RRP* 3,449.- €

GTIN 4015613613628

Chrome-nickel steel 9 Yes 1/1 GN 100 mm W 299 x D 572 x H 100 mm Refrigerated counter with swivel castors 0,452 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 1,792 x D 700 x H 850 mm 171 kg

RRP* 3,498.- €

GTIN 4015613613635

Chrome-nickel steel 50 mm 9 Yes 1/1 GN 100 mm W 299 x D 572 x H 100 mm 0,452 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz Refrigerated counter with swivel castors W 1,792 x D 700 x H 850 mm 172 kg

REFRIGERATORS u Refrigerated counters

Component parts

254

Stainl.steel polish.spray 500ml can • Content / can: 500 ml • Order quantity unit: 1 box (12 cans) • Size: W 70 x D 70 x H 230 mm • Weight: 0.55 kg • GTIN: 4015613360195

173031

RRP*

198.- €

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

Saladettes

200270 • Material • Capacity GN • Depth GN container max. • With chopping board (polyethylene) • Number of cupboards • Norm-format cabinets • Size Cupboard • Content • Cooling • Coolant • Temperature range • Climate class • With foamed evaporator • Drip water evaporation • Digital display • Control lamp • ON/OFF switch • Door hinge side • Door hinge side can be changed • Including • Not included in delivery • Power load • Size • Weight

Saladette 900T2

200256 • Material • Capacity GN • Depth GN container max. • With chopping board (polyethylene) • Number of cupboards • Norm-format cabinets • Size Cupboard • Content • Cooling • Coolant • Temperature range • Climate class • With foamed evaporator • Drip water evaporation • Digital display • Control lamp • ON/OFF switch • Door hinge side • Door hinge side can be changed • Including

• Not included in delivery • Power load • Size • Weight

RRP* 798.- €

GTIN 4015613593319

Chrome-nickel steel 1 x 1/1 GN 150 mm Yes 1 1/1 GN W 368 x D 497 x H 590 mm 140 litre(s) Circulating air R134a 0 °C to 10 °C N Yes Yes Yes ON/OFF Yes Right Yes 2 bars: length 535 mm, width 35 mm 1 grille 1/1 GN GN containers 0,23 kW | 230-240 V | 50 Hz W 438 x D 700 x H 882 mm 43 kg

RRP* 949.- €

GTIN 4015613655758

Chrome-nickel steel 2 x 1/1 GN + 3 x 1/6 GN 150 mm Yes 2 1/1 GN W 428 x D 497 x H 590 mm 260 litre(s) Circulating air R134a 0 °C to 10 °C N Yes Yes Yes ON/OFF Yes Left / right No 2 bars: length 326 mm, width 25 mm 2 bars: length 535 mm, width 35 mm 4 bars: length 174 mm, width 25 mm GN containers 0,204 kW | 220-240 V | 50 Hz W 900 x D 700 x H 870 mm 61.6 kg

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

REFRIGERATORS u Saladettes

Saladette 438T1, 1/1GN, 1D

255

Saladette 1365T3

200257 • Material • Capacity GN • Depth GN container max. • With chopping board (polyethylene) • Number of cupboards • Norm-format cabinets • Size Cupboard • Content • Cooling • Coolant • Temperature range • Climate class • With foamed evaporator • Drip water evaporation • Digital display • Control lamp • ON/OFF switch • Door hinge side • Door hinge side can be changed • Including

• Not included in delivery • Power load • Size • Weight

Saladette 900T2 +GL

200275 • Material

REFRIGERATORS u Saladettes

• Capacity GN • Depth GN container max. • With chopping board (polyethylene) • Content • Cooling • Coolant • Temperature range • Climate class • With foamed evaporator • Drip water evaporation • Digital display • ON/OFF switch • Door hinge side • Including

256

• Not included in delivery • Power load • Size • Weight

RRP* 1,529.- €

GTIN 4015613655765

Chrome-nickel steel 4 x 1/1 GN 150 mm Yes 3 1/1 GN W 428 x D 497 x H 590 mm 390 litre(s) Circulating air R134a 0 °C to 10 °C N Yes Yes Yes ON/OFF Yes Left / left / right No 3 bars: length 326 mm, width 25 mm 3 bars: length 535 mm, width 35 mm 4 bars: length 174 mm, width 25 mm GN containers 0,321 kW | 220-240 V | 50 Hz W 1,365 x D 700 x H 870 mm 87.2 kg

RRP* 1,049.- €

GTIN 4015613638522

Chrome-nickel steel Brushed 2 x 1/1 GN + 3 x 1/6 GN 150 mm Yes 250 litre(s) Circulating air R134a 0 °C to 10 °C N Yes Yes Yes Yes Left / right 2 grills 1/1 GN, stainless steel 2 bars: length 326 mm, width 25 mm 2 bars: length 535 mm, width 35 mm 4 bars: length 174 mm, width 25 mm GN containers 0,187 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 900 x D 700 x H 850 mm 57 kg

Glass top 900T2 +GL • Material: Glass • Useful height inside: Below 230 mm, top 168 mm • Number of intermediate shelves: 1 • Size Clipboard: W 856 x D 298 mm • Delivery state: Building kit (simple assembly) • Size: W 880 x D 540 x H 425 mm • Weight: 25.4 kg • GTIN: 4015613638515

200274

RRP*

289.- €

► Matches saladette 900T2 +GL ► Glass top 900T2 +GL

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

200279 • Material

• Capacity GN • Depth GN container max. • Number of cupboards • Norm-format cabinets • Size Cupboard • Content • Cooling • Coolant • Temperature range • Climate class • With foamed evaporator • Drip water evaporation • Digital display • Control lamp • ON/OFF switch • With glass top • Type of glass • Safety glass • Glass top design operator side • Size glass superstructure • Number of intermediate shelves • Size Clipboard • Useful height inside • Lighting

With checkout area: ► Dimensions: W 460 x D 700 mm

• Not included in delivery • Door hinge side • Door hinge side can be changed • Properties • Including • Delivery state • Power load • Size • Weight

Pizza Saladette 900T2

200258 • Material • Capacity GN • Depth GN container max. • Number of cupboards • Norm-format cabinets • Size Cupboard • Content • Cooling • Coolant • Temperature range • Climate class • With foamed evaporator • Drip water evaporation • Digital display • Control lamp • ON/OFF switch • Door hinge side • Door hinge side can be changed • Properties • Including • Not included in delivery • Power load • Size • Weight

RRP* 2,519.- €

GTIN 4015613652597

Chrome-nickel steel Plexiglas Glass 3 x 1/1 GN 150 mm 2 1/1 GN W 335 x D 600 x H 600 mm 390 litre(s) Circulating air R134a 0 °C to 10 °C N No Yes Yes ON/OFF Yes Yes Single glazing Yes With sliding doors W 1040 x D 640 x H 515 mm 1 W 1010 x D 230 mm Below 300 mm, top 140 mm On the glass top Can be switched separately GN containers Left / right No Evaporator vertical between the cupboards 2 grilles 1/1 GN, plastic coated 3 bars: length 535 mm, width 23 mm Building kit (simple assembly) 0,507 kW | 220-240 V | 50 Hz W 1,535 x D 700 x H 1,355 mm 126 kg

RRP* 1,149.- €

GTIN 4015613655789

Chrome-nickel steel 5 x 1/6 GN 150 mm 2 1/1 GN W 428 x D 497 x H 590 mm 260 litre(s) Circulating air R134a 0 °C to 10 °C N Yes Yes Yes ON/OFF Yes Left / right No Work surface made of granite 4 bars: length 174 mm, width 25 mm GN containers 0,204 kW | 220-240 V | 50 Hz W 904 x D 699 x H 1,080 mm 90 kg

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

REFRIGERATORS u Saladettes

Saladette 1535T2GLK

257

Buffet trolleys, cold – Features at a glance ✓✓ Material: Wood ✓✓ Cooling: Static ✓✓ Temperature range: 2 °C to 10 °C ✓✓ Germ guard: Yes ✓✓ Swivel casters: 4 swivel casters, 2 with brake

✓✓ Colour: Walnut colours ✓✓ Coolant: R134a ✓✓ Control lamp: ON/OFF ✓✓ Lighting: On the germ guard

Buffet trolley, cold, 3x 1/1 GN

125507 • Number of tanks • Basin size, GN format • Depth GN container max. • Temperature range • Properties • Not included in delivery • Delivery state • Power load • Size • Weight

Buffet trolley, cold, 4x 1/1 GN

125513 • Number of tanks • Basin size, GN format • Depth GN container max. • Temperature range • Properties • Not included in delivery • Delivery state • Power load • Size • Weight

REFRIGERATORS u Buffet trolleys, cold

Buffet trolley, cold, 6x 1/1 GN

258

125523 • Number of tanks • Basin size, GN format • Depth GN container max. • Temperature range • Properties • Not included in delivery • Delivery state • Power load • Size • Weight

RRP* 2,598.- €

GTIN 4015613573670

1 3 x 1/1 GN 150 mm 2 °C to 10 °C Work surface made of Granit Rosa Porrino Stainless steel sink GN containers Tray chute Building kit (simple assembly) 0,236 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 1,200 x D 880 x H 1,370 mm 112 kg

RRP* 2,798.- €

GTIN 4015613573687

1 4 x 1/1 GN 150 mm 2 °C to 10 °C Work surface made of Granit Rosa Porrino Stainless steel sink GN containers Tray chute Building kit (simple assembly) 0,507 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 1,490 x D 880 x H 1,370 mm 152 kg

RRP* 3,649.- €

GTIN 4015613573694

2 6 x 1/1 GN 150 mm 2 °C to 10 °C Work surface made of Granit Rosa Porrino Stainless steel sink GN containers Tray chute Building kit (simple assembly) 0,507 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 2,150 x D 880 x H 1,370 mm 197 kg

Component parts Tray slide, 1 piece, 3x 1/1 GN

Tray slide, 1 piece, 4x 1/1 GN

Tray slide, 1 piece, 6x 1/1 GN

• Material: Stainless steel • Size: W 1,180 x D 310 x H 130 mm • Weight: 3.1 kg • GTIN: 4015613570815

• Material: Stainless steel • Size: W 1,500 x D 310 x H 120 mm • Weight: 4 kg • GTIN: 4015613570846

• Material: Stainless steel • Size: W 2,100 x D 310 x H 120 mm • Weight: 5.9 kg • GTIN: 4015613570860

125502

RRP*

249.- €

125503

RRP*

289.- €

125504

RRP*

429.- €

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

Cooling tops for GN containers 150 mm deep

Cooling top GL3 3x1/3+1x1/2GN

110175

RRP* 719.- €

GTIN 4015613655864

Hygienic and clean – glass attachment as germ guard

• Depth GN container max. • Design • Type of glass • Safety glass • Front pane • Glass top design operator side • Cooling • Coolant • Temperature range • Climate class • Drip water evaporation • Automatic defrosting function • Digital display • Control lamp • ON/OFF switch • Properties • Delivery state • Not included in delivery • Size • Weight

Chrome-nickel steel Glass 150 mm With glass top Single glazing Yes Turned-down edges Open Static R134a 0 °C to 10 °C N Yes Yes Yes ON/OFF Yes Cooling aggregate with cooling tray Building kit (simple assembly) GN containers W 1,200 x D 400 x H 425 mm 39.4 kg

Cooling top GL3 3x1/3+1x1/2GN

Cooling top GL3 5x1/3+1x1/2GN

• Capacity GN • Size glass superstructure • Including

• Power load • Size • Weight • GTIN

3 x 1/3 GN + 1 x 1/2 GN W 1190 x D 390 x H 195 mm 1 bar: length 326 mm, width 45 mm 4 bars: length 181 mm, width 25 mm 4 bars: length 326 mm, width 25 mm 0,166 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 1,200 x D 400 x H 425 mm 39.4 kg 4015613655864

110175

RRP* 719.- €

• Power load • Size • Weight • GTIN

5 x 1/3 GN + 1 x 1/2 GN W 1490 x D 390 x H 195 mm 1 bar: length 326 mm, width 77 mm 4 bars: length 181 mm, width 25 mm 6 bars: length 326 mm, width 25 mm 0,174 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 1,500 x D 400 x H 425 mm 45.4 kg 4015613655871

110176

RRP* 829.- €

Cooling top GL3 8 x 1/3 GN

Cooling top GL3 9 x 1/3 GN

• Capacity GN • Size glass superstructure • Including

• Power load • Size • Weight • GTIN

110178

8 x 1/3 GN W 1790 x D 390 x H 195 mm 4 bars: length 181 mm, width 25 mm 8 bars: length 326 mm, width 25 mm 0,18 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 1,800 x D 400 x H 425 mm 51.9 kg 4015613655888 RRP* 939.- €

• Power load • Size • Weight • GTIN

110179

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

9 x 1/3 GN W 1990 x D 390 x H 195 mm 4 bars: length 181 mm, width 25 mm 9 bars: length 326 mm, width 25 mm 1 bar: length 326 mm, width 40 mm 0,194 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 2,000 x D 400 x H 425 mm 55.4 kg 4015613655895 RRP* 1,039.- €

REFRIGERATORS u Cooling tops

• Material

259

Cooling top GL4 5 x 1/4 GN

110170

RRP* 698.- €

GTIN 4015613655819

Hygienic and clean – glass attachment as germ guard • Material • Depth GN container max. • Design • Type of glass • Safety glass • Front pane • Glass top design operator side • Cooling • Coolant • Temperature range • Climate class • Drip water evaporation • Automatic defrosting function • Digital display • Control lamp • ON/OFF switch • Properties • Delivery state • Not included in delivery • Size • Weight

Cooling top GL4 5 x 1/4 GN

Cooling top GL4 6 x 1/4 GN

• Capacity GN • Size glass superstructure • Including

• Power load • Size • Weight • GTIN

5 x 1/4 GN W 1190 x D 330 x H 195 mm 4 bars: length 181 mm, width 25 mm 6 bars: length 264 mm, width 25 mm 0,166 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 1,200 x D 340 x H 425 mm 36.4 kg 4015613655819

110170

RRP* 698.- €

110171

RRP* 769.- €

Cooling top GL4 8 x 1/4 GN

• Capacity GN • Size glass superstructure • Including

7 x 1/4 GN W 1490 x D 330 x H 195 mm 4 bars: length 181 mm, width 25 mm 6 bars: length 264 mm, width 25 mm 0,174 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 1,500 x D 340 x H 425 mm 41.4 kg 4015613655833

110172

REFRIGERATORS u Cooling tops

• Power load • Size • Weight • GTIN

6 x 1/4 GN W 1390 x D 330 x H 195 mm 1 bar: length 264 mm, width 63 mm 4 bars: length 181 mm, width 25 mm 6 bars: length 264 mm, width 25 mm 0,194 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 1,400 x D 340 x H 425 mm 40.6 kg 4015613655826

Cooling top GL4 7 x 1/4 GN

• Power load • Size • Weight • GTIN

260

RRP* 809.- €

• Power load • Size • Weight • GTIN

110173

8 x 1/4 GN W 1790 x D 330 x H 195 mm 1 bar: length 264 mm, width 134 mm 4 bars: length 181 mm, width 25 mm 8 bars: length 264 mm, width 25 mm 0,18 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 1,800 x D 340 x H 425 mm 46.8 kg 4015613655840 RRP* 909.- €

Cooling top GL4 10 x 1/4 GN • Capacity GN • Size glass superstructure • Including • Power load • Size • Weight • GTIN

110174

10 x 1/4 GN W 1990 x D 330 x H 195 mm 4 bars: length 181 mm, width 25 mm 9 bars: length 264 mm, width 25 mm 0,194 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 2,000 x D 340 x H 425 mm 51 kg 4015613655857 RRP* 1,019.- €

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

Cooling top ED 5 x 1/4 GN

110310 • Material • Depth GN container max. • Design • Cooling • Coolant • Temperature range • Climate class • Drip water evaporation • Automatic defrosting function • Digital display • Control lamp • ON/OFF switch • Properties • Including • Delivery state • Not included in delivery • Size • Weight

• Capacity GN • Power load • Size • Weight • GTIN

GTIN 4015613640402

Chrome-nickel steel Stainless steel 150 mm With stainless steel lid Static R134a 0 °C to 10 °C N Yes Yes Yes ON/OFF Yes Cooling aggregate with cooling tray 4 bars: length 181 mm, width 25 mm 6 bars: length 264 mm, width 25 mm Permanently mounted GN containers W 1,200 x D 340 x H 275 mm 23.6 kg

Cooling top ED 7 x 1/4 GN 5 x 1/4 GN 0,166 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 1,200 x D 340 x H 275 mm 23.6 kg 4015613640402

110310

RRP* 769.- €

• Capacity GN • Power load • Size • Weight • GTIN 1

7 x 1/4 GN 0,174 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 1,500 x D 340 x H 275 mm 26 kg 4015613650609

110314

Cool top ED 3 x 1/3 GN + 1 x 1/2 GN

RRP* 849.- €

110320 • Material • Depth GN container max. • Design • Cooling • Coolant • Temperature range • Climate class • Drip water evaporation • Automatic defrosting function • Digital display • Control lamp • ON/OFF switch • Properties • Including

• Delivery state • Not included in delivery • Size • Weight

RRP* 789.- €

Cool top ED 5x1/3GN+1x1/2GN

• Capacity GN • Power load • Size • Weight • GTIN

3 x 1/3 GN + 1 x 1/2 GN 0,166 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 1,200 x D 400 x H 275 mm 24.8 kg 4015613650616 RRP* 789.- €

GTIN 4015613650616

Chrome-nickel steel Stainless steel 150 mm With stainless steel lid Static R134a 0 °C to 10 °C N Yes Yes Yes ON/OFF Yes Cooling aggregate with cooling tray 1 bar: length 326 mm, width 45 mm 4 bars: length 181 mm, width 25 mm 4 bars: length 326 mm, width 25 mm Permanently mounted GN containers W 1,200 x D 400 x H 275 mm 24.8 kg

Cool top ED 3 x 1/3 GN + 1 x 1/2 GN

110320

110322

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

5 x 1/3 GN + 1 x 1/2 GN 0,174 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 1,500 x D 400 x H 275 mm 27.8 kg 4015613650623 RRP* 879.- €

REFRIGERATORS u Cooling tops

Cooling top ED 5 x 1/4 GN

RRP* 769.- €

261

Cool display top Sushi, 5x1/2GN

110135G • Material

• Capacity GN • Depth GN container max. • Design • Type of glass • Safety glass • Front pane • Cooling • Coolant • Temperature range • Climate class • Drip water evaporation • Automatic defrosting function • Digital display • Control lamp • ON/OFF switch • Lighting • Properties

• Including • Delivery state • Not included in delivery • Power load • Size • Weight

Refrigerated display 67L

700211G

REFRIGERATORS u Cooling tops

• Material • Capacity GN • Depth GN container max. • Content • Type of glass • Safety glass • Front pane

262

• Cooling • Coolant • Temperature range • Climate class • Drip water evaporation • Automatic defrosting function • Digital display • Control lamp • ON/OFF switch • Type of door • Position of the door • Door hinge side • Door hinge side can be changed • Properties • Including

• Power load • Size • Weight

RRP* 1,219.- €

GTIN 4015613525853

CNS 18/10 Plastic Glass 5 x 1/2 GN 40 mm Closed glass casing Single glazing Yes Rounded Static R600a 2 °C to 7 °C 4 Yes Yes Yes Defrost Yes LED Can be switched separately Operator side with glass sliding doors With additional evaporator tube on top 1 bar: length 325 mm, width 30 mm Permanently mounted GN containers 0,18 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 1,800 x D 425 x H 295 mm 45.1 kg

RRP* 949.- €

GTIN 4015613625294

Stainless steel 1 x 1/1 GN + 1 x 1/3 GN 100 mm 67 litre(s) Double glazing Yes Rounded Framed Static R600a 0 °C to 10 °C 4 Yes Yes Yes ON/OFF Yes Lifting door Reverse Top No Chopping board, polyethylene 8 GN container 1/6 GN, 100 mm deep, CNS 18/10 3 bars: length 360 mm, width 30 mm 0,07 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 765 x D 610 x H 330 mm 25.7 kg

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

Refrigerated display 40L-SBO

700219G

RRP* 739.- €

GTIN 4015613696720

Counter showcase for self-service area – ideal for cold drinks, yogurts or also cooled snacks e.g. sandwiches. • Material • Content • Material surface • Size utility space • Useful height inside • Type of glass • Safety glass • Front pane • Cooling • Coolant • Temperature range • Temperature control • Climate class • Drip water evaporation • Automatic defrosting function • Digital display • Control lamp • ON/OFF switch • Properties • Power load • Size • Weight

► Work surface ► Dimensions: W 645 x D 300 mm ► Useful height inside: 260 mm ► Stainless steel, detachable

Refrigerated display 105L

700216G

Stainless steel Glass 40 litre(s) Stainless steel W 645 x D 300 mm 260 mm Single glazing Yes Rounded Static R600a 0 °C to 6 °C Thermostatic In 0.1 °C steps 4 No Yes Yes ON/OFF Yes Size of opening: W 650 x H 190 mm Baseplate removable 0,105 kW | 220-240 V | 50 Hz W 670 x D 585 x H 335 mm 24.8 kg

RRP* 839.- €

GTIN 4015613662152

• Material • Content • Material surface • Size utility space • Useful height inside • Type of glass • Safety glass • Front pane • Cooling • Coolant • Temperature range • Temperature control • Climate class • Drip water evaporation • Automatic defrosting function • Digital display • Control lamp • ON/OFF switch • Type of door

► Display area ► Material: stainless steel ► Size: W 530 x D 665 mm

• Position of the door • Door hinge side • Door hinge side can be changed • Properties • Power load • Size • Weight

Stainless steel Glass 105 litre(s) Stainless steel W 530 x D 665 mm Max. 300 mm Single glazing No Rounded Static R600a 2 °C to 12 °C In 0.1 °C steps 4 No Yes Yes ON/OFF Yes Lifting door Sliding door(s) On both sides Top No Sliding door dimensions: W 277 x H 160 mm 0,105 kW | 220-240 V | 50 Hz W 700 x D 880 x H 410 mm 38 kg

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

REFRIGERATORS u Refrigerated displays

For an appealing presentation of food in the self-service area. The user-friendly display is operable from both sides.

263

Refrigerated displays “Bartscher Deli-Cool” – Features at a glance

✓✓ Front pane: Rounded, Framed ✓✓ Temperature range: 2 °C to 12 °C ✓✓ Automatic defrosting function: Yes ✓✓ Interior lighting: Yes ✓✓ Type of intermediate shelves: Grille, chrome-plated

✓✓ Coolant: R600a ✓✓ Climate class: 4 ✓✓ Digital display: Yes ✓✓ Type of door: Sliding door(s) ✓✓ Height-adjustable intermediate shelves: Yes

Refr. display unit "Deli Cool I"

700201G • Material • Content • Type of glass • Safety glass • Material surface

REFRIGERATORS u Refrigerated displays

• Size utility space • Cooling • Lighting

264

• Position of the door • Number of intermediate shelves • Size Clipboard top • Size Clipboard bottom • Power load • Size • Weight

RRP* 619.- €

GTIN 4015613479101

Plastic Glass 100 litre(s) All-round glass Double glazing No Steel Chrome-plated W 622 x D 476 mm Circulating air LED Can be switched separately Reverse 2 W 600 x D 300 mm W 600 x D 300 mm 0,16 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 685 x D 455 x H 675 mm 40.3 kg

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

700202G • Material • Content • Type of glass • Safety glass • Material surface • Size utility space • Cooling • Lighting

• Position of the door • Number of intermediate shelves • Size Clipboard top • Size Clipboard bottom • Power load • Size • Weight

Ref. display "Bartscher Deli-Cool II D"

700208G • Material • Content • Type of glass • Safety glass • Material surface • Size utility space • Lighting

• Cooling • Position of the door • Number of intermediate shelves • Size Clipboard top • Size Clipboard bottom • Power load • Size • Weight

Refr. display unit "Deli Cool III", 160L

700203G • Material • Content • Type of glass • Safety glass • Material surface • Size utility space • Cooling • Lighting

• Position of the door • Number of intermediate shelves • Size Clipboard top • Size Clipboard bottom • Power load • Size • Weight

RRP* 809.- €

GTIN 4015613505558

Plastic Glass 120 litre(s) Double glazing All-round glass Yes Steel W 652 x D 476 mm Circulating air with 2 fans LED Lid Can be switched separately Reverse 2 W 630 x D 340 mm W 630 x D 370 mm 0,16 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 710 x D 575 x H 685 mm 56.6 kg

RRP* 849.- €

GTIN 4015613617688

Plastic Glass 120 litre(s) Double glazing All-round glass Yes Steel W 652 x D 476 mm LED Lid Can be switched separately Circulating air with 2 fans On both sides 2 W 630 x D 340 mm W 630 x D 370 mm 0,16 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 710 x D 568 x H 686 mm 55 kg

RRP* 898.- €

GTIN 4015613505565

Plastic Glass 160 litre(s) Double glazing All-round glass Yes Steel W 858 x D 467 mm Circulating air with 2 fans LED Lid Can be switched separately Reverse 2 W 810 x D 370 mm W 810 x D 400 mm 0,16 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 885 x D 580 x H 690 mm 66.3 kg

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

REFRIGERATORS u Refrigerated displays

Refr. display unit "Deli Cool II"

265

Refrigerated displays – Features at a glance ✓✓ Material: CNS 18/10, Glass ✓✓ Cooling: Circulating air ✓✓ Temperature range: 6 °C to 10 °C ✓✓ Automatic defrosting function: Yes ✓✓ Control lamp: yes ✓✓ Lighting: Halogen, Can be switched separately ✓✓ Position of the door: Reverse ✓✓ Type of intermediate shelves: Grille, CNS 18/10

Refr. display 2/1 GN, straight glass

✓✓ Type of glass: All-round glass, Single glazing ✓✓ Coolant: R404a ✓✓ Climate class: 4 ✓✓ Digital display: Yes ✓✓ Interior lighting: Yes ✓✓ Type of door: Sliding door(s) ✓✓ Number of intermediate shelves: 1 ✓✓ Height-adjustable intermediate shelves: No

406051 • Gastronorm • Depth GN container max. • Content • Front pane • Safety glass • Size Clipboard • Not included in delivery • Power load • Size • Weight

Refr. display 3/1 GN, straight glass

406052

REFRIGERATORS u Refrigerated displays

• Gastronorm • Depth GN container max. • Content • Front pane • Safety glass • Size Clipboard • Not included in delivery • Power load • Size • Weight

266

Refr. display 3/1GN, curved glass

405052 • Gastronorm • Depth GN container max. • Content • Front pane • Safety glass • Size Clipboard • Not included in delivery • Power load • Temperature range from • Size • Weight

RRP* 2,179.- €

GTIN 4015613415666

2/1 GN 65 mm 110 litre(s) Turned-down edges Yes W 660 x D 410 mm GN containers 0,43 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 750 x D 775 x H 600 mm 78.6 kg

RRP* 2,529.- €

GTIN 4015613415635

3/1 GN 65 mm 165 litre(s) Turned-down edges Yes W 990 x D 410 mm GN containers 0,46 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 1,080 x D 775 x H 600 mm 97.4 kg

RRP* 2,779.- €

GTIN 4015613415642

3/1 GN 65 mm 165 litre(s) Rounded Yes W 990 x D 410 mm GN containers 0,46 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz 6 °C W 1,080 x D 775 x H 600 mm 80 kg

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

Mini coolers – Features at a glance

✓✓ Useful height inside: Variable ✓✓ Control lamp: ON/OFF ✓✓ Interior lighting: Yes ✓✓ Door hinge side: Right

Mini Cooler 58L, white

700258G • Material • Colour • Type of glass • Content • Cooling • Coolant • Temperature range • Climate class • Drip water evaporation • Automatic defrosting function • Lighting • Type of intermediate shelves • Number of intermediate shelves • Size Clipboard • Height-adjustable intermediate shelves • Power load • Size • Weight

Mini Cooler 58L, white

Mini cooler 58L-SW

• Colour: White • Power load: 0,18 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz • Size: W 435 x D 385 x H 805 mm • Weight: 29.4 kg • GTIN: 4015613635057

• Colour: Black • Power load: 0,18 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz • Size: W 435 x D 385 x H 805 mm • Weight: 28.5 kg • GTIN: 4015613711843

700258G

RRP*

398.- €

700358G

RRP*

398.- €

RRP* 398.- €

GTIN 4015613635057

Plastic Glass White Double glazing 58 litre(s) Circulating air R600a 2 °C to 12 °C 4 Yes Yes Fluorecent tubes Lid Grille, plastic coated 2 W 380 x D 325 mm Yes 0,18 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 435 x D 385 x H 805 mm 29.4 kg

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

REFRIGERATORS u Mini coolers

✓✓ Front pane: Framed ✓✓ Digital display: Yes ✓✓ ON/OFF switch: Yes ✓✓ Position of the door: Front ✓✓ Door hinge side can be changed: No

267

Mini Cooler 78L, white

700578G

RRP* 439.- €

• Material • Colour • Type of glass • Content • Cooling • Coolant • Temperature range • Climate class • Drip water evaporation • Automatic defrosting function • Lighting

• Number of intermediate shelves • Type of intermediate shelves • Size Clipboard • Height-adjustable intermediate shelves • Power load • Size • Weight

Plastic Glass White Double glazing 78 litre(s) Circulating air R600a 2 °C to 12 °C 4 Yes Yes Fluorecent tubes Lid Can be switched separately 3 Grille, plastic coated W 380 x D 325 mm Yes 0,18 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 435 x D 385 x H 960 mm 33.6 kg

Mini Cooler 78L, black

Mini Cooler 78L, silver

• Colour: White • Power load: 0,18 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz • Size: W 435 x D 385 x H 960 mm • Weight: 33.6 kg • GTIN: 4015613635071

• Colour: Black • Power load: 0,18 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz • Size: W 435 x D 385 x H 960 mm • Weight: 33.2 kg • GTIN: 4015613635088

• Colour: Silver • Power load: 0,18 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz • Size: W 435 x D 385 x H 960 mm • Weight: 32.5 kg • GTIN: 4015613664101

RRP*

439.- €

700277G

RRP*

Mini Cooler 78L, stainless steel

439.- €

700778G

700478G • Material

REFRIGERATORS u Mini coolers

GTIN 4015613635071

Mini Cooler 78L, white

700578G

268

• Colour • Type of glass • Content • Useful height inside • Cooling • Coolant • Temperature range • Climate class • Drip water evaporation • Automatic defrosting function • Lighting • Number of intermediate shelves • Type of intermediate shelves • Size Clipboard • Height-adjustable intermediate shelves • Power load • Size • Weight

RRP* 919.- €

RRP*

475.- €

GTIN 4015613633466

Chrome-nickel steel Glass Silver Double glazing 78 litre(s) Variable Circulating air R600a 2 °C to 12 °C 4 Yes Yes LED Can be switched separately 3 Grille, chrome-plated W 350 x D 300 mm Yes 0,18 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 430 x D 390 x H 986 mm 41.8 kg

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

700678G • Material • Colour • Type of glass • Content • Cooling • Coolant • Automatic defrosting function • Temperature range • Climate class • Lighting

• Position of the door • Number of intermediate shelves • Type of intermediate shelves • Size Clipboard • Height-adjustable intermediate shelves • Power load • Front pane • Size • Weight

Mini Cooler 98L

700298G • Material • Colour • Type of glass • Content • Cooling • Coolant • Temperature range • Climate class • Drip water evaporation • Automatic defrosting function • Lighting

• Number of intermediate shelves • Type of intermediate shelves • Size Clipboard • Height-adjustable intermediate shelves • Power load • Size • Weight

Mini Cooler 98L

Mini cooler 98L-SW

• Colour: White • Power load: 0,18 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz • Size: W 435 x D 385 x H 1,105 mm • Weight: 38.4 kg • GTIN: 4015613635118

• Colour: Black • Power load: 0,18 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz • Size: W 435 x D 385 x H 1,105 mm • Weight: 37.5 kg • GTIN: 4015613711850

700298G

RRP*

485.- €

700398G

RRP*

485.- €

RRP* 485.- €

GTIN 4015613635101

Plastic Glass White Double glazing 86 litre(s) Circulating air R600a Yes 2 °C to 12 °C 4 Fluorecent tubes Lid Can be switched separately On both sides 3 Grille, chrome-plated W 357 x D 315 mm Yes 0,18 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz Framed Framed W 425 x D 435 x H 980 mm 36.5 kg

RRP* 485.- €

GTIN 4015613635118

Plastic Glass White Double glazing 98 litre(s) Circulating air R600a 2 °C to 12 °C 4 Yes Yes Fluorecent tubes Lid Can be switched separately 4 Grille, plastic coated W 380 x D 325 mm Yes 0,18 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 435 x D 385 x H 1,105 mm 38.4 kg

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

REFRIGERATORS u Mini coolers

Mini-Cooler 86L

269

Display fridge 235L

700335G

RRP* 1,069.- €

• Material • Colour • Type of glass • Content • Cooling • Coolant • Temperature range • Climate class • Drip water evaporation • Automatic defrosting function • Lighting

• Swivel casters • Number of intermediate shelves • Type of intermediate shelves • Size Clipboard • Height-adjustable intermediate shelves • Power load • Size • Weight

Refrigerated wall shelf "Rimi"

700226

GTIN 4015613635125

Plastic Glass White Double glazing 235 litre(s) Circulating air R600a 2 °C to 12 °C 4 Yes Yes LED Front side Can be switched separately 4 swivel casters, 2 with brake 4 Grille, plastic coated W 452 x D 407 mm Yes 0,25 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 520 x D 485 x H 1,700 mm 77 kg

RRP* 1,998.- €

GTIN 4015613714875

Mobile refrigerated wall shelf for presentation of goods on 4 levels – the 3 heightadjustable shelves allow individual and needs-based assembly.

REFRIGERATORS u Refrigerated displays

• Material

270

• Safety glass • Type of glass • Material surface • Size utility space • Content • Useful height inside • Exhibition space • Cooling • Coolant • Temperature range • Climate class • Drip water evaporation • Automatic defrosting function • Digital display • Interior lighting • Lighting • Swivel casters • Number of shelves • Shelves with price rails • Dimensions shelves • Height-adjustable shelves • Power load • Size • Weight

Stainless steel Glass Yes Single glazing Stainless steel W 465 x D 340 mm 220 litre(s) Variable 0,52 m² Circulating air R290 (0,14 kg) 2 °C to 10 °C 6 Yes Yes Yes Yes LED 4 swivel casters, 2 with brake 3 Yes W 465 x D 280 mm Yes 1,34 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 494 x D 600 x H 1,742 mm 106 kg

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

Refrigerated displays

Display fridge KV 270L

700561

RRP* 2,449.- €

GTIN 4015613717920

• Material

• Type of glass • Safety glass • Front pane • Material surface • Size utility space • Content • Useful height inside • Cooling • Coolant • Temperature range • Climate class • Drip water evaporation • Automatic defrosting function • Digital display • Control lamp • ON/OFF switch • Interior lighting • Lighting • Position of the door • Door hinge side • Door hinge side can be changed • Swivel casters • Number of intermediate shelves • Type of intermediate shelves • Intermediate shelves with price rails • Size Clipboard top • Size Clipboard bottom • Height-adjustable intermediate shelves • Power load • Size • Weight

► Sliding doors on the operator side

Stainless steel Glass Plastic Double glazing All-round glass Yes Turned-down edges Framed Glass W 840 x D 360 mm 270 litre(s) Variable Circulating air R290 (0,14 kg) 2 °C to 8 °C 4 Yes Yes Yes ON/OFF Yes Yes LED Reverse Left / right No 4 swivel casters, 2 with brake 2 Glass pane Yes W 800 x D 360 mm W 800 x D 370 mm Yes 0,475 kW | 220-240 V | 50 Hz W 915 x D 680 x H 1,240 mm 112.8 kg

► LED lighting

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

REFRIGERATORS u Refrigerated displays

The flexible refrigerated cabinet for the counter area – the height-adjustable intermediate shelves with price rails offer a prestigious spaces for cool beverages, snacks and food.

271

Cake displays show-cases – Features at a glance

✓✓ Type of glass: Double glazing, All-round glass ✓✓ Front pane: Rounded ✓✓ Interior lighting: Yes ✓✓ Door hinge side: Right

✓✓ Safety glass: Yes ✓✓ Digital display: Yes ✓✓ Position of the door: Front ✓✓ Door hinge side can be changed: No

Cake display show-case 72L

700207G

RRP* 1,049.- €

• Material

REFRIGERATORS u Cake displays show-cases

• Content • Useful height inside • Cooling • Coolant • Temperature range • Climate class • Drip water evaporation • Automatic defrosting function • Humidity max. • Lighting • Number of intermediate shelves • Type of intermediate shelves

272

• Diameter intermediate shelves • Height-adjustable intermediate shelves • Properties

• Power load • Size • Weight

GTIN 4015613586687

Plastic Glass 72 litre(s) 160 mm Circulating air with 2 fans R600a 2 °C to 10 °C 4 Yes Yes 70 % LED 4 Bogie with permanently welded grille shelves 315 mm No Bogie can be switched separately Bogie detachable Rotation stop automatic when opening the door 0,17 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 450 x D 450 x H 983 mm 39 kg

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

Cake display show-case 100L

700213G

RRP* 1,098.- €

• Material

• Content • Useful height inside • Cooling • Coolant • Temperature range • Climate class • Drip water evaporation • Automatic defrosting function • Lighting • Number of intermediate shelves • Type of intermediate shelves • Diameter intermediate shelves • Height-adjustable intermediate shelves • Properties • Power load • Size • Weight

Cake display show-case 400L

700314

GTIN 4015613641423

Stainless steel Plastic Glass 100 litre(s) Variable Circulating air R600a 2 °C to 8 °C 4 Yes Yes LED Can be switched separately 4 Glass pane 390 mm Yes Intermediate shelves, rotating, can be removed 0,23 kW | 220-240 V | 50 Hz W 565 x D 565 x H 1,065 mm 50.8 kg

RRP* 2,998.- €

GTIN 4015613717913

• Material

• Content • Useful height inside • Cooling • Temperature range • Climate class • Drip water evaporation • Automatic defrosting function • Humidity max. • Lighting • Swivel casters • Number of intermediate shelves • Type of intermediate shelves • Diameter intermediate shelves • Height-adjustable intermediate shelves • Properties • Power load • Size • Weight

► Intermediate shelves, rotating ► Easy to fill and easy removal of food

► 1 door, door hinged on right ► safety glass

Stainless steel Glass Plastic 400 litre(s) Variable Circulating air 2 °C to 10 °C 4 Yes Yes 75 % LED Can be switched separately 5 swivel casters, 2 with brake 6 Glass pane 530 mm Yes Intermediate shelves, rotating, can be removed 0,48 kW | 220-240 V | 50 Hz W 680 x D 680 x H 1,750 mm 131 kg

► L ED lighting ► C an be switched separately

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

REFRIGERATORS u Cake displays show-cases

With a diameter of 530 mm, 6 sturdy 5 mm thick glass panes provide lots of space to effectively display flans, cakes or snacks.

273

Wine coolers – Features at a glance

✓✓ Material: Steel, Painted, Glass ✓✓ Cooling: Compressor ✓✓ Coolant: R600a ✓✓ Insulation: Thermal ✓✓ Fan: Active ✓✓ Digital display: Yes ✓✓ Lighting: LED, Can be switched separately per temperature zone

✓✓ Type of glass: Double glazing, Insulating safety glass with UV filter

✓✓ Climate class: ST ✓✓ Ambient temperature: 16 °C to 38 °C ✓✓ Drip water evaporation: Yes ✓✓ Automatic defrosting function: Yes ✓✓ ON/OFF switch: Yes

Wine cooler 2Z 40FL

700133

RRP* 1,029.- €

GTIN 4015613686684

The high-quality wine cooler is stylish and elegant, and, thanks to its very quiet compressor, it is ideal for bars and restaurants. • Storage capacity • Content • Number of temperature zones • Temperature range • Energy consumption • Energy efficiency class • Number of doors • Lockable • Door hinge side • Door hinge side can be changed • Number of intermediate shelves • Type of intermediate shelves

REFRIGERATORS u Wine coolers

• Dimensions of intermediate shelves

274

• Height-adjustable intermediate shelves • Can be installed • Power load • Size • Weight

► 2 separately controlled temperature zones

► Even temperature distribution within the temperature zones

►G lass pane with UV filter

40 bottles (top: 14 bottles, below: 26 bottles) 119 litres (top: 49 litres, below: 70 litres) 2 Top: 5 °C to 20 °C Below: 5 °C to 20 °C 146 kWh / an A 1 Yes Right No Top: 2 Below: 3 Wooden shelves Ball bearings Drawer: 275 mm 1 x W 485 x D 328 mm 4 x W 505 x D 440 mm No Yes 0,1 kW | 220-240 V | 50 Hz W 590 x D 575 x H 825 mm 56.7 kg

► Lighting: LED ► Can be switched separately per temperature zone

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

Wine cooler 2Z 38FL

700130

RRP* 819.- €

GTIN 4015613686653

The high-quality wine cooler is stylish and elegant, and, thanks to its very quiet compressor, it is ideal for bars and restaurants. The two separately controlled temperature zones for white wine and red wine, and the glass with its UV filter guarantee optimum storage and presentation.

• Content • Number of temperature zones • Temperature range • Energy consumption • Energy efficiency class • Number of doors • Lockable • Door hinge side • Door hinge side can be changed • Number of intermediate shelves • Type of intermediate shelves

• Dimensions of intermediate shelves • Height-adjustable intermediate shelves • Power load • Size • Weight

Wine cooler 2Z 126FL

700131

38 bottles (top: 15 bottles, below: 23 bottles) 113 litres (top: 48 litres, below: 65 litres) 2 Top: 5 °C to 20 °C Below: 5 °C to 20 °C 139 kWh / an A 1 Yes Right No Top: 3 Below: 4 Wooden shelves Ball bearings Drawer: 225 mm 1 x W 305 x D 328 mm 6 x W 296x D 438 mm No 0,117 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 396 x D 580 x H 1,030 mm 40 kg

RRP* 1,398.- €

• Storage capacity • Content • Number of temperature zones • Temperature range • Energy consumption • Energy efficiency class • Number of doors • Lockable • Door hinge side • Door hinge side can be changed • Number of intermediate shelves • Type of intermediate shelves

• Dimensions of intermediate shelves • Height-adjustable intermediate shelves • Power load • Size • Weight

GTIN 4015613686660

126 bottles (top: 54 bottles, below: 72 bottles) 313 litres (top: 138 litres, below: 175 litres) 2 Top: 5 °C to 20 °C Below: 5 °C to 20 °C 215 kWh / an B (EU No. 1060 / 2010) 1 Yes Right No Top: 3 Below: 4 Wooden shelves Ball bearings Drawer: 275 mm 1 x W 505 x D 340 mm 6 x W 505 x D 440 mm No 0,15 kW | 220-240 V | 50/60 Hz W 595 x D 625 x H 1,590 mm 76.05 kg

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

REFRIGERATORS u Wine coolers

• Storage capacity

275

Wine cooler 2Z 180FL

700132

RRP* 1,598.- €

GTIN 4015613686677

• Dimensions of intermediate shelves • Height-adjustable intermediate shelves • Power load • Size • Weight

► 2 separately controlled temperature zones

► Even temperature distribution within the temperature zones

► Glass pane with UV filter

Refrigerator "Mini"

700089

REFRIGERATORS u Wine coolers

• Material

276

• Content • Size utility space • Cooling • Cooling output • Climate class • Insulation • Interior lighting • Door hinge side • Door hinge side can be changed • Number of intermediate shelves • Type of intermediate shelves • Size Clipboard • Height-adjustable intermediate shelves • Including • Properties • Power DC • Power load • Size • Weight

180 bottles (top: 80 bottles, below: 100 bottles) 453 litres (top: 219 litres, below: 234 litres) 2 Top: 5 °C to 20 °C Below: 5 °C to 20 °C 293 kWh / an C (EU No. 1060 / 2010) 1 Yes Right No Top: 4 Below: 4 Wooden shelves Ball bearings Drawer: 275 mm 1 x W 505 x D 425 mm 7 x W 505 x D 440 mm No 0,15 kW | 220-240 V | 50/60 Hz W 600 x D 750 x H 1,860 mm 86.35 kg

► Lighting: LED ► Can be switched separately per temperature zone

RRP* 169.- €

GTIN 4015613589596

Plastic Plexiglas 19 litre(s) W 257 x D 230 mm Thermoelectric 15 °C to 18 °C below ambient temperature N Polyurethane Yes Right No 1 Intermediate shelf, plastic W 252 x D 198 mm No 12 V adapter cable for car Also suitable for mobile use in vehicles 12 V 0,056 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 330 x D 370 x H 460 mm 7.3 kg

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

Bottle Cooler 88L,28bottles,glass door

700082G • Material • Material inside • Type of glass • Safety glass • Content • Cooling • Coolant • GWP • Temperature range • Energy consumption • Energy efficiency class • Climate class • Ambient temperature • Insulation • Interior lighting • Door hinge side • Door hinge side can be changed • Number of intermediate shelves • Type of intermediate shelves • Size Clipboard • Height-adjustable intermediate shelves • Properties

► As an addition for the bottle refrigerator 88L for flexible use ► Grid shelf FKS 88L

• Power load • Size • Weight

RRP* 289.- €

GTIN 4015613546032

Plastic HIPS (High Impact Polystyrene) Double glazing Yes 88 litre(s) Static R600a 3 2 °C to 10 °C 198 kWh / an B (EU No. 1060 / 2010) SN 10 °C to 32 °C Cyclopentan C5 Yes Right Yes 6 Bottle grille, chrome-plated (5 units) Grille, chrome-plated W 294 x D 350 mm No Storage capacity: 28 bottles LED ceiling lights, can be switched separately 0,085 kW | 220-240 V | 50 Hz W 430 x D 480 x H 825 mm 23.4 kg

Storage grid FKS 88L • Material: Stainless steel • Size: W 352 x D 360 x H 35 mm • Weight: 0.67 kg • GTIN: 4015613697192 RRP*

9.- €

Bottle Cooler 250L, 2 doors

110138 • Material • Material inside • Front pane • Type of glass • Safety glass • Content • Cooling • Coolant • GWP • Temperature range • Energy efficiency class • Climate class • Ambient temperature • Insulation • Drip water evaporation • Automatic defrosting function • Interior lighting • Power load • Lockable • Door hinge side • Door hinge side can be changed • Number of intermediate shelves • Type of intermediate shelves • Size Clipboard • Height-adjustable intermediate shelves • Size • Weight

RRP* 869.- €

GTIN 4015613528816

Steel plate Painted Stainless steel Framed Double glazing Yes 220 litre(s) Circulating air R134a 1430 2 °C to 10 °C D (EU No. 2015 / 1094) ST 10 °C to 32 °C Cyclopentan C5 Yes Yes Yes 0,25 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz Yes Left / right No 2 Grille, stainless steel W 835 x D 350 mm Yes W 920 x D 550 x H 920 mm 82.2 kg

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

REFRIGERATORS u Refrigerators

700087

277

Bottle Cooler, 267L

700272 • Material • Material inside • Content • Cooling • Coolant • GWP • Temperature range • Energy consumption • Energy efficiency class • Climate class • Ambient temperature • Insulation • Drip water evaporation • Automatic defrosting function • Interior lighting • Door hinge side • Door hinge side can be changed • Number of intermediate shelves • Type of intermediate shelves • Size Clipboard • Height-adjustable intermediate shelves • Properties • Power load • Size • Weight

REFRIGERATORS u Refrigerators

Bottle Cooler 320LN

278

700321 • Material • Material inside • Type of glass • Safety glass • Content • Cooling • Coolant • GWP • Temperature range • Temperature control • Energy consumption • Climate class • Ambient temperature • Insulation • Drip water evaporation • Automatic defrosting function • Interior lighting • Properties • Power load • Door hinge side • Door hinge side can be changed • Number of intermediate shelves • Type of intermediate shelves • Size Clipboard • Height-adjustable intermediate shelves • Size • Weight

RRP* 539.- €

GTIN 4015613585819

Plastic HIPS (High Impact Polystyrene) 267 litre(s) Static R600a 3 0 °C to 8 °C 235 kWh / an A+ T 16 °C to 32 °C Cyclopentan C5 Yes Yes Yes Right Yes 5 Grille, steel, powder coated W 492 x D 401 mm Yes ON/OFF switch for interior lighting 4 height-adjustable intermediate shelves 0,12 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 600 x D 620 x H 1,450 mm 52 kg

RRP* 949.- €

GTIN 4015613523767

Plastic HIPS (High Impact Polystyrene) Double glazing Yes 320 litre(s) Static R600a 3 2 °C to 10 °C 5 levels 781 kWh / an 3 16 °C to 32 °C Cyclopentan C5 Yes Yes Yes ON/OFF switch for interior lighting 0,23 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz Right Yes 5 Grille, steel, powder coated W 521 x D 351 mm Yes W 600 x D 600 x H 1,730 mm 67 kg

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

Refrigerator 590LW

700800

RRP* 1,259.- €

• Material • Material inside • Gastronorm • Content • Cooling • Coolant • GWP • Temperature range • Energy consumption • Energy efficiency class • Climate class • Ambient temperature • Insulation • Drip water evaporation • Automatic defrosting function • Number of doors • Lockable • Door hinge side • Door hinge side can be changed • Number of intermediate shelves • Type of intermediate shelves • Size Clipboard • Height-adjustable intermediate shelves • Properties • Power load • Size • Weight

Refrigerator 700L GN210

700804

GTIN 4015613649474

Steel Painted Plastic ABS 2/1 GN 590 litre(s) Circulating air R600a / 0,065 kg 3 0 °C to 8 °C 949 kWh / an E 4 16 °C to 30 °C Cyclopentan C5 Yes Yes 1 Yes Right Yes 4 Grille, steel, plastic coated W 650 x D 530 mm Yes Self-closing door 0,25 kW | 220-240 V | 50 Hz W 770 x D 735 x H 1,910 mm 101 kg

RRP* 2,369.- €

GTIN 4015613681214

• Material • Material inside • Gastronorm • Content • Cooling • Coolant • GWP • Temperature range • Temperature control • Energy consumption • Energy efficiency class • Climate class • Ambient temperature • Insulation • Drip water evaporation • Automatic defrosting function • Interior lighting • Lockable • Door hinge side • Door hinge side can be changed • Height-adjustable feet • Height adjustable • Number of intermediate shelves • Type of intermediate shelves • Size Clipboard • Height-adjustable intermediate shelves • Properties

► Lockable ► Digital display

• Power load • Size • Weight

CNS 18/10 CNS 18/10 2/1 GN 700 litre(s) Circulating air R600a / 0,105 kg 3 2 °C to 8 °C In 1 °C steps 303 kWh / an A 4 10 °C to 32 °C Pentane, 85 mm Yes Yes Yes Yes Right Yes Yes 2040 mm to 2090 mm 4 Grille, plastic coated W 530 x D 650 mm Yes LED lighting, separately switchable Signal is sound when the door is left open too long Distance between the drawers: 75 mm 0,215 kW | 220/240 V | 50 Hz W 705 x D 895 x H 2,090 mm 146.4 kg

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

REFRIGERATORS u Refrigerators

Spacious and clever – The stylish stainless steel refrigerator has a volume of 700 litres in 2/1 GN format for maximum refrigeration space. A signal is sounded to indicate that the refrigeration chain will be interrupted when the refrigerator door is left open too long.

279

Refrigerator 2/1GN, 700L, SS

700455

RRP* 2,179.- €

• Material • Material inside • Gastronorm • Content • Cooling • Coolant • GWP • Temperature range • Energy consumption • Energy efficiency class • Climate class • Insulation • Drip water evaporation • Automatic defrosting function • Lockable • Door hinge side • Door hinge side can be changed • Height-adjustable feet • Height adjustable • Number of intermediate shelves • Size Clipboard • Height-adjustable intermediate shelves • Power load • Size • Weight

REFRIGERATORS u Refrigerators

Refrigerator 2/1GN, 1400L, SS

280

700485

GTIN 4015613521763

CNS 18/10 Stainless steel 2/1 GN 700 litre(s) Circulating air R134a / 0.29 kg 1430 -2 °C to 8 °C 1178 kWh / an F 4 Polyurethane, 60 mm Yes Yes Yes Left Yes Yes 2040 mm to 2115 mm 3 W 530 x D 650 mm Yes 0,368 kW | 230 V | 50/60 Hz W 655 x D 855 x H 2,050 mm 109.8 kg

RRP* 2,998.- €

• Material • Material inside • Gastronorm • Content • Cooling • Coolant • GWP • Temperature range • Energy consumption • Energy efficiency class • Climate class • Insulation • Drip water evaporation • Automatic defrosting function • Number of doors • Lockable • Door hinge side • Door hinge side can be changed • Height-adjustable feet • Height adjustable • Number of intermediate shelves • Size Clipboard • Height-adjustable intermediate shelves • Power load • Size • Weight

GTIN 4015613527734

CNS 18/10 Stainless steel 2/1 GN 1400 litre(s) Circulating air R134a / 0.24 kg 1430 -2 °C to 8 °C 1862 kWh / an F 4 Polyurethane, 60 mm Yes Yes 2 Yes Left / right No Yes 2040 mm to 2115 mm 6 W 530 x D 650 mm Yes 0,575 kW | 230 V | 50/60 Hz W 1,320 x D 855 x H 2,050 mm 169.6 kg

Component parts 1 pair of rails

Grid 2/1GN

• Size: W 565 x D 15 x H 25 mm • Weight: 0.53 kg • GTIN: 4015613685052

• Gastronorm: 2/1 GN • Size: W 650 x D 530 x H 21 mm • Weight: 2.02 kg • GTIN: 4015613587202

700488

RRP*

15.- €

700487

RRP*

39.- €

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

Refrigerator ECO 700L GN210

700820

RRP* 3,998.- €

GTIN 4015613688886

Uncompromising cooling – thanks to the integrated inverter technology, the refrigerator with a volume of 700 litres for a long service life, lower temperature fluctuations and a low energy consumption of just 337 kWh/year – Energy efficiency class A.

• Interior lighting • Lockable • Door hinge side • Door hinge side can be changed • Height-adjustable feet • Height adjustable • Number of intermediate shelves • Type of intermediate shelves • Size Clipboard • Height-adjustable intermediate shelves • Properties

• Power load • Size • Weight

► Content: 700 litres

► Number of intermediate shelves: 3 ► Dimensions of intermediate shelf: W 530 x D 650 mm ► Gastronorm: 2/1 GN ► Height-adjustable intermediate shelves

Stainless steel Stainless steel 2/1 GN 700 litre(s) Circulating air R134a / 0.18 kg 1430 -2 °C to 8 °C In 0.1 °C steps A 337 kWh / an 5 10 °C to 40 °C Polyurethane foam, 83 mm Yes Yes ON/OFF Operational Temperature Fan Compressor Defrost Cleaning filter condenser Yes Yes Right No Yes 2020 mm to 2065 mm 3 Grille, plastic coated W 530 x D 650 mm Yes LED lighting Inverter technology Pre-formed bearing rails 0,12 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 700 x D 830 x H 2,025 mm 130 kg

► Lockable ►D igital display

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

REFRIGERATORS u Refrigerators

• Material • Material inside • Gastronorm • Content • Cooling • Coolant • GWP • Temperature range • Temperature control • Energy efficiency class • Energy consumption • Climate class • Ambient temperature • Insulation • Drip water evaporation • Automatic defrosting function • Control lamp

281

Mini cold room 1240L

700590

RRP* 3,298.- €

• Material

GTIN 4015613630359

Steel plate PVC coated Aluminium Stainless steel base W 820 x D 860 x H 1760 mm 1240 litre(s) Compressor R404a 2 °C to 10 °C Digital 4 16 °C to 38 °C Polyurethane, 60 mm Yes Yes No Yes Right Yes Panic lock Prepared for bearing rails, grilles, suspension device, access ramp Bearing rails, grilles, suspension device, access ramp 0,571 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 975 x D 1,040 x H 2,200 mm 160 kg

• Material inside • Size inside • Content • Cooling • Coolant • Temperature range • Temperature control • Climate class • Ambient temperature • Insulation • Drip water evaporation • Automatic defrosting function • Interior lighting • Lockable • Door hinge side • Door hinge side can be changed • Properties

• Not included in delivery • Power load • Size • Weight

Mini cold room 1240L

Mini cold room BS1240L, dismantled

• Delivery state • Size • Weight • GTIN

Permanently mounted W 975 x D 1,040 x H 2,200 mm 160 kg 4015613630359

700590

RRP* 3,298.- €

• Delivery state • Size • Weight • GTIN 1

Building kit (simple assembly) W 975 x D 1,040 x H 2,200 mm 160 kg 4015613664309

700599

RRP* 3,298.- €

REFRIGERATORS u Cold rooms

Component parts

282

Support rails

Suspension attachment

Grid

• Set comprises: 4 bearing rails • Material: Stainless steel • Number of drawers: 8 • Distance between trays: 200 mm • Size: W 1,500 x D 40 x H 25 mm • Weight: 5.92 kg • GTIN: 4015613680019

• Set comprises: 2 bearing rails, 1 suspended tube (can be adjusted horizontally in 5 positions) • Material: Stainless steel, Plastic • Length bearing rail: 850 mm • Size tube: Ø 30 mm | Length: 830 mm • Load-bearing capacity max.: 150 kg • Clearance from floor: 1700 mm • Size: W 830 x D 30 x H 30 mm • Weight: 1.6 kg • GTIN: 4015613630397

• Material: Steel, Galvanised • Load-bearing capacity max.: 20 kg • Size: W 830 x D 870 x H 40 mm • Weight: 4.7 kg • GTIN: 4015613630380

700592 700593

RRP*

122.- €

RRP*

89.- €

Loading ramp 700595

• Material: Stainless steel • Load-bearing capacity max.: 130 kg • Size: W 845 x D 125 x H 30 mm • Weight: 1.55 kg • GTIN: 4015613630410

700597

RRP*

162.- €

RRP*

89.- €

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

Deep freezer TKS38

700078

RRP* 209.- €

GTIN 4015613636900

Compact, handy, practical – this little box can be used anywhere. Be it precooling or freezing spirits and small amounts of food. • Material • Material inside • Size utility space • Content • Cooling • Coolant • GWP • Temperature range to • Energy consumption • Energy efficiency class • Climate class • Ambient temperature • Insulation • Drip water evaporation • Automatic defrosting function • Door hinge side • Door hinge side can be changed • Including • Properties

• Power load • Size • Weight

Polyethylene HIPS (High Impact Polystyrene) W 330 x D 177 mm 38 litre(s) Compressor R600a 3 -20 °C 163 kWh / an A+ ST 16 °C to 38 °C Cyclopentan 60 mm No No Right Yes 1 glass insert for up to 18 glasses (hook length per: 135 mm) Glasses shelf: Glass height max.: below 130 mm / top 205 mm Additional shelf, size: W 330 x D 145 x H 145 mm 1,05 kW | 220 V | 50 Hz W 475 x D 450 x H 500 mm 15.4 kg

► 1 glass insert for up to 18 glasses ► Hook length per: 135 mm

700341 • Material • Material inside • Content • Cooling • Coolant • GWP • Temperature range to • Temperature control • Energy consumption • Energy efficiency class • Climate class • Ambient temperature • Insulation • Control lamp • Number of drawers • Door hinge side • Door hinge side can be changed • Including • Power load • Size • Weight

RRP* 598.- €

GTIN 4015613585826

Plastic HIPS (High Impact Polystyrene) 196 litre(s) Static R600a 3 -18 °C 6 levels 235 kWh / an A+ ST 16 °C to 32 °C Cyclopentan ON/OFF Warning light 6 Right Yes 1 ice cube tray 0,165 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 600 x D 620 x H 1,450 mm 53 kg

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

REFRIGERATORS u Deep freezers

Deep freezer 196L

283

Deep freezer2/1GN, 700L, SS

700475

RRP* 2,659.- €

• Material • Material inside • Gastronorm • Content • Cooling • Coolant • GWP • Temperature range • Energy consumption • Energy efficiency class • Climate class • Insulation • Automatic defrosting function • Lockable • Door hinge side • Door hinge side can be changed • Height-adjustable feet • Height adjustable • Number of intermediate shelves • Size Clipboard • Height-adjustable intermediate shelves • Power load • Size • Weight

REFRIGERATORS u Deep freezers

Deep freezer 2/1GN, 1400L, SS

284

700495

GTIN 4015613527727

CNS 18/10 Stainless steel 2/1 GN 700 litre(s) Circulating air R404a / 0,35 kg 3922 -18 °C to -22 °C 3395 kWh / an F 4 Polyurethane, 60 mm Yes Yes Left Yes Yes 2040 mm to 2115 mm 3 W 530 x D 650 mm Yes 0,69 kW | 230 V | 50/60 Hz W 655 x D 855 x H 2,050 mm 115.4 kg

RRP* 3,598.- €

• Material • Material inside • Gastronorm • Content • Cooling • Coolant • GWP • Temperature range • Energy consumption • Energy efficiency class • Climate class • Insulation • Automatic defrosting function • Number of doors • Lockable • Door hinge side • Door hinge side can be changed • Height-adjustable feet • Height adjustable • Number of intermediate shelves • Size Clipboard • Height-adjustable intermediate shelves • Power load • Size • Weight

GTIN 4015613527741

CNS 18/10 Stainless steel 2/1 GN 1400 litre(s) Circulating air R404a / 0,38 kg 3922 -18 °C to -22 °C 5366 kWh / an F 4 Polyurethane, 60 mm Yes 2 Yes Left / right No Yes 2040 mm to 2110 mm 6 W 530 x D 650 mm Yes 1,012 kW | 230 V | 50/60 Hz W 1,320 x D 855 x H 2,050 mm 191 kg

Component parts 1 pair of rails

Grid 2/1GN

• Size: W 565 x D 15 x H 25 mm • Weight: 0.53 kg • GTIN: 4015613685052

• Gastronorm: 2/1 GN • Size: W 650 x D 530 x H 21 mm • Weight: 2.02 kg • GTIN: 4015613587202

700488

RRP*

15.- €

700487

RRP*

39.- €

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

Deep freezer 700L GN210

700803

RRP* 2,749.- €

GTIN 4015613681207

Spacious and clever – The stylish stainless steel refrigerator has a volume of 700 litres in 2/1 GN format for maximum flexibility. A signal is sounded to indicate that the refrigeration chain will be interrupted when the refrigerator door is left open too long.

► Number of intermediate shelves: 4 ► Dimensions of intermediate shelf: W 530 x D 650 mm ► Gastronorm: 2/1 GN ► Height-adjustable intermediate shelves

► Lockable ► Digital display

• Power load • Size • Weight

Shock freezer AL5, 5x1/1GN

700605 • Material • Number of drawers • Format drawers • Type of drawers • Cooling • Coolant • GWP • Fast cooling cycle • Shock frost output • Climate class • Energy consumption • Including • Power load • Size • Weight

CNS 18/10 CNS 18/10 2/1 GN 700 litre(s) Circulating air R290 / 0,125 kg 3 -18 °C to -22 °C In 0.1 °C steps 1223 kWh / an B (EU No. 2015 / 1094) 4 10 °C to 32 °C Pentane, 85 mm Yes Yes Yes Yes Right Yes Yes 2040 mm to 2090 mm 4 Grille, plastic coated W 530 x D 650 mm Yes LED lighting, separately switchable Signal is sound when the door is left open too long Distance between the drawers: 75 mm 0,35 kW | 220/240 V | 50 Hz W 705 x D 895 x H 2,090 mm 151 kg

RRP* 4,029.- €

GTIN 4015613504780

CNS 18/10 5 1/1 GN 600 x 400 mm Crosswise Circulating air R404a / 1,5 kg 3922 70 °C to 3 °C (16 kg in 90 min.) 70 °C to -18 °C (12 kg in 240 min.) 4 Fast cooling: 0,12 kWH/kg Shock freezing: 0,35 kWh/kg 1 core temperature sensor 1,2 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 750 x D 700 x H 850 mm 98 kg

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

REFRIGERATORS u Shock freezers

285

Chest freezers

Chest freezer 252LW

700965 • Material

• Material inside • Cooling • Coolant • GWP • Temperature range • Energy efficiency class • Climate class • Ambient temperature • Insulation • Drip water evaporation • Automatic defrosting function • Digital display • Control lamp • ON/OFF switch • Interior lighting • Size basket • Type of door • Lockable • Height-adjustable feet • Size • Weight

REFRIGERATORS u Chest freezers

Chest freezer 252LW

286

• Dimensions inside • Content • Energy consumption • Number of baskets • Power load • Size • Weight • GTIN

700965

RRP* 698.- €

GTIN 4015613662527

Steel Painted Plastic ABS Aluminium Static R600a 3 -25 °C to -15 °C A 4 to 30 °C Cyclopentan C5, 80 mm No No Yes ON/OFF Yes Yes W 230 x D 490 x H 210 mm Lifting door No Yes W 1,035 x D 765 x H 830 mm 48.2 kg

Chest freezer 368LW W 889 x D 530 x H 430-680 mm 252 litre(s) 331 kWh / an 2 0,11 kW | 220-240 V | 50 Hz W 1,035 x D 765 x H 830 mm 48.2 kg 4015613662527 RRP* 698.- €

• Dimensions inside • Content • Energy consumption • Number of baskets • Power load • Size • Weight • GTIN 1

700963

W 1,131 x D 530 x H 430-680 mm 368 litre(s) 383 kWh / an 3 0,125 kW | 220-240 V | 50 Hz W 1,275 x D 765 x H 830 mm 54.8 kg 4015613650036 RRP* 749.- €

Chest freezer 458LW • Dimensions inside • Content • Energy consumption • Number of baskets • Power load • Size • Weight • GTIN

700966

W 1,392 x D 530 x H 430-680 mm 458 litre(s) 441 kWh / an 3 0,15 kW | 220-240 V | 50 Hz W 1,535 x D 765 x H 830 mm 71.8 kg 4015613662534 RRP* 898.- €

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

Ice cube makers

Ice-Cube Maker Compact Ice

A100062V • Material • Production max. • Production / work step • Number of ice cube sizes • Ice cube size • Design ice cube • Production by means of • Storage container capacity • Tank volume • Water tank yield • Coolant • Cooling • Climate class • Filling level sensor • Control lamp • ON/OFF switch • Properties • Voltage • Power • Size • Weight

Ice-Cube Maker Compact Ice K

100073

RRP* 309.- €

GTIN 4015613593609

Plastic 15 kg / 24 h 12 Ice cubes 3 S - small, M - middle, L - large Tapered form (hollow taper) Vertical evaporator system 2 kg 4,5 litre(s) approx. 150 ice cubes R134a Air cooled ST Yes yes Yes Selector switch for the ice cube size 230 V 0,145 kW W 360 x D 440 x H 454 mm 23 kg

RRP* 275.- €

GTIN 4015613536934

• Material • Production max. • Production / work step • Number of ice cube sizes • Ice cube size • Design ice cube

► Ice cube production: ► 24 ice cubes in a block - can be separated easily

• Storage container capacity • Tank volume • Water tank yield • Coolant • Cooling • Climate class • Filling level sensor • Control lamp • ON/OFF switch • Properties • Power load • Size • Weight

Plastic 10 kg / 24 h 24 Ice cubes 2 S - small, L - large Cube form Clear 1 kg 1,5 litre(s) approx. 170 ice cubes R600a Air cooled T No yes No Selector switch for the ice cube size 0,15 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 306 x D 365 x H 360 mm 12.25 kg

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

REFRIGERATORS u Ice cube makers

Compact device for production of clear ice cubes Ideal for small gastronomy operations, e.g. counters and for private use.

287

Ice-Cube Maker C25

104025

RRP* 749.- €

• Material • Number of ice cube sizes • Ice cube size • Design ice cube • Production by means of • Cooling • Coolant • Climate class • Water connection • Water outlet • Filling level sensor • Control lamp • ON/OFF switch • Important information • Size • Weight

Ice-Cube Maker C25 • Production max. • Production / work step • Storage container capacity • Power load • Size • Weight • GTIN

104025

GTIN 4015613467634

Stainless steel 1 Ø 26 mm, height 40 mm, 16-18 g Tapered form (hollow taper) Paddle system Air cooled R134a ST 3/4" Ø 25 mm Yes yes Yes Clearance to all sides at least 10 cm W 400 x D 560 x H 685 mm 28.2 kg

Ice-Cube Maker C40 25 kg / 24 h 20 Ice cubes 6 kg 0,22 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 400 x D 560 x H 685 mm 28.2 kg 4015613467634 RRP* 749.- €

• Production max. • Production / work step • Storage container capacity • Power load • Size • Weight • GTIN 2

35 kg / 24 h 30 Ice cubes 13 kg 0,38 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 550 x D 630 x H 825 mm 41.8 kg 4015613467641

104040

Ice-Cube Maker Q 25

RRP* 998.- €

104204

RRP* 1,489.- €

GTIN 4015613634777

REFRIGERATORS u Ice cube makers

Thanks to the pumps and injection nozzles, the paddle system and the evaporator with its fingers guarantee quiet and smooth operation even in tough conditions.

288

Ice-Cube Maker Q 25 • Production max. • Production / work step • Storage container capacity • Height adjustable • Height without feet • Power load • Size • Weight • GTIN

104204

CNS 18/10 1 30 x 26 x 40 mm, 17 g Tapered form (hollow taper) Paddle system Air cooled R134a SN 3/4" Ø 20 mm Yes yes Yes Yes Yes Clearance to all sides at least 15 cm W 400 x D 550 x H 715 mm 32.4 kg

Ice-Cube Maker Q 45 25 kg / 24 h 15 Ice cubes 10 kg 690 mm to 715 mm 690 mm 0,265 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 400 x D 550 x H 715 mm 32.4 kg 4015613634777 RRP* 1,489.- €

• Production max. • Production / work step • Storage container capacity • Height adjustable • Height without feet • Power load • Size • Weight • GTIN 1

104206

45 kg / 24 h 35 Ice cubes 16 kg 690 mm to 710 mm 693 mm 0,37 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 500 x D 610 x H 710 mm 41.4 kg 4015613634784 RRP* 2,198.- €

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

Ice-cube maker B 20 Plus

104323 • Material

• Production max. • Production / work step • Number of ice cube sizes • Ice cube size • Design ice cube • Production by means of • Storage container capacity • Cooling • Coolant • Climate class • Water connection • Water outlet • Filling level sensor • Control lamp • ON/OFF switch • Can be fitted below the counter • Properties

• Including • Important information • Power load • Size • Weight

► Design ice cube: Conical (full cone) ► Ice cube size: 35 x 32 mm, 20 g

RRP* 1,249.- €

GTIN 4015613674193

Stainless steel Plastic Steel Galvanised 21 kg / 24 h 18 Ice cubes Size can be adjusted steplessly 35 x 32 mm, 20 g Tapered form (full taper) Spray system 6,5 kg Air cooled R134a T 3/4" Ø 20 mm Yes ON/OFF Yes Yes Selector switch for the ice cube size Cleaning function Water consumption / hour: 2.46 litres 1 ice shovel Clearance to all sides at least 15 cm 0,265 kW | 220-240 V | 50 Hz W 340 x D 480 x H 600 mm 27.55 kg

Ice-cube maker B 40 Plus

Ice-cube maker B 50 Plus

Ice-cube maker B 70 Plus

• Production max.: 41 kg / 24 h • Production / work step: 28 Ice cubes • Storage container capacity: 15 kg • Power load: 0,59 kW | 220-240 V | 50 Hz • Size: W 500 x D 540 x H 700 mm • Weight: 38.2 kg • GTIN: 4015613697154

• Production max.: 52 kg / 24 h • Production / work step: 36 Ice cubes • Storage container capacity: 22 kg • Power load: 0,68 kW | 220-240 V | 50 Hz • Size: W 500 x D 580 x H 800 mm • Weight: 42.6 kg • GTIN: 4015613697161

• Production max.: 72 kg / 24 h • Production / work step: 56 Ice cubes • Storage container capacity: 42 kg • Height without feet: 910 mm • Power load: 0,88 kW | 220-240 V | 50 Hz • Size: W 700 x D 580 x H 1,015 mm • Weight: 55.4 kg • GTIN: 4015613697178

104338

RRP*

1,798.- €

104348

RRP*

1,979.- €

104383

RRP*

2,649.- €

• Production max.: 89 kg / 24 h • Production / work step: 56 Ice cubes • Storage container capacity: 42 kg • Height without feet: 910 mm • Power load: 0,98 kW | 220-240 V | 50 Hz • Size: W 700 x D 581 x H 995 mm • Weight: 63 kg • GTIN: 4015613697185

104393

RRP*

2,798.- €

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

REFRIGERATORS u Ice cube makers

Ice-cube maker B 90 Plus

289

Ice flake makers

Ice-Flake Maker F 80

104409 • Material • Production max. • Production by means of • Storage container capacity • Cooling • Coolant • Climate class • Water connection • Water outlet • Filling level sensor • Control lamp • ON/OFF switch • Can be installed • Including • Important information • Power load • Size • Weight

Ice-Flake Maker F 125

104436

REFRIGERATORS u Ice flake makers

• Material • Production max. • Production by means of

290

• Storage container capacity • Cooling • Coolant • Climate class • Water connection • Water outlet • Filling level sensor • Control lamp • ON/OFF switch • Height-adjustable feet • Height adjustable • Can be installed • Including • Important information • Power load • Size • Weight

RRP* 3,349.- €

GTIN 4015613616629

CNS 18/10 90 kg / 24 h Vertical evaporator system 20 kg Air cooled R134a SN 3/4" Ø 20 mm Yes yes Yes Yes 1 ice shovel Clearance to all sides at least 15 cm 0,4 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 570 x D 600 x H 680 mm 52 kg

RRP* 4,098.- €

GTIN 4015613634814

CNS 18/10 120 kg / 24 h Vertical stainless steel cylinder with augur system 27 kg Air cooled R134a SN 3/4" Ø 20 mm Yes yes Yes Yes 1000 mm to 1010 mm Yes 1 ice shovel Clearance to all sides at least 15 cm 0,49 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 680 x D 510 x H 1,000 mm 60.6 kg

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

Ice-cream makers

Ice-cream maker 1,4L

135002 • Designed for

• Material • Content • Ice production • Cooling • Freezing range to • Digital display • Including • Properties ice tray • Power load • Size • Weight

RRP* 289.- €

GTIN 4015613536910

Frozen yogurt Half-frozen desserts Sorbets Ice cream Stainless steel Plastic 1,4 litre(s) Approx. 30 to 60 minutes Compressor Approx. -35 °C Yes 1 ice portioning spoon 1 measuring beaker Can be removed Material: Aluminium 0,15 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 290 x D 390 x H 315 mm 10.1 kg

Ice-cream container 1,4L • Material: Aluminium • Content: 1,4 litre(s) • Size: W 130 x D 130 x H 167 mm • Weight: 0.2 kg • GTIN: 4015613658353

135014

RRP*

18.- €

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

REFRIGERATORS u Ice-cream makers

Component parts

291

WAREWASHERS Dishwashers have to be designed for harsh everyday gastronomy use in terms of performance, efficiency and durability. The following pages will make you spotless offers at an excellent price/performance ratio.

292

Dishwasher Deltamat TF350

110520 • Material • Basket dimensions • Glasses height max. • Output / hour max. • Run-time • Clear rinsing dosing pump • Dry-run protection • Door contact switch • Double-walled • Door double-walled • Safety thermostat • ON/OFF switch • Can be fitted below the counter • Control lamp

• Power load • Size • Weight

Dishwasher Deltamat TF350

Dishwasher Deltamat TF350DP

• Lye pump • Water softener • Size • Weight • GTIN

110520

RRP* 1,749.- €

GTIN 4015613447513

CNS 18/10 350 x 350 mm 270 mm 30 baskets 120 seconds Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Heat up ON/OFF G 3/4" M Ø 24 mm 2 - 4 bar 1.4 litres 12 litre(s) 1,85 kW 2,4 kW 1 cutlery holder 2 glasses basket 1 saucer insert 2,59 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 415 x D 465 x H 670 mm 30 kg

• Water supply • Water outlet • Water pressure • Water consumption at 2 bar • Tank volume • Tank heater • Boiler heater • Including

No No W 415 x D 465 x H 670 mm 30 kg 4015613447513

RRP* 1,749.- €

Yes No W 415 x D 465 x H 670 mm 32.5 kg 4015613447520

110521

RRP* 1,939.- €

Dishwasher Deltamat TF350W • Lye pump • Water softener • Size • Weight • GTIN

No Yes W 415 x D 465 x H 670 mm 35 kg 4015613447537

110522

RRP* 1,949.- €

Basket for glasses, 350x350x110

Basket for glasses 350x350x170

• Material: Plastic • Basket size: 350 x 350 mm • Stackable: Yes • Size: W 350 x D 350 x H 110 mm • Weight: 0.8 kg • GTIN: 4015613432007

• Material: Steel, Coated • Basket size: 350 x 350 mm • Stackable: No • Size: W 350 x D 350 x H 170 mm • Weight: 1.5 kg • GTIN: 4015613586564

110312

RRP*

49.- €

110311

RRP*

62.- €

Insert for saucers f. dishw.basket

Cutlery cylinder for dishwashers

• Material: Steel, Coated • Number of shelves: 12 • Size: W 300 x D 100 x H 90 mm • Weight: 0.2 kg • GTIN: 4015613432014

• Material: Plastic • Size: W 107 x D 107 x H 119 mm • Weight: 0.1 kg • GTIN: 4015613432021

110317

110318 RRP*

18.- €

RRP*

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

8.- €

WAREWASHERS u Glasswashers

Component parts

293

Dishwasher Deltamat TF401

RRP* 1,929.- €

• Material • Basket dimensions • Plate height max. • Glasses height max. • Output / hour max. • Run-time • Cleaning agent dosing pump • Clear rinsing dosing pump • Dry-run protection • Door contact switch • Double-walled • Door double-walled • Safety thermostat • ON/OFF switch • Control lamp • Can be fitted below the counter • Water supply • Water outlet • Water pressure • Water consumption at 2 bar • Tank volume • Tank heater • Boiler heater • Power load • Size • Weight

Dishwasher Deltamat TF401WS

• Lye pump • Water softener • Cold rinsing • Including

• Size • Weight • GTIN

WAREWASHERS u Glasswashers

110605

294

RRP* 1,929.- €

• Size • Weight • GTIN 1

No Yes No 1 cutlery holder 1 glasses basket 1 glasses basket, 4-part 1 saucer insert W 450 x D 555 x H 700 mm 42 kg 4015613468532

110606

RRP* 2,129.- €

Dishwasher Deltamat TF401DPWS

Glasswasher Deltamat TF 401 K

• Lye pump • Water softener • Cold rinsing • Including

• Size • Weight • GTIN

110607

Yes Yes No 1 cutlery holder 1 glasses basket 1 glasses basket, 4-part 1 saucer insert W 450 x D 555 x H 700 mm 45 kg 4015613468549 RRP* 2,198.- €

• Size • Weight • GTIN 1

110608

GTIN 4015613468525

CNS 18/10 400 x 400 mm 300 mm 290 mm 30 baskets 120 seconds No Yes Yes Yes No Yes Yes Yes Heat up ON/OFF Yes G 3/4" M Ø 24 mm 2 - 4 bar 1.8 litres 14,5 litre(s) 1,85 kW 2,8 kW 3,2 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 450 x D 555 x H 700 mm 38 kg

Dishwasher Deltamat TF401 No No No 1 cutlery holder 1 glasses basket 1 glasses basket, 4-part 1 saucer insert W 450 x D 555 x H 700 mm 38 kg 4015613468525

No No Yes 1 cutlery holder 1 glasses basket 1 saucer insert 1 plate basket W 450 x D 555 x H 700 mm 38.8 kg 4015613671369 RRP* 1,949.- €

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

Component parts DW basket, glasses, 400x400x135mm

DW basket, glasses, 400x400x210mm

Plates basket 400x400x120

• Material: Plastic • Basket size: 400 x 400 mm • Number of shelves: 1 • Inside height: 107 mm • Design: Flat • Stackable: Yes • Size: W 400 x D 400 x H 135 mm • Weight: 0.95 kg • GTIN: 4015613468303

• Material: Steel, Coated • Basket size: 400 x 400 mm • Number of shelves: 4 • Inside height: 52 mm • Design: Tilted • Stackable: No • Size: W 400 x D 400 x H 210 mm • Weight: 2.1 kg • GTIN: 4015613468327

• Material: Steel, Coated • Basket size: 400 x 400 mm • Number of shelves: 16 • Inside height: 52 mm • Design: Plate holders • Stackable: No • Size: W 400 x D 400 x H 120 mm • Weight: 1.6 kg • GTIN: 4015613468310

109325

RRP*

46.- €

109327

RRP*

67.- €

Dishwasher basket set 4000

Cutlery cylinder for dishwashers

• Rinsing basket set comprises: 2 universal baskets, 4 inserts for glasses, 1 insert for plates, 1 cutlery holder • Material: Plastic • Basket size: 400 x 400 mm • Number of shelves: 1 • Inside height: 150 mm • Design: Flat • Stackable: Yes • Size: W 400 x D 400 x H 143 mm • Weight: 5.79 kg • GTIN: 4015613653242

• Material: Plastic • Diameter: 107 mm • Size: W 107 x D 107 x H 119 mm • Weight: 0.1 kg • GTIN: 4015613432021

110318

15202

RRP*

109.- €

RRP*

8.- €

109326

RRP*

42.- €

Basket dimensions

Glasses height max.

Output / hour max.

Lye pump

Water softener

Cleaning agent dosing pump

Clear rinsing dosing pump

Double-walled

Self-cleaning

Weight

Size

110520

350 x 350 mm

270 mm

30 baskets

–

30 kg

W 415 x D 465 x H 670 mm

110521

350 x 350 mm

270 mm

30 baskets

–

32.5 kg

W 415 x D 465 x H 670 mm

110522

350 x 350 mm

270 mm

30 baskets

–

35 kg

W 415 x D 465 x H 670 mm

110605

400 x 400 mm

290 mm

30 baskets

–

38 kg

W 450 x D 555 x H 700 mm

110606

400 x 400 mm

290 mm

30 baskets

–

42 kg

W 450 x D 555 x H 700 mm

110607

400 x 400 mm

290 mm

30 baskets

–

45 kg

W 450 x D 555 x H 700 mm

110608

400 x 400 mm

290 mm

30 baskets

–

38.8 kg

W 450 x D 555 x H 700 mm

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

WAREWASHERS u Glasswashers

295

Dishwashers

Dishwasher E500 LPR

110510

RRP* 1,979.- €

GTIN 4015613655291

Dishwasher with good washing and rinsing performance and simple to operate – Ideal for use in cafeterias, bars or cafés. • Material • Basket dimensions • Plate height max. • Glasses height max. • Output / hour max. • Run-time • Lye pump • Water softener • Cleaning agent dosing pump • Clear rinsing dosing pump • Dry-run protection • Door contact switch • Double-walled • Door double-walled • ON/OFF switch • Can be fitted below the counter • Control lamp • Water supply • Water outlet • Water pressure • Water consumption at 2 bar • Tank volume • Tank heater • Boiler heater • Properties

• Important information

WAREWASHERS u Dishwashers

• Including

296

• Power load • Size • Weight

Stainless steel 500 x 500 mm 320 mm 280 mm 30 baskets 120 seconds Yes No Yes Yes Yes Yes No Yes Yes Yes ON/OFF Heat up G 3/4“ Ø 20 mm 2 - 3.5 bar 2.7 litres 25 litre(s) 2,8 kW 2,8 kW Water intake temperature max. 60 °C Drain pump equipped with noise barrier mat Non-return valve Warm water connection recommended up to 55°C 1 plate basket 1 universal basket 1 cutlery holder 3,4 kW | 220-230 V | 50 Hz W 600 x D 640 x H 820 mm 53.6 kg

Rinse grid • Material: Chrome-nickel steel • Designed for: Rinsing of specially large containers (pots, bowls) • Size: W 500 x D 500 x H 5 mm • Weight: 1.7 kg • GTIN: 4015613664217

101094

RRP*

49.- €

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

Dishwasher Deltamat TF50

110415

RRP* 2,549.- €

• Material • Basket dimensions • Plate height max. • Glasses height max. • Output / hour max. • Run-time • Number of wash programs • Water softener • Clear rinsing dosing pump • Dry-run protection • Door contact switch • Double-walled • Door double-walled • Safety thermostat • ON/OFF switch • Can be fitted below the counter • Control lamp • Water supply • Water outlet • Water pressure • Water consumption at 2 bar • Tank volume • Tank heater • Boiler heater • Important information • Including

• Power load • Size • Weight

Dishwasher Deltamat TF50L

• Lye pump • Cleaning agent dosing pump • Size • Weight • GTIN

110415

RRP* 2,549.- €

GTIN 4015613448114

CNS 18/10 500 x 500 mm 345 mm 320 mm 30 baskets 120 seconds 1 No Yes Yes Yes No Yes Yes Yes Yes Heat up ON/OFF G 3/4" MI Ø 24 mm 2 - 4 bar 2.3 litres 29 litre(s) 2,7 kW 2,8 kW Warm water connection recommended up to 55°C 1 glasses basket 1 plate basket 1 cutlery holder 3,45 kW | 220-240 V | 50 Hz W 590 x D 600 x H 850 mm 56.5 kg

Dishwasher Deltamat TF50 No No W 590 x D 600 x H 850 mm 56.5 kg 4015613448114

110418

Yes No W 590 x D 600 x H 850 mm 58 kg 4015613448121 RRP* 2,629.- €

Dishwasher Deltamat TF50LR, DP, DwD • Lye pump • Cleaning agent dosing pump • Size • Weight • GTIN

RRP* 2,759.- €

WAREWASHERS u Dishwashers

110419

Yes Yes W 590 x D 600 x H 850 mm 59 kg 4015613588421

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

297

Dishwasher TF517

110557

RRP* 3,069.- €

GTIN 4015613697291

This high-performance dishwasher achieves the best cleaning results thanks to the optimised rinse arm with innovative nozzle layout. In combination with rinsing grille 500, the machine is also suitable for cleaning pots and bowls. • Material • Basket dimensions • Plate height max. • Glasses height max. • Output / hour max. • Run-time • Number of wash programs • Clear rinsing dosing pump • Dry-run protection • Door contact switch • Double-walled • Door double-walled • Safety thermostat • ON/OFF switch • Can be fitted below the counter • Control lamp • Water supply • Water outlet • Water pressure • Water consumption at 2 bar • Tank volume • Tank heater • Boiler heater • Properties

• Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

Dishwasher TF517 • Lye pump • Water softener • Cleaning agent dosing pump • Including

• Size • Weight • GTIN

110557

CNS 18/10 500 x 500 mm 345 mm 320 mm 60 baskets 60 / 90 / 120 / 180 seconds 4 Yes Yes Yes No Yes Yes Yes Yes ON/OFF Heat up G 3/4“ Ø 50 mm 2 - 4 bar 2.3 litres 29 litre(s) 2,7 kW 4,5 kW Water intake temperature max. 60 °C Easy-clean rinse arm Option of cleaning pots, bowls and butcher's crates with rinse grid 500 5,06 kW | 400 V | 50 Hz 3 NAC W 595 x D 630 x H 845 mm 59 kg

Dishwasher TF517 LP No No No 1 glasses basket 1 plate basket 1 cutlery holder Spare sealing ring supply hose W 595 x D 630 x H 845 mm 59 kg 4015613697291 RRP* 3,069.- €

• Lye pump • Water softener • Cleaning agent dosing pump • Including

• Size • Weight • GTIN 1

110567

Yes No No 1 glasses basket 1 plate basket 1 cutlery holder Spare sealing ring supply hose W 595 x D 630 x H 845 mm 59.2 kg 4015613697307 RRP* 3,119.- €

WAREWASHERS u Dishwashers

Dishwasher TF517 LPWR

298

• Lye pump • Water softener • Cleaning agent dosing pump • Including

• Size • Weight • GTIN

110597

Yes Yes Yes 1 glasses basket 1 plate basket 1 cutlery holder Spare sealing ring supply hose 1 filling funnel for salt W 595 x D 630 x H 845 mm 63 kg 4015613693095 RRP* 3,309.- €

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

Dishwasher Deltamat TF 526 R

111655 • Material • Basket dimensions • Plate height max. • Glasses height max. • Output / hour max. • Run-time • Number of wash programs • Cleaning agent dosing pump • Clear rinsing dosing pump • Dry-run protection • Door contact switch • Double-walled • Door double-walled • Safety thermostat • ON/OFF switch • Can be fitted below the counter • Control lamp • Water supply • Water outlet • Water pressure • Water consumption at 2 bar • Tank volume • Tank heater • Boiler heater • Including

• Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

RRP* 3,119.- €

Dishwasher Deltamat TF 526 LPR

• Lye pump • Water softener • Size • Weight • GTIN

111655

RRP* 3,119.- €

GTIN 4015613675251

CNS 18/10 500 x 500 mm 340 mm 325 mm 60 baskets 60 / 90 / 120 / 180 seconds 5 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes yes G 3/4" M Ø 50 mm 2 - 4 bar 2.3 litres 16,5 litre(s) 2,7 kW 4,5 kW 1 glasses basket 1 plate basket 1 cutlery holder 5,15 kW | 400 V | 50 Hz 3 NAC W 595 x D 630 x H 845 mm 66 kg

Dishwasher Deltamat TF 526 R No No W 595 x D 630 x H 845 mm 66 kg 4015613675251

111660

Yes No W 595 x D 630 x H 845 mm 66.3 kg 4015613675268 RRP* 3,309.- €

• Lye pump • Water softener • Size • Weight • GTIN

111670

Yes Yes W 595 x D 630 x H 845 mm 66.6 kg 4015613671376 RRP* 3,379.- €

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

WAREWASHERS u Dishwashers

Dishwasher Deltamat TF 526 LPWR

299

Dishwasher Deltamat TF641

109632

RRP* 3,379.- €

GTIN 4015613544397

Suitable for baking trays, trays, plates, butcher‘s crates etc.in a size of up to 600 x 400 mm. • Material • Tray size max. • Plate height max. • Glasses height max. • Basket dimensions • Output / hour max. • Run-time • Number of wash programs • Water softener • Cleaning agent dosing pump • Clear rinsing dosing pump • Dry-run protection • Door contact switch • Double-walled • Door double-walled • Safety thermostat • ON/OFF switch • Can be fitted below the counter • Control lamp • Water supply • Water outlet • Water pressure • Water consumption at 2 bar • Tank volume • Tank heater • Boiler heater • Including

• Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

CNS 18/10 600 x 400 mm 400 mm 400 mm 500 x 500 mm 60 baskets 90 / 120 / 180 / 300 seconds 5 No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes yes G 3/4" MI Ø 24 mm 2 - 4 bar 2.3 litres 16,5 litre(s) 2,7 kW 6 kW 1 glasses basket 1 plate basket 1 cutlery holder 6,65 kW | 400 V | 50/60 Hz 3 NAC W 600 x D 680 x H 860 mm 67.5 kg

Dishwasher Deltamat TF641

Dishwasher Deltamat TF641LP

• Lye pump • Size • Weight • GTIN

No W 600 x D 680 x H 860 mm 67.5 kg 4015613544397

109632

RRP* 3,379.- €

109633

Yes W 600 x D 680 x H 860 mm 69 kg 4015613544403 RRP* 3,489.- €

WAREWASHERS u Dishwashers

Component parts

300

DW basket for trays 600x400mm • Material: CNS 18/10 • Number of shelves: 6 • Tray size max.: 600 x 400 mm • Inside height: 150 mm • Design: Tray holders • Suitable for: Trays • Size: W 500 x D 500 x H 160 mm • Weight: 1.5 kg • GTIN: 4015613487069

109329

RRP*

189.- €

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

Dishwasher Deltamat TF7500ecoLP

110660 • Material • Basket dimensions • Plate height max. • Glasses height max. • Output / hour max. • Run-time • Number of wash programs • Lye pump • Cleaning agent dosing pump • Clear rinsing dosing pump • Dry-run protection • Door contact switch • Double-walled • Door double-walled • Safety thermostat • ON/OFF switch • Can be fitted below the counter • Control lamp • Water supply • Water outlet • Water pressure • Water consumption at 2 bar • Tank volume • Tank heater • Boiler heater • Properties

• Including ► With lye pump

► Output/h: 60 baskets ► Run-time: 60 - 360 seconds

• Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

RRP* 4,049.- €

GTIN 4015613527635

CNS 18/10 500 x 500 mm 340 mm 340 mm 60 baskets 60 - 360 seconds 7 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes yes G 3/4" M Ø 24 mm 2 - 4 bar 2.5 - 7 litres 10 litre(s) 1,1 kW 6 kW Spring-action door Multicoloured start button Multi-lingual control menu Self-diagnosis system 1 glasses basket 1 plate basket 1 cutlery holder 6,65 kW | 400 V | 50 Hz 3 NAC W 600 x D 610 x H 850 mm 73 kg

Dishwasher Deltamat TF7500ecoLP

Dishwasher Deltamat TF7500ecoLPW

• Water softener • Size • Weight • GTIN

RRP* 4,049.- €

110661

Yes W 600 x D 610 x H 850 mm 75 kg 4015613527642 RRP* 4,279.- €

WAREWASHERS u Dishwashers

110660

No W 600 x D 610 x H 850 mm 73 kg 4015613527635

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

301

Component parts Dish-washing deterg. metering pump TG280

Detergent metering pump LWG300

Detergent metering pump LWG600

• Material: Plastic • Colour: Blue • Cleaning agent dosing: Cycle-controlled • Volume flow: 0,28 L / hour to 2,8 L /hour • Design: Fitted unit • Including: 1 connection set, Installation kit • Power load: 0,005 kW | 230 V | 50/60 Hz • Size: W 69 x D 103 x H 62 mm • Weight: 0.45 kg • GTIN: 4015613432403

• Material: Plastic • Colour: Blue • Cleaning agent dosing: Setpoint controlled • Conductimetry with: 1-pin probe • Volume flow: 0,01 L / hour to 3 L /hour • Design: Fitted unit • Including: 1 connection set, Installation kit • Power load: 0,005 kW | 230 V | 50/60 Hz • Size: W 69 x D 103 x H 62 mm • Weight: 0.75 kg • GTIN: 4015613488295

• Material: Plastic • Colour: Grey • Cleaning agent dosing: Setpoint controlled • Conductimetry with: 2-pin probe • Volume flow: 0,1 L / hour to 6 L /hour • Design: Wall-mounting • Including: 1 connection set • Power load: 0,004 kW | 230 V | 50/60 Hz • Size: W 95 x D 100 x H 125 mm • Weight: 0.75 kg • GTIN: 4015613506517

109518

RRP*

229.- €

109548

RRP*

298.- €

109547

RRP*

429.- €

Dishwasher base

DW basket for trays 600x400mm

Rinse grid

• Material: Chrome-nickel steel • Colour: Silver • Base shelf: Yes • Inside height: 360 mm • Height-adjustable feet: Yes • Height adjustable: 440 mm to 490 mm • Properties: Surface for rinsing baskets max. 500 x 500 mm • Size: W 605 x D 570 x H 450 mm • Weight: 6 kg • GTIN: 4015613602462

• Material: CNS 18/10 • Number of shelves: 6 • Tray size max.: 600 x 400 mm • Inside height: 150 mm • Design: Tray holders • Suitable for: Trays • Size: W 500 x D 500 x H 160 mm • Weight: 1.5 kg • GTIN: 4015613487069

• Material: Chrome-nickel steel • Designed for: Rinsing of specially large containers (pots, bowls) • Size: W 500 x D 500 x H 5 mm • Weight: 1.7 kg • GTIN: 4015613664217

101094

109329 109688

RRP*

229.- €

RRP*

189.- €

RRP*

49.- €

WAREWASHERS u Dishwashers

Dishwasher basket trolley TGS100

302

• Material: Chrome-nickel steel • Size Carrying capacity: W 513 x D 583 mm • Total load-bearing capacity, max.: 120 kg • Tilting: All-round • Swivel casters: 4 swivel casters • Diameter casters: 100 mm • Delivery state: Building kit (simple assembly) • Size: W 515 x D 640 x H 925 mm • Weight: 8.75 kg • GTIN: 4015613523712

300143

RRP*

139.- €

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

Output / hour max.

Glasses height max.

Plate height max.

Lye pump

Water softener

Cleaning agent dosing pump

Clear rinsing dosing pump

Double-walled

Self-cleaning

110510

500 x 500 mm

30 baskets

280 mm

320 mm

–

110415

500 x 500 mm

30 baskets

320 mm

345 mm

–

110418

500 x 500 mm

30 baskets

320 mm

345 mm

–

110419

500 x 500 mm

30 baskets

320 mm

345 mm

–

110557

500 x 500 mm

60 baskets

320 mm

345 mm

–

110567

500 x 500 mm

60 baskets

320 mm

345 mm

–

110597

500 x 500 mm

60 baskets

320 mm

345 mm

–

111655

500 x 500 mm

60 baskets

325 mm

340 mm

–

111660

500 x 500 mm

60 baskets

325 mm

340 mm

–

111670

500 x 500 mm

60 baskets

325 mm

340 mm

109632

500 x 500 mm

60 baskets

400 mm

–

109633

500 x 500 mm

60 baskets

400 mm

–

110660

500 x 500 mm

60 baskets

340 mm

–

110661

500 x 500 mm

60 baskets

340 mm

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

WAREWASHERS u Dishwashers

Basket dimensions

303

Pass-through dishwasher DS 903

109342

RRP* 4,498.- €

GTIN 4015613685106

Hygienic and economic – the optimised feed-through dishwasher stands out thanks to its innovative drainage system, an energy-saving boiler system, efficient DuoFlo pump and smooth-running lift system. • Material • Basket dimensions • Plate height max. • Glasses height max. • Output / hour max. • Run-time • Lye pump • Water softener • Cleaning agent dosing pump • Clear rinsing dosing pump • Dry-run protection • Door contact switch • Double-walled • Safety thermostat • ON/OFF switch • Control lamp

► Output / hour max.: 60 baskets ► Run-time: 60 / 120 / 180 seconds

• Water supply • Water outlet • Water pressure • Water consumption at 2 bar • Tank volume • Tank heater ► Lift system ELS • Height when hood is open ► Patented lift system ► Little force required and more safety • Height adjustable • Properties

• Including ► DuoFlo pumps (slight pump loss) ► Energy-Saving-System (Boiler activity only when necessary) ► EDS drain system ► Flat tank with large filter sreen ► Double-walled tank

WAREWASHERS u Cover machines

304

• Not included in delivery • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

CNS 18/10 500 x 500 mm 440 mm 440 mm 60 baskets 60 / 120 / 180 seconds No No No Yes Yes Yes No Yes Yes ON/OFF Heat up Draining Programs I / II / III / continuous operation Automatic G 3/4“ Ø 28 mm 2 - 4 bar 2.4 litres 22 litre(s) 2,5 kW 2055 - 2120 mm 1535 mm to 1600 mm Lift system ELS (maximum lifting system with little effort) DuoFlo pump (less pump loss) Energy-Saving-System (boiler is only active when necessary) EDS drain system Flat tank with large filter Double-walled tank 1 universal basket 2 plate baskets 1 cutlery holder Spare sealing ring supply hose Feed/removal table, pre-cleaning 3 NAC W 725 x D 955 x H 1,535 mm 98.5 kg

Pass-through dishwasher DS 903

Pass-through dishwasher DS 1003

• Number of wash programs • Boiler heater • Properties • Power load • Size • Weight • GTIN

• Number of wash programs • Boiler heater • Power load • Size • Weight • GTIN

109342

4 6 kW Water intake temperature: 50 °C to 60 °C 6,7 kW | 400 V | 50 Hz W 725 x D 955 x H 1,535 mm 98.5 kg 4015613685106 RRP* 4,498.- €

109343

4 8 kW 8,7 kW | 400 V | 50 Hz W 725 x D 955 x H 1,535 mm 98.5 kg 4015613685113

RRP* 4,998.- €

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

Dishwasher DS 2002

109349

RRP* 6,798.- €

GTIN 4015613713854

Higher pumping rate, low loss of pressure and quiet running – the convincing arguments of the integrated DuoFlo pump. In combination with the extra large drawer height, the hood-type dishwasher makes the perfect assistant in any scullery. • Material • Basket dimensions • Plate height max. • Glasses height max. • Tray size max. • Output / hour max. • Number of wash programs • Lye pump • Water softener • Cleaning agent dosing pump • Clear rinsing dosing pump • Dry-run protection • Door contact switch • Double-walled • Safety thermostat • ON/OFF switch • Self-cleaning • Water supply • Water pressure • Water consumption at 2 bar • Tank volume • Tank heater • Boiler heater • Height adjustable • Not included in delivery • Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

► Quiet running ► Extra large drawer height ► The perfect assistant in any scullery

WAREWASHERS u Cover machines

► DuoFlo pump ► Higher pumping rate ► Low loss of pressure

CNS 18/10 600 x 500 mm 470 mm 440 mm 600 x 500 mm 24 - 60 baskets 5 Yes No Yes Yes Yes Yes No Yes Yes Yes G 3/4" M 2 - 4 bar 3 litres 30 litre(s) 3 kW 9,5 kW 1535 mm to 1595 mm Feed/removal table, pre-cleaning 11 kW | 400 V | 50 Hz 3 NAC W 790 x D 955 x H 1,535 mm 106.4 kg

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

305

Pass-Through Dishwasher DS 2500eco

109244

RRP* 8,798.- €

GTIN 4015613664590

A clean thing - for crockery and the environment. The DS 2500eco is a double-walled feed-through dishwasher that stands out thanks to its high quality, excellent cleaning results and short rinsing time. • Material • Basket dimensions • Tray size max. • Glasses height max. • Plate height max. • Output / hour max. • Run-time • Lye pump • Water softener • Cleaning agent dosing pump • Clear rinsing dosing pump • Dry-run protection • Door contact switch • Double-walled • ON/OFF switch • Control lamp • Water supply • Water outlet • Water pressure • Water consumption at 2 bar • Tank volume • Tank heater • Boiler heater • Height adjustable • Properties • Including

• Not included in delivery • Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

WAREWASHERS u Cover machines

► Output/h: 12 to 72 baskets ► Run-time: 50/90/120/180/300seconds

306

► Heat recovery ► The Eco-Premium appliance cleans in an energy, water and cleaning agent-saving manner. Thanks to the intelligent heat recovery process, energy is used highly efficiently.

CNS 18/10 500 x 500 mm 530 x 325 mm 410 mm 410 mm 12 - 72 baskets 50 / 90 / 120 / 180 / 300 seconds Yes No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes yes G 3/4" M Ø 24 mm 2 - 4 bar 2.6 litres 20 litre(s) 2,7 kW 9 kW 1965 mm to 2115 mm Heat recovery 1 universal basket 2 plate baskets 2 cutlery holder Spare sealing ring supply hose Feed/removal table, pre-cleaning 9,9 kW | 400 V | 50 Hz 3 NAC W 720 x D 795 x H 2,115 mm 138 kg

Component parts Assembling kit ZAT 10 • Material: CNS 18/10 • Properties: For using the Bartscher entry and exit in connection with the continuous dishwasher DS 2500eco • Size: W 295 x D 57 x H 38 mm • Weight: 1.15 kg • GTIN: 4015613713236

109559

RRP*

55.- €

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

Component parts Pre-clearing table,left, backsplash

Pre-clearing table,right,backsplash

Pre-clearing table, L, WH, backspl.

• Material: CNS 18/10 • Beaker capacity: 50 litre(s) • Size basin: W 500 x D 400 x H 250 mm • Assembly side on dishwasher: Left • Position sink: Right • Height of splash protection: 136 mm • With waste chute: No • Size: W 1,200 x D 720 x H 850 mm • Weight: 22 kg • GTIN: 4015613370675

• Material: CNS 18/10 • Beaker capacity: 50 litre(s) • Size basin: W 500 x D 400 x H 250 mm • Assembly side on dishwasher: Right • Position sink: Left • Height of splash protection: 136 mm • With waste chute: No • Size: W 1,200 x D 720 x H 850 mm • Weight: 22 kg • GTIN: 4015613371849

• Material: CNS 18/10 • Beaker capacity: 50 litre(s) • Size basin: W 500 x D 400 x H 250 mm • Assembly side on dishwasher: Left • Position sink: Right • Height of splash protection: 136 mm • With waste chute: Yes • Size: W 1,200 x D 720 x H 850 mm • Weight: 21 kg • GTIN: 4015613371856

RRP*

1,139.- €

109771

RRP*

1,139.- €

109772

RRP*

1,219.- €

Pre-clearing table, R, WH, backspl.

Entry/Exit table W700, L, splashb.

Entry/Exit table W700, R, splashb.

• Material: CNS 18/10 • Beaker capacity: 50 litre(s) • Size basin: W 500 x D 400 x H 250 mm • Assembly side on dishwasher: Right • Position sink: Left • Height of splash protection: 136 mm • With waste chute: Yes • Size: W 1,200 x D 720 x H 850 mm • Weight: 21 kg • GTIN: 4015613371863

• Material: CNS 18/10 • Assembly side on dishwasher: Left • Height of splash protection: 136 mm • With waste chute: No • Size: W 700 x D 720 x H 850 mm • Weight: 12 kg • GTIN: 4015613371870

• Material: CNS 18/10 • Assembly side on dishwasher: Right • Height of splash protection: 136 mm • With waste chute: No • Size: W 700 x D 720 x H 850 mm • Weight: 12 kg • GTIN: 4015613371887

109775 109773

RRP*

1,219.- €

RRP*

519.- €

109776

RRP*

519.- €

Entry/Exit table W1200, L, splashb.

Entry/Exit table W1200, R, splashb.

Rubbish bin 56L

• Material: CNS 18/10 • Assembly side on dishwasher: Left • Height of splash protection: 136 mm • With waste chute: No • Size: W 1,200 x D 720 x H 850 mm • Weight: 17 kg • GTIN: 4015613371894

• Material: CNS 18/10 • Assembly side on dishwasher: Right • Height of splash protection: 136 mm • With waste chute: No • Size: W 1,200 x D 720 x H 850 mm • Weight: 17 kg • GTIN: 4015613371900

• Material: CNS 18/10 • Content: 56 litre(s) • Size inner container: Ø 370 mm | Height: 520 mm • Lid properties: Detachable, with handle, Can be attached to the side of the bucket • Diameter casters: 60 mm • Properties: With handles on the side • Size: W 460 x D 400 x H 620 mm • Weight: 6.6 kg • GTIN: 4015613630670

109777

RRP*

719.- €

109778

RRP*

719.- €

860006

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

RRP*

179.- €

WAREWASHERS u Cover machines

109770

307

Fittings

Single handle mixer 40L-3601B

400126 • Material • Handles • Fitting type • Design • Flow at 3 bar • Valve type • Jet regulator mouthpiece • Swivelling outlet • Assembly type • Diameter table borehole • Installation • Properties • Size • Weight

Two handle mixer 26L-1801B

400136 • Material • Handles • Fitting type • Design • Flow at 3 bar • Valve type • Jet regulator mouthpiece • Swivelling outlet • Assembly type • Diameter table borehole • Installation

WAREWASHERS u Fittings

• Water connection • Properties

308

• Size • Weight

RRP* 589.- €

GTIN 4015613584034

Chrome-plated Chrome Single lever mixer Mixer tap 40 L / Min. High-performance cartridge with ceramic washer equipment 3/4 " inner thread 360° Single-hole borehole 42 mm Copper pipe connection 15 mm Stuffing box can be retightened W 147 x D 340 x H 828 mm 3.5 kg

RRP* 559.- €

GTIN 4015613674575

CNS 18/10 Steel Metal (EUR) Two-handle mixer Mixer tap with dishwashing shower arm Outlet quantity: 16 L / min. Jet regulator: 26 L / min. Stainless steel valve seats 55 mm 180° Single-hole borehole 30 - 35 mm Copper pipe connection 10 mm Attachment with threaded coupling: 3/4“ 3/4" No recoil Setting ring for permanent operation Highly resistant to impact, wear and friction Chemical resistance through large temperature range Excellent corrosion-resistance Lower friction coefficient W 515 x D 415 x H 1,430 mm 6.8 kg

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

400137 • Material • Handles • Fitting type • Design • Flow at 3 bar • Valve type • Jet regulator mouthpiece • Swivelling outlet • Diameter table borehole • Installation • Water connection • Properties

• Size • Weight

Single handle mixer 40L-1801B

400123 • Material • Handles • Fitting type • Design • Flow at 3 bar • Valve type • Jet regulator mouthpiece • Swivelling outlet • Assembly type • Installation • Diameter table borehole • Properties

• Size • Weight

RRP* 629.- €

GTIN 4015613674582

CNS 18/10 Steel Metal (EUR) Two-handle mixer Mixer tap with dishwashing shower arm Outlet quantity: 16 L / min. Jet regulator: 40 L / min. Stainless steel valve seats 55 mm 180° 21 - 25 mm Copper pipe connection 21 mm Attachment with threaded coupling: 3/4“ 1/2" No recoil Setting ring for permanent operation Highly resistant to impact, wear and friction Chemical resistance through large temperature range Excellent corrosion-resistance Lower friction coefficient W 515 x D 415 x H 1,220 mm 7.2 kg

RRP* 998.- €

GTIN 4015613438955

Chrome-plated Chrome Thermally insulated Single lever mixer Mixer tap with dishwashing shower arm Shower arm: 18 L / min. Jet regulator: 40 L / min. High-performance cartridge with ceramic washer equipment M22 180° Single-hole borehole Screw system Copper pipe connection 15 mm 42 mm Replaceable sieve Spring mechanism Rubber stopper ring No chrome-damage by additional hardnickel coating Check valve No recoil thanks to blockable screen-shower head with closing delay Hose can be loaded up to 150 kg, hot water resistant, pressure resistant Stuffing box seals Full metal Water pressure can be regulated with a setting strong W 65 x D 450 x H 1,540 mm 8.5 kg

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

WAREWASHERS u Fittings

Two handle mixer 40L-1802B

309

Universal basket, 500x500x100

Cutlery basket, height 100 mm

Plates/Tray basket 500x500x100

• Material: Plastic • Basket size: 500 x 500 mm • Inside height: 84 mm • Number of shelves: 1 • Design: Flat • Stackable: Yes • Size: W 500 x D 500 x H 100 mm • Weight: 1.2 kg • GTIN: 4015613653952

• Material: Plastic • Basket size: 500 x 500 mm • Inside height: 84 mm • Number of shelves: 1 • Design: Flat • Stackable: Yes • Size: W 500 x D 500 x H 100 mm • Weight: 1.35 kg • GTIN: 4015613653969

• Material: Plastic • Basket size: 500 x 500 mm • Number of shelves: 1 • Design: Fingers • Stackable: Yes • Size: W 500 x D 500 x H 100 mm • Weight: 1.4 kg • GTIN: 4015613653976

5303 5301

RRP*

19.- €

5302

RRP*

19.- €

Cutlery holder, 8 compartments

Dishwasher basket set 5000

Insert for glasses 5000

• Material: Plastic • Basket size: 430 x 210 mm • Number of shelves: 8 • Design: Divided • Stackable: Yes • Size: W 430 x D 210 x H 155 mm • Weight: 0.55 kg • GTIN: 4015613653990

• Material: Plastic • Inside height: 126 mm • Basket size: 500 x 500 mm • Number of shelves: 1 • Design: Flat • Stackable: Yes • Rinsing basket set comprises: 2 cutlery holders, 1 insert for glasses, 1 insert for plates, 1 universal basket • Size: W 500 x D 500 x H 175 mm • Weight: 1.88 kg • GTIN: 4015613653235

• Material: Plastic • Size: W 490 x D 210 x H 110 mm • Weight: 0.2 kg • GTIN: 4015613656267

5305

RRP*

20.- €

RRP*

69.- €

WAREWASHERS u Dishwasher baskets

Basket comp. 9, 500x500x45, blue

15205

9.- €

RRP*

5361 • Material • Basket size • Inside height • Design • Stackable • Suitable for

Number of shelves Compartment size

RRP* 6.- €

GTIN 4015613654096

Plastic 500 x 500 mm 42 mm Divided Yes Glasses Cups W 500 x D 500 x H 45 mm 0.55 kg

• Size • Weight

Colour

22.- €

15201

310

RRP*

Size

Weight

Code-No.

RRP*

GTIN

Blue

149 x 149 mm

W 500 x D 500 x H 45 mm

0.55 kg

5361

6,- €

⃝ 1

4015613654096

Dark blue

111 x 111 mm

W 460 x D 460 x H 45 mm

0.55 kg

5362

7,- €

⃝ 1

4015613654102

Red

89 x 89 mm

W 500 x D 500 x H 45 mm

0.72 kg

5363

8,- €

⃝ 1

4015613654119

Lilac

73 x 73 mm

W 500 x D 500 x H 45 mm

0.8 kg

5360

9,- €

⃝ 1

4015613654126

Green

62 x 62 mm

W 500 x D 500 x H 45 mm

1 kg

5364

9,- €

⃝ 1

4015613654133

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

Dishwasher basket, 16 comp.

5316

RRP* 26.- €

GTIN 4015613654652

The stackable dishwashing baskets by Bartscher ensure good cleaning results, goot basket handling and clean and safe storage.

Number of shelves

Compartment size Inside height

Plastic Brown 500 x 500 mm Divided Yes W 500 x D 500 x H 100 mm 1.57 kg

Size

Weight

Code-No.

RRP*

GTIN

111 x 111 mm

83 mm

W 500 x D 500 x H 100 mm

1.57 kg

5316

26,- €

⃝ 1

4015613654652

111 x 111 mm

123 mm

W 500 x D 500 x H 142 mm

2.25 kg

5318

33,- €

⃝ 1

4015613654669

111 x 111 mm

166 mm

W 500 x D 500 x H 183 mm

2.65 kg

5319

43,- €

⃝ 1

4015613654676

111 x 111 mm

207 mm

W 500 x D 500 x H 225 mm

3.33 kg

5320

52,- €

⃝ 1

4015613654683

111 x 111 mm

245 mm

W 500 x D 500 x H 266 mm

3.73 kg

5321

62,- €

⃝ 1

4015613654690

111 x 111 mm

285 mm

W 500 x D 500 x H 306 mm

4.41 kg

5322

67,- €

⃝ 1

4015613654706

Size

Weight

Code-No.

RRP*

GTIN

Number of shelves

Compartment size Inside height

89 x 89 mm

83 mm

W 500 x D 500 x H 100 mm

1.62 kg

5325

26,- €

⃝ 1

4015613654713

89 x 89 mm

123 mm

W 500 x D 500 x H 142 mm

2.36 kg

5327

37,- €

⃝ 1

4015613654720

89 x 89 mm

166 mm

W 500 x D 500 x H 183 mm

2.76 kg

5328

43,- €

⃝ 1

4015613654768

89 x 89 mm

207 mm

W 500 x D 500 x H 225 mm

3.51 kg

5329

54,- €

⃝ 1

4015613654775

89 x 89 mm

245 mm

W 500 x D 500 x H 266 mm

3.91 kg

5330

62,- €

⃝ 1

4015613654782

89 x 89 mm

285 mm

W 500 x D 500 x H 306 mm

4.65 kg

5331

69,- €

⃝ 1

4015613654799

Size

Weight

Code-No.

RRP*

GTIN

Number of shelves

Compartment size Inside height

73 x 73 mm

83 mm

W 500 x D 500 x H 100 mm

1.65 kg

5336

27,- €

⃝ 1

4015613654805

73 x 73 mm

123 mm

W 500 x D 500 x H 142 mm

2.45 kg

5338

36,- €

⃝ 1

4015613654812

73 x 73 mm

166 mm

W 500 x D 500 x H 183 mm

2.85 kg

5339

44,- €

⃝ 1

4015613654829

73 x 73 mm

207 mm

W 500 x D 500 x H 225 mm

3.64 kg

5340

55,- €

⃝ 1

4015613654836

73 x 73 mm

245 mm

W 500 x D 500 x H 266 mm

4.04 kg

5341

61,- €

⃝ 1

4015613654843

73 x 73 mm

285 mm

W 500 x D 500 x H 306 mm

4.84 kg

5342

69,- €

⃝ 1

4015613654850

Size

Weight

Code-No.

RRP*

GTIN

Number of shelves

Compartment size Inside height

62 x 62 mm

83 mm

W 500 x D 500 x H 100 mm

1.84 kg

5349

28,- €

⃝ 1

4015613654874

62 x 62 mm

123 mm

W 500 x D 500 x H 142 mm

2.84 kg

5351

39,- €

⃝ 1

4015613654881

62 x 62 mm

166 mm

W 500 x D 500 x H 183 mm

3.24 kg

5352

46,- €

⃝ 1

4015613654898

62 x 62 mm

207 mm

W 500 x D 500 x H 225 mm

4.24 kg

5353

59,- €

⃝ 1

4015613654904

62 x 62 mm

245 mm

W 500 x D 500 x H 266 mm

4.64 kg

5354

66,- €

⃝ 1

4015613654911

62 x 62 mm

285 mm

W 500 x D 500 x H 306 mm

5.64 kg

5355

75,- €

⃝ 1

4015613654928

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

WAREWASHERS u Dishwasher baskets

• Material • Colour • Basket size • Design • Stackable • Size • Weight

311

Glass polisher

109470 • Material • Number of polishing heads • Polishing/drying type • Properties • ON/OFF switch • Power load • Size • Weight

RRP* 2,549.- €

GTIN 4015613455624

Stainless steel Microfibre 5 Microfibre polishing scarves with hot air fans Microfibre polishing scarves detachable Yes 1,1 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 340 x D 305 x H 520 mm 16 kg

Replacement brushes - set, 5 rollers • Material: Plastic • Set comprises: 5 casters incl. polishing scarves, detachable • Size: W 250 x D 250 x H 70 mm • Weight: 0.5 kg • GTIN: 4015613657998

109472

RRP*

349.- €

Cutlery polishing machine 1500/17

110431

RRP* 4,349.- €

GTIN 4015613708836

Cutlery polished to a high shine – up to 1,500 pieces of cutlery per hour. Pieces of cutlery are hygienically disinfected thanks to the integrated UV lamp and the HACCP compliant operating temperature. • Material • Maximum output • Cutlery input • Cutlery output

WAREWASHERS u Glass polishers

• Polishing/drying type • Filling quantity maize granulate • Fan for granulate removal • UV lamp for cutlery disinfection • ON/OFF switch • Control lamp

312

• Properties

► Fan for granulate removal ► Easy access to the cutlery channel

► Cutlery input: ► Right of appliance ► Width of opening: 215 mm

• Including • Power load • Size • Weight

Stainless steel 1,500 pieces of cutlery per hour Right of appliance Width of opening: 215 mm Front of appliance Width of opening: 100 mm Heated maize granulate 1,7 kg Yes Yes Yes Heat up Operational Temperature Warning light Automatic switch-off when the cover is opened HACCP-conform through 80 °C operating temperature 10 minutes after-run for granulate drying after switch-off Easy access to the cutlery channel Start/Stop button 1 cutlery collection basket 2 kg maize granulate 0,4 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 530 x D 530 x H 790 mm 45 kg

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

110432 • Material • Maximum output • Cutlery input • Cutlery output • Polishing/drying type • Filling quantity maize granulate • Fan for granulate removal • UV lamp for cutlery disinfection • ON/OFF switch • Control lamp

• Properties

• Including

• Power load • Size • Weight

Cutlery polishing machine 3500/30

110433 • Material • Maximum output • Cutlery input • Cutlery output • Polishing/drying type • Filling quantity maize granulate • Fan for granulate removal • UV lamp for cutlery disinfection • ON/OFF switch • Control lamp • Properties

• Including • Power load • Size • Weight

RRP* 5,198.- €

RRP* 4,429.- €

• Material: Maize granulate • Size: W 400 x D 300 x H 50 mm • Weight: 3 kg • GTIN: 4015613717944 39.- €

GTIN 4015613711928

Stainless steel 3,500 pieces of cutlery per hour Right of appliance Width of opening: 220 mm Front of appliance Width of opening: 130 mm Heated maize granulate 3 kg Yes Yes Yes ON/OFF Automatic switch-off when the cover is opened HACCP-conform through 80 °C operating temperature Easy access to the cutlery channel 2 cutlery collection baskets 3 kg maize granulate 0,54 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 530 x D 530 x H 790 mm 29 kg

Maize granulate 3KG

RRP*

GTIN 4015613708935

Stainless steel 3,000 pieces of cutlery per hour Top of appliance Width of opening: 230 mm Front of appliance Heated maize granulate 2,5 kg Yes Yes Yes Heat up Operational Temperature Warning light Automatic switch-off when the cover is opened HACCP-conform through 80 °C operating temperature Easy access to the cutlery channel 10 minutes after-run for granulate drying after switch-off Start/Stop button 1 cutlery collection basket 1 cutlery collection sieve 3 kg maize granulate 0,56 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 570 x D 520 x H 410 mm 85 kg

Component parts

110434

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

WAREWASHERS u Cutlery polishers

Cutlery polishing machine 3000/25

313

Water Conditioning Units

Water softening system WEH1350

109889 • Material • Connection capacity • Output capacity • Water intake temperature from • Water intake temperature to • Regeneration • Setting possibilities

• Digital display • Water connection • Designed for • Power load • Size • Weight

Water softener system MC-N16, 1unit

109850

WAREWASHERS u Water Conditioning Units

• Material • Connection capacity • Output capacity • Water intake temperature from • Water intake temperature to • Regeneration • Setting possibilities

314

• Digital display • Water connection • Designed for • Power load • Size • Weight

RRP* 498.- €

GTIN 4015613615158

Plastic 1 unit 1,350 litres / day at 10° d (total hardness) 5 °C 40 °C Flow rate or time period Interval Regeneration Language Time Water hardness Yes 3/4" Dishwashers 0,03 kW | 220-240 V | 50/60 Hz W 255 x D 435 x H 480 mm 11.6 kg

RRP* 798.- €

GTIN 4015613415819

Plastic 1 unit 1,600 litres / day at 10° d (total hardness) 5 °C 35 °C Time period Interval Regeneration Time No 3/4" Dishwashers 0,04 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 250 x D 410 x H 490 mm 7.75 kg

Component parts Connection kit WEH1350

Connecting set for MC-N 16

• Material: Plastic (PVC) • Set comprises: 1 hose 1/2“ for regeneration, length 2 m, 1 hose 3/4“ for water connection, length 1.5 m • Water intake temperature: 40 °C • Size: W 50 x D 2,000 x H 50 mm • Weight: 0.55 kg • GTIN: 4015613630748

• Set comprises: 2 armoured hoses AG - water connection 3/4“, length 1 m, rated width Ø 15 mm • Size: W 420 x D 325 x H 60 mm • Weight: 1 kg • GTIN: 4015613586748

109884

RRP*

26.- €

109885

RRP*

189.- €

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

109877 • Material

GTIN 4015613681580

Plastic Glass-fibre reinforced Blue 1 unit 5,000 litres / cartridge at 10° d (total salt content) Full desalination 3/4" Yes Dishwashers 290 € W 260 x D 260 x H 635 mm 17.25 kg

• Colour • Connection capacity • Output capacity • Desalination type • Water connection • Designed for • Deposit per cartridge • Size • Weight

Partial desalination system TKD 13400 FB

RRP* 909.- €

109878 • Material

RRP* 939.- €

GTIN 4015613681597

Plastic Glass-fibre reinforced Blue 1 unit 13,400 litres / cartridge at 10° d (carbonate hardness) Partial desalination Yes Yes 3/4" Combined steamer and ice cube makers 290 € W 260 x D 260 x H 635 mm 17.4 kg

• Colour • Connection capacity • Output capacity • Desalination type • With active carbon • Water connection • Designed for • Deposit per cartridge • Size • Weight

Component parts Connecting set for VK500FB, TKD 13400FB

Replacement cartridge for VK 500FB

Replacement cartridge for TK13400 FB

• Set comprises: 1 adapter for water tap, 1 water quantity meter, 2 intake hoses CNS - water connection 3/4“, length 1.5 m, rated width Ø 10 mm • Size: W 370 x D 300 x H 130 mm • Weight: 1 kg • GTIN: 4015613586755

• Material: Plastic, Glass-fibre reinforced • Designed for: Dishwashers • Size: W 260 x D 260 x H 635 mm • Weight: 17.25 kg • GTIN: 4015613586762

• Material: Plastic, Glass-fibre reinforced • Designed for: Combined steamer and ice cube makers • Size: W 260 x D 260 x H 635 mm • Weight: 17.4 kg • GTIN: 4015613586779

109886

RRP*

189.- €

109887

RRP*

179.- €

109888

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

RRP*

279.- €

WAREWASHERS u Water Conditioning Units

Full desalination system VK 500 FB

315

DRINKS | CAFĂ&#x2030; | BAR Hot and cold drinks are important sales drivers in gastronomy today, as well as sweet snacks. Preparation appliances are in permanent use. From the coffee machine to the blender performance is the trump card!

316

Coffee machine "Contessa 1000"

A190053 • Material • Number of hobs • Content can • Design can(s) • Brewing time • Minimum brewing quantity • Number of warming plates • Control lamp • Warm-keeping function • ON/OFF switch • Power load • Size • Weight

Coffee machine "Contessa 1002"

190155

RRP* 195.- €

GTIN 4015613580968

Chrome-nickel steel Plastic 1 1.8 litres Glass 7 minutes for 1.8 litres 0.5 litres 1 ON/OFF Yes Yes 2 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 215 x D 385 x H 460 mm 6.5 kg

RRP* 215.- €

GTIN 4015613716091

For traditional coffee enjoyment – the Contessa 1002 thermal jug takes up to 2 litres of freshly brewed coffee. • Material • Number of hobs • Content can • Design can(s) • Brewing time • Output max. • Minimum brewing quantity • Control lamp • ON/OFF switch • Power load • Size • Weight

Coffee Machine "Contessa Duo"

190156

Stainless steel Plastic 1 2 litres Vacuum flask, stainless steel 8 minutes for 2 litres 13 cups 0.5 litres ON/OFF Yes 1,9 kW | 230 V | 50/60 Hz W 215 x D 400 x H 520 mm 6.7 kg

RRP* 429.- €

GTIN 4015613716107

• Material • Number of hobs • Content can • Design can(s) • Brewing time • Output max. • Minimum brewing quantity • Control lamp • ON/OFF switch • Power load • Size • Weight

► 2 stainless steel thermal jugs ► Content: 2 litres ► Lid with pouring mechanism

Stainless steel 2 2 litres Vacuum flask, stainless steel 8 minutes for 2 litres 2 x 13 cups 0.5 litres ON/OFF Yes 3,2 kW | 230 V | 50/60 Hz W 430 x D 400 x H 520 mm 14.21 kg

► Boiling time: 8 minutes for 2 litres ► Minimum boiling quantity: 0.5 litres

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

DRINKS / CAFÉ / BAR u Coffee machines

It simply tastes better in duet – the two hot plates with the 2 litre thermal jugs can be switched separately and can therefore be used for the required amounts.

317

Coffee machine "Aurora 22"

190157

RRP* 325.- €

GTIN 4015613716114

This coffee machines impresses with its thermal pump jug, which has a 1.9 litre capacity. The freshly brewed coffee is ready in a flash for use on self service counters.

• Material • Number of hobs • Content can • Design can(s) • Brewing time • Output max. • Minimum brewing quantity • Control lamp • ON/OFF switch • Decalcification signal • Power load • Size • Weight

► 1 stainless steel thermal pump jug ► Volume: 1.9 litres ► Base with an integrated ring for 360° rotation of the jug

Stainless steel 1 1.9 litres Vacuum flask with pump system, stainless steel 8 minutes for 2 litres 12 cups 0.5 litres ON/OFF Yes Yes 1,9 kW | 230 V | 50/60 Hz W 215 x D 405 x H 520 mm 8 kg

► Minimum boiling quantity: 0.5 litres

DRINKS / CAFÉ / BAR u Coffee machines

Component parts

318

Basket filter paper, 250 pieces

Basket filter paper, 1000 pieces

Descaler, coffee machines, 30 bags

• Diameter top: 250 mm • Diameter bottom: 90 mm • Order quantity unit: 1 box (250 filters) • Size: W 150 x D 150 x H 85 mm • Weight: 0.45 kg • GTIN: 4015613638256

• Diameter top: 250 mm • Diameter bottom: 90 mm • Order quantity unit: 1 box (1,000 filters) • Size: W 150 x D 150 x H 85 mm • Weight: 1.79 kg • GTIN: 4015613638249

• Order quantity unit: 1 box (30 bags à 15 g) • Size: W 68 x D 4 x H 100 mm • Weight: 0.45 kg • GTIN: 4015613541716

190015250

RRP*

6.50 €

190014

RRP*

19.50 €

190065

RRP*

19.- €

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

Component parts Thermo jug 1,5L-ST

Glass jug 1,8L

Pot heater for 2 pots

• Material: Stainless steel, Plastic • Content: 1,5 litre(s) • Diameter surface: 140 mm • Double-walled: Yes • Size: W 140 x D 170 x H 215 mm • Weight: 0.72 kg • GTIN: 4015613714745

• Material: Glass, Plastic • Content: 1,8 litre(s) • Size: W 160 x D 200 x H 178 mm • Weight: 0.3 kg • GTIN: 4015613658360

• Material: Stainless steel • Number of warming plates: 2 • Diameter warming plate(s): 110 mm • Warming plates can be switched separately: Yes • ON/OFF switch: Yes • Control lamp: ON/OFF • Power load: 0,16 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz • Size: W 358 x D 218 x H 80 mm • Weight: 1 kg • GTIN: 4015613437118

RRP*

18.- €

190133

RRP*

15.- €

A190102

RRP*

Thermo pump jug 1,9L-ST

Thermo jug 2L-ST

Pump pot 2,5L, SS

• Material: Stainless steel, Plastic • Content: 1,9 litre(s) • Temperature loss / hour approx.: 2,3 °C • Glasses / cup height max.: 225 mm • Diameter surface: 150 mm • Pump system: Yes • Pump lid lock: Yes • Double-walled: Yes • Properties: Base with an integrated ring for 360° rotation of the flask, Pump head can be completely detached • Size: W 150 x D 200 x H 390 mm • Weight: 1.3 kg • GTIN: 4015613714769

• Material: Stainless steel, Plastic • Content: 2 litre(s) • Diameter surface: 140 mm • Double-walled: Yes • Properties: Lid with pouring mechanism • Size: W 140 x D 170 x H 250 mm • Weight: 0.8 kg • GTIN: 4015613714752

• Material: Stainless steel, Plastic • Content: 2,5 litre(s) • Pump system: Yes • Pump lid lock: Yes • Double-walled: Yes • Carrying handle: Yes • Size: W 160 x D 200 x H 330 mm • Weight: 1.4 kg • GTIN: 4015613468655

190116

190117

RRP*

33.- €

RRP*

19.50 €

190125

RRP*

71.- €

32.- €

Thermo jug 5L with pump system

Coffee station 1190

Coffee station 2190

• Material: Stainless steel, Plastic • Content: 5 litre(s) • Pump system: Yes • Pump lid lock: Yes • Double-walled: Yes • Carrying handle: Yes • Properties: Base with an integrated ring for 360° rotation of the flask • Size: W 175 x D 240 x H 430 mm • Weight: 2.4 kg • GTIN: 4015613617701

• Material: Plastic • Designed for: 1 vacuum flask, Diameter max. 19 cm • Properties: 5 storage compartments for beakers, spoons/stirrers, milk and sugar, Plastic insert adjustable in 3 heights • Including: 1 drip tray, 1 plastic insert • Size: W 440 x D 340 x H 145 mm • Weight: 1.15 kg • GTIN: 4015613656861

• Material: Plastic • Designed for: 2 vacuum flasks, Diameter max. 19 cm • Properties: 5 storage compartments for beakers, spoons/stirrers, milk and sugar, Plastic inserts adjustable in 3 heights • Including: 2 drip trays, 2 plastic inserts • Size: W 660 x D 340 x H 145 mm • Weight: 1.8 kg • GTIN: 4015613656878

190135

190153

190154

RRP*

41.- €

RRP*

36.- €

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

RRP*

59.- €

DRINKS / CAFÉ / BAR u Coffee machines

190114

319

Percolator coffee makers

Coffee maker "Regina Plus 40T"

A190146 • Material • Content • Output max. • Brewing time • Minimum brewing quantity • Control lamp • ON/OFF switch • Decalcification signal • Filling level display • Warm-keeping function • Properties • Power load • Size • Weight

Coffee maker "Regina Plus 90T"

A190196

DRINKS / CAFÉ / BAR u Coffee machines

• Material

320

• Output max. • Brewing time • Minimum brewing quantity • Control lamp • ON/OFF switch • Decalcification signal • Filling level display • Warm-keeping function • Properties • Power load • Size • Weight

RRP* 98.- €

GTIN 4015613629636

Stainless steel Plastic 6,8 litre(s) 48 cups 45 minutes for 6.8 litres 3 litres (20 cups) yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 2 separate heating systems for brewing and warm-keeping function 1,2 kW | 230 V | 50/60 Hz W 220 x D 220 x H 415 mm 3.1 kg

RRP* 139.- €

GTIN 4015613629995

Stainless steel Plastic 80 - 90 cups 60 minutes for 15 litres 4.5 litres (30 cups) yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 2 separate heating systems for brewing and warm-keeping function 1,6 kW | 230 V | 50/60 Hz W 270 x D 270 x H 475 mm 4.1 kg

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

Coffee machine "Bartscher PRO II 40T"

A190148

RRP* 119.- €

GTIN 4015613670515

More pleasure and flexibility Thanks to the optimised stainless steel filter, you can brew your coffee with or without filter paper. • Material • Material heating system • Material filter • Content • Output max. • Brewing time • Minimum brewing quantity • Control lamp • ON/OFF switch • Decalcification signal • Filling level display • Warm-keeping function • Power load • Properties

• Including • Size • Weight

► Stainless steel heating system ► 2 separate heating systems for brewing and warm-keeping function

Coffee machine "Bartscher PRO II 60T"

A190167 • Material • Material heating system • Material filter • Content • Output max. • Brewing time • Minimum brewing quantity • Control lamp • ON/OFF switch • Decalcification signal • Filling level display • Warm-keeping function • Properties

• Including • Power load • Size • Weight

RRP* 129.- €

GTIN 4015613670522

Stainless steel Plastic Stainless steel Stainless steel 9 litre(s) 60 - 72 cups 50 minutes for 9 litres 4.5 litres (30 cups) yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 2 separate heating systems for brewing and warm-keeping function Coffee machine can also be used without filter paper Cleaning scraper 1,2 kW | 230 V | 50/60 Hz W 310 x D 320 x H 540 mm 3.8 kg

Component parts Round filter paper 195mm, 250pcs

Round filter paper 195mm, 1000pcs

• Diameter: 195 mm • Order quantity unit: 1 box (250 round filters) • Size: W 195 x D 195 x H 1 mm • Weight: 0.3 kg • GTIN: 4015613427980

• Diameter: 195 mm • Order quantity unit: 1 box (1,000 round filters) • Size: W 195 x D 195 x H 1 mm • Weight: 1.4 kg • GTIN: 4015613372983

A190009250

RRP*

11.- €

A190009

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

RRP*

37.- €

DRINKS / CAFÉ / BAR u Coffee machines

► Decalcification signal ► Warm-holding function

Stainless steel Plastic Stainless steel Stainless steel 6 litre(s) 40 - 48 cups 40 minutes for 6 litres 3 litres (20 cups) yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 1,2 kW | 230 V | 50/60 Hz 2 separate heating systems for brewing and warm-keeping function Coffee machine can also be used without filter paper Cleaning scraper W 310 x D 320 x H 480 mm 3.18 kg

321

Coffee machine "Bartscher PRO II 100T"

A190198

RRP* 159.- €

GTIN 4015613670539

• Including • Power load • Size • Weight

Stainless steel Plastic Stainless steel Stainless steel 13,2 litre(s) 90 - 100 cups 55 minutes for 13,2 litres 6 litres (40 cups) yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 2 separate heating systems for brewing and warm-keeping function Coffee machine can also be used without filter paper Cleaning scraper 1,6 kW | 230 V | 50/60 Hz W 350 x D 375 x H 540 mm 4.6 kg

Component parts Round filter paper 245mm, 250pcs

Round filter paper 245mm, 1000pcs

Descaler, coffee machines, 30 bags

• Diameter: 245 mm • Order quantity unit: 1 box (250 round filters) • Size: W 245 x D 245 x H 1 mm • Weight: 0.55 kg • GTIN: 4015613561004

• Diameter: 245 mm • Order quantity unit: 1 box (1,000 round filters) • Size: W 245 x D 245 x H 1 mm • Weight: 2.1 kg • GTIN: 4015613400129

• Order quantity unit: 1 box (30 bags à 15 g) • Size: W 68 x D 4 x H 100 mm • Weight: 0.45 kg • GTIN: 4015613541716

A190011

190065

A190011250

RRP*

12.- €

RRP*

DRINKS / CAFÉ / BAR u Coffee machines

Milk frother induction MSI400

322

42.- €

190129 • Material • Content • Functions

• Temperature range • Automatic shutdown • Control lamp • Mixing bowl • Including • Power load • Size • Weight

RRP* 86.- €

RRP*

19.- €

GTIN 4015613613413

Stainless steel 0,4 litre(s) Foaming/heating at 65 °C Foaming/heating at 70 °C 150 ml to 400 ml of milk can be foamed/ heated in approx. 80-90 seconds Cold foaming 0 °C to 70 °C Yes yes Detachable Stainless steel with plastic lid 1 magnetic mixer disk for micro milk froth 2 magnetic mixer disks for firm milk froth 0,6 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 125 x D 150 x H 180 mm 1.1 kg

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

Portafilter coffee machines – Features at a glance ✓✓ 1 tea water tap ✓✓ 2 steam taps ✓✓ 2 separate heating systems for brewing and warm-keeping function ✓✓ 4 different programs for dosing per group ✓✓ Anti-vacuum valve for the boiler ✓✓ Automatic boiler filling ✓✓ Automatic cleaning of a brewing group ✓✓ Automatic water intake through solenoid valve ✓✓ 1 heat exchanger per brewing group ✓✓ Pree Bree System (patented coffee pre-brewing process) ✓✓ Particle filter ✓✓ Chrome-plated ball joint outlet pipes for removal of steam and hot water ✓✓ Over-pressure valve 190160 • Design • Material • Brewing group(s) • Number of boilers • Content • Control unit

190161 • Design • Material • Brewing group(s) • Number of boilers • Content • Control unit

• Digital display • Display

• Control lamp • Power load • Size • Weight

GTIN 4015613481708

Sieve carrier Steel plate 1 1 6 litres Electronic Toggle Knob yes 2,85 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 475 x D 580 x H 523 mm 35.4 kg

• Control lamp • Power load • Size • Weight

Coffee machine Coffeeline G2, 11,5L

RRP* 2,498.- €

RRP* 3,498.- €

GTIN 4015613481715

Sieve carrier Steel plate 2 2 11.5 litres Electronic Toggle Knob Yes 4-languages Date and time Cup counting Maintenance display yes 3,3 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 677 x D 580 x H 523 mm 54 kg

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

DRINKS / CAFÉ / BAR u Coffee machines

Coffee machine Coffeeline G1,6L

323

Coffee machine Coffeeline G2plus

190163 • Design • Material • Brewing group(s) • Number of boilers • Content • Control unit

• Power load • Size • Weight

190162 • Design • Material • Brewing group(s) • Number of boilers • Content • Control unit

• Digital display • Display

• Control lamp • Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

DRINKS / CAFÉ / BAR u Coffee machines

Coffee machine Coffeeline G3plus

324

GTIN 4015613487908

Sieve carrier Steel plate 2 3 11.5 litres + 2 x 1.5 litres Electronic Toggle yes Yes Cup counting Maintenance display 3,3 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 677 x D 580 x H 523 mm 62 kg

• Control lamp • Digital display • Display

Coffee machine Coffeeline G3, 17,5L

RRP* 4,398.- €

190164 • Design • Material • Brewing group(s) • Number of boilers • Content • Control unit

• Control lamp • Digital display • Display • Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

RRP* 4,298.- €

GTIN 4015613481722

Sieve carrier Steel plate 3 3 17,5 Electronic Toggle Knob Yes 4-languages Date and time Cup counting Maintenance display yes 4,3 kW | 400 V | 50 Hz 3 NAC W 967 x D 580 x H 523 mm 71.4 kg

RRP* 5,598.- €

GTIN 4015613487915

Sieve carrier Steel plate 3 4 17.5 + 3 x 1.5 litres Electronic Toggle Knob yes Yes Cup counting Maintenance display 6,3 kW | 400 V | 50 Hz 3 NAC W 967 x D 580 x H 523 mm 87 kg

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

Brewing group(s)

Number of boilers

Content

Digital display

Power load

Weight

THE SERIES IN COMPARISON

190160

6 litres

–

2,85 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz

35.4 kg

190161

11.5 litres

3,3 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz

54 kg

190163

11.5 litres + 2 x 1.5 litres

3,3 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz

62 kg

190162

17,5

4,3 kW | 400 V | 50 Hz

71.4 kg

190164

17.5 + 3 x 1.5 litres

6,3 kW | 400 V | 50 Hz

87 kg

Component parts Filter holder double 14g Coffeline

Filter holder triple 21g Coffeline

• Material: Brass, Chrome-plated, Plastic • Content ground coffee: 7 g • Number of cup outlets: 1 • Size: W 220 x D 81 x H 75 mm • Weight: 0.55 kg • GTIN: 4015613588377

• Material: Brass, Chrome-plated, Plastic • Content ground coffee: 14 g • Number of cup outlets: 2 • Size: W 220 x D 81 x H 75 mm • Weight: 0.58 kg • GTIN: 4015613588384

• Material: Brass, Chrome-plated, Plastic • Content ground coffee: 21 g • Number of cup outlets: 3 • Size: W 220 x D 81 x H 75 mm • Weight: 0.66 kg • GTIN: 4015613588391

190180

RRP*

39.- €

190181

RRP*

45.- €

190182

RRP*

59.- €

Coffee grounds drawer, small

Coffee grounds drawer, large

Connection bar f.coffee grounds dr.

• Material: Stainless steel • Content coffee grounds: Approx. 80 portions • Properties: Can be expanded flexibly, Very easy to mount • Size: W 290 x D 515 x H 105 mm • Weight: 6 kg • GTIN: 4015613494203

• Material: Stainless steel • Content coffee grounds: Approx. 140 portions • Properties: Can be expanded flexibly, Very easy to mount • Size: W 410 x D 515 x H 105 mm • Weight: 6.95 kg • GTIN: 4015613494197

• Size: W 460 x D 50 x H 50 mm • Weight: 1 kg • GTIN: 4015613494210

190172 190171

RRP*

198.- €

190170

Milk frother, Capuccinatore

Tamper aluminium

• Material: Plastic • Properties: Air supply is set with a rotating valve • Size: W 36 x D 36 x H 131 mm • Weight: 0.13 kg • GTIN: 4015613541143

• Material: Aluminium • Diameter: 57 mm • Size: W 57 x D 57 x H 92 mm • Weight: 0.22 kg • GTIN: 4015613656380

190173

190179

RRP*

89.- €

RRP*

259.- €

35.- €

RRP*

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

RRP*

35.- €

DRINKS / CAFÉ / BAR u Coffee machines

Filter holder single 7g Coffeline

325

Coffee grinders

Coffee grinder model Tauro

190175 • Material • Content bean container • Rpm max. • ON/OFF switch • Overheating protection • Protection class • Properties

• Power load • Size • Weight

DRINKS / CAFÉ / BAR u Coffee grinders

Coffee grinder model Space II

326

190174 • Material • Content bean container • Rpm max. • ON/OFF switch • Overheating protection • Protection class • Properties

• Power load • Size • Weight

RRP* 392.- €

GTIN 4015613492445

Stainless steel 1 kg 1300 r. / min. Yes Yes IP21 Collection tray for up to 600 g of ground coffee Dosing can be controlled from 5 - 12 g Grinding mechanism Ø 60 mm 0,275 kW | 230 V | 50-60 Hz W 165 x D 390 x H 510 mm 8 kg

RRP* 439.- €

GTIN 4015613658957

Stainless steel 2 kg 1300 r. / min. Yes Yes IP21 Collection tray for up to 600 g of ground coffee Dosing can be controlled from 5 - 12 g Grinding mechanism Ø 60 mm 0,352 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 200 x D 390 x H 600 mm 8.4 kg

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

Water filter system

109881 • Material • Output capacity • Water connection • Water pressure • Water intake temperature from • Water intake temperature to • Design • Designed for • Size • Weight

Water filter f. filter holder set

109856 • Material • Output capacity • Water connection • Water pressure • Water intake temperature from • Water intake temperature to • Design • Designed for • Including • Size • Weight

RRP* 72.- €

GTIN 4015613630731

Plastic 1,600 litres / at 10° KH (carbonate hardness) 1/2" 1.5 - 6 bar 5 °C 30 °C Disposable system For horizontal and vertical installation Coffee machines W 200 x D 140 x H 320 mm 2.2 kg

RRP* 195.- €

GTIN 4015613501130

Polypropylene 1,500 litres / at 10° KH (carbonate hardness) 3/8" 2 - 8 bar 4 °C 30 °C Returnable system Coffee machines 1 filter candle W 110 x D 122 x H 365 mm 1.55 kg

Component parts Replacement filter candle f. 109856

Water meter for water filter 109856

Connecting set filter candle 3/8

• Size: W 95 x D 95 x H 315 mm • Weight: 1.3 kg • GTIN: 4015613501147

• Size: W 45 x D 90 x H 50 mm • Weight: 0.16 kg • GTIN: 4015613501154

• Set comprises: 1 flat seal, 1 hat filter, 1 hose 3/8“ x 3/8“, length 1.5 m • Size: W 10 x D 1,500 x H 10 mm • Weight: 0.3 kg • GTIN: 4015613501161

109857

RRP*

109.- €

109861

RRP*

129.- €

109864

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

RRP*

32.- €

DRINKS / CAFÉ / BAR u Water filter system

Water filter system for coffee machines

327

Hot water dispensers

Samovar 3L

191001 • Material • Colour • Content • Temperature control • Temperature range • Overheating protection • Warm-keeping function • Control lamp • Automatic shutdown • Glasses / cup height max. • Handle properties • Including • Power load • Size • Weight

Samovar 3,2L

191004 • Material

DRINKS / CAFÉ / BAR u Samovar

• Colour

328

• Content • Overheating protection • Warm-keeping function • Control lamp • Automatic shutdown • Handle properties • Including • Power load • Size • Weight

RRP* 149.- €

GTIN 4015613488790

Stainless steel Silver 3 litre(s) Stepless 20 °C to 100 °C Yes Yes Heat up Yes 140 mm Thermally insulated 1 tea pot, content 1.2 litres 1 tea strainer 1,5 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 305 x D 210 x H 490 mm 1.7 kg

RRP* 98.- €

GTIN 4015613622521

Stainless steel Plastic Silver Black 3,2 litre(s) Yes Yes yes Yes Thermally insulated 1 stoneware tea pot, content 0.8 litres 1 tea strainer 2 kW | 220-240 V | 50-60 Hz W 274 x D 275 x H 495 mm 2.15 kg

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

200061 • Material • Material lid • Content • Temperature range • Temperature control • Filling level display • Control lamp • Power load • Size • Weight

Hot water dispenser 6L

200085 • Material • Material lid • Content • Temperature range • Temperature control

• Safety thermostat • Double-walled • Filling level display • Control lamp • ON/OFF switch • Power load • Size • Weight

Hot water dispenser 8,5L

200069 • Material • Material lid • Content • Temperature range • Temperature control • Double-walled • Filling level display • Control lamp • ON/OFF switch • Power load • Size • Weight

RRP* 85.- €

GTIN 4015613505541

Stainless steel Stainless steel 5 litre(s) 30 °C to 100 °C Thermostatic No Heat up 1,8 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 280 x D 265 x H 400 mm 1.8 kg

RRP* 65.- €

GTIN 4015613697208

Stainless steel Plastic Stainless steel Plastic 6 litre(s) 30 °C to 100 °C Thermostatic Mechanical Stepless Yes No Yes Heat up Operational Yes 1,8 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 280 x D 290 x H 385 mm 1.6 kg

RRP* 98.- €

GTIN 4015613649849

Chrome-nickel steel Chrome-nickel steel 8,5 litre(s) 30 °C to 100 °C Thermostatic Yes Yes Heat up ON/OFF Yes 1,6 kW | 230 V | 50/60 Hz W 225 x D 225 x H 470 mm 2.65 kg

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

DRINKS / CAFÉ / BAR u Hot water dispensers

Hot water dispenser 5L

329

Hot water dispenser 9L

200073 • Material • Material lid • Content • Temperature range • Temperature control • Safety thermostat • Double-walled • Filling level display • Control lamp • ON/OFF switch • Properties • Power load • Size • Weight

Hot water dispenser 9L-FWA

200086 • Material • Material lid • Content • Temperature range • Temperature control • Safety thermostat • Double-walled • Filling level display • Water connection • Automatic refill can be switched off • Overflow protection • Control lamp

• ON/OFF switch • Properties

DRINKS / CAFÉ / BAR u Hot water dispensers

• Important information

330

• Including • Power load • Size • Weight

RRP* 219.- €

GTIN 4015613676517

Stainless steel Plastic Stainless steel 9 litre(s) 30 °C to 95 °C Thermostatic Stepless Yes Yes Yes Heat up Yes Detachable drip tray Hinged handles 2,8 kW | 230 V | 50/60 Hz W 305 x D 350 x H 490 mm 4.6 kg

RRP* 379.- €

GTIN 4015613697789

Stainless steel Plastic Stainless steel 9 litre(s) 30 °C to 95 °C Thermostatic Stepless Yes Yes Yes Fixed connection to water supply 3/4" Yes Yes Heat up ON/OFF Automatic refill ON/OFF Yes Detachable drip tray (clear height 145 mm) Condensation plate under the lid Hinged handles From a water hardness of 5° d.H upwards, we urgently recommend fitting a suitable water softener and a water pressure of maximum 3 bar Water hose 2,8 kW | 230 V | 50/60 Hz W 305 x D 350 x H 490 mm 4.62 kg

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

Hot water dispenser 10L

200054 • Material

• Material lid • Content • Temperature range • Temperature control • Filling level display • Control lamp • ON/OFF switch • Power load • Size • Weight

Hot water dispenser 28L

200063 • Material • Material lid • Content • Temperature range • Temperature control • Filling level display • Control lamp

GTIN 4015613468778

Stainless steel Plastic Steel Painted Stainless steel 10 litre(s) 30 °C to 100 °C Thermostatic Yes Heat up ON/OFF Yes 2,5 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 213 x D 213 x H 505 mm 2.3 kg

RRP* 149.- €

GTIN 4015613592961

Stainless steel Plastic Stainless steel 28 litre(s) 30 °C to 100 °C Thermostatic Yes Heat up ON/OFF Yes 2,8 kW | 230 V | 50/60 Hz W 400 x D 385 x H 635 mm 5.3 kg

DRINKS / CAFÉ / BAR u Hot water dispensers

• ON/OFF switch • Power load • Size • Weight

RRP* 112.- €

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

331

Mulled wine pots

Mulled wine pot 7l

200065

RRP* 89.- €

• Material • Material lid • Content max. • Useful content • Temperature range • Temperature control

GTIN 4015613612409

Stainless steel Stainless steel 9 litre(s) 7 litre(s) 30 °C to 80 °C Stepless Thermostatic 2 kW | 220-240 V | 50 Hz W 275 x D 260 x H 490 mm 2 kg

• Power load • Size • Weight

Mulled wine "Multitherm", 20L

A200050

RRP* 175.- €

GTIN 4015613396873

Hot drinks for any occasion. Ideal to keep warm: Mulled wine, jagertee or hot water for tea. • Material • Material lid • Useful content • Temperature range • Temperature control • Control lamp

Stainless steel Stainless steel 20 litre(s) 30 °C to 90 °C Stepless Heat up ON/OFF 3 labels: Glühwein, Jagertee, Heisswasser hot water - Tee 2 kW | 230 V | 50/60 Hz W 355 x D 350 x H 610 mm 4.7 kg

DRINKS / CAFÉ / BAR u Mulled wine pots

• Including

332

• Power load • Size • Weight

Heat-retaining lid for A200050 • Material: Stainless steel • Diameter: 354 mm • Edge height: 40 mm • Designed for: Approx. 10 - 15 cups • Size: W 354 x D 354 x H 45 mm • Weight: 0.74 kg • GTIN: 4015613503493

200058

RRP*

19.- €

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

200049 • Material • Material lid • Content max. • Useful content • Temperature range • Temperature control • Canning pot • Properties • Including • Power load • Size • Weight

Mulled wine pot, bl.w. canner25L,SS

A200052 • Material • Material lid • Useful content • Temperature range • Temperature control • Canning pot • Including • Power load • Size • Weight

Mulled wine pot, bl.w. canner30L,SS

200057 • Material • Material lid • Useful content • Temperature range • Temperature control • Canning pot • Including • Power load • Size • Weight

RRP* 98.- €

RRP* 155.- €

RRP* 175.- €

GTIN 4015613443195

GTIN 4015613499420

Stainless steel Plastic Glass 30 litre(s) 30 °C to 100 °C Stepless Thermostatic Yes 1 grille, Ø 320 mm 2 kW | 230 V | 50/60 Hz W 450 x D 450 x H 520 mm 5.47 kg

• Material: Stainless steel • Diameter: 400 mm • Edge height: 39 mm • Designed for: Approx. 10 - 15 cups • Size: W 395 x D 395 x H 40 mm • Weight: 0.82 kg • GTIN: 4015613503509 21.- €

Stainless steel Plastic Glass 25 litre(s) 30 °C to 100 °C Stepless Thermostatic Yes 1 grille, Ø 320 mm 2 kW | 230 V | 50/60 Hz W 450 x D 450 x H 470 mm 6.1 kg

Heat-retaining lid 200057/A200052

RRP*

GTIN 4015613592794

Enamel coating Plastic 28 litre(s) 21 litre(s) 30 °C to 100 °C Stepless Thermostatic Yes Close pot base with hidden heating element 1 grille, Ø 320 mm 1,8 kW | 220-240 V | 50 Hz W 370 x D 370 x H 500 mm 5.4 kg

Component parts

200059

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

DRINKS / CAFÉ / BAR u Mulled wine pots

Mulled wine pot,bl.w.canner GE 21

333

Dispenser 2.2L insertable

190990 • Material

• Content • Designed for • Pump system • Double-walled • Temperature loss / hour approx. • Filling level display • Diameter surface • Integrated drip tray • Properties

• Including

• Size • Weight

Drip tray ID2,2L

RRP* 69.- €

GTIN 4015613635293

Steel plate Powder coated Plastic 2,2 litre(s) Cold or hot drinks Yes Yes 2,2 °C Yes 150 mm Yes Container can be removed Base with an integrated ring for 360° rotation of the flask The base can be plugged in series 3 silicone label signs "coffee", "tea" and "hot water" 3 unlabelled silicone signs W 190 x D 245 x H 330 mm 1.9 kg

• Material: Plastic, Steel plate, Powder coated • Properties: The drip tray can be fitted in series • Size: W 187 x D 243 x H 42 mm • Weight: 0.3 kg • GTIN: 4015613696058

190991

RRP*

9.80 €

Insul. dispenser3L,double-walled SS

150982 • Material

DRINKS / CAFÉ / BAR u Drinks dispensers

• Content • Designed for • Glasses / cup height max. • Pump system • Double-walled • Filling level display • Properties • Size • Weight

334

Beverages dispenser DTE5, thermoel.

150983 • Material • Containers • Content • Cooling • Integrated drip tray • ON/OFF switch • Power load • Size • Weight

RRP* 57.- €

GTIN 4015613491462

Stainless steel Plastic 3 litre(s) Cold or hot drinks 11 cm Yes Yes Yes Patented vacuum insulation system W 165 x D 185 x H 460 mm 1.63 kg

RRP* 219.- €

GTIN 4015613610726

Chrome-nickel steel Material: Polycarbonate Dimensions: Ø 170 mm, height 280 mm 5 litre(s) Thermoelectric Yes Yes 0,06 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 220 x D 330 x H 520 mm 4.15 kg

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

150990 • Material • Content • Designed for • Pump system • Glasses / cup height max. • Double-walled • Temperature loss / hour approx. • Filling level display • Integrated drip tray • Properties

• Size • Weight

Insulated dispenser 9,0L, SS

150981 • Material • Content • Designed for • Glasses / cup height max. • Double-walled • Temperature loss / hour approx. • Filling level display • Size • Weight

Chocolate dispenser 9,5L

900004 • Material

• Material mixer • Material mixer blades • Content • Glasses / cup height max. • Temperature range • Temperature control • Overheating protection • Integrated drip tray • Control lamp • Properties

• Power load • Size • Weight

RRP* 219.- €

GTIN 4015613681931

Stainless steel Plastic 8 litre(s) Cold or hot food No 20,5 cm Yes 1 °C Yes Yes Double-walled vacuum insulation Drain cock, detachable Easy refilling thanks to split lid Drip tray is easy to detach W 235 x D 350 x H 635 mm 5 kg

RRP* 48.- €

GTIN 4015613468662

Stainless steel 9 litre(s) Cold or hot drinks 10 cm Yes 4 °C No W 261 x D 226 x H 385 mm 2 kg

RRP* 629.- €

GTIN 4015613633268

Plastic Polycarbonate Stainless steel Stainless steel Plastic 9,5 litre(s) 10 cm 0 °C to 85 °C Stepless Yes Yes ON/OFF Drain cock, detachable Drip tray with filling level sensor Heated based on water bath principle 1,006 kW | 220 V | 50 Hz W 280 x D 410 x H 580 mm 7.5 kg

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

DRINKS / CAFÉ / BAR u Drinks dispensers

Insulated dispenser 8L

335

Citrus press

Citrus Press "Joy"

150140

RRP* 175.- €

• Material

GTIN 4015613460253

Cast aluminium Plastic Plastic Grapefruits Oranges Lemons 3 different sizes Replaceable Plastic Yes 0,18 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 210 x D 320 x H 415 mm 5.5 kg

• Juice container • Designed for

• Pressing cone

• ON/OFF switch • Power load • Size • Weight

Splash guard "Joy" • Material: Polycarbonate • Size: W 177 x D 177 x H 120 mm • Weight: 0.1 kg • GTIN: 4015613660370

150158

Citrus Press CS1, electric

150146

DRINKS / CAFÉ / BAR u Citrus press

• Material

336

RRP*

• Rpm max. • Designed for

• Pressing cone

• Juice container

• ON/OFF switch • Power load • Size • Weight

4.50 €

RRP* 285.- €

GTIN 4015613587226

Cast aluminium Stainless steel 980 r. / min. Pomegranate Oranges Grapefruits Detachable Stainless steel Dishwasher-suitable Detachable Stainless steel Dishwasher-suitable Yes 0,23 kW | 230 V | 50/60 Hz W 220 x D 330 x H 375 mm 8.61 kg

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

150145 • Material • Rpm max. • Speed control • Diameter filling shaft • Designed for • ON/OFF switch • Properties

• Including

• Power load • Size • Weight

Juice extractor,blender,combijuicer

150139 • Set comprises • Material • Content mixing beaker • Rpm max. • Speed control • Mixer / blender

• Juice-maker • ON/OFF switch • Properties • Including • Power load • Size • Weight

Juice extractor "Bartscher PRO"

150137 • Material • Rpm max. • Designed for • Diameter filling shaft • Safety switch • ON/OFF switch • Properties

• Power load • Size • Weight

RRP* 102.- €

GTIN 4015613544564

Stainless steel 18000 r. / min. 2 levels 75 mm Soft and hard fruit or vegetables Yes Attached parts are dishwasher-suitable (except basic unit) Fine sieve made of stainless steel for perfect fruit enjoyment Extracting juice from whole fruits (e.g. apple) or vegetables easily High-performance, low-noise motor XXL filling chute 1 plastic beaker with splash-guard, content: 1 litre 1 cleaning brush 0,7 kW | 230 V | 50/60 Hz W 210 x D 310 x H 400 mm 4.4 kg

RRP* 155.- €

GTIN 4015613457826

1 mixer / blender 1 juice-maker Stainless steel 1,8 litre(s) 20000 r. / min. 2 levels Dimensions: W 220 x D 240 x H 450 mm Stainless steel blade Glass mixing beaker Base and lid made of plastic Filling chute Ø 70 mm Yes Juice press and mixer in one unit 1 plastic beaker, content: 1 litre 0,8 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 240 x D 300 x H 450 mm 6.5 kg

RRP* 798.- €

GTIN 4015613640112

Stainless steel Plastic 3000 r. / min. Soft and hard fruit or vegetables 83 mm Yes Yes Fine sieve made of stainless steel for perfect fruit enjoyment Extracting juice from whole fruits (e.g. apple) or vegetables easily XXL filling chute Storage capacity Trester container: 7 litres Motor thermostat Fast dismantling 0,7 kW | 230 V | 50/60 Hz W 260 x D 430 x H 530 mm 12.8 kg

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

DRINKS / CAFÉ / BAR u Juice extractors

Juicer Top Juicer

337

Mixer / Blender

A135009 • Material • Material mixing beaker • Content • Rpm max. • Speed control • Pulse function • Designed for • Safety switch • Setting feet • Properties • Power load • Size • Weight

Food Processor FP1000

150148 • Material • Material mixing beaker • Content mixing beaker • Rpm max. • Speed control • Pulse function • Mixing bowl

• Setting feet • Properties • Including

• Power load • Size • Weight

DRINKS / CAFÉ / BAR u Mixers / Blender

Multi-Blender

338

150151 • Material mixing beaker • Design knife • Content • Filling quantity • Designed for

• Speed control • Pulse function • Safety switch • Setting feet • ON/OFF switch • Properties • Power load • Size • Weight

RRP* 57.- €

GTIN 4015613580746

Stainless steel Glass 1,75 litre(s) 16000 r. / min. 2 levels Yes Mashing Chopping yes With suction pads Filling opening at top of the unit 0,4 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 220 x D 220 x H 420 mm 3.6 kg

RRP* 185.- €

GTIN 4015613610535

Aluminium Glass 1,6 litre(s) 18000 r. / min. 2 levels Yes Filling chute 54 x 74 mm Contents: 2 litres Plastic With suction pads Attached parts are dishwasher-suitable Filling opening at top of the unit 1 stainless steel sickle knife (mashing and chopping) 1 plastic sickle knife (mashing cooked food) 1 cutter disk for grater (0.3 mm) 1 cutter disk for grater (1 mm, 3.5 mm) 1 cutting disk for slices (2 mm, 3 mm) 1 kW | 220-240 V | 50 Hz W 230 x D 250 x H 435 mm 6.35 kg

RRP* 132.- €

GTIN 4015613632902

Plastic CNS 18/10 3,2 litre(s) 2,15 litre(s) Crushing ice Mashing Chopping 3 levels Yes On the lid With suction pads Yes Lockable pourer 1 kW | 220-240 V | 50 Hz W 215 x D 215 x H 460 mm 3.23 kg

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

150159 • Material • Design knife • Content • Filling quantity • Rpm max. • Speed control • Designed for

• Pulse function • Safety switch • Overheating protection • Setting feet • ON/OFF switch • Power load • Size • Weight

Bar mixer, 0,7L

135100 • Material • Material mixing beaker • Material mixing rod • Material mixing disk • Content • Number of mixers • Speed control • Designed for • Setting feet • Properties

• Power load • Size • Weight

Drink Mixer double 2x700ml

135102 • Material • Material mixing beaker • Material mixing rod • Material mixing disk • Content • Filling quantity • Designed for • Number of mixers • Mixers can be switched separately • Speed control • Setting feet • Properties

• Power load • Size • Weight

RRP* 219.- €

GTIN 4015613671123

Plastic ABS Stainless steel 2,5 litre(s) 2 litre(s) 25000 r. / min. via rpm controller Chopping Mixing Mashing Shaking Chopping Yes yes Yes hard rubber Yes 1,5 kW | 220-240 V | 50/60 Hz W 225 x D 225 x H 555 mm 4.45 kg

RRP* 72.- €

GTIN 4015613470641

Chrome-plated Chrome-nickel steel Stainless steel Plastic 0,7 litre(s) 1 2 levels Mixing Shaking Safety feet Beaker and mixer rod are dishwashersuitable Easily legible scale With swivel head Safe stand 0,085 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 135 x D 185 x H 365 mm 1.4 kg

RRP* 298.- €

GTIN 4015613563626

Stainless steel Brushed CNS 18/10 CNS 18/10 CNS 18/10 1 litre(s) 0,7 litre(s) Mixing Shaking 2 Yes 2 levels Safety feet 2 durable stainless steel mixers Easily legible scale Mix beaker dishwasher-suitable Safe stand 0,8 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 330 x D 195 x H 480 mm 7.45 kg

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

DRINKS / CAFÉ / BAR u Mixers / Blender

Blender PRO 2,5l

339

Drink Mixer 650ml

135105 • Material • Material mixing beaker • Material mixing rod • Material mixing disk • Content • Filling quantity • Designed for • Number of mixers • Speed control • Setting feet • Properties

• Power load • Size • Weight

Bar Blender, 1,25L, 0,4 kW

150710 • Material • Material mixing beaker • Design knife • Content • Filling quantity • Speed control • Pulse function • Setting feet • Properties

• Power load • Size • Weight

DRINKS / CAFÉ / BAR u Mixers / Blender

Bar Blender Rio

340

150718 • Material • Material mixing beaker • Design knife • Content • Filling quantity • Speed control • Pulse function • Setting feet • ON/OFF switch • Properties

• Power load • Size • Weight

RRP* 198.- €

GTIN 4015613529523

Steel plate Painted Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel 0,95 litre(s) 0,65 litre(s) Mixing Shaking 1 2 levels With suction pads Tilt-proof through suction pads Easily legible scale Micro-switch on the beaker feed Mix beaker dishwasher-suitable Safe stand 0,4 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 160 x D 205 x H 500 mm 6.22 kg

RRP* 345.- €

GTIN 4015613530123

Plastic Polycarbonate Stainless steel (durable) 1,4 litre(s) 1,25 litre(s) 2 levels No Safety feet Filling opening at top of the unit Handy handle Easily legible scale 0,4 kW | 230 V | 50/60 Hz W 165 x D 203 x H 387 mm 2.5 kg

RRP* 549.- €

GTIN 4015613634838

Plastic Polycarbonate Stainless steel (durable) 2 litre(s) 1,3 litre(s) 2 levels Yes Safety feet Yes Filling opening at top of the unit Integrated dosing cap Handy handle Durable stainless steel coupling Easily legible scale 0,45 kW | 220-240 V | 50-60 Hz W 170 x D 240 x H 411 mm 3.1 kg

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

150714 • Material • Material mixing beaker • Design knife • Content • Filling quantity • Speed control • Pulse function • Properties

• Setting feet • ON/OFF switch • Power load • Size • Weight

Ice Crusher, stainless steel

135012 • Material • Production max. • Storage capacity collection tray • Safety switch • Climate class • Properties • Power load • Size • Weight

Ice crusher 4ICE+

135023 • Material

RRP* 969.- €

GTIN 4015613586830

Plastic Polycarbonate Stainless steel (durable) 1,8 litre(s) 1,4 litre(s) 10 levels Yes Filling opening at top of the unit Handy handle Integrated dosing cap Durable metal drive coupling Easily legible scale Safety feet Yes 0,6 kW | 230 V | 50-60 Hz W 178 x D 229 x H 483 mm 5.1 kg

RRP* 639.- €

GTIN 4015613479118

Stainless steel 60 kg / h 1 kg On ice tray N Collection tray can be removed Filling chute closable 0,06 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 173 x D 380 x H 385 mm 14 kg

RRP* 79.- €

GTIN 4015613683171

• Production max. • Storage capacity collection tray • Safety switch • ON/OFF switch • Properties

Stainless steel Plastic 15 kg / h 1,75 kg 2 (filling funnel, collection tray) Yes Collection tray can be removed

• Power load • Size • Weight

4 setting feet with suction pads 0,08 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 172 x D 290 x H 460 mm 3.5 kg

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

DRINKS / CAFÉ / BAR u Mixers / Blender

Blender Hamilton Beach, 1,4L

341

FURNITURE | FURNISHINGS | OUTDOOR Whether in a commercial kitchen, guest room or outdoor gastronomy - the equipment is crucial. They donâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;t just need to offer storage space, but must also be easy to clean. Here you will find form & function harmoniously united.

342

603012 • Material • Set comprises

603001

Weight

Code-No.

RRP*

GTIN

⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2

4015613442730

100 kg

W 600 x D 355 x H 27 mm

2.72 kg

603001

49,- €

100 kg

W 800 x D 355 x H 27 mm

3.12 kg

603002

58,- €

120 kg

W 1,000 x D 355 x H 27 mm

3.85 kg

603003

69,- €

120 kg

W 1,200 x D 355 x H 27 mm

4.55 kg

603004

84,- €

120 kg

W 1,400 x D 355 x H 27 mm

5.3 kg

603005

98,- €

120 kg

W 1,600 x D 355 x H 27 mm

5.95 kg

603006

109,- €

140 kg

W 1,800 x D 355 x H 27 mm

6.82 kg

603007

124,- €

160 kg

W 2,000 x D 355 x H 27 mm

9.08 kg

603008

135,- €

Component parts 1 pair of adjusting bars, 530mm

Consoles 1 pair

• Size: W 55 x D 530 x H 10 mm • Weight: 0.92 kg • GTIN: 4015613442815

• Size: W 355 x D 35 x H 90 mm • Weight: 0.85 kg • GTIN: 4015613442822

600061

RRP*

18.- €

600601

RRP*

21.- €

GTIN 4015613442730

Stainless steel 1 Full-surface Yes 1 to 2 wall shelves - available in many sizes 1 pair of brackets (per wall shelf) 1 pair adjustment rails Building kit (simple assembly) Plug system W 600 x D 355 x H 27 mm 2.72 kg

• Delivery state • Assembly type • Size • Weight

Size

RRP* 49.- €

• Material • Number of shelves • Design shelves • Height-adjustable shelves • Modular kit principle - required for installation

Total load-bearing capacity, max.

GTIN 4015613442600

Stainless steel 1 pair adjustment rails (length 530 mm) 2 pair of brackets 2 wall shelves 2 Full-surface W 1200 x D 355 mm Yes 120 kg 240 kg Attachment material Building kit (simple assembly) Plug system W 1,200 x D 360 x H 530 mm 12.6 kg

• Number of shelves • Design shelves • Size Shelves • Height-adjustable shelves • Load-bearing capacity per shelf, max. • Total load-bearing capacity, max. • Including • Delivery state • Assembly type • Size • Weight

Wall-mounting shelf 600x355x27, SS

RRP* 198.- €

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

4015613442747 4015613442754 4015613442761 4015613442778 4015613442785 4015613442792 4015613442808

FURNITURE / FURNISHINGS / OUTDOOR u Stainless steel units

Wall shelf set, 1200x355 complete

343

Plate shelf 800x200, SS

362080 • Set comprises

Size

Weight

Code-No.

RRP*

GTIN

100 kg

W 800 x D 200 x H 200 mm

2.6 kg

362080

52,- €

W 1,000 x D 200 x H 190 mm

3.1 kg

362100

61,- €

70 kg

W 1,200 x D 200 x H 200 mm

3.6 kg

362120

69,- €

70 kg

W 1,400 x D 200 x H 200 mm

4 kg

362140

78,- €

60 kg

W 800 x D 300 x H 300 mm

3.2 kg

363080

67,- €

60 kg

W 1,000 x D 300 x H 300 mm

4.2 kg

363100

79,- €

50 kg

W 1,200 x D 300 x H 150 mm

5 kg

363120

91,- €

40 kg

W 1,400 x D 300 x H 300 mm

5.8 kg

363140

103,- €

⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2

4015613432069

80 kg

FURNITURE / FURNISHINGS / OUTDOOR u Stainless steel units

Spice shelf, 4x1/6GN

344

GTIN 4015613432069

1 plate board 2 side panels Attachment material Stainless steel 1 Full-surface Attachment material Building kit (simple assembly) Plug system W 800 x D 200 x H 200 mm 2.6 kg

• Material • Number of shelves • Design shelves • Including • Delivery state • Assembly type • Size • Weight

Load-bearing capacity max.

RRP* 52.- €

389080 • Material • Number of shelves • Design shelves • GN container stopper • Including • Delivery state • Assembly type • Not included in delivery • Size • Weight

RRP* 149.- €

4015613432083 4015613432090 4015613432106 4015613432113 4015613432137 4015613432144 4015613432151

GTIN 4015613599427

Stainless steel 1 Full-surface Yes Attachment material Building kit (simple assembly) Screw system GN containers W 800 x D 200 x H 150 mm 3.2 kg

Capacity GN

Load-bearing capacity max.

Size

Weight

Code-No.

RRP*

GTIN

4 x 1/6 GN

40 kg

W 800 x D 200 x H 150 mm

3.2 kg

389080

149,- €

4015613599427

5 x 1/6 GN

50 kg

W 1,000 x D 200 x H 150 mm

3.7 kg

389100

169,- €

6 x 1/6 GN

60 kg

W 1,200 x D 200 x H 20 mm

4.3 kg

389120

189,- €

7 x 1/6 GN

70 kg

W 1,400 x D 200 x H 20 mm

4.9 kg

389140

198,- €

⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2

RRP* 139.- €

GTIN 4015613602417

Top shelf, 3x1/3GN, D150

465156 • Material • Capacity GN • Depth GN container max. • Delivery state • Not included in delivery • Size • Weight

4015613599441 4015613599458 4015613599465

Stainless steel 3 x 1/3 GN 150 mm Welded GN containers W 980 x D 250 x H 210 mm 4.2 kg

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

315080 • Material • Number of shelves • Properties • Delivery state • Size • Weight

Size

Weight

Code-No.

RRP*

GTIN

⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2

4015613599472

90 kg

W 800 x D 350 x H 400 mm

5 kg

315080

209,- €

86 kg

W 1,000 x D 350 x H 400 mm

6 kg

315100

219,- €

81 kg

W 1,200 x D 350 x H 400 mm

6.5 kg

315120

229,- €

77 kg

W 1,400 x D 350 x H 400 mm

7 kg

315140

239,- €

72 kg

W 1,600 x D 350 x H 400 mm

7.5 kg

315160

249,- €

68 kg

W 1,800 x D 350 x H 400 mm

8.5 kg

315180

269,- €

65 kg

W 2,000 x D 350 x H 400 mm

9.5 kg

315200

279,- €

Top shelf, W800, 2 shelves

325080

GTIN 4015613599472

Stainless steel 1 Edges turned down all-round Setting feet in square tubing 25 x 25 mm Permanently mounted W 800 x D 350 x H 400 mm 5 kg

90 kg

Load-bearing capacity max.

RRP* 209.- €

4015613599496 4015613599502 4015613599519 4015613599526 4015613599533

RRP* 389.- €

• Material • Number of shelves • Properties

4015613599489

GTIN 4015613599540

Stainless steel 2 Edges turned down all-round Setting feet in square tubing 25 x 25 mm Permanently mounted W 800 x D 350 x H 650 mm 11 kg

• Delivery state • Size • Weight

Total load-bearing capacity, max.

Size

Weight

Code-No.

RRP*

GTIN

170 kg

W 800 x D 350 x H 650 mm

11 kg

325080

389,- €

4015613599540

160 kg

W 1,000 x D 350 x H 650 mm

13 kg

325100

409,- €

150 kg

W 1,200 x D 350 x H 650 mm

14.5 kg

325120

419,- €

140 kg

W 1,400 x D 350 x H 650 mm

16 kg

325140

429,- €

135 kg

W 1,600 x D 350 x H 650 mm

17.5 kg

325160

459,- €

130 kg

W 1,800 x D 350 x H 650 mm

19.5 kg

325180

498,- €

125 kg

W 2,000 x D 350 x H 650 mm

21.5 kg

325200

529,- €

⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

4015613599557 4015613599564 4015613599571 4015613599588 4015613599595 4015613599601

FURNITURE / FURNISHINGS / OUTDOOR u Stainless steel units

Top shelf, W800, 1 shelf

345

Work table 600, W1200, IS

601152 • Material

• Total load-bearing capacity, max. • Design worktop • Size work surface • Load-bearing capacity worktop, max. • Design base shelf • Load-bearing base shelf, max. • Height-adjustable base shelf • Height-adjustable feet • Height adjustable • Delivery state • Assembly type • Size • Weight

Work table 690, W1300, 2 IS

601153

RRP* 159.- €

GTIN 4015613431932

Stainless steel Steel Coated 400 kg Full-surface W 1200 x D 600 mm 250 kg Grid 150 kg Yes Yes 880 mm to 900 mm Building kit (simple assembly) Plug system W 1,200 x D 600 x H 900 mm 17.2 kg

RRP* 198.- €

GTIN 4015613400198

FURNITURE / FURNISHINGS / OUTDOOR u Stainless steel units

• Material

346

Stainless steel Steel Coated • Total load-bearing capacity, max. 550 kg • Design worktop Full-surface • Size work surface W 1300 x D 690 mm • Load-bearing capacity worktop, max. 250 kg • Design intermediate shelf Grid • Load-bearing capacity intermediate shelf, 150 kg max. • Design base shelf Grid • Load-bearing base shelf, max. 150 kg • Height-adjustable base shelf Yes • Height-adjustable feet Yes • Height adjustable 880 mm to 900 mm • Delivery state Building kit (simple assembly) • Assembly type Plug system • Size W 1,300 x D 690 x H 900 mm • Weight 24.6 kg

Work table 700, W1000, IS

601710 • Material • Total load-bearing capacity, max. • Design worktop • Load-bearing capacity worktop, max. • Design base shelf • Load-bearing base shelf, max. • Height-adjustable base shelf • Height-adjustable feet • Height adjustable • Delivery state • Assembly type • Size • Weight

RRP* 279.- €

Work table 700, W1200, IS

• Size work surface • Size • Weight • GTIN

601710

RRP* 279.- €

601712

GTIN 4015613431970

Stainless steel 280 kg Full-surface 160 kg Full-surface 120 kg Yes Yes 860 mm to 900 mm Building kit (simple assembly) Plug system W 1,000 x D 700 x H 900 mm 22.1 kg

Work table 700, W1000, IS W 1000 x D 700 mm W 1,000 x D 700 x H 900 mm 22.1 kg 4015613431970

W 1200 x D 700 mm W 1,200 x D 700 x H 900 mm 25.12 kg 4015613432038 RRP* 319.- €

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

311107 • Material • Design worktop • Design base shelf • Height-adjustable base shelf • Height-adjustable feet • Height adjustable • Properties

• Delivery state • Assembly type • Size • Weight

RRP* 389.- €

GTIN 4015613651651

Stainless steel Full-surface Full-surface No Yes 850 mm to 900 mm Scotch-Brite sanding Setting feet in square tubing 40 x 40 mm Prepared boreholes for mounting intermediate shelf Preliminary boreholes for mounting an intermediate shelf Building kit (simple assembly) Screw system W 1,000 x D 700 x H 850 mm 38 kg

Tilting

Total load-bearing capacity, max.

Size

Weight

Code-No.

RRP*

GTIN

430 kg

W 1,000 x D 700 x H 850 mm

38 kg

311107

389,- €

4015613651651

390 kg

W 1,200 x D 700 x H 850 mm

45 kg

311127

429,- €

350 kg

W 1,400 x D 700 x H 850 mm

50 kg

311147

479,- €

311 kg

W 1,600 x D 700 x H 850 mm

56 kg

311167

509,- €

⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2

290 kg

W 1,800 x D 700 x H 850 mm

63 kg

311187

539,- €

100 mm

430 kg

W 1,000 x D 700 x H 850 mm

38.2 kg

312107

398,- €

100 mm

390 kg

W 1,200 x D 700 x H 850 mm

45.4 kg

312127

439,- €

100 mm

350 kg

W 1,400 x D 700 x H 850 mm

50.5 kg

312147

498,- €

100 mm

311 kg

W 1,600 x D 700 x H 850 mm

56.7 kg

312167

529,- €

100 mm

290 kg

W 1,800 x D 700 x H 850 mm

63.9 kg

312187

559,- €

4015613651668 4015613651682 4015613651699 4015613651705 4015613663715 4015613663722 4015613663739 4015613663746 4015613663753

Component parts Shelf 700, W1000

Shelf 700, W1200

Shelf 700, W1400

• Material: Stainless steel • Size: W 978 x D 600 x H 37 mm • Weight: 5.6 kg • GTIN: 4015613663760

• Material: Stainless steel • Size: W 1,200 x D 700 x H 40 mm • Weight: 6.7 kg • GTIN: 4015613663777

• Material: Stainless steel • Size: W 1,380 x D 600 x H 38 mm • Weight: 7.8 kg • GTIN: 4015613663784

310127

310107

RRP*

109.- €

RRP*

119.- €

310147

RRP*

139.- €

Shelf 700, W1600

Shelf 700, W1800

Swivel castors 4A for work tables

• Material: Stainless steel • Size: W 1,580 x D 600 x H 38 mm • Weight: 8.6 kg • GTIN: 4015613663791

• Material: Stainless steel • Size: W 1,778 x D 600 x H 39 mm • Weight: 9.7 kg • GTIN: 4015613663807

• Material: Stainless steel, Rubber • Swivel casters: 4 swivel casters, 2 with brake • Diameter casters: 125 mm • Load-bearing capacity max., each: 150 kg • Size: W 55 x D 130 x H 160 mm • Weight: 3 kg • GTIN: 4015613602288

310167

RRP*

159.- €

310187

RRP*

179.- €

308243

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

RRP*

189.- €

FURNITURE / FURNISHINGS / OUTDOOR u Stainless steel units

Work table 700, W1000

347

Work table 600, W1000

307106 • Material • Design worktop • Design base shelf • Height-adjustable feet • Height adjustable • Properties

• Size • Weight

FURNITURE / FURNISHINGS / OUTDOOR u Stainless steel units 348

Total load-bearing capacity, max.

Size

Weight

GTIN 4015613599946

Stainless steel Full-surface Full-surface Yes 850 mm to 900 mm 40 mm edges turned down Scotch-Brite sanding Setting feet in square tubing 40 x 40 mm Welded Special production The list price corresponds to the next higher standard dimension W 1,000 x D 600 x H 850 mm 28.5 kg

• Delivery state • Available on request

Tilting

RRP* 369.- €

Code-No.

RRP*

GTIN

⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2

4015613599946

430 kg

W 1,000 x D 600 x H 850 mm

28.5 kg

307106

369,- €

410 kg

W 1,100 x D 600 x H 850 mm

30 kg

307116

389,- €

390 kg

W 1,200 x D 600 x H 850 mm

32 kg

307126

409,- €

369 kg

W 1,300 x D 600 x H 850 mm

33.5 kg

307136

429,- €

350 kg

W 1,400 x D 600 x H 850 mm

35.5 kg

307146

449,- €

330 kg

W 1,500 x D 600 x H 850 mm

36 kg

307156

469,- €

311 kg

W 1,600 x D 600 x H 850 mm

38.5 kg

307166

489,- €

290 kg

W 1,800 x D 600 x H 850 mm

45 kg

307186

519,- €

270 kg

W 2,000 x D 600 x H 850 mm

51 kg

307206

549,- €

40 mm

430 kg

W 1,000 x D 600 x H 850 mm

29.5 kg

308106

398,- €

40 mm

410 kg

W 1,100 x D 600 x H 850 mm

31 kg

308116

419,- €

40 mm

390 kg

W 1,200 x D 600 x H 850 mm

33 kg

308126

439,- €

40 mm

369 kg

W 1,300 x D 600 x H 850 mm

34.5 kg

308136

459,- €

40 mm

350 kg

W 1,400 x D 600 x H 850 mm

36.5 kg

308146

479,- €

40 mm

330 kg

W 1,500 x D 600 x H 850 mm

35.5 kg

308156

509,- €

40 mm

311 kg

W 1,600 x D 600 x H 850 mm

39.5 kg

308166

539,- €

40 mm

290 kg

W 1,800 x D 600 x H 850 mm

46 kg

308186

569,- €

40 mm

270 kg

W 2,000 x D 600 x H 850 mm

52 kg

308206

609,- €

4015613599953 4015613599960 4015613599984 4015613599991 4015613600000 4015613600017 4015613530666 4015613600024 4015613600123 4015613600130 4015613600147 4015613600154 4015613600161 4015613600178 4015613600185 4015613600192 4015613600208

Component parts Drawer 1x1/1GN

Drawers block 3x1/1GN

Swivel castors 4A for work tables

• Material: Stainless steel • Norm-format drawers: 1/1 GN • Size inside: W 304 x D 526 x H 142 mm • Properties: For installation on site • Size: W 400 x D 585 x H 193 mm • Weight: 9 kg • GTIN: 4015613600314

• Material: Stainless steel • Number of drawers: 3 • Norm-format drawers: 1/1 GN • Size inside: W 304 x D 526 x H 143 mm • Properties: For installation on site • Size: W 400 x D 585 x H 570 mm • Weight: 23.5 kg • GTIN: 4015613600321

315105

RRP*

219.- €

308243

315306

RRP*

559.- €

RRP*

189.- €

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

307107 • Material • Design worktop • Design base shelf • Height-adjustable feet • Height adjustable • Properties

• Size • Weight

Total load-bearing capacity, max.

Size

Weight

GTIN 4015613600031

• Delivery state • Available on request

Tilting

RRP* 389.- €

Code-No.

RRP*

GTIN

⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2

4015613600031

445 kg

W 1,000 x D 700 x H 850 mm

29.4 kg

307107

389,- €

424 kg

W 1,100 x D 700 x H 850 mm

31 kg

307117

409,- €

403 kg

W 1,200 x D 700 x H 850 mm

32 kg

307127

429,- €

382 kg

W 1,300 x D 700 x H 850 mm

34.5 kg

307137

449,- €

362 kg

W 1,400 x D 700 x H 850 mm

36 kg

307147

469,- €

342 kg

W 1,500 x D 700 x H 850 mm

37 kg

307157

489,- €

322 kg

W 1,600 x D 700 x H 850 mm

39 kg

307167

509,- €

300 kg

W 1,800 x D 700 x H 850 mm

45 kg

307187

539,- €

280 kg

W 2,000 x D 700 x H 850 mm

45.5 kg

307207

579,- €

40 mm

445 kg

W 1,000 x D 700 x H 850 mm

30 kg

308107

419,- €

40 mm

424 kg

W 1,100 x D 700 x H 850 mm

32 kg

308117

439,- €

40 mm

403 kg

W 1,200 x D 700 x H 850 mm

33.2 kg

308127

459,- €

40 mm

382 kg

W 1,300 x D 700 x H 850 mm

35.5 kg

308137

489,- €

40 mm

362 kg

W 1,400 x D 700 x H 850 mm

37 kg

308147

509,- €

40 mm

342 kg

W 1,500 x D 700 x H 850 mm

38.5 kg

308157

529,- €

40 mm

322 kg

W 1,600 x D 700 x H 850 mm

45.2 kg

308167

549,- €

40 mm

300 kg

W 1,800 x D 700 x H 850 mm

50.5 kg

308187

598,- €

40 mm

280 kg

W 2,000 x D 700 x H 850 mm

60 kg

308207

639,- €

4015613600048 4015613600055 4015613600062 4015613600079 4015613600086 4015613600093 4015613600109 4015613600116 4015613600215 4015613600222 4015613600239 4015613600246 4015613600253 4015613600260 4015613600277 4015613600284 4015613600291

Component parts Drawer 1 x 1/1 GN for work tables se

Drawers block 3 x 1/1 GN for work ta

Swivel castors 4A for work tables

• Material: Stainless steel • Norm-format drawers: 1/1 GN • Size inside: W 304 x D 526 x H 142 mm • Properties: For installation on site • Size: W 400 x D 685 x H 193 mm • Weight: 6.5 kg • GTIN: 4015613606514

• Material: Stainless steel • Number of drawers: 3 • Norm-format drawers: 1/1 GN • Size inside: W 304 x D 526 x H 142 mm • Properties: For installation on site • Size: W 400 x D 685 x H 570 mm • Weight: 23.5 kg • GTIN: 4015613606521

315107

RRP*

229.- €

308243

315307

RRP*

579.- €

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

RRP*

189.- €

FURNITURE / FURNISHINGS / OUTDOOR u Stainless steel units

Work table 700, W1000

349

Wall cupboard open 400, W1000

313105 • Material • Design • Height inside • Intermediate shelf • Design intermediate shelf • Height-adjustable immediate shelves • Properties • Delivery state • Size • Weight

GTIN 4015613599618

Stainless steel Open 580 mm yes Full-surface Yes Scotch-Brite sanding Permanently mounted W 1,000 x D 400 x H 660 mm 17 kg

Size

Weight

Code-No.

RRP*

GTIN

17 kg

313105

398,- €

4015613599618

W 1,200 x D 400 x H 660 mm

20 kg

313125

419,- €

W 1,400 x D 400 x H 660 mm

23 kg

313145

459,- €

W 1,600 x D 400 x H 660 mm

25 kg

313165

498,- €

W 1,800 x D 400 x H 660 mm

27 kg

313185

539,- €

W 2,000 x D 400 x H 660 mm

33 kg

313205

579,- €

⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2

314125 • Material • Design • Height inside • Intermediate shelf • Design intermediate shelf • Height-adjustable immediate shelves • Properties • Delivery state • Size • Weight

FURNITURE / FURNISHINGS / OUTDOOR u Stainless steel units

W 1,000 x D 400 x H 660 mm

Wall cupboard SlD 400, W1200

350

RRP* 398.- €

RRP* 539.- €

4015613599625 4015613599632 4015613599649 4015613599656 4015613599663

GTIN 4015613599670

Stainless steel With doors 580 mm yes Full-surface Yes Sliding doors, sound-proofed Scotch-Brite sanding Permanently mounted W 1,200 x D 400 x H 660 mm 27 kg

Size

Weight

Code-No.

RRP*

GTIN

W 1,200 x D 400 x H 660 mm

27 kg

314125

539,- €

4015613599670

W 1,400 x D 400 x H 660 mm

31 kg

314145

579,- €

W 1,600 x D 400 x H 660 mm

35 kg

314165

659,- €

W 1,800 x D 400 x H 660 mm

38 kg

314185

719,- €

⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2

Drawer cabinet 700S3

337307 • Material • Number of drawers • Norm-format drawers • Depth GN container max. • Size inside • Load-bearing capacity of each drawer, max • Height-adjustable feet • Height adjustable • Properties • Size • Weight

Drawer cabinet 700S3 • Tilting • Size • Weight • GTIN

337307

RRP* 969.- €

4015613599687 4015613599694 4015613599700

GTIN 4015613671222

CNS 18/10 3 1/1 GN 150 mm W 305 x D 525 x H 145 mm 50 kg Yes 850 mm to 900 mm Fully retractable W 400 x D 700 x H 850 mm 36.8 kg

Drawer cabinet 700S3A W 400 x D 700 x H 850 mm 36.8 kg 4015613671222 RRP* 969.- €

• Tilting • Size • Weight • GTIN 2

338307

40 mm W 400 x D 700 x H 850 mm 37.2 kg 4015613671239 RRP* 1,019.- €

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

316347

RRP* 729.- €

• Material • Inner waste bin

CNS 18/10 Stainless steel Can be removed With handles on the side 28 litre(s) 250 mm 295 mm 400 mm Yes 850 mm to 900 mm W 400 x D 700 x H 850 mm 28 kg

• Content • Breite inside container • Depth inside container • Height inner container • Height-adjustable feet • Height adjustable • Size • Weight

Rubbish bin cupboard 700M1

Rubbish bin cupboard 700A1A

• Tilting • Size • Weight • GTIN

W 400 x D 700 x H 850 mm 28 kg 4015613641591

316347

RRP* 698.- €

Cupboard 600, W800, 2SwD, SS

40 mm W 400 x D 700 x H 850 mm 28.1 kg 4015613699479

317347

386080 • Material • Number of intermediate shelves • Design intermediate shelf • Height-adjustable immediate shelves • Height-adjustable feet • Height adjustable • Door hinge side can be changed • Properties

• Delivery state • Available on request

• Size • Weight

RRP* 729.- €

RRP* 1,559.- €

Type of door Leaf door(s)

135 kg

W 800 x D 600 x H 2,000 mm

78 kg

386080

1,559,- €

Leaf door(s)

130 kg

W 1,000 x D 700 x H 2,000 mm

94 kg

387100

1,739,- €

Sliding door(s)

115 kg

W 1,200 x D 600 x H 2,000 mm

95 kg

398120

1,729,- €

Sliding door(s)

100 kg

W 1,400 x D 600 x H 2,000 mm

106 kg

398140

1,849,- €

Weight

Code-No.

RRP*

GTIN 2 4015613600604 2 4015613600611 2 4015613600697 2 4015613600703

Sliding door(s)

85 kg

W 1,600 x D 600 x H 2,000 mm

118 kg

398160

1,979,- €

Sliding door(s)

100 kg

W 1,400 x D 700 x H 2,000 mm

115 kg

399140

1,959,- €

2 4015613600741 2 4015613600758

Sliding door(s)

85 kg

W 1,600 x D 700 x H 2,000 mm

127 kg

399160

2,219,- €

2 4015613600765

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

GTIN 4015613600604

Stainless steel 3 Full-surface Yes Yes 1990 mm to 2055 mm No Feet in square tubing 40 x 40 mm Shelves turned down 40 mm all-round and reinforced with a cross member Scotch-Brite sanding Permanently mounted Special production The list price corresponds to the next higher standard dimension W 800 x D 600 x H 2,000 mm 78 kg

Load-bearing capacity per intermediate shelf, max.

Size

GTIN 4015613641591

FURNITURE / FURNISHINGS / OUTDOOR  Stainless steel units

Rubbish bin cupboard 700M1

351

Cupboard 700, W1000

337107 • Material • Design intermediate shelf • Height-adjustable immediate shelves • Type of door • Height-adjustable feet • Height adjustable • Properties

• Delivery state • Available on request

• Size • Weight

FURNITURE / FURNISHINGS / OUTDOOR u Stainless steel units

Tilting

352

Load-bearing capacity worktop, max.

Size

Weight

Code-No.

RRP* 959.- €

GTIN 4015613600413

Stainless steel Full-surface Yes Sliding door(s) Yes 850 mm to 900 mm 40 mm edges turned down Feet in square tubing 40 x 40 mm Scotch-Brite sanding Permanently mounted Special production The list price corresponds to the next higher standard dimension W 1,000 x D 700 x H 850 mm 59 kg

RRP*

GTIN

⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2

4015613600413

315 kg

W 1,000 x D 700 x H 850 mm

59 kg

337107

959,- €

288 kg

W 1,200 x D 700 x H 850 mm

68 kg

337127

1,019,- €

210 kg

W 1,400 x D 700 x H 850 mm

77 kg

337147

1,079,- €

240 kg

W 1,600 x D 700 x H 850 mm

86 kg

337167

1,179,- €

223 kg

W 1,800 x D 700 x H 850 mm

95 kg

337187

1,289,- €

210 kg

W 2,000 x D 700 x H 850 mm

103 kg

337207

1,369,- €

40 mm

315 kg

W 1,000 x D 700 x H 850 mm

59.2 kg

338107

998,- €

40 mm

288 kg

W 1,200 x D 700 x H 850 mm

68.3 kg

338127

1,069,- €

40 mm

210 kg

W 1,400 x D 700 x H 850 mm

77.4 kg

338147

1,129,- €

40 mm

240 kg

W 1,600 x D 700 x H 850 mm

86.6 kg

338167

1,239,- €

40 mm

223 kg

W 1,800 x D 700 x H 850 mm

95.7 kg

338187

1,359,- €

40 mm

210 kg

W 2,000 x D 700 x H 850 mm

103.8 kg

338207

1,429,- €

4015613600420 4015613612447 4015613612454 4015613600444 4015613600451 4015613600468 4015613595788 4015613612461 4015613612478 4015613600482 4015613600499

Component parts Swivel castors 4AW

Stainl.steel polish.spray 500ml can

• Material: Stainless steel, Rubber • Swivel casters: 4 swivel casters, 2 with brake • Diameter casters: 125 mm • Load-bearing capacity max., each: 150 kg • Size: W 75 x D 140 x H 160 mm • Weight: 2.6 kg • GTIN: 4015613600307

• Content / can: 500 ml • Order quantity unit: 1 box (12 cans) • Size: W 70 x D 70 x H 230 mm • Weight: 0.55 kg • GTIN: 4015613360195

173031 308242

RRP*

189.- €

RRP*

198.- €

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

347107

RRP* 1,449.- €

• Material • Number of intermediate shelves • Design intermediate shelf • Height-adjustable immediate shelves • Control lamp • ON/OFF switch • Number of doors • Type of door • Height-adjustable feet • Height adjustable • Properties

• Available on request

• Power load • Size • Weight

GTIN 4015613600505

Stainless steel 1 Full-surface No yes Yes 2 Sliding door(s) Yes 850 mm to 900 mm 40 mm edges turned down Feet in square tubing 40 x 40 mm Scotch-Brite sanding Special production The list price corresponds to the next higher standard dimension 2 kW | 230 V | 50/60 Hz W 1,000 x D 700 x H 850 mm 69 kg

Tilting

Size

Weight

Code-No.

RRP*

GTIN

W 1,000 x D 700 x H 850 mm

69 kg

347107

1,449,- €

W 1,200 x D 700 x H 850 mm

77 kg

347127

1,519,- €

W 1,400 x D 700 x H 850 mm

86 kg

347147

1,569,- €

W 1,600 x D 700 x H 850 mm

95 kg

347167

1,669,- €

W 1,800 x D 700 x H 850 mm

104 kg

347187

1,769,- €

W 2,000 x D 700 x H 850 mm

112 kg

347207

1,869,- €

40 mm

W 1,000 x D 700 x H 850 mm

69.2 kg

348107

1,479,- €

40 mm

W 1,200 x D 700 x H 850 mm

77.3 kg

348127

1,549,- €

40 mm

W 1,400 x D 700 x H 850 mm

86.4 kg

348147

1,598,- €

40 mm

W 1,600 x D 700 x H 850 mm

95.5 kg

348167

1,698,- €

40 mm

W 1,800 x D 700 x H 850 mm

104.6 kg

348187

1,798,- €

40 mm

W 2,000 x D 700 x H 850 mm

112.7 kg

348207

1,899,- €

⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2

4015613600505

Component parts Swivel castors 4AW • Material: Stainless steel, Rubber • Swivel casters: 4 swivel casters, 2 with brake • Diameter casters: 125 mm • Load-bearing capacity max., each: 150 kg • Size: W 75 x D 140 x H 160 mm • Weight: 2.6 kg • GTIN: 4015613600307

308242

RRP*

189.- €

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

4015613600512 4015613612485 4015613600529 4015613600536 4015613600543 4015613600550 4015613600567 4015613612492 4015613600574 4015613600581 4015613600598

FURNITURE / FURNISHINGS / OUTDOOR u Stainless steel units

Hot cupboard 700, W1000

353

Hand wash basin W10-KB Plus

401621

RRP* 289.- €

GTIN 4015613673523

Hygienic and simple – sink W10-KB Plus with practical knee operation and integrated soap dispenser provides optimal hygienic conditions. • Material • Design • Diameter basin • Height tank • Beaker capacity • With knee operation • Water dispensed via a knee lever • Sink tap • Water connection • Water outlet • Tilting • With soap dispenser • Soap dispenser • Height without rinsing fittings • Size • Weight

Hand wash basin, mixer

401618

FURNITURE / FURNISHINGS / OUTDOOR u Sinks / Sink centres

354

Chrome-nickel steel Wall-mounting 350 mm 170 mm 13,5 litre(s) Yes Approx. 15 seconds Swivel fitting 140 mm Cold and/or warm water connection 1/2" 1 1/2" 345 mm Yes Material: Plastic Filling capacity: 300 ml 232 mm W 400 x D 404 x H 577 mm 7.05 kg

RRP* 469.- €

GTIN 4015613428635

• Material • Size basin • Size drain • Sink tap • Including • Size • Weight

Stainless steel W 370 x D 280 x H 120 mm W 405 x D 340 x H 170 mm Mixer tap 1/2" 1 folding grille 1 siphon W 510 x D 700 x H 850 mm 18.8 kg

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

306380 • Material • Tilting • Number of tanks • Size basin • Height-adjustable feet • Height adjustable • Properties

• Available on request • Size • Weight

Sink centre, 700, W1200, basin L

306320 • Material • Tilting • Number of tanks • Size basin • Base shelf • Height-adjustable feet • Height adjustable • Properties

• Available on request • Size • Weight

RRP* 619.- €

RRP* 798.- €

• Draining board • Size • Weight • GTIN

RRP* 798.- €

306620

RRP* 798.- €

Sink centre, 700, W1400, basin R

• Draining board • Size • Weight • GTIN

306330

RRP* 879.- €

306630

Component parts Standpipe 44/247 • Size: W 44 x D 44 x H 247 mm • Weight: 0.24 kg • GTIN: 4015613721354

306552

RRP*

57.- €

GTIN 4015613600772

Left W 1,200 x D 700 x H 850 mm 33.2 kg 4015613600789

Sink centre, 700, W1400, basin L Right W 1,400 x D 700 x H 850 mm 38 kg 4015613600796

Stainless steel 40 mm 1 W 500 x D 500 x H 250 mm Yes Yes 850 mm to 900 mm 40 mm edges turned down Feet in square tubing 40 x 40 mm Scotch-Brite sanding Model with a construction depth of 600 mm W 1,200 x D 700 x H 850 mm 33.2 kg

Sink centre, 700, W1200, basin R

306320

GTIN 4015613615868

Stainless steel 40 mm 1 W 340 x D 400 x H 250 mm Yes 850 mm to 900 mm 40 mm edges turned down Feet in square tubing 40 x 40 mm Scotch-Brite sanding Model with a construction depth of 600 mm W 500 x D 700 x H 850 mm 14.4 kg

Sink centre, 700, W1200, basin L Right W 1,200 x D 700 x H 850 mm 33.2 kg 4015613600772

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

Left W 1,400 x D 700 x H 850 mm 38 kg 4015613600802 RRP* 879.- €

FURNITURE / FURNISHINGS / OUTDOOR u Sinks / Sink centres

Sink with 1 basin

355

Sink centre, 700, W1600, 2 basins L

306300 • Material • Tilting • Number of tanks • Size basin • Base shelf • Height-adjustable feet • Height adjustable • Properties

• Available on request • Size • Weight

• Draining board • Size • Weight • GTIN

Right W 1,600 x D 700 x H 850 mm 49 kg 4015613600819 RRP* 1,149.- €

Left W 1,600 x D 700 x H 850 mm 49 kg 4015613600826

306600

RRP* 1,149.- €

Sink centre, 700, W1800, 2 basins L

Sink centre, 700, W1800, 2 basins R

• Draining board • Size • Weight • GTIN

Right W 1,800 x D 700 x H 850 mm 54 kg 4015613600833 RRP* 1,219.- €

RRP* 1,219.- €

306340 • Material • Tilting • Number of tanks • Size basin • Base shelf • Height-adjustable feet • Height adjustable • Properties

• Available on request • Size • Weight

RRP* 849.- €

Sink centre, 700, W1200, basin R

• Draining board • Size • Weight • GTIN

306340

RRP* 849.- €

306640

GTIN 4015613600857

Stainless steel 40 mm 1 W 400 x D 500 x H 250 mm Yes Yes 850 mm to 900 mm 40 mm edges turned down Installation of dishwashers below the draining board possible Feet in square tubing 40 x 40 mm Scotch-Brite sanding Model with a construction depth of 600 mm W 1,200 x D 700 x H 850 mm 26.8 kg

Sink centre, 700, W1200, basin L Right W 1,200 x D 700 x H 850 mm 26.8 kg 4015613600857

Left W 1,800 x D 700 x H 850 mm 54 kg 4015613600840

306610

Sink centre, 700, W1200, basin L

GTIN 4015613600819

Stainless steel 40 mm 2 W 500 x D 500 x H 250 mm Yes Yes 850 mm to 900 mm 40 mm edges turned down Feet in square tubing 40 x 40 mm Scotch-Brite sanding Model with a construction depth of 600 mm W 1,600 x D 700 x H 850 mm 49 kg

Sink centre, 700, W1600, 2 basins R

306310

FURNITURE / FURNISHINGS / OUTDOOR u Sinks / Sink centres

Sink centre, 700, W1600, 2 basins L

306300

356

RRP* 1,149.- €

Left W 1,200 x D 700 x H 850 mm 26.8 kg 4015613600864 RRP* 849.- €

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

306350 • Material • Tilting • Number of tanks • Base shelf • Height-adjustable feet • Height adjustable • Properties

• Available on request • Size • Weight

RRP* 1,089.- €

Stainless steel 40 mm 2 Yes Yes 850 mm to 900 mm 40 mm edges turned down Installation of dishwashers below the draining board possible Feet in square tubing 40 x 40 mm Scotch-Brite sanding Model with a construction depth of 600 mm W 1,600 x D 700 x H 850 mm 41 kg

Sink centre, 700, W1600, 2 basins L

Sink centre, 700, W1600, 2 basins R

• Size basin • Draining board • Size • Weight • GTIN

W 400 x D 500 x H 250 mm Right W 1,600 x D 700 x H 850 mm 41 kg 4015613600871

306350

RRP* 1,089.- €

W 400 x D 500 x H 250 mm Left W 1,600 x D 700 x H 850 mm 41 kg 4015613600888

306650

RRP* 1,089.- €

Sink centre, 700, W1800, 2 basins L

Sink centre, 700, W1800, 2 basins R

• Size basin • Draining board • Size • Weight • GTIN

W 500 x D 500 x H 250 mm Right W 1,800 x D 700 x H 850 mm 45 kg 4015613600895

306360

RRP* 1,149.- €

306660

Component parts Standpipe 44/247 • Size: W 44 x D 44 x H 247 mm • Weight: 0.24 kg • GTIN: 4015613721354

306552

RRP*

57.- €

GTIN 4015613600871

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

W 500 x D 500 x H 250 mm Left W 1,800 x D 700 x H 850 mm 45 kg 4015613600901 RRP* 1,149.- €

FURNITURE / FURNISHINGS / OUTDOOR u Sinks / Sink centres

Sink centre, 700, W1600, 2 basins L

357

Wall-mounted hood 700, W1000

258100 • Material • Material filter • Flame protection filter • Lighting • Properties

• Available on request

• Size • Weight

FURNITURE / FURNISHINGS / OUTDOOR u Exhaust hoods

GTIN 4015613600987

Power

Size

Weight

Code-No.

RRP*

GTIN

1 x 18 W

0,018 kW

W 1,000 x D 700 x H 450 mm

23 kg

258100

918,- €

4015613600987

1 x 18 W

0,018 kW

W 1,200 x D 700 x H 450 mm

27 kg

258120

965,- €

1 x 36 W

0,036 kW

W 1,400 x D 700 x H 450 mm

31 kg

258140

1,019,- €

1 x 36 W

0,036 kW

W 1,600 x D 700 x H 450 mm

33 kg

258160

1,089,- €

1 x 36 W

0,036 kW

W 1,800 x D 700 x H 450 mm

36 kg

258180

1,159,- €

1 x 58 W

0,058 kW

W 2,000 x D 700 x H 450 mm

40 kg

258200

1,249,- €

⃝ 1 ⃝ 1 ⃝ 1 ⃝ 1 ⃝ 1 ⃝ 1

Lamps Number of filters (number + watt)

358

CNS 18/10 CNS 18/10 Type A yes Blare-free light installed with grease protection cover Filter carrier with additional grease collection channel Welded grease collection groove Can only be commissioned with an additional controller Ceiling hood Wall hood series 1100 Other sizes W 1,000 x D 700 x H 450 mm 23 kg

• Important information

Lamps Number of filters (number + watt)

RRP* 918.- €

4015613600994 4015613601007 4015613601014 4015613601021 4015613601038

Power

Size

Weight

Code-No.

RRP*

GTIN

1 x 18 W

0,018 kW

W 1,000 x D 900 x H 450 mm

28 kg

265100

979,- €

4015613601120

1 x 18 W

0,018 kW

W 1,200 x D 900 x H 450 mm

30 kg

265120

1,019,- €

1 x 36 W

0,036 kW

W 1,400 x D 900 x H 450 mm

32 kg

265140

1,079,- €

1 x 36 W

0,036 kW

W 1,600 x D 900 x H 450 mm

35 kg

265160

1,139,- €

1 x 36 W

0,036 kW

W 1,800 x D 900 x H 450 mm

38 kg

265180

1,209,- €

1 x 58 W

0,058 kW

W 2,000 x D 900 x H 450 mm

41 kg

265200

1,319,- €

1 x 58 W

0,058 kW

W 2,200 x D 900 x H 450 mm

45 kg

265220

1,398,- €

⃝ 1 ⃝ 1 ⃝ 1 ⃝ 1 ⃝ 1 ⃝ 1 ⃝ 1

4015613601137 4015613601144 4015613601151 4015613601168 4015613601175 4015613601182

Component parts Control, steplessly variable • Size: W 130 x D 90 x H 75 mm • Weight: 0.2 kg • GTIN: 4015613603056

220110

RRP*

149.- €

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

257130 • Material • Material filter • Flame protection filter • Cut-out for the motor • Motor output • Fan regulation • Lighting • Properties

GTIN 4015613600918

CNS 18/10 CNS 18/10 Type A 232 x 208 mm 1500 m³/h Via an external controller yes Blare-free light installed with grease protection cover Filter carrier with additional grease collection channel Welded grease collection groove Ceiling hood Other sizes Wall hood series 1100 W 1,300 x D 700 x H 450 mm 35 kg

• Available on request

• Size • Weight

Lamps Number of filters (number + watt)

RRP* 1,429.- €

Power

Size

Weight

Code-No.

RRP*

GTIN

1 x 18 W

0,018 kW

W 1,300 x D 700 x H 450 mm

35 kg

257130

1,429,- €

4015613600918

1 x 36 W

0,036 kW

W 1,400 x D 700 x H 450 mm

37 kg

257140

1,469,- €

1 x 36 W

0,036 kW

W 1,500 x D 700 x H 450 mm

39 kg

257150

1,498,- €

1 x 36 W

0,036 kW

W 1,600 x D 700 x H 450 mm

41 kg

257160

1,529,- €

1 x 36 W

0,036 kW

W 1,700 x D 700 x H 450 mm

42 kg

257170

1,569,- €

1 x 36 W

0,036 kW

W 1,800 x D 700 x H 450 mm

43 kg

257180

1,598,- €

1 x 58 W

0,058 kW

W 2,000 x D 700 x H 450 mm

47 kg

257200

1,689,- €

⃝ 1 ⃝ 1 ⃝ 1 ⃝ 1 ⃝ 1 ⃝ 1 ⃝ 1

Lamps Number of filters (number + watt)

4015613600925 4015613600932 4015613600949 4015613600956 4015613600963 4015613600970

Power

Size

Weight

Code-No.

RRP*

GTIN

1 x 18 W

0,018 kW

W 1,300 x D 900 x H 450 mm

37 kg

264130

1,498,- €

4015613601045

1 x 36 W

0,036 kW

W 1,400 x D 900 x H 450 mm

39 kg

264140

1,549,- €

1 x 36 W

0,036 kW

W 1,500 x D 900 x H 450 mm

41 kg

264150

1,579,- €

1 x 36 W

0,036 kW

W 1,600 x D 900 x H 450 mm

42 kg

264160

1,598,- €

1 x 36 W

0,036 kW

W 1,700 x D 900 x H 450 mm

44 kg

264170

1,629,- €

1 x 36 W

0,036 kW

W 1,800 x D 900 x H 450 mm

45 kg

264180

1,649,- €

1 x 58 W

0,058 kW

W 2,000 x D 900 x H 450 mm

49 kg

264200

1,789,- €

1 x 58 W

0,058 kW

W 2,200 x D 900 x H 450 mm

52 kg

264220

1,849,- €

⃝ 1 ⃝ 1 ⃝ 1 ⃝ 1 ⃝ 1 ⃝ 1 ⃝ 1 ⃝ 1

Component parts Control, steplessly variable • Size: W 130 x D 90 x H 75 mm • Weight: 0.2 kg • GTIN: 4015613603056

220110

RRP*

149.- €

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

4015613601052 4015613601069 4015613601076 4015613601083 4015613601090 4015613601106 4015613601113

FURNITURE / FURNISHINGS / OUTDOOR u Exhaust hoods

Wall-mounted hood 700 w.motor W1300

359

Novy-exhaust hood, W600, SS

100060

RRP* 719.- €

• Material • Fan regulation • Lighting

FURNITURE / FURNISHINGS / OUTDOOR u Exhaust hoods

GTIN 4015613119243

CNS 18/10 3-level yes Can be switched separately Yes Attachment material W 600 x D 520 x H 170 mm 13 kg

• ON/OFF switch • Including • Size • Weight

360

Number of fan motors/exhaust air outputs

Motor Power

Weight

Code-No.

RRP*

GTIN

0 m3/h to 350 m3/h

0,08 kW | 230 V | W 600 x D 520 x H 170 mm 50 Hz

13 kg

100060

719,- €

⃝ 1

4015613119243

0 m3/h to 700 m3/h

0,16 kW | 230 V | W 900 x D 520 x H 170 mm 50 Hz

20.2 kg

100090

1,298,- €

⃝ 1

4015613119298

0 m3/h to 700 m3/h

0,16 kW | 230 V | W 1,000 x D 520 x H 170 mm 50 Hz

21.05 kg

100100

1,369,- €

⃝ 1

4015613119311

Power load

100060

Size

100090

100100

Component parts Adapter for hoods 900 and 1000 mm • Properties: Connection of two outputs (Ø 125 mm) on an output (Ø 150 mm) • Size: W 300 x D 150 x H 250 mm • Weight: 1.38 kg • GTIN: 4015613119342

100103

RRP*

139.- €

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

Pavement signs

181136 • Material • Material feet • Can be used in • Poster size max. • Can be loaded from both sides • Properties

• Size • Weight

Menu board "Bartscher Bistro"

181137 • Material • Can be used in • Dimensions label surface • Can be written on both sides • Properties

• Delivery state • Size • Weight

RRP* 95.- €

GTIN 4015613499413

Aluminium Plastic Inner and outer area DIN A1 Yes Poster protected thanks to anti-reflecting cover film Fast change frame with folding mechanism W 630 x D 700 x H 1,145 mm 7.4 kg

RRP* 115.- €

GTIN 4015613610559

Real wood Inner and protected outer area W 530 x H 795 mm Yes Can be written on with chalk/chalk markers (not included in delivery) Writing surface: HDF plate, UV paint coating Wood from sustainable farming operation Permanently mounted W 660 x D 565 x H 1,210 mm 7.4 kg

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

FURNITURE / FURNISHINGS / OUTDOOR u Pavement signs

Pavement sign A1, alu

361

Patio heaters

Heater W2000 E

825215

FURNITURE / FURNISHINGS / OUTDOOR u Patio heaters

• Material • Design • Can be used in • Heat source • Heated tubes • Heating radius • Digital display • ON/OFF switch • Cable

362

• Protection class • Including

• Power load • Size • Weight

RRP* 198.- €

GTIN 4015613651415

Aluminium Wall-mounting Inner and outer area Infrared heated tube(s) 1 x 2 kW 2m Yes Yes Output behind on spot Length 1.7 metres IP54 1 remote control 1 wall holder for flexible assembly: can be turned by up to 90°, can be tilted by 90° 2 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 615 x D 60 x H 100 mm 1.6 kg

Infrared heating tube 2000W • Design: Infrared heated tubes • Heating output: 2000 W • Size: W 12 x D 340 x H 12 mm • Weight: 0.06 kg • GTIN: 4015613665955

825219

RRP*

29.- €

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

825214 • Material • Design • Can be used in • Heat source • Heated tubes • Number of heating levels • Cable • Digital display • ON/OFF switch • Protection class • Including

• Power load • Size • Weight

RRP* 298.- €

GTIN 4015613639086

Aluminium Wall-mounting Inner and outer area Infrared heated tube(s) 2 x 1.5 kW 2 Output behind on spot Length 1.8 metres Yes Yes IP54 1 remote control 1 wall holder for easy assembly: can be tilted by 90° 3 kW | 220-240 V | 50 Hz W 1,050 x D 60 x H 100 mm 2.2 kg

Infrared heating tube 1500 W

Infrared heating tube 1500 W, left

Heater holder W3000

• Design: Infrared heated tubes, right • Heating output: 1500 W • Size: W 12 x D 340 x H 12 mm • Weight: 0.08 kg • GTIN: 4015613660219

• Design: Infrared heated tubes, left • Heating output: 1500 W • Size: W 12 x D 340 x H 12 mm • Weight: 0.06 kg • GTIN: 4015613660226

• Material: Steel, Painted • Model: For attachment to a square tube, size: 20 x 20 mm to 40 x 40 mm, For attachment to a round tube, size: Ø 20 mm to 40 mm • Important information: Only suitable for horizontal mounting • Size: W 180 x D 85 x H 70 mm • Weight: 0.55 kg • GTIN: 4015613693101

825217

RRP*

25.- €

825218

RRP*

25.- €

825222

Heater ST1800 E

825212 • Material • Can be used in • Heat source • Heated tubes • Number of heating levels • Cable • ON/OFF switch • Protection class • Including • Power load • Size • Weight

RRP* 369.- €

• Design: Infrared heated tubes (Ruby Red tubes) • Heating output: 900 W • Size: W 12 x D 850 x H 12 mm • Weight: 0.11 kg • GTIN: 4015613660202 RRP*

59.- €

19.- €

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

GTIN 4015613615073

Aluminium Stainless steel Inner and outer area Infrared heated tubes (Ruby Red tubes) 2 x 0.9 kW 2 levels (3 setting options) Output behind on spot Length 1.8 metres Yes IP55 1 remote control 1,8 kW | 220-240 V | 50 Hz W 495 x D 240 x H 1,610 mm 16.1 kg

Infrared heating tube 900W

825216

RRP*

FURNITURE / FURNISHINGS / OUTDOOR u Patio heaters

Heater W3000 E

363

Heater ST2000 E

825207

RRP* 83.- €

• Heat source • Heated tubes • Number of heating levels • Cable

825223

GTIN 4015613500249

Quartz radiant heater 1 x 2 kW 3 Output at top on spot Length approx. 7 metres Yes 1800 mm to 2100 mm 2 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz Upright unit W 550 x D 500 x H 2,100 mm 8.75 kg

• Height-adjustable feet • Height adjustable • Power load • Design • Size • Weight

Heater ST3000 3-E360

RRP* 429.- €

GTIN 4015613694795

Patio heater with up to 360° all-round heat radiation. The 3 tiltable heaters provide effective infrared heat to the surroundings. • Material

Aluminium Steel Painted Outer area Infrared heated tube(s) 3 x 1 kW 12 m 1 Output on base Length 1.85 m Operational Heating Yes IP55 1 remote control 3 kW | 220-240 V | 50 Hz W 600 x D 600 x H 2,120 mm 19.7 kg

• Can be used in • Heat source • Heated tubes • Heating radius • Number of heating levels • Cable • Control lamp

FURNITURE / FURNISHINGS / OUTDOOR u Patio heaters

• ON/OFF switch • Protection class • Including • Power load • Size • Weight

364

Heater ST13500 G

825131

RRP* 254.- €

• Material • Heat source • Gas type • Ignition type • Ignition guard • Diameter aluminium reflectors • Properties • Not included in delivery • Power • Size • Weight

GTIN 4015613457970

Stainless steel Gas flame Liquid gas Piezo ignition Yes 780 mm Mobile Connection set 13,5 kW W 780 x D 780 x H 2,220 mm 18 kg

Gas connection kit • Can be used in: Outer area • Important information: Only suitable for outdoor use • Size: W 64 x D 180 x H 35 mm • Weight: 1.5 kg • GTIN: 4015613419015

825152

RRP*

73.- €

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

Wall-mounted ashtray, black

860000 • Material

860001 • Material • Content • Design • Lockable • Properties • Size • Weight

Ashtray stand KOMBI11L

GTIN 4015613470542

Steel plate Painted 1 litre(s) Wall-mounting Yes Easy to empty via the front flap W 160 x D 90 x H 200 mm 1.1 kg

• Content • Design • Lockable • Properties • Size • Weight

Wall-mounted ashtray, silver

RRP* 19.- €

RRP* 69.- €

GTIN 4015613470559

Stainless steel 6,5 litre(s) Wall-mounting No Easy to empty via the front flap W 280 x D 140 x H 373 mm 2.75 kg

860008

RRP* 59.- €

GTIN 4015613671215

• Material • Ashtray

• With waste collector • Inner waste bin

• Size • Weight

Standing ashtray KOMBI52L

860007 • Material • Ashtray

• With waste collector • Inner waste bin

• Size • Weight

Stainless steel Stainless steel Capacity: 0,5 litre Container with lid, detachable Opening: Ø 45 mm Size: Ø 180 mm, height: 150 mm Yes Galvanised steel Contents: 11 litres Can be removed With hinged handle Opening: W 155 x H 100 mm Size: Ø 190 mm, height: 400 mm W 210 x D 210 x H 574 mm 2.3 kg

RRP* 119.- €

GTIN 4015613637068

Zinc plate Painted Sand ashtray Ø 175 mm Sieve insert with handles, Ø 170 mm Yes Can be removed Contents: 52 litres With hinged handles Waste chute opening: 325 x 140 mm Zinc plate W 380 x D 380 x H 945 mm 10.5 kg

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

FURNITURE / FURNISHINGS / OUTDOOR u Ashtrays

Simply clean: The ashtray and the inner waste container can both be completely removed for emptying and cleaning. Its compact size means it can fit in every corner.

365

Standing ashtray, silver

860002 • Material • Content • Lockable • Properties • Size • Weight

601177 • Material • Material feet • Diameter table top • Height table top

FURNITURE / FURNISHINGS / OUTDOOR u Tables / Benches

• Size • Weight

366

Bistro table slip cover set 700

Protective cover for slip cover 700

• Set comprises: Protected cover for table top, Fitted cover for bar table • Material: Micropolyester 90 %, Elastan 10 % • Designed for: 5-leg upright tables, Foot diameter max. 700 mm, Table height max. 1,170 mm, Table-top diameter max. 700 mm • Can be washed: Up to 40 °C • Size: W 700 x D 700 x H 1,170 mm • Weight: 0.41 kg • GTIN: 4015613673448

• Material: Micropolyester 90 %, Elastan 10 % • Designed for: Table-top diameter max. 700 mm • Can be washed: Up to 40 °C • Size: W 700 x D 700 x H 50 mm • Weight: 0.08 kg • GTIN: 4015613673455

RRP*

36.- €

GTIN 4015613470566

RRP*

14.- €

RRP* 102.- €

GTIN 4015613505268

Polyethylene Chrome-plated 700 mm 675 mm 1,170 mm Stain resistant Plug system W 700 x D 700 x H 1,170 mm 9 kg

• Properties

601168

Stainless steel 5,5 litre(s) Yes Easy to empty via the front flap W 240 x D 240 x H 870 mm 8.5 kg

Party - Bistro Table, folding

601169

RRP* 159.- €

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

Multi-table 1830-W

601179

RRP* 85.- €

GTIN 4015613649535

The stable fold-down table with a durable plastic surface can be used for many different purposes quickly thanks to its lightweight and compact design.

• Load-bearing capacity max. • Carrying handle • Properties

• Size • Weight

Multi-bench 1820-W

601180

Plastic HDPE Steel, painted Powder coated Rubber 150 kg Yes Can be folded Safety locking system UV protected W 1,830 x D 760 x H 740 mm 14.7 kg

RRP* 49.- €

GTIN 4015613649559

The stable fold-down bench with a durable plastic surface can be used for many different purposes quickly thanks to its lightweight and compact design. • Material • Material feet

• Load-bearing capacity max. • Carrying handle • Properties

• Size • Weight

Plastic HDPE Steel, painted Powder coated Rubber 300 kg Yes Can be folded Safety locking system UV protected W 945 x D 295 x H 90 mm 7.5 kg

► Safety locking system

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

FURNITURE / FURNISHINGS / OUTDOOR u Tables / Benches

• Material • Material feet

367

TRANSPORT | STORAGE Clever logistics save time: Depending on the model, our sturdy trolleys provide secure equipment for trays, GN containers or standard bakery sheets. They are versatile and can be moved comfortably and quietly thanks to buffered rubber wheels.

368

100080 • Material • Content • Designed for • Temperature loss / hour approx. • Double-walled • Drain cock • Stackable • Carrying handle • Hinged handle, side • Properties

• Size • Weight

Thermo transport cont. 20L, drain tap

100085 • Material • Content • Designed for • Temperature loss / hour approx. • Double-walled • Drain cock • Stackable • Carrying handle • Hinged handle, side • Properties

• Size • Weight

Thermo transport container 12 x 1/1 GN

300104 • Material • Content • Designed for • Heat resistant • Number of drawers • Type of drawers • GN-capable • Gastronorm • Double-walled • Door double-walled • Door hinge side • Stackable • Size • Weight

RRP* 225.- €

RRP* 279.- €

135.- €

GTIN 4015613615011

CNS 18/10 Brushed 20 litre(s) Cold or hot food 6 °C Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Venting valve Lid can be completely detached Lid with 4 clamping clips and silicone seal W 343 x D 395 x H 345 mm 7.1 kg

RRP* 329.- €

GTIN 4015613666549

Plastic LLDPE 87 litre(s) Cold or hot food -20 °C to 120 °C 12 Longitudinal Yes 1/1 GN Yes Yes Left Yes W 450 x D 645 x H 620 mm 15.3 kg

• Material: Plastic • Size utility space: W 490 x D 665 mm • Height frame: 25 mm • Total load-bearing capacity, max.: 200 kg • Delivery state: Permanently mounted • Size: W 550 x D 725 x H 190 mm • Weight: 6.4 kg • GTIN: 4015613666556 RRP*

GTIN 4015613544281

CNS 18/10 Brushed 20 litre(s) Cold or hot food 6 °C Yes No Yes Yes Yes Venting valve Lid can be completely detached Lid with 4 clamping clips and silicone seal W 343 x D 343 x H 345 mm 6.6 kg

Transport cart TB12110

300105

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

TRANSPORT / STORAGE u Transport containers

Thermo transport container 20L, SS

369

Serving trolley TS200

A300062 • Material • Number of shelves • Size shelves • Distance between the shelves • Total load-bearing capacity, max. • With handle(s) • Swivel casters • Wheel buffer • Delivery state • Size • Weight

Serving trolley TS301

A300073

RRP* 119.- €

GTIN 4015613433509

Chrome-nickel steel 2 W 830 x D 510 mm 570 mm 100 kg Yes 4 swivel casters, 2 with brake 4 units, plastic Building kit (simple assembly) W 920 x D 600 x H 945 mm 10 kg

RRP* 139.- €

GTIN 4015613671611

Transport trolley with 3 levels for fast, effective and easy transport.

90 kg

TRANSPORT / STORAGE u Serving trolleys

Serving trolley TS200-M1

370

• Material • Number of shelves • Size shelves • Distance between the shelves • Total load-bearing capacity, max. • Load-bearing capacity per shelf, max. • With handle(s) • Swivel casters • Diameter casters • Wheel buffer • Delivery state • Properties • Size • Weight

A300056 • Material • Number of shelves • Size shelves • Distance between the shelves top • Distance between the shelves bottom • Size clearing basin inside • Total load-bearing capacity, max. • With handle(s) • Swivel casters • Wheel buffer • Delivery state • Size • Weight

Chrome-nickel steel 3 W 827 x D 510 mm 265 mm 90 kg 30 kg Yes 4 swivel casters, 2 with brake 100 mm 4 units, plastic Building kit (simple assembly) Round tube frame, Ø 25.8 mm W 920 x D 600 x H 945 mm 13.4 kg

RRP* 169.- €

GTIN 4015613455730

Chrome-nickel steel 2 W 830 x D 510 mm 270 mm 265 mm W 760 x D 440 x H 100 mm 100 kg Yes 4 swivel casters, 2 with brake 4 units, plastic Building kit (simple assembly) W 920 x D 600 x H 945 mm 14.1 kg

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

Serving trolley TS501

300065

RRP* 215.- €

• Material • Number of shelves • Size shelves • Distance between the shelves • Total load-bearing capacity, max. • With handle(s) • Swivel casters • Delivery state • Size • Weight

Serving trolley TS "Adjutant"

GTIN 4015613534633

Chrome-nickel steel 5 W 827 x D 510 mm 265 mm 100 kg Yes 4 swivel casters, 2 with brake Building kit (simple assembly) W 920 x D 600 x H 1,540 mm 18 kg

A300049

RRP* 104.- €

• Material

GTIN 4015613433578

Aluminium Plastic 3 W 620 x D 405 mm 300 mm 120 kg Yes 4 swivel casters Building kit (simple assembly) W 830 x D 415 x H 940 mm 9.1 kg

• Number of shelves • Size shelves • Distance between the shelves • Total load-bearing capacity, max. • With handle(s) • Swivel casters • Delivery state • Size • Weight

Clearing container set "Adjutant" • Material: Plastic • Waste bin: Contents: approx. 30 litres, Dimensions: W 335 x D 237 x H 560 mm • Cutlery holders: Contents: approx. 9 litres, Dimensions: W 333 x D 230 x H 178 mm • Size: W 335 x D 237 x H 560 mm • Weight: 2.7 kg • GTIN: 4015613454986

Crate trolley AK300

RRP*

300064 • Material • Designed for • Number of drawers • Format drawers • Distance between trays

• Total load-bearing capacity, max. • Load-bearing capacity per drawer max. • With handle(s) • Swivel casters • Diameter casters • Wheel buffer • Properties • Delivery state • Size • Weight

36.- €

RRP* 139.- €

GTIN 4015613673516

Chrome-nickel steel Euronorm boxes E1, E2, E3 (butchers / bakery) 3 600 x 400 mm Top 118 mm (E1) Middle 380 mm (E1, E2, E3) Bottom 250 mm (E1, E2) 100 kg 40 kg Yes 4 swivel casters, 2 with brake 100 mm 4 units, plastic Frame in square tubing 25.8 x 25.8 mm Building kit (simple assembly) W 720 x D 500 x H 965 mm 9.4 kg

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

TRANSPORT / STORAGE u Serving trolleys

A300047

371

Tray trolley TT1600

300083

RRP* 519.- €

GTIN 4015613587615

Versatile transport trolley with 16 drawers – Be it to transport loaded GN containers 1/1 GN or to clear trays in canteen norm format. • Material • Designed for • Number of drawers • Format drawers • Distance between trays • Can be loaded from both sides • Worktop surface max. • Total load-bearing capacity, max. • With handle(s) • Swivel casters • Diameter casters • Delivery state • Size • Weight

Tray trolley TT100V

300079V

Chrome-nickel steel GN containers 1/1 GN Canteen norm trays (443 x 343 mm) 16 500 x 360 mm 145 mm Yes Yes, with railing 48 kg Yes 4 swivel casters, 2 with brake 125 mm Building kit (simple assembly) W 925 x D 620 x H 1,700 mm 38 kg

RRP* 698.- €

GTIN 4015613715889

Compact clearing trolley with 10 drawers – Writing for advertising purposes or as information can be individually applied and easily removed on side walls that can be written on. • Material • Designed for • Number of drawers • Distance between trays • Format drawers • Can be loaded from both sides • Total load-bearing capacity, max. • Load-bearing capacity per drawer max. • Swivel casters • Diameter casters • Properties

TRANSPORT / STORAGE u Clearing trolleys

• Delivery state • Size • Weight

372

► Compact clearing trolley with 10 drawers ► Serving trays 370 x 570 mm ► Fast-food trays 356 x 456 mm

► Practical ► Side walls can be written on with standard whiteboard markers

Drip tray AT1000

Glass collection basket AT1000

• Material: Stainless steel • Size: W 435 x D 645 x H 25 mm • Weight: 1.25 kg • GTIN: 4015613673134

• Material: Stainless steel • Size: W 385 x D 645 x H 75 mm • Weight: 2.75 kg • GTIN: 4015613673127

300279

Aluminium Plastic Fast-Food trays Serving trays 10 120 mm 370 x 570 mm 356 x 456 mm Yes 50 kg 5 kg 4 swivel casters, 2 with brake 125 mm Side walls can be written on with standard whiteboard markers Permanently mounted W 470 x D 685 x H 1,596 mm 25 kg

RRP*

35.- €

300179

RRP*

79.- €

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

Tray trolley AT1000-GN

300149

RRP* 979.- €

GTIN 4015613709185

The sturdy clearing trolley impresses with its strong load capacity and the extra large trays in 1/1 GN format. • Material

• Designed for • Number of drawers • Distance between trays • Format drawers • Can be loaded from both sides • Total load-bearing capacity, max. • Load-bearing capacity per drawer max. • Swivel casters • Diameter casters • Wheel buffer • Delivery state • Size • Weight

Aluminium Stainless steel Plastic Fast-Food trays Serving trays 10 115 mm 1/1 GN 530 x 325 mm Yes 60 kg 10 kg 4 swivel casters, 2 with brake 120 mm 4 units, plastic Building kit (simple assembly) W 460 x D 690 x H 1,675 mm 21.6 kg

Component parts Tray KN45350-HG

• Material: Plastic (polypropylene) • Worktop surface: Structured • Norm format: 1/1 GN • Dimensions surface: W 495 x D 290 mm • Stackable: Yes • Dishwasher safe: Yes • Size: W 530 x D 325 x H 20 mm • Weight: 0.58 kg • GTIN: 4015613695303

• Material: Plastic (polypropylene) • Worktop surface: Structured • Norm format: Canteen norm • Dimensions surface: W 415 x D 315 mm • Stackable: Yes • Dishwasher safe: Yes • Size: W 450 x D 355 x H 20 mm • Weight: 0.39 kg • GTIN: 4015613695310

701053

RRP*

10.- €

701054

RRP*

Gastronorm trolley AGN700-1/1

9.- €

300098 • Material • Number of drawers • Size utility space • Distance between trays • Can be loaded from both sides • Designed for

• Depth GN container max. • Total load-bearing capacity, max. • Load-bearing capacity per drawer max. • Load-bearing capacity worktop surface max. • Swivel casters • Diameter casters • Wheel buffer • Properties

► One container latch each on the front and rear

► The ideal supplement: ► Tray GN110-S

RRP* 155.- €

GTIN 4015613686431

Stainless steel 7 W 390 x D 555 mm 80 mm Yes 1/1 GN 1/2 GN 1/3 GN 2/3 GN 65 mm 60 kg 8 kg 5 kg

• Not included in delivery

4 swivel casters, 2 with brake 100 mm 4 units, plastic Frame in square tubing 25 x 25 mm One container lock each on the front and rear side. GN containers

• Delivery state • Size • Weight

Grilles Building kit (simple assembly) W 450 x D 620 x H 1,010 mm 13 kg

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

TRANSPORT / STORAGE u Clearing trolleys

Tray GN110-S

373

Gastronorm trolley AGN1800-1/1

300181 • Material • Number of drawers • Distance between trays • Designed for

• Depth GN container max. • Can be loaded from both sides • Total load-bearing capacity, max. • Load-bearing capacity per drawer max. • With handle(s) • Swivel casters • Diameter casters • Wheel buffer • Properties

• Not included in delivery • Delivery state • Size • Weight

► Designed for GN containers, GN trays and trays ► 18 x 1/1 GN, 65 mm deep

► 1 container lock each on the front and rear side.

Gastronorm trolley AGN700-2/1

300093

TRANSPORT / STORAGE u Clearing trolleys

90 kg

374

GTIN 4015613671628

Stainless steel 18 80 mm 1/1 GN 1/2 GN 1/3 GN 65 mm Yes 80 kg 10 kg No 4 swivel casters, 2 with brake 100 mm 4 units, plastic One container lock each on the front and rear side. Frame in square tubing 25.8 x 25.8 mm GN containers Building kit (simple assembly) W 450 x D 613 x H 1,895 mm 20.2 kg

► The ideal supplement: ► Tray GN110-S

• Material • Number of drawers • Size utility space • Distance between trays • Designed for • Depth GN container max. • Can be loaded from both sides • Worktop surface max. • Total load-bearing capacity, max. • Load-bearing capacity per drawer max. • Load-bearing capacity worktop surface max. • Swivel casters • Diameter casters • Wheel buffer • Properties

• Delivery state • Not included in delivery • Size • Weight

► Designed for GN containers, GN trays and trays ► 7 x 2/1 GN, 65 mm deep

RRP* 229.- €

RRP* 198.- €

GTIN 4015613659244

Stainless steel 7 W 590 x D 670 mm 80 mm 2/1 GN 1/1 GN 65 mm Yes yes 90 kg 12 kg 18 kg 4 swivel casters, 2 with brake 100 mm 4 units, plastic One container lock each on the front and rear side. Frame in square tubing 25.8 x 25.8 mm Building kit (simple assembly) GN containers W 655 x D 740 x H 1,010 mm 15.8 kg

► The ideal supplement: ► Tray GN110-S

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

Euronorm trolley AEN700-6040

300089

RRP* 175.- €

GTIN 4015613686448

Large format clearing 600 x 400 – The container latch on both sides is easy to operate and ensures a secure hold. • Material • Designed for • Number of drawers • Size utility space • Distance between trays • Can be loaded from both sides • Depth GN container max. • Total load-bearing capacity, max. • Load-bearing capacity per drawer max. • Load-bearing capacity worktop surface max. • Swivel casters • Diameter casters • Wheel buffer • Properties

• Not included in delivery

4 swivel casters, 2 with brake 100 mm 4 units, plastic Frame in square tubing 25 x 25 mm One container lock each on the front and rear side. Containers

• Delivery state • Size • Weight

Grilles Building kit (simple assembly) W 535 x D 685 x H 1,010 mm 14 kg

► One container latch each on the front and rear

Beverage crate trolley TGK400

300084 • Material • Designed for • Number of grille shelves • Size grid shelves • Distance between the grille shelves • Total load-bearing capacity, max. • Swivel casters • Diameter casters • Delivery state • Size • Weight

RRP* 579.- €

GTIN 4015613587608

Chrome-nickel steel Max. 8 standardised bottle crates (400 x 300 mm) 4 W 1000 x D 360 mm 345 mm 120 kg 4 swivel casters, 2 with brake 125 mm Building kit (simple assembly) W 1,080 x D 570 x H 1,610 mm 35 kg

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

TRANSPORT / STORAGE u Clearing trolleys

► Large format clearing 600 x 400 ► Number of slots: 7 ► Distance between the drawers: 80 mm ► Depth GN container, max.: 65 mm

Stainless steel Euronorm 600 x 400 mm 7 W 470 x D 620 mm 80 mm Yes 65 mm 60 kg 8 kg 5 kg

375

Platform trolley TP100

300142

RRP* 198.- €

• Material • Size Carrying capacity • Total load-bearing capacity, max. • With handle(s) • Swivel casters • Diameter casters • Size • Weight

Store-Shelf 4150

RRP* 71.- €

• Material • Number of shelves • Size Shelves • Height-adjustable shelves • Total load-bearing capacity, max. • Load-bearing capacity per shelf, max. • Design shelves • Delivery state • Set comprises

TRANSPORT / STORAGE u Clearing trolleys 376

GTIN 4015613523705

Chrome-nickel steel W 560 x D 940 mm 200 kg Yes 2 casters, 2 swivel casters 125 mm W 560 x D 1,050 x H 925 mm 14.4 kg

601151

• Assembly type • Size • Weight

GTIN 4015613391274

Steel Chrome-plated 4 W 734 x D 334 mm Yes 150 kg 37,5 kg Grid Building kit (simple assembly) 4 shelves 4 corner posts (plug system) Plug system W 750 x D 350 x H 1,520 mm 10.3 kg

Store-Shelf 4150

Store-Shelf 4200

Store-Shelf 4500

• Size Shelves: W 734 x D 334 mm • Total load-bearing capacity, max.: 150 kg • Load-bearing capacity per shelf, max.: 37,5 kg • Size: W 750 x D 350 x H 1,520 mm • Weight: 10.3 kg • GTIN: 4015613391274

• Size Shelves: W 898 x D 447 mm • Total load-bearing capacity, max.: 200 kg • Load-bearing capacity per shelf, max.: 50 kg • Size: W 910 x D 460 x H 1,845 mm • Weight: 14.3 kg • GTIN: 4015613391250

• Size Shelves: W 1210 x D 610 mm • Total load-bearing capacity, max.: 500 kg • Load-bearing capacity per shelf, max.: 125 kg • Size: W 1,210 x D 610 x H 1,840 mm • Weight: 25.6 kg • GTIN: 4015613667294

601151

601182

RRP*

71.- €

RRP*

98.- €

601192

RRP*

179.- €

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

601161

RRP* 85.- €

• Material • Number of shelves • Size Shelves • Height-adjustable shelves • Capacity cylinder max. • Design shelves • Total load-bearing capacity, max. • Load-bearing capacity per shelf, max. • Delivery state • Set comprises • Assembly type • Size • Weight

Shelving system Kit 1, B960

603151

• Number of shelves • Size Shelves • Height-adjustable shelves • Design shelves • Total load-bearing capacity, max. • Load-bearing capacity per shelf, max. • GN-capable • Gastronorm • Application area

• Properties • Delivery state • Set comprises • Assembly type • Size • Weight

GTIN 4015613391816

Steel Chrome-plated 5 W 888 x D 335 mm Yes Total: 100 - 130 bottles Per shelf: 9 bottles Bottle grilles 200 kg 50 kg Building kit (simple assembly) 5 bottle grille shelves 4 corner posts (plug system) Plug system W 900 x D 350 x H 1,390 mm 12.5 kg

RRP* 419.- €

• Material

GTIN 4015613529066

Aluminium Copolymer 4 W 902 x D 360 mm Yes Perforated 600 kg 165 kg Yes 1/1 GN | 1/2 GN | 1/3 GN | 2/3 GN Humid rooms Canteens Refrigerated rooms Refrigeration cell Sterile goods stores Freezer cell Practical second use by using GN containers instead of shelves Building kit (simple assembly) 2 shelf stands 4 shelves Plug system W 960 x D 360 x H 1,800 mm 12 kg

Shelving system Kit 1, B960

Shelving system Kit 2, B1080

Shelving system Kit 3, B1500

• Size Shelves: W 902 x D 360 mm • Gastronorm: 1/1 GN, 1/2 GN, 1/3 GN, 2/3 GN • Size: W 960 x D 360 x H 1,800 mm • Weight: 12 kg • GTIN: 4015613529066

• Size Shelves: W 1022 x D 560 mm • Gastronorm: 1/1 GN, 2/1 GN, 2/4 GN • Size: W 1,080 x D 560 x H 1,800 mm • Weight: 19.7 kg • GTIN: 4015613529059

• Size Shelves: W 1442 x D 360 mm • Gastronorm: 1/1 GN, 1/2 GN, 1/3 GN, 2/3 GN • Size: W 1,500 x D 360 x H 1,800 mm • Weight: 17.6 kg • GTIN: 4015613529073

603151

RRP*

419.- €

603150

RRP*

519.- €

603152

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

RRP*

529.- €

TRANSPORT / STORAGE u Shelves

Wine rack 5200

377

PREPARATION They do not stand out in the stressful kitchen everyday life, but are indispensable helpers in preparation: Simple things such as vegetable slicers, meat grinders, slicers â&#x20AC;&#x201C; nothing runs smoothly without them!

378

Stick mixer set, 5speed sett.,0,7kW

130206

RRP* 87.- €

GTIN 4015613485492

Versatile, for mixing, mashing, chipping, whisking and stirring. Practical and can be simply reinserted for the various functions • Material • Length mixing rod • Mixing rod detachable • Rpm mixer max. • Rpm whisk max. • Speed control • ON/OFF switch • Including • Power load • Properties

• Set comprises

• Size • Weight

► 5 speed levels

Stick mixer MX 235

130115

Stainless steel 207 mm Yes 17000 r. / min. 17000 r. / min. 5 levels Yes Wall holder 0,7 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz Can be simply reinserted for the various functions Ergonomic design 1 mixing rod 1 whisk, chrome 1 container (800 ml) 2 special containers with sickle knife (500 ml + 1,250 ml) 1 lid for special container 2 non-slip coaster 1 wall holder W 200 x D 150 x H 410 mm 1.05 kg

RRP* 339.- €

GTIN 4015613610634

Powerful, sturdy and easy to use mixer rod for mashing, emulsifying and mixing warm and cold food. Also ideal for bakeries and confectioneries to process chocolate, sauces and creams.

• Material mixing rod • Length mixing rod • Mixing rod detachable • Rpm mixer max. • Speed control • Processing max. • ON/OFF switch • Length cable • Properties • Power load • Size • Weight

► Mixing rod ► Speed: 15,000 rpm ► Length: 250 mm Processing max.: approx. 20 litres

Stainless steel Plastic Stainless steel 235 mm Yes 15000 r. / min. 1 level Approx 20 litres Yes 1,8 m Ergonomic handle 0,25 kW | 230 V | 50-60 Hz W 75 x D 75 x H 520 mm 1.35 kg

Ergonomic handle

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

PREPARATION u Stick mixers

• Material

379

Stick mixer MX 235 Plus

130116

RRP* 379.- €

GTIN 4015613640129

Mashing, mixing or chopping warm or cold food. Stirring, whipping and emulsifying are possible with the matching whisk and emulsifier. This overall package for the handy mixing rod leaves nothing to be desired. • Material

CNS 18/10 Plastic CNS 18/10 235 mm Yes 15000 r. / min. Stepless Approx 20 litres 2 cutters Ø 46 mm 1,8 m Preparation of warm and cold food 0,25 kW | 230 V | 50-60 Hz W 75 x D 135 x H 515 mm 1.4 kg

• Material mixing rod • Length mixing rod • Mixing rod detachable • Rpm mixer max. • Speed control • Processing max. • Design knife • Length cable • Properties • Power load • Size • Weight

► RPM: max. 15,000 ► Designed for approx. 20 litres

► Mixing rod length: 235 mm

► Ergonomic handle

Whisk MX 235 Plus SB170

Emulsifier MX 235 Plus EM235

• Material: CNS 18/10, Plastic • Length whisk: 170 mm • Size: W 90 x D 90 x H 290 mm • Weight: 0.4 kg • GTIN: 4015613640488

• Material: CNS 18/10, Plastic • Length emulsifier: 235 mm • Washer design: Ø 46 mm • Size: W 75 x D 75 x H 265 mm • Weight: 0.4 kg • GTIN: 4015613640495

130117

RRP*

139.- €

130118

RRP*

Stick mixer MX 500 Duo

81.- €

130110

PREPARATION u Stick mixers

• Material

380

• Material mixing rod • Length mixing rod • Rpm mixer max. • Rpm whisk max. • Mixing rod detachable • Speed control • ON/OFF switch • Length cable • Set comprises • Power load • Size • Weight

RRP* 549.- €

GTIN 4015613469713

CNS 18/10 Plastic CNS 18/10 500 mm 11000 r. / min. 1500 r. / min. Yes Mixer: 1 level Whisk: multi-level Yes 2,3 m 1 mixing rod 1 whisk, chrome 0,4 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 130 x D 140 x H 840 mm 5 kg

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

Motor block STM3 350

Motor block STM3 450

Motor block STM3 650

• Material: Plastic • Rpm max.: 11000 r. / min. • Speed control: 9 levels, Turbo • Length cable: 2,1 m • Power load: 0,35 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz • Size: W 115 x D 180 x H 360 mm • Weight: 2.85 kg • GTIN: 4015613670645

• Material: Plastic • Rpm max.: 15000 r. / min. • Speed control: 9 levels, Turbo • Length cable: 2,1 m • Power load: 0,45 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz • Size: W 130 x D 190 x H 380 mm • Weight: 3.3 kg • GTIN: 4015613670652

• Material: Plastic • Rpm max.: 13000 r. / min. • Speed control: 9 levels, Turbo • Length cable: 2,1 m • Power load: 0,65 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz • Size: W 130 x D 190 x H 400 mm • Weight: 3.9 kg • GTIN: 4015613670676

130130

RRP*

359.- €

130131

RRP*

439.- €

130132

RRP*

559.- €

189.- €

Mixing bar STM3 300

Mixing bar STM3 400

Mixing bar STM3 500

• Material: CNS 18/10 • Length mixing rod: 300 mm • Design knife: Ø 60 mm • Processing max.: Approx 30 litres • Size: W 90 x D 90 x H 330 mm • Weight: 1.25 kg • GTIN: 4015613670683

• Material: CNS 18/10 • Length mixing rod: 400 mm • Design knife: Ø 60 mm, 3 cutters • Processing max.: Approx 80 litres • Size: W 90 x D 90 x H 430 mm • Weight: 1.5 kg • GTIN: 4015613670690

• Material: CNS 18/10 • Length mixing rod: 500 mm • Design knife: Ø 60 mm, 3 cutters • Processing max.: Approx 150 litres • Size: W 90 x D 90 x H 530 mm • Weight: 1.8 kg • GTIN: 4015613670706

130133

RRP*

149.- €

130134

RRP*

169.- €

130135

RRP*

Mixing bar STM3 600

Whisk STM3 245

Wall holder STM3 WH1

• Material: CNS 18/10 • Length mixing rod: 600 mm • Design knife: Ø 60 mm, 3 cutters • Processing max.: Approx 250 litres • Size: W 90 x D 90 x H 630 mm • Weight: 1.95 kg • GTIN: 4015613670713

• Material: CNS 18/10 • Length whisk: 245 mm • Size: W 100 x D 125 x H 365 mm • Weight: 1.1 kg • GTIN: 4015613670737

• Material: CNS 18/10 • Not included in delivery: Attachment material • Size: W 140 x D 135 x H 90 mm • Weight: 0.17 kg • GTIN: 4015613670744

130136

RRP*

209.- €

130137

RRP*

215.- €

130138

Hand blender holder 600 • Material: Stainless steel • Hand blender diameter: 25 - 40 mm • Pot diameter max: 600 mm • Properties: Adjustable position and angle • Size: W 255 x D 625 x H 70 mm • Weight: 1.18 kg • GTIN: 4015613699639

130140

RRP*

198.- €

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

RRP*

28.- €

PREPARATION u Stick mixers

Component parts

381

Kitchen machines / Dough mixers

Kitchen machine 1,2kg/7L AS

101923 • Material

GTIN 4015613663531

• Material mixing bowl(s) • Production quantity dough • Time adjustment • Intervals time setting • Speed control • Intervals time setting • Mixing bowl detachable • Safety switch • Digital display • Timer • ON/OFF switch • Including

• Power load • Size • Weight

1 flat beater, stainless steel 0,65 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 440 x D 335 x H 510 mm 20.6 kg

101954 • Material

PREPARATION u Kitchen machines / Dough mixers

Aluminium Painted Stainless steel 1,2 kg / 7 litres 1 to 30 minutes 1 minute(s) 5 levels 1 min. Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 1 whisk, stainless steel

Dough kneading machine 12kg/16L

382

RRP* 749.- €

RRP* 1,429.- €

GTIN 4015613473086

Coated Scratch-resistant 1 level Yes Suitable for firm dough (e.g. pizza or bread dough) W 350 x D 650 x H 600 mm 58 kg

• Speed control • ON/OFF switch • Properties • Size • Weight

Production quantity dough

Power load

Size

Weight

Code-No.

RRP*

GTIN

12 kg / 16 litres

0,75 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz

W 350 x D 650 x H 600 mm

58 kg

101954

1,429,- €

⃝ 1

4015613473086

18 kg / 22 litres

0,75 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz

W 390 x D 670 x H 600 mm

59 kg

101955

1,529,- €

⃝ 1

4015613473093

25 kg / 32 litres

1,5 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz

W 430 x D 780 x H 710 mm

93 kg

101956

1,849,- €

⃝ 1

4015613473109

38 kg / 42 litres

1,5 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz

W 480 x D 800 x H 710 mm

105 kg

101957

1,998,- €

⃝ 1

4015613473116

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

Dough kneading machine 12kg/16L AS

101864

RRP* 1,998.- €

GTIN 4015613593821

Excellent for firm dough, such as pizza or bread Coated Scratch-resistant 1 level Yes Yes Suitable for firm dough (e.g. pizza or bread dough) With swivel head and detachable bowl Bowl recognition via sensor W 350 x D 650 x H 620 mm 65 kg

• Speed control • Mixing bowl detachable • ON/OFF switch • Properties

• Size • Weight

Production quantity dough

Power load

Size

Weight

Code-No.

RRP*

GTIN

12 kg / 16 litres

0,75 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz

W 350 x D 650 x H 620 mm

65 kg

101864

1,998,- €

⃝ 1

4015613593821

18 kg / 22 litres

0,75 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz

W 390 x D 670 x H 620 mm

66 kg

101865

2,079,- €

⃝ 1

4015613593838

25 kg / 32 litres

1,5 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz

W 450 x D 780 x H 735 mm

107.2 kg

101866

2,379,- €

⃝ 1

4015613593845

38 kg / 42 litres

1,5 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz

W 480 x D 800 x H 730 mm

115 kg

101867

2,598,- €

⃝ 1

4015613593852

GTIN 4015613696775

Dough kneading machine 25kg/32L Plus

101868 • Material • Material mixing bowl(s) • Speed control • Mixing bowl detachable • Safety switch • ON/OFF switch • Properties

• Including • Power load • Equipment connection • Size • Weight

RRP* 2,559.- €

Cast iron Coated Stainless steel 1 level + consistency protection Yes Yes Yes Suitable for firm dough (e.g. pizza or bread dough) With swivel head and detachable bowl Bowl recognition via sensor 1,5 kW | 400 V | 50 Hz 3 NAC W 450 x D 780 x H 735 mm 106.98 kg

Production quantity dough

Size

Weight

Code-No.

RRP*

GTIN

25 kg / 32 litres

W 450 x D 780 x H 735 mm

106.98 kg

101868

2,559,- €

⃝ 1

4015613696775

38 kg / 42 litres

W 480 x D 800 x H 730 mm

114.8 kg

101869

2,759,- €

⃝ 1

4015613690582

Component parts Wheel set, 4 pieces • Material: Rubber • Load-bearing capacity max., each: 80 kg • Size: W 60 x D 140 x H 160 mm • Weight: 1.85 kg • GTIN: 4015613657974

101863

RRP*

69.- €

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

PREPARATION u Kitchen machines / Dough mixers

• Material

383

KitchenAid

KitchenAid 5KSM7591X, silver, 6,9L

A150047

RRP* 1,539.- €

GTIN 4015613582467

With its rugged all-metal construction and quiet direct drive system, this food processor from the KitchenAid Heavy Duty series is designed for professional use. • Material • Material mixing bowl(s) • Content mixing bowl(s) • Drive • Speed control • Design • Protective grid • Properties • Including

• Power load • Size • Weight

PREPARATION u Kitchen machines / Dough mixers

KitchenAid 5KPM5XEWH white, 6,9L

384

A1500510

Die-cast zinc Stainless steel 6,9 litre(s) Direct drive Manual With bowl lifter No Full metal construction 1 flat stirrer 1 dough hook 1 whisk 1 splash protection 1 mixing bowl 0,5 kW | 230 V | 50/60 Hz W 287 x D 371 x H 417 mm 12.2 kg

RRP* 1,959.- €

GTIN 4015613593869

Safe, efficient and powerful - the mixer for the professional sector: Equipped with a new high precision metal gear, a safety switch, a safe guard and an extra large stainless steel mixing bowl. • Material • Material mixing bowl(s) • Content mixing bowl(s) • Drive • Speed control • Design • Safety switch • Protective grid • Including

• Power load • Size • Weight

Die-cast zinc Stainless steel 6,9 litre(s) Precision metal gears 10 levels With bowl lifter yes Yes 1 filling chute 1 flat stirrer 1 dough hook 1 whisk 1 mixing bowl 0,325 kW | 220-240 V | 50-60 Hz W 287 x D 371 x H 417 mm 12.2 kg

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

Component parts Stainless steel bowl KA, 6,9L

Flat beater KA f. A150047

• Material: Stainless steel • Content: 6,9 litre(s) • With handle(s): Yes • Matches the KitchenAid: Heavy Duty 5KSM7591X, Professional 1.3 HP 5KSM7990XEWH • Size: W 285 x D 250 x H 215 mm • Weight: 3.76 kg • GTIN: 4015613584478

• Colour: White • Suitable for: Light dough (e.g. cake dough), mashed potato • With silicone edge: No • Matches the KitchenAid: Heavy Duty 5KSM7591X, Professional 1.3 HP 5KSM7990XEWH • Size: W 160 x D 36 x H 180 mm • Weight: 0.5 kg • GTIN: 4015613586700

• Material: Cast metal • Colour: White, Grey • Suitable for: Light dough (e.g. cake dough), mashed potato • With silicone edge: Yes • Properties: The silicone edge is ideal for scraping off the dough from the bowl • Matches the KitchenAid: Heavy Duty 5KSM7591X, Professional 1.3 HP 5KSM7990XEWH • Size: W 170 x D 180 x H 35 mm • Weight: 0.21 kg • GTIN: 4015613586731

A150048

RRP*

129.- €

A150033

RRP*

129.- €

A1500471

RRP*

85.- €

Dough hook for KA A150047

Wire whisk SS for KA A150047

Splash guard Heavy Duty 5KSM7591X

• Colour: White • Suitable for: Firm dough (e.g. bread, bread roll, pizza dough) • Matches the KitchenAid: Heavy Duty 5KSM7591X, Professional 1.3 HP 5KSM7990XEWH • Size: W 100 x D 80 x H 172 mm • Weight: 0.4 kg • GTIN: 4015613586717

• Material: Aluminium • Colour: Silver • Suitable for: Fluid or creamy food (egg white, cream, sauces) • Matches the KitchenAid: Heavy Duty 5KSM7591X, Professional 1.3 HP 5KSM7990XEWH • Size: W 160 x D 95 x H 180 mm • Weight: 0.26 kg • GTIN: 4015613586694

• Material: Plastic • Colour: Colourless • With filling chute: Yes • Can only be used in combination with: Bowl 6.9 litres • Matches the KitchenAid: Heavy Duty 5KSM7591X • Size: W 250 x D 70 x H 180 mm • Weight: 0.1 kg • GTIN: 4015613586724

A150034

A150039

129.- €

RRP*

75.- €

A150043

RRP*

45.- €

PREPARATION u Kitchen machines / Dough mixers

RRP*

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

385

KitchenAid 5KSM45EWH,white, 4,82L

A150045 • Material mixing bowl(s) • Content mixing bowl(s) • Speed control • Design • Protective grid • Including

• Power load • Size • Weight

Kitchen Aid 5KSM45EWHMP,white,4.28L

A150046V • Material mixing bowl(s) • Content mixing bowl(s) • Speed control • Design • Protective grid • Including

GTIN 4016098101495

Stainless steel 4,28 litre(s) 10 levels Manual Tilting motor head No 1 flat stirrer 1 dough hook 1 whisk 1 splash protection 1 mixing bowl 0,275 kW | 230 V | 50/60 Hz W 358 x D 221 x H 353 mm 10.45 kg

RRP* 1,109.- €

GTIN 4015613634951

Stainless steel 4,28 litre(s) 10 levels Tilting motor head No 1 flat stirrer 1 mincer, plastic 1 dough hook 1 whisk 1 splash protection 2 mixing bowls 0,25 kW | 230 V | 50/60 Hz W 358 x D 221 x H 353 mm 12 kg

PREPARATION u Kitchen machines / Dough mixers

• Power load • Size • Weight

RRP* 819.- €

386

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

Component parts Flat beater f.K45 5KSM45EWH

Splash guard K45 5KPM5EWH

Bowl 3L, K45, Kitchen Aid

• Material: Aluminium • Suitable for: Light dough (e.g. cake dough), mashed potato • With silicone edge: Yes • Properties: The silicone edge is ideal for scraping off the dough from the bowl • Matches the KitchenAid: K45 Universal 5KSM45EWH • Size: W 150 x D 155 x H 35 mm • Weight: 0.3 kg • GTIN: 4015613560052

• Colour: Colourless • With filling chute: Yes • Matches the KitchenAid: K45 Universal 5KSM45EWH • Can only be used in combination with: Bowl 4.28 litres, Bowl 4.83 litres • Size: W 260 x D 65 x H 75 mm • Weight: 1 kg • GTIN: 4015613508153

• Content: 3 litre(s) • With handle(s): No • Matches the KitchenAid: K45 Universal 5KSM45EWH, K45 Universal 5KSM45EWH MP • Size: W 220 x D 220 x H 140 mm • Weight: 0.5 kg • GTIN: 4015613272573

1500508

A150044

A150038

RRP*

62.- €

RRP*

59.- €

RRP*

98.- €

Bowl 4,28L, K45, Kitchen Aid

Dough hook for 5KSM45EWH, KA

Wire whisk for K45 5KSM45EWH

• Content: 4,28 litre(s) • With handle(s): Yes • Matches the KitchenAid: K45 Universal 5KSM45EWH, K45 Universal 5KSM45EWH MP • Size: W 223 x D 245 x H 175 mm • Weight: 0.67 kg • GTIN: 4015613288031

• Suitable for: Firm dough (e.g. bread, bread roll, pizza dough) • Matches the KitchenAid: K45 Universal 5KSM45EWH • Size: W 120 x D 120 x H 190 mm • Weight: 0.3 kg • GTIN: 4016098164605

• Suitable for: Fluid or creamy food (egg white, cream, sauces) • Matches the KitchenAid: K45 Universal 5KSM45EWH • Size: W 125 x D 125 x H 155 mm • Weight: 0.2 kg • GTIN: 4016098164070

A150016

A150014

A150042

RRP*

129.- €

RRP*

32.- €

RRP*

55.- €

• Suitable for: Light dough (e.g. cake dough), mashed potato • Matches the KitchenAid: K45 Universal 5KSM45EWH • Size: W 35 x D 140 x H 155 mm • Weight: 0.27 kg • GTIN: 4016098165398

A150020

RRP*

32.- €

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

PREPARATION u Kitchen machines / Dough mixers

Flat beater for K45 5KSM45EWH

387

KitchenAid 5KPM5EWH white, 4,83L

A1500507 • Material mixing bowl(s) • Content mixing bowl(s) • Speed control

RRP* 1,239.- €

GTIN 4015613330181

Stainless steel 4,83 litre(s) 10 levels Manual Tilting motor head No 1 flat stirrer 1 dough hook 1 whisk 1 splash protection 1 mixing bowl 0,315 kW | 230 V | 50/60 Hz W 264 x D 338 x H 411 mm 13.4 kg

• Design • Protective grid • Including

• Power load • Size • Weight

Bowl 4,83L, K5, Kitchen Aid

Dough hook for 5KPM5EWH, KA

Flat beater for 5KPM5EWH

• Content: 4,83 litre(s) • With handle(s): Yes • Matches the KitchenAid: 5KPM5EWH • Size: W 260 x D 235 x H 175 mm • Weight: 1.1 kg • GTIN: 4016098163868

• Suitable for: Firm dough (e.g. bread, bread roll, pizza dough) • Matches the KitchenAid: 5KPM5EWH • Size: W 100 x D 100 x H 175 mm • Weight: 0.49 kg • GTIN: 4015613294094

• With silicone edge: No • Suitable for: Light dough (e.g. cake dough), mashed potato • Matches the KitchenAid: 5KPM5EWH • Size: W 35 x D 140 x H 185 mm • Weight: 0.2 kg • GTIN: 4016098165497

A150018

A150021

A150013

RRP*

139.- €

RRP*

59.- €

RRP*

52.- €

PREPARATION u Kitchen machines / Dough mixers

Wire whisk for 5KPM5EWH

388

• Suitable for: Fluid or creamy food (egg white, cream, sauces) • Matches the KitchenAid: 5KPM5EWH • Size: W 120 x D 125 x H 185 mm • Weight: 0.2 kg • GTIN: 4016098164872

A150017

RRP*

75.- €

Component parts Vegetable cutter, 3 drums, KA

Vegetable cutter drums set , KA

Meat grinder Alu for Kitchen Aid

• Set comprises: 1 Bircher drum (corrugated drum), 1 vegetable cutter, 1 drumming disk • Size: W 110 x D 190 x H 230 mm • Weight: 0.9 kg • GTIN: 4016098174710

• Set comprises: 1 fine drum (for hard cheese, nuts, breadcrumbs), 1 Potatoe grating drum for mashed potatoes, potatoe pancakes and onions, 1 Stripping (Julienne) drum for long strips • Can only be used in combination with: Vegetable cutters • Size: W 83 x D 83 x H 155 mm • Weight: 0.4 kg • GTIN: 4016098174727

• Material: Aluminium • Set comprises: 1 attached tray, 1 perforated disk 3 mm, 1 perforated disk 4.5 mm, 1 perforated disk 8 mm, 1 stamper • Size: W 210 x D 210 x H 185 mm • Weight: 0.86 kg • GTIN: 4016098166838

A150035

A150036

A150023

RRP*

109.- €

RRP*

85.- €

RRP*

149.- €

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

Component parts Meat grinder for KitchenAid

Meet grinder attachment, KitchenAid

Sausage filling tube for KitchenAid

• Material: Plastic • Set comprises: 1 mincer, 1 disk, fine, 1 disk, coarse, 1 stamper • Size: W 210 x D 100 x H 200 mm • Weight: 0.9 kg • GTIN: 4016098101372

• Can only be used in combination with: Mincer, plastic and liquidising and mashing device • Size: W 305 x D 75 x H 170 mm • Weight: 0.45 kg • GTIN: 4016098165336

• Can only be used in combination with: Mincer, aluminium • Size: W 57 x D 57 x H 135 mm • Weight: 0.04 kg • GTIN: 4016098166852

A150019

A150025

RRP*

152.- €

RRP*

61.- €

RRP*

49.- €

Sausage stuffer for Kitchen Aid

Cookie press attachment

Straining and mashing device for KA

• Set comprises: 1 taper Ø 95 mm, 1 taper Ø 159 mm • Can only be used in combination with: Mincer, plastic • Size: W 225 x D 80 x H 80 mm • Weight: 0.9 kg • GTIN: 4016098101396

• Can only be used in combination with: Mincer, aluminium • Size: W 60 x D 60 x H 35 mm • Weight: 0.04 kg • GTIN: 4016098166845

• Can only be used in combination with: Mincer, plastic • Size: W 260 x D 95 x H 160 mm • Weight: 0.7 kg • GTIN: 4016098101433

A150002

A150024

A150006

RRP*

31.- €

RRP*

48.- €

RRP*

149.- €

Citrus Press for Kitchen Aid

Grain mill,steel grinding device,KA

Grain mill,stone grinding device,KA

• Size: W 125 x D 110 x H 160 mm • Weight: 0.45 kg • GTIN: 4016098101402

• Suitable for: Grains and cereals • Size: W 210 x D 115 x H 190 mm • Weight: 2.2 kg • GTIN: 4016098101419

• Properties: The stone crushing mill (Schnitzer) • Size: W 210 x D 155 x H 310 mm • Weight: 2.2 kg • GTIN: 4016098166876

A150003

RRP*

75.- €

A150004

RRP*

319.- €

A150028

RRP*

289.- €

Grain mill, KA

Grain flaker, KA

Pasta rolling set, 3-pieces

• Size: W 332 x D 233 x H 125 mm • Weight: 1 kg • GTIN: 4015613263397

• Size: W 155 x D 210 x H 205 mm • Weight: 0.9 kg • GTIN: 4016098166883

• Material: Stainless steel • Set comprises: 1 ribbon noodle cutter, 1 spaghetti cutter, 1 pasta roller: For a dough plate width up to 150 mm, can be regulated in 8 thicknesses, 1 cleaning brush • Size: W 245 x D 97 x H 55 mm • Weight: 3.4 kg • GTIN: 4015613681412

A150037

RRP*

159.- €

A150029

RRP*

159.- €

A150062

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

RRP*

289.- €

PREPARATION u Kitchen machines / Dough mixers

A150000

389

Vegetable cutter GMS550

120325 • Material • Filling shaft

RRP* 839.- €

GTIN 4015613528274

Cast aluminium 1 x W 160 x T 74 mm 1 x Ø 58 mm Yes 1 grater disc Z3a, 3 mm 1 grater disc Z5a, 5 mm 1 grater disc Z7a, 7 mm 1 cutting disk E2a, 2 mm 1 cutting disk E4a, 4 mm 1 stamper 0,55 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 240 x D 630 x H 500 mm 29.2 kg

• ON/OFF switch • Including

• Power load • Size • Weight

Component parts Cutting disc E1a

Cutting disc E2a

Cutting disc E4a

• Size: W 204 x D 204 x H 35 mm • Weight: 0.74 kg • GTIN: 4015613721125

• Designed for: Disks • Cutting thickness: 2 mm • Size: W 204 x D 204 x H 13 mm • Weight: 0.34 kg • GTIN: 4015613658117

• Designed for: Disks • Cutting thickness: 4 mm • Size: W 204 x D 204 x H 13 mm • Weight: 0.32 kg • GTIN: 4015613658124

120316

PREPARATION u Vegetable cutters

59.- €

120307

RRP*

49.- €

120308

Cutting disc E8a

Cutting disc E10a

Cutting disc H3a

• Designed for: Disks • Cutting thickness: 8 mm • Size: W 204 x D 204 x H 13 mm • Weight: 0.65 kg • GTIN: 4015613658131

• Designed for: Disks • Cutting thickness: 10 mm • Size: W 204 x D 204 x H 13 mm • Weight: 0.62 kg • GTIN: 4015613658148

• Designed for: Rods • Cutting thickness: 3 mm • Size: W 204 x D 204 x H 13 mm • Weight: 0.67 kg • GTIN: 4015613658155

120309

390

RRP*

59.- €

120310

RRP*

59.- €

120311

Cutting disc H4a

Cutting disc Z3a

Cutting disc Z5a

• Designed for: Rods • Cutting thickness: 4 mm • Size: W 204 x D 204 x H 13 mm • Weight: 0.67 kg • GTIN: 4015613658209

• Designed for: Grater • Cutting thickness: 3 mm • Size: W 204 x D 204 x H 13 mm • Weight: 0.32 kg • GTIN: 4015613658223

• Designed for: Grater • Cutting thickness: 5 mm • Size: W 205 x D 205 x H 35 mm • Weight: 0.33 kg • GTIN: 4015613658230

120312

RRP*

79.- €

120313

RRP*

49.- €

120314

RRP*

49.- €

RRP*

79.- €

RRP*

49.- €

Cutting disc Z7a

Cutting disc, non-stick coated, 5 mm

Disc rack

• Designed for: Grater • Cutting thickness: 7 mm • Size: W 204 x D 204 x H 13 mm • Weight: 0.31 kg • GTIN: 4015613658247

• Designed for: Cheese grater • Cutting thickness: 5 mm • Properties: Non-stick coating, Cheese grater for gratins, baking or garnishing, You will achieve the best results with this cutting disk and precooled cheese (6 °C to 8 °C). • Size: W 203 x D 203 x H 35 mm • Weight: 0.33 kg • GTIN: 4015613637846

• Capacity: 10 - 18 cutting disks (depending on the model) • Size: W 400 x D 245 x H 85 mm • Weight: 0.69 kg • GTIN: 4015613615417

120302

A120255

120315

RRP*

49.- €

RRP*

59.- €

RRP*

29.- €

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

Vegetable cutter GMS580

120328

RRP* 1,549.- €

GTIN 4015613711355

Robust design and reliable application – thanks to the supplied eject disc, cut food is removed from the vegetable cutter without residues. • Material

• Filling shaft • Control lamp • ON/OFF switch • Protection class • Properties

• Including

• Power load • Size • Weight

► Practical: The cut food is fully removed using the eject disc

► Includes: 1 cutting disk E2-580 ► Designed for slices ► Cutting thickness 2 mm

Cast aluminium Stainless steel Plastic 1 x W 83 x T 160 mm ON/OFF Warning light Yes IPX3 Stainless steel lid is dishwasher safe Simple assembly / disassembly of attached parts Magnetic switch 1 eject disc 1 slicing disc E2-580: Designed for slices, 2 mm slicing thickness 1 stamper 0,58 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 280 x D 490 x H 530 mm 18.25 kg

► E asy cleaning ► S imple assembly and disassembly of attached parts ► S tainless steel lid is dishwasher safe

Component parts Slicing disc set GSM580

120354

RRP*

498.- €

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

PREPARATION u Vegetable cutters

• Material: CNS 18/10, Plastic • Set comprises: Slicing disc E2-580: Designed for slices, 2 mm slicing thickness, Slicing disc E4580: Designed for slices, 4 mm slicing thickness, Slicing disc H4-580: Designed for sticks, 4 mm slicing thickness, Slicing disc Z4-580: Designed for grating, 4 mm slicing thickness, Slicing disc Z7-580: Designed for grating (also suitable for grated cheese and soft cheese), 7 mm slicing thickness • Size: W 210 x D 230 x H 240 mm • Weight: 1.8 kg • GTIN: 4015613711379

391

Vegetable cutter GMS601

120327

RRP* 1,129.- €

GTIN 4015613694306

Powerful vegetable cutter with an extra large filling chute for processing vegetables, fruit or cheese. • Material

Cast aluminium Stainless steel Plastic 1 x W 115 x D 75 mm 1 x ø 52 mm ON/OFF Yes IPX3 Magnetic switch for collection tray and filling chute Very large filling chute Removable lid, suitable for dishwasher 1 collection tray (1/3 GN, 175 mm deep) 1 stamper 0,617 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 290 x D 530 x H 515 mm 18.25 kg

• Filling shaft • Control lamp • ON/OFF switch • Protection class • Properties

• Including • Power load • Size • Weight

► Practical: 2 filling options ► In addition to the filling chute, the stuffing shaft is suitable for filling small food portions quickly

► 18 blades for slices, sticks, grated food and cubes, 1 filling chute and 1 blade stand offer the highest level of flexibility

PREPARATION u Vegetable cutters

Component parts

392

Collecting container GMS600

Feed chute GMS600

Cutting disk for slices DF1

• Material: Plastic • 1/3 GN, 175 mm deep • Size: W 325 x D 175 x H 195 mm • Weight: 0.47 kg • GTIN: 4015613682686

• Material: Stainless steel • Size: W 260 x D 115 x H 275 mm • Weight: 1.37 kg • GTIN: 4015613676111

• Designed for: Disks • Cutting thickness: 1 mm • Size: W 206 x D 206 x H 35 mm • Weight: 0.6 kg • GTIN: 4015613677163

120353

RRP*

46.- €

120344

RRP*

63.- €

120350

Cutting disk for slices DF2

Cutting disk for slices DF4

Cutting disk for slices DF5

• Designed for: Disks • Cutting thickness: 2 mm • Size: W 206 x D 206 x H 35 mm • Weight: 0.66 kg • GTIN: 4015613676012

• Designed for: Disks • Cutting thickness: 4 mm • Size: W 206 x D 206 x H 35 mm • Weight: 0.68 kg • GTIN: 4015613677170

• Designed for: Disks • Cutting thickness: 5 mm • Size: W 206 x D 206 x H 35 mm • Weight: 0.56 kg • GTIN: 4015613676029

120331

RRP*

66.- €

120349

RRP*

59.- €

120332

RRP*

75.- €

RRP*

59.- €

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

Cutting disk for slices DF10

Cutting disk for slices DF14

• Designed for: Disks • Cutting thickness: 8 mm • Size: W 206 x D 206 x H 35 mm • Weight: 0.61 kg • GTIN: 4015613677187

• Designed for: Disks • Cutting thickness: 10 mm • Size: W 206 x D 206 x H 35 mm • Weight: 0.47 kg • GTIN: 4015613677194

• Designed for: Disks • Cutting thickness: 14 mm • Size: W 206 x D 206 x H 35 mm • Weight: 0.43 kg • GTIN: 4015613677200

120348

RRP*

59.- €

120351

RRP*

59.- €

120352

RRP*

59.- €

Cutting disk for dices PS8

Cutting disk for dices PS10

Cutting disk for dices PS14

• Designed for: Cubes • Cutting thickness: 8 x 8 mm • Can only be used in combination with: Cutting disk for slices DF8 • Size: W 209 x D 209 x H 16 mm • Weight: 0.7 kg • GTIN: 4015613677248

• Designed for: Cubes • Cutting thickness: 10 x 10 mm • Can only be used in combination with: Cutting disk for slices DF10 • Size: W 210 x D 210 x H 16 mm • Weight: 0.69 kg • GTIN: 4015613676098

• Designed for: Cubes • Cutting thickness: 14 x 14 mm • Can only be used in combination with: Cutting disk for slices DF14 • Size: W 210 x D 210 x H 16 mm • Weight: 0.66 kg • GTIN: 4015613677255

120358

120342

120345

RRP*

119.- €

RRP*

105.- €

RRP*

Cutting disk for grating DTV

Cutting disk for grating DT2

Cutting disk for grating DT4

• Designed for: Hard cheese, Cheese grater, Grater • Cutting thickness: 1 mm • Size: W 206 x D 206 x H 35 mm • Weight: 0.55 kg • GTIN: 4015613676081

• Designed for: Grater • Cutting thickness: 2 mm • Size: W 206 x D 206 x H 35 mm • Weight: 0.55 kg • GTIN: 4015613677224

• Designed for: Grater • Cutting thickness: 4 mm • Size: W 205 x D 205 x H 35 mm • Weight: 0.54 kg • GTIN: 4015613677231

120341

120347

RRP*

54.- €

RRP*

82.- €

120346

RRP*

98.- €

75.- €

Cutting disk for grating DT7

Cutting disk for grating DTV8

Cutting disk for grating DT9

• Designed for: Semi-hard cheese, Cheese grater, Grater • Cutting thickness: 7 mm • Size: W 206 x D 206 x H 35 mm • Weight: 0.54 kg • GTIN: 4015613676067

• Designed for: Grater • Cutting thickness: 8 mm • Size: W 206 x D 206 x H 35 mm • Weight: 0.47 kg • GTIN: 4015613677217

• Designed for: Soft cheese, Cheese grater, Grater • Cutting thickness: 9 mm • Size: W 206 x D 206 x H 35 mm • Weight: 0.47 kg • GTIN: 4015613676074

120337

120338

RRP*

69.- €

RRP*

82.- €

Cutting disk for sticks / Julienne DQ4

Cutting disk for sticks / Julienne DQ8

• Designed for: Sticks / Julienne • Cutting thickness: 4 mm • Size: W 206 x D 206 x H 35 mm • Weight: 0.73 kg • GTIN: 4015613676036

• Designed for: Sticks / Julienne • Cutting thickness: 8 mm • Size: W 205 x D 205 x H 35 mm • Weight: 0.68 kg • GTIN: 4015613676043

120333

RRP*

98.- €

120334

RRP*

98.- €

120339

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

RRP*

72.- €

PREPARATION u Vegetable cutters

Cutting disk for slices DF8

393

Mandoline slicer

500393 • Material

RRP* 55.- €

GTIN 4015613632308

CNS 18/10 Plastic Grater Disks Rods 2 inserts for grater/rods (3.5 mm, 7 mm) 3 inserts for disks (1.5 mm, 2.5 mm, 3.5 mm) With 5 cutting inserts Inserts are dishwasher-suitable Residues holder, plastic Non-slip feet 1 holder for 4 inserts, plastic W 400 x D 130 x H 145 mm 0.95 kg

• Designed for

• Cutting inserts

• Properties

• Including • Size • Weight

Meat grinders

Cutter T3N 3L

120831 • Material

PREPARATION u Vegetable cutters

• Content • Rpm max. • Design knife

394

• Dimensions stainless steel bowl • ON/OFF switch • Power load • Size • Weight

RRP* 769.- €

GTIN 4015613539683

Aluminium Polycarbonate 3 litre(s) 730 r. / min. 2 blades (double knife) CNS 18/10 Ø 210 mm, height 110 mm Yes 0,37 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 400 x D 320 x H 320 mm 12 kg

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

370224 • Material • Material grinder funnel • Output max. • Diameter disks • Reverse run • ON/OFF switch • Properties

• Power load • Size • Weight

370213 • Material • Material grinder funnel • Material gears • Output max. • Diameter disks • Reverse run • ON/OFF switch • Properties

RRP* 979.- €

• Power load • Size • Weight

Perforated disk 12SQO/2

Perforated disk 12SQO/4,5

Perforated disk12SQO/8

• Diameter perforation: 2 mm • Size: W 70 x D 70 x H 20 mm • Weight: 0.18 kg • GTIN: 4015613429700

• Diameter perforation: 4,5 mm • Size: W 70 x D 70 x H 20 mm • Weight: 0.13 kg • GTIN: 4015613429717

• Diameter perforation: 8 mm • Size: W 70 x D 70 x H 20 mm • Weight: 0.13 kg • GTIN: 4015613527086

RRP*

59.- €

RRP*

25.- €

A370202

RRP*

42.- €

A370207

Knife 12SQO • Size: W 60 x D 60 x H 10 mm • Weight: 0.04 kg • GTIN: 4015613429731

A370204

GTIN 4015613582849

Aluminium CNS 18/10 Steel 160 kg / hour 70 mm No Yes Easy to clean thanks to detachable grinding funnel and grinding unit 1 perforated disk 6 mm 1 knife 1 stamper 0,75 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 290 x D 460 x H 500 mm 20 kg

• Including

A370201

GTIN 4015613580739

Plastic Stainless steel / cast aluminium 10 kg / hour 62 mm Yes Yes Integrated compartment for storing the perforated disks 1 stainless steel knife, 4-wing 1 kebbe attachment (oriental dish) 1 cookie attachment 1 stamper 1 sausage filling horn 3 perforated disks (3 mm, 4.8 mm, 8 mm) 0,85 kW | 230 V | 50/60 Hz W 350 x D 205 x H 340 mm 4.95 kg

• Including

Meat grinder 12SQO, 0,75 kW

RRP* 239.- €

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

RRP*

42.- €

PREPARATION u Meat grinders

Meat grinder FW10

395

Meat grinder 22CQO

370223 • Material • Material grinder funnel • Material gears • Output max. • Diameter disks • Reverse run • ON/OFF switch • Properties

RRP* 1,298.- €

CNS 18/10 CNS 18/10 Steel 200 kg / hour 82 mm No Yes Easy to clean thanks to detachable grinding funnel and grinding unit 1 perforated disk 6 mm 1 knife 1 stamper 1,1 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 255 x D 450 x H 450 mm 27 kg

• Including

• Power load • Size • Weight

Perforated disk 22CQO/2

Perforated disk 22CQO/4,5

Perforated disk 22CQO/8

• Diameter perforation: 2 mm • Size: W 85 x D 85 x H 25 mm • Weight: 0.25 kg • GTIN: 4015613429755

• Diameter perforation: 4,5 mm • Size: W 85 x D 85 x H 25 mm • Weight: 0.2 kg • GTIN: 4015613429762

• Diameter perforation: 8 mm • Size: W 85 x D 85 x H 25 mm • Weight: 0.2 kg • GTIN: 4015613527093

A370215

RRP*

75.- €

RRP*

27.- €

A370216

RRP*

48.- €

GTIN 4015613531595

A370220

RRP*

48.- €

Knife 22CQO/8 • Size: W 75 x D 75 x H 13 mm • Weight: 0.04 kg • GTIN: 4015613429786

A370218

Meat grinder 22CQO Unger

370225 • Material • Material grinder funnel • Material gears • Output max. • Diameter disks • Unger system • Reverse run • ON/OFF switch • Properties

• Power load • Size • Weight

PREPARATION u Meat grinders

Perforated disk U22CQO/2

Perforated disk U22CQO/4,5

• Diameter perforation: 2 mm • Size: W 81 x D 81 x H 10 mm • Weight: 0.25 kg • GTIN: 4015613659831

• Diameter perforation: 4,5 mm • Size: W 81 x D 81 x H 8 mm • Weight: 0.2 kg • GTIN: 4015613659848

A370228

RRP*

51.- €

A370229

Perforated disk U22CQO/8

Knife U22CQO

Precutter U22CQO

• Diameter perforation: 8 mm • Size: W 81 x D 81 x H 8 mm • Weight: 0.2 kg • GTIN: 4015613659855

• Size: W 67 x D 67 x H 16 mm • Weight: 0.04 kg • GTIN: 4015613659817

• Size: W 81 x D 81 x H 8 mm • Weight: 0.17 kg • GTIN: 4015613659824

A370230

A370226 RRP*

31.- €

GTIN 4015613640006

CNS 18/10 CNS 18/10 Steel 300 kg / hour 82 mm Yes No Yes Easy to clean thanks to detachable grinding funnel and grinding unit 1 taper tap 1 stamper 2 perforated disks Unger (4.5 mm, 8 mm) 2 knives Unger 1,1 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 250 x D 530 x H 490 mm 27.65 kg

• Including

396

RRP* 1,569.- €

RRP*

35.- €

A370227

RRP*

31.- €

RRP*

42.- €

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

Slicers – Features at a glance ✓✓ Material: Aluminium, Plexiglas, Plastic ✓✓ Designed for: Sausage ✓✓ With knife sharpener: Yes ✓✓ Solenoid switch: Yes ✓✓ Holder for remainders: Yes ✓✓ ON/OFF switch: Yes ✓✓ Protection class: IPX3

► Designed for cold cuts

✓✓ Design: Oblique cutter / gravity slice ✓✓ Carriage design: 2 handles, Detachable ✓✓ Blade guard: 2-fold ✓✓ Cutting guide: Yes ✓✓ Control lamp: ON/OFF ✓✓ Length cable: 1,4 m

► Efficient holder for remainders

► Clean cutting guide

Slicing machine 195 plus

174196

► Practical blade sharpener

RRP* 439.- €

GTIN 4015613683188

The design of the optimised slicing machine with its 195 mm blade stands out thanks to many technical features. The high-performance oblique slicer in 5 different sizes has a holder for remainders, a blade sharpener, a cutting guide and a two-fold blade guard as well as a solenoid switch to guarantee safety. Aluminium Plexiglas Plastic 195 mm 1 - 12 mm 185 mm 130 mm 277 r. / min. IPX3 0,11 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 335 x D 440 x H 340 mm 11.2 kg

• Diameter knife • Cutting thickness • Cutting length • Cutting height • Rpm max. • Protection class • Power load • Size • Weight

Blade 195, serrated blade

Blade 195, non-stick coated

• Design knife: Corrugated edge • Designed for: Sausage • Material: Steel, Hard chrome-plated • Diameter knife: 195 mm • Size: W 195 x D 195 x H 13 mm • Weight: 0.64 kg • GTIN: 4015613658254

• Design knife: Non-stick coating • Material: Stainless steel, Teflon-coated • Diameter knife: 195 mm • Size: W 195 x D 195 x H 13 mm • Weight: 0.64 kg • GTIN: 4015613658261

174050

RRP*

79.- €

174051

RRP*

95.- €

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

PREPARATION u Slicers

• Material

397

Slicer 220-1

174221

RRP* 469.- €

GTIN 4015613683195

The design of the optimised slicing machine with its 220 mm blade stands out thanks to many technical features. The high-performance oblique slicer in 5 different sizes has a holder for remainders, a blade sharpener, a cutting guide and a two-fold blade guard as well as a solenoid switch to guarantee safety. • Material

Aluminium Plexiglas Plastic 220 mm 1 - 12 mm 205 mm 135 mm 191 r. / min. IPX3 0,13 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 410 x D 475 x H 360 mm 14 kg

• Diameter knife • Cutting thickness • Cutting length • Cutting height • Rpm max. • Protection class • Power load • Size • Weight

Blade 220, serrated blade

Blade 220, non-stick coated

• Design knife: Corrugated edge • Designed for: Sausage • Material: Steel, Hard chrome-plated • Diameter knife: 220 mm • Size: W 220 x D 220 x H 15 mm • Weight: 0.67 kg • GTIN: 4015613658278

• Design knife: Non-stick coating • Material: Stainless steel, Teflon-coated • Diameter knife: 220 mm • Size: W 220 x D 220 x H 15 mm • Weight: 0.67 kg • GTIN: 4015613658285

174052

RRP*

85.- €

174053

Slicer 250-1

RRP*

174251

98.- €

RRP* 549.- €

GTIN 4015613664064

Aluminium Plexiglas Plastic 250 mm 1 - 12 mm 195 mm 140 mm 190 r. / min. IPX3 0,13 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 435 x D 510 x H 385 mm 14.75 kg

PREPARATION u Slicers

• Diameter knife • Cutting thickness • Cutting length • Cutting height • Rpm max. • Protection class • Power load • Size • Weight

398

Blade 250, serrated blade

Blade 250, non-stick coated

• Design knife: Corrugated edge • Designed for: Sausage • Material: Steel, Hard chrome-plated • Diameter knife: 250 mm • Size: W 250 x D 250 x H 18 mm • Weight: 1.17 kg • GTIN: 4015613658292

• Design knife: Non-stick coating • Material: Stainless steel, Teflon-coated • Diameter knife: 250 mm • Size: W 250 x D 250 x H 18 mm • Weight: 1.17 kg • GTIN: 4015613658308

174054

RRP*

95.- €

174055

RRP*

105.- €

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

Slicing machine 275 Plus

174276

RRP* 629.- €

GTIN 4015613673189

The design of the optimised slicing machine with its 275 mm blade stands out thanks to many technical features. The high-performance oblique slicer in 5 different sizes has a holder for remainders, a blade sharpener, a cutting guide and a two-fold blade guard as well as a solenoid switch to guarantee safety. • Material

Aluminium Plexiglas Plastic 275 mm 1 - 12 mm 180 mm 150 mm 190 r. / min. IPX3 0,13 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 435 x D 520 x H 385 mm 16.85 kg

• Diameter knife • Cutting thickness • Cutting length • Cutting height • Rpm max. • Protection class • Power load • Size • Weight

Blade 275, serrated blade

Blade 275, non-stick coated

• Design knife: Corrugated edge • Designed for: Sausage • Material: Steel, Hard chrome-plated • Diameter knife: 275 mm • Size: W 275 x D 275 x H 22 mm • Weight: 1.47 kg • GTIN: 4015613658315

• Design knife: Non-stick coating • Material: Stainless steel, Teflon-coated • Diameter knife: 285 mm • Size: W 275 x D 275 x H 22 mm • Weight: 1.47 kg • GTIN: 4015613658322

174056

RRP*

165.- €

174057

Slicer 300-1

RRP*

174301

189.- €

RRP* 798.- €

GTIN 4015613683201

• Diameter knife • Cutting thickness • Cutting length • Cutting height • Rpm max. • Protection class • Power load • Size • Weight

Blade 300, serrated blade

Blade 300, non-stick coated

• Design knife: Corrugated edge • Designed for: Sausage • Material: Steel, Hard chrome-plated • Diameter knife: 300 mm • Size: W 300 x D 300 x H 23 mm • Weight: 2.13 kg • GTIN: 4015613658339

• Design knife: Non-stick coating • Material: Stainless steel, Teflon-coated • Diameter knife: 300 mm • Size: W 300 x D 300 x H 23 mm • Weight: 2.13 kg • GTIN: 4015613658346

174058

RRP*

185.- €

174059

RRP*

198.- €

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

PREPARATION u Slicers

• Material

399

Slicer PRO 300-G

174302

RRP* 2,779.- €

GTIN 4015613702131

Powerful and low maintenance – motorised slicer for demanding use in large kitchens and butcher shops. Designed for cutting cheese and cold meats. • Material • Design

Aluminium Oblique cutter / gravity slice Motorised machine Cheese Sausage 300 mm 1 - 30 mm 250 mm 220 mm 270 r. / min. 2 handles Detachable Chrome-plated Yes Single No Yes Yes ON/OFF Yes 1,5 m IP 33 Switch IP 67 1 tool for blade replacement 0,4 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 547 x D 615 x H 545 mm 36 kg

• Designed for • Diameter knife • Cutting thickness • Cutting length • Cutting height • Rpm max. • Carriage design

• With knife sharpener • Blade guard • Solenoid switch • Cutting guide • Holder for remainders • Control lamp • ON/OFF switch • Length cable • Protection class • Including • Power load • Size • Weight

PREPARATION u Slicers

► Designed for cheese and cold meats

400

► Efficient residues holder

► Easy cleaning

Blade 300, serrated blade

Blade 300, non-stick coated

• Design knife: Non-stick coating • Material: Stainless steel, Teflon-coated • Diameter knife: 300 mm • Size: W 300 x D 300 x H 23 mm • Weight: 2.13 kg • GTIN: 4015613658346

174058

RRP*

185.- €

174059

RRP*

198.- €

► Clean cold meats guide

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

Potato peeling machines

A120181 • Material • Storage capacity • Output max. • Speed control • Timer • Control lamp • ON/OFF switch • Water connection • Power load • Size • Weight

Potato peeling machine 7,5 kg

A120186 • Material • Storage capacity • Output max. • Speed control • Time adjustment • Timer • Control lamp • ON/OFF switch • Water connection • Power load • Size • Weight

RRP* 1,798.- €

GTIN 4015613433448

CNS 18/10 5 kg 60 kg / hour 1 level Yes yes Yes 3/4" 0,37 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 610 x D 520 x H 560 mm 28 kg

RRP* 2,298.- €

GTIN 4015613433455

CNS 18/10 7,5 kg 90 kg / hour 1 level 0 to 4 minutes Yes yes Yes 3/4" 0,75 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 400 x D 770 x H 870 mm 38 kg

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

PREPARATION u Potato peeling machines

Potato peeling machine 5 kg

401

Vacuum packaging machines

Vacuum packaging machine 305/15L

300748

RRP* 139.- €

• Material • Length welding rod • Number of welded joints • Welding duration can be regulated • Vacuum pump • Maximum vacuum • Vacuuming intensity can be regulated • Functions

• Important information • Properties • Including

PREPARATION u Vacuum packaging machines

402

• Power load • Size • Weight

GTIN 4015613710907

Stainless steel Plastic 305 mm 1 2 levels 15 l/min. (0.9 m³/h) -800 mbar yes Combined vacuuming and sealing Vacuuming, gentle and normal Sealing, wet and dry Manual sealing Marinating Vacuuming using vacuuming container Only use seersucker vacuuming bags for vacuuming (ribbed on one side) Roll holder with integrated blade 1 vacuuming film rolll (width 22 cm, length 3 m) 1 vacuuming film roll (width 28 cm, length 3 m) 1 connecting hose (for external vacuuming) 0,13 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 400 x D 180 x H 92 mm 2.2 kg

Vacuum sealer roll set 220

Vacuum sealer roll set 280

Vacuum container for 300741

• Set comprises: 2 vacuum film rolls • Width roll: 22 cm • Length roll: 5 m • Size: W 220 x D 40 x H 40 mm • Weight: 0.4 kg • GTIN: 4015613474946

• Set comprises: 2 vacuum film rolls • Width roll: 28 cm • Length roll: 5 m • Size: W 280 x D 50 x H 50 mm • Weight: 0.2 kg • GTIN: 4015613474953

• Material: Plastic • Content: 1,5 litre(s) • Stackable: Yes • Size: W 135 x D 135 x H 180 mm • Weight: 0.3 kg • GTIN: 4015613632445

300418

RRP*

15.- €

300419

RRP*

17.- €

300422

RRP*

25.- €

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

Vacuum machine 300P/MSD,320mm

300305 • Material • Length welding rod • Number of welded joints • Vacuum pump • Vacuum control • Digital display • ON/OFF switch • Power load • Size • Weight

Vacuum packaging machine 420/20L

300746

RRP* 498.- €

GTIN 4015613469775

Plastic 320 mm 1 0.9 m³ / hours Electronic Yes Yes 0,49 kW | 230 V | 50-60 Hz W 390 x D 310 x H 140 mm 4.5 kg

RRP* 449.- €

GTIN 4015613699257

Always ready: The vacuum packaging machine is ready for immediate use with the roll holder and integrated blade. The unit is best suited to vacuuming, marinating and sealing smaller quantities.

• Length welding rod • Number of welded joints • Welding duration can be regulated • Vacuum pump • Maximum vacuum • Vacuum control • Functions

► Roll holder with integrated blade

► External connection for vacuuming container

• Digital display • Control lamp • Lighting • ON/OFF switch • Properties • Including • Power load • Size • Weight

Vacuum machine 390MA

300742 • Material • Length welding rod • Number of welded joints • Welding duration can be regulated • Vacuum pump • Maximum vacuum • Vacuuming intensity can be regulated • Vacuum control • Functions • Digital display • Control lamp • Lighting • Properties • Important information • Power load • Size • Weight

Stainless steel Plastic 420 mm 2 2 levels 20 L / min. (approx. 1.2 m³ / hours) -900 mbar Electronic Combined vacuuming and sealing Marinating Sealing Yes ON/OFF yes Yes Roll holder with integrated blade 1 vacuuming film roll (40 cm x 6 m) 0,35 kW | 220-240 V | 50 Hz W 500 x D 395 x H 140 mm 6.5 kg

RRP* 439.- €

GTIN 4015613632810

Stainless steel Plastic 390 mm 1 0 - 9 seconds approx. 16 L / min. (0.96 m³ / hours) -931 mbar In 3 levels and manual Electronic Marinating Yes yes LED External connection for vacuuming container Only use seersucker vacuuming bags for vacuuming (ribbed on one side) 0,67 kW | 220-240 V | 50 Hz W 485 x D 210 x H 200 mm 7.28 kg

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

PREPARATION u Vacuum packaging machines

• Material

403

Vacuum machine 400M

300435 • Material • Length welding rod • Number of welded joints • Vacuum pump • Maximum vacuum • Functions

• Digital display • Control lamp • Properties

• Including

• Power load • Size • Weight

RRP* 1,249.- €

GTIN 4015613578491

CNS 18/10 400 mm 1 approx. 31.5 L / min. (1.9 m³ / hours) -850 mbar Manual vacuuming Manual sealing Marinating No yes Fluids collection insert Pressure display via manometer Roll holder with integrated blade 1 vacuuming film roll (40 cm x 3 m) 1 connecting hose (for vacuuming with containers) 5 vacuuming bags (40 x 50 cm) 0,38 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 550 x D 325 x H 270 mm 12.45 kg

Vacuuming sealer roll set 400 • Set comprises: 2 vacuum film rolls • Material: Polyethylene, Polyamide • Width roll: 40 cm • Length roll: 6 m • Size: W 400 x D 65 x H 65 mm • Weight: 0.2 kg • GTIN: 4015613715742

300424

RRP*

22.- €

PREPARATION u Vacuum packaging machines

Component parts

404

Vacuum bags G1,2L

Vacuum bags G2,5L

Vacuum bags G7,5L

• Content: 1,2 litre(s) • Bag size: 160 x 250 mm • Design: Seersucker (ribbed on one side) • Sous-Vide suitable: Yes • Properties: 4-layer, Free from softeners, Taste and smell-neutral, Heat resistant to 95 °C, Food-safe • Order quantity unit: 1 box (50 bags) • Size: W 160 x D 250 x H 25 mm • Weight: 0.32 kg • GTIN: 4015613459196

• Content: 2,5 litre(s) • Bag size: 200 x 300 mm • Design: Seersucker (ribbed on one side) • Sous-Vide suitable: Yes • Properties: 4-layer, Free from softeners, Taste and smell-neutral, Heat resistant to 95 °C, Food-safe • Order quantity unit: 1 box (50 bags) • Size: W 200 x D 300 x H 25 mm • Weight: 0.5 kg • GTIN: 4015613459202

• Content: 7,5 litre(s) • Bag size: 300 x 400 mm • Design: Seersucker (ribbed on one side) • Sous-Vide suitable: Yes • Properties: 4-layer, Free from softeners, Taste and smell-neutral, Heat resistant to 95 °C, Food-safe • Order quantity unit: 1 box (50 bags) • Size: W 300 x D 400 x H 25 mm • Weight: 1.05 kg • GTIN: 4015613459219

300411

RRP*

9.- €

300412

RRP*

11.- €

300413

RRP*

21.- €

Vacuum bag, structured • Content: 20 litre(s) • Bag size: 400 x 600 mm • Design: Seersucker (ribbed on one side) • Order quantity unit: 1 box (50 bags) • Size: W 600 x D 400 x H 30 mm • Weight: 1.98 kg • GTIN: 4015613473345

300414

RRP*

44.- €

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

Vacuum packaging machine K 250/150L

300301

RRP* 2,598.- €

GTIN 4015613708355

Powerful and solid chamber vacuum machine with intuitive control. Enclosed insert plates achieve height compensation in the chamber as required. • Material • Material lid • Length welding rod • Number of welded joints • Welding duration can be regulated • Chamber dimensions • Vacuum pump • Maximum vacuum • Vacuuming intensity can be regulated • Functions • Control lamp • ON/OFF switch • Including • Power load • Size • Weight

► Sealing duration can be regulated: 6 levels

Vacuum packaging machine 290/4

300744

RRP* 1,198.- €

• Material • Material lid • Chamber dimensions • Length welding rod • Number of welded joints • Welding duration can be regulated • Vacuum pump • Maximum vacuum • Vacuum control • Vacuuming intensity can be regulated • Functions • Digital display • Control lamp • Power load • Size • Weight

GTIN 4015613651897

Stainless steel Polymethyl methacrylate (PMMA) W 350 x D 300 x H 110 mm 290 mm 1 0 - 6 seconds approx. 77 L / min. (4.62 m³ / hours) -992 mbar Electronic In 5 levels and manual Combined vacuuming and sealing Marinating Yes yes 0,63 kW | 220-240 V | 50 Hz W 360 x D 500 x H 350 mm 24.95 kg

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

PREPARATION u Vacuum packaging machines

► Functions: Combined vacuuming and sealing

Stainless steel Plastic Plexiglas 250 mm 1 6 levels W 256 x D 370 x H 125 mm 150 L / min. (8-9 m³ / hours) -995 mbar No Combined vacuuming and sealing Combined vacuuming and sealing ON/OFF Yes 2 insert plates for height compensation (250 x 300 x 17 mm) 0,5 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 306 x D 512 x H 265 mm 30 kg

405

Vacuum packaging machine K 300/60L

300747

RRP* 698.- €

GTIN 4015613699264

Everything under control: The chamber vacuum packaging machine is equipped with a glass lid and a manometer to monitoring underpressure. A clamp bar in the chamber prevents the vacuuming bag from slipping. • Material • Material lid • Length welding rod • Number of welded joints • Welding duration can be regulated • Chamber dimensions • Vacuum pump • Vacuum control • Maximum vacuum • Vacuuming intensity can be regulated • Functions

• Digital display • ON/OFF switch • Properties

• Including • Power load • Size • Weight

► Combined vacuuming and sealing ► Manual sealing ► Marinating

► Vacuuming intensity can be regulated ► Sealing duration can be regulated: 3 - 9 seconds

Stainless steel Plastic Glass 300 mm 2 3 - 9 seconds W 305 x D 320 x H 90 mm 60 L / min. (approx. 4 m³ / hours) Time-controlled -900 mbar yes Combined vacuuming and sealing Manual sealing Marinating Yes Yes Vacuuming time: 20 - 99 seconds Pressure display via manometer Clip for vacuuming bag 30 vacuuming bags (280 x 330 mm) 0,35 kW | 220-240 V | 50 Hz W 375 x D 440 x H 271 mm 14.7 kg

► Vacuum pump: 60 L/min. (approx. 4 m3 /h) ► Sealing rod length: 300 mm ► Number of sealing seams: 2

PREPARATION u Vacuum packaging machines

Component parts

406

Vacuum bags K1,2L

Vacuum bags K2,5L

Vacuum bags K7,5L

• Content: 1,2 litre(s) • Bag size: 160 x 250 mm • Design: Smooth • Sous-Vide suitable: Yes • Properties: 4-layer, Free from softeners, Taste and smell-neutral, Can be cooked up to 120 °C, Food-safe • Order quantity unit: 1 pack (100 bags) • Size: W 160 x D 250 x H 25 mm • Weight: 0.32 kg • GTIN: 4015613610320

• Content: 2,5 litre(s) • Bag size: 200 x 300 mm • Design: Smooth • Sous-Vide suitable: Yes • Properties: 4-layer, Free from softeners, Taste and smell-neutral, Can be cooked up to 120 °C, Food-safe • Order quantity unit: 1 pack (100 bags) • Size: W 200 x D 300 x H 25 mm • Weight: 0.5 kg • GTIN: 4015613610337

• Content: 7,5 litre(s) • Bag size: 300 x 350 mm • Design: Smooth • Sous-Vide suitable: Yes • Properties: 4-layer, Free from softeners, Taste and smell-neutral, Can be cooked up to 120 °C, Food-safe • Order quantity unit: 1 pack (100 bags) • Size: W 300 x D 350 x H 25 mm • Weight: 1 kg • GTIN: 4015613610344

300311

300312

300313

RRP*

15.- €

RRP*

22.- €

RRP*

39.- €

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

Kitchen scale, 15kg, 5g

A300117

RRP* 165.- €

• Weighing range up to • Tare • Size weighing plattform • Digital display • Control lamp • Operated via

• Properties • Including • Power load • Size • Weight

A300117

Kitchen scale, 15kg, 2g 5g W 285 x D 330 x H 130 mm 3.4 kg 4015613587417 RRP* 165.- €

• Resolution • Size • Weight • GTIN 2

A300118

Digital scale, 60kg, 20g

A300068 • Material • Size weighing plattform • Digital display • ON/OFF switch • Operated via • Important information • Properties • Including • Power load • Size • Weight

Digital scale, 60kg, 20g • Weighing range up to • Resolution • Size • Weight • GTIN

A300068

2g W 280 x D 330 x H 125 mm 2.8 kg 4015613587424 RRP* 185.- €

RRP* 124.- €

GTIN 4015613572437

Stainless steel W 320 x D 300 mm Yes Yes Batteries (4 x AAA) Mains adapter Suitable for weighing processes that are not subject to calibration requirements Remote display for wall mounting, distance max. 1.4 m 1 mains adapter 0,0018 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 325 x D 305 x H 42 mm 3.2 kg

Digital scale, 150kg, 50g 60 kg 20 g W 325 x D 305 x H 42 mm 3.2 kg 4015613572437 RRP* 124.- €

• Weighing range up to • Resolution • Size • Weight • GTIN 2

A300151

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

150 kg 50 g W 320 x D 300 x H 42 mm 3.1 kg 4015613572444 RRP* 135.- €

PREPARATION u Kitchen scales

• Resolution • Size • Weight • GTIN

GTIN 4015613587417

15 kg Yes W 280 x D 220 mm Yes yes Rechargeable battery Mains adapter Suitable for weighing processes that are not subject to calibration requirements Spirit level (for correct alignment of the unit) 1 rechargeable battery 1 mains adapter 0,004 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 285 x D 330 x H 130 mm 3.4 kg

• Important information

Kitchen scale, 15kg, 5g

407

Salad spinner K1-12L

120710

RRP* 109.- €

GTIN 4015613678245

For effective, reliable and hygienic preparation of crisp salads and fresh vegetables. Its advantages include easy handling and cleaning. • Material • Content • Drive • Features

Plastic 12 litre(s) Crank handle Draining colander Can be removed Yes Yes Without Also suitable for drying vegetables W 320 x D 320 x H 440 mm 2.15 kg

• Food-safe • Dishwasher safe • Water outlet • Special features • Size • Weight

► Content: 12 litres

► Crank drive

► Centrifugal seive, can be removed

Salad spinner K1-25L

120709

RRP* 119.- €

GTIN 4015613676586

For effective, reliable and hygienic preparation of crisp salads and fresh vegetables. Its advantages include easy handling and cleaning. • Material • Content • Drive • Features

PREPARATION u Salad spinners

• Food-safe • Dishwasher safe • Water outlet • Special features • Size • Weight

408

► Content: 25 litres

► Crank drive

► Centrifugal seive, can be removed

Plastic 25 litre(s) Crank handle Draining colander Can be removed Yes Yes Drain hose: 1,6 metres Also suitable for drying vegetables W 420 x D 420 x H 520 mm 3.28 kg

► Drain hose: 1.6 metres

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

KITCHEN ACCESSORIES Our favourite part is the detail: Bartscher quality must be noticeable at all times â&#x20AC;&#x201C; even if it is a simple pot or gastronorm container. We present our extensive range to you on the following pages. 409

GN-container, Basic Line GN containers acc. to EN 631 made of rustproof chrome nickel steel with silk matt surface

KITCHEN ACCESSORIES u Gastronorm-containers

• Material • Norm • Surface • Stackable

410

Chrome-nickel steel EN 631 Silk matt Yes

Gastronorm

Depth container

Content

Size

Weight

Code-No.

RRP*

GTIN

1/1 GN

20 mm

0 litre(s)

W 530 x D 325 x H 20 mm

0.25 kg

1/1 GN

40 mm

5 litre(s)

W 530 x D 325 x H 40 mm

0.5 kg

711020

9,- € 11,- €

⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2

4015613695556

711040

1/1 GN

65 mm

9 litre(s)

W 530 x D 325 x H 65 mm

0.6 kg

711065

12,- €

1/1 GN

100 mm

14 litre(s)

W 530 x D 325 x H 100 mm

0.7 kg

711100

14,- €

1/1 GN

150 mm

21 litre(s)

W 530 x D 325 x H 150 mm

0.8 kg

711150

20,- €

1/1 GN

200 mm

28 litre(s)

W 530 x D 325 x H 200 mm

0.9 kg

711200

25,- €

2/3 GN

20 mm

0 litre(s)

W 354 x D 325 x H 20 mm

0.15 kg

723020

6.50 €

2/3 GN

40 mm

3 litre(s)

W 354 x D 325 x H 40 mm

0.2 kg

723040

7.50 €

⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2

4015613695624

2/3 GN

65 mm

5,5 litre(s)

W 354 x D 325 x H 65 mm

0.25 kg

723065

9,- €

2/3 GN

100 mm

9 litre(s)

W 354 x D 325 x H 100 mm

0.4 kg

723100

11,- €

2/3 GN

150 mm

13 litre(s)

W 354 x D 325 x H 150 mm

0.5 kg

723150

15,- €

2/3 GN

200 mm

18 litre(s)

W 354 x D 325 x H 200 mm

0.6 kg

723200

18,- €

1/2 GN

20 mm

0 litre(s)

W 325 x D 265 x H 20 mm

0.1 kg

712020

6,- €

1/2 GN

40 mm

2 litre(s)

W 325 x D 265 x H 40 mm

0.2 kg

712040

7,- €

⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2

4015613695686

1/2 GN

65 mm

4 litre(s)

W 325 x D 265 x H 65 mm

0.25 kg

712065

8,- €

1/2 GN

100 mm

6,5 litre(s)

W 325 x D 265 x H 100 mm

0.55 kg

712100

10,- €

1/2 GN

150 mm

9,5 litre(s)

W 325 x D 265 x H 150 mm

0.4 kg

712150

14,- €

1/2 GN

200 mm

12,5 litre(s)

W 325 x D 265 x H 200 mm

0.5 kg

712200

17,- €

1/3 GN

20 mm

0 litre(s)

W 325 x D 176 x H 20 mm

0.24 kg

713020

5,- €

1/3 GN

40 mm

1,5 litre(s)

W 325 x D 176 x H 40 mm

0.1 kg

713040

6.50 €

⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2

4015613695747

1/3 GN

65 mm

2,5 litre(s)

W 325 x D 176 x H 65 mm

0.15 kg

713065

7.50 €

1/3 GN

100 mm

4 litre(s)

W 325 x D 176 x H 100 mm

0.3 kg

713100

9,- €

1/3 GN

150 mm

5,75 litre(s)

W 325 x D 176 x H 150 mm

0.69 kg

713150

12,- €

1/3 GN

200 mm

7,8 litre(s)

W 325 x D 176 x H 200 mm

0.5 kg

713200

15,- €

1/4 GN

20 mm

0 litre(s)

W 265 x D 162 x H 20 mm

0.07 kg

714020

4,- €

1/4 GN

40 mm

1,6 litre(s)

W 265 x D 162 x H 40 mm

0.08 kg

714040

6,- €

⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2

4015613695822

1/4 GN

65 mm

1,8 litre(s)

W 265 x D 162 x H 65 mm

0.12 kg

714065

6.50 €

1/4 GN

100 mm

2,8 litre(s)

W 265 x D 162 x H 100 mm

0.2 kg

714100

7,- €

1/4 GN

150 mm

4 litre(s)

W 265 x D 162 x H 150 mm

0.4 kg

714150

10,- €

⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2

4015613695877

4015613695570 4015613695587 4015613695594 4015613695600 4015613695617

4015613695631 4015613695648 4015613695655 4015613695662 4015613695679

4015613695693 4015613695709 4015613695716 4015613695723 4015613695730

4015613695761 4015613695778 4015613695785 4015613695792 4015613695808

4015613695839 4015613695846 4015613695853 4015613695860

1/6 GN

65 mm

1 litre(s)

W 176 x D 162 x H 65 mm

0.07 kg

716065

5,- €

1/6 GN

100 mm

1,6 litre(s)

W 176 x D 162 x H 100 mm

0.12 kg

716100

6,- €

1/6 GN

150 mm

2,4 litre(s)

W 176 x D 162 x H 150 mm

0.2 kg

716150

8.50 €

1/9 GN

65 mm

0,6 litre(s)

W 176 x D 108 x H 65 mm

0.06 kg

719065

4,- €

100 mm

1 litre(s)

W 176 x D 108 x H 100 mm

0.1 kg

719100

6,- €

⃝ 2 ⃝ 2

4015613695907

1/9 GN

Gastronorm

Weight

Code-No.

RRP*

GTIN

⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2

4015613695921

Lid, Basic Line

1/1 GN

0.3 kg

711311

10,- €

2/3 GN

0.3 kg

711323

9,- €

1/2 GN

0.25 kg

711312

8,- €

1/3 GN

0.2 kg

711313

6,- €

1/4 GN

0.15 kg

711314

5,- €

1/6 GN

0.1 kg

711316

4,- €

1/9 GN

0.08 kg

711319

3,- €

4015613695884 4015613695891

4015613695914

4015613695938 4015613695945 4015613695969 4015613695976 4015613695983 4015613695990

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

GN container, Top Line

Gastronorm

Depth container

2/1 GN 2/1 GN

CNS 18/10 EN 631 High-gloss Yes

Content

Size

Weight

Code-No.

RRP*

GTIN

20 mm

0 litre(s)

W 650 x D 530 x H 20 mm

1.8 kg

A120020

27,- €

10 litre(s)

W 650 x D 530 x H 40 mm

1.7 kg

A120040

29,- €

2/1 GN

65 mm

18,5 litre(s)

W 650 x D 530 x H 65 mm

2.5 kg

A120065

32,- €

2/1 GN

100 mm

28,5 litre(s)

W 650 x D 530 x H 100 mm

3.1 kg

A120103

37,- €

2/1 GN

150 mm

42,5 litre(s)

W 650 x D 530 x H 150 mm

3 kg

A120153

49,- €

⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2

4015613273662

40 mm

1/1 GN

20 mm

0 litre(s)

W 530 x D 325 x H 20 mm

0.9 kg

A121025

14,- €

40 mm

5 litre(s)

W 530 x D 325 x H 40 mm

1.1 kg

A121040

16,- €

1/1 GN

65 mm

9 litre(s)

W 530 x D 325 x H 65 mm

1.25 kg

A121065

18,- €

1/1 GN

100 mm

14 litre(s)

W 530 x D 325 x H 100 mm

1.4 kg

A121100

20,- €

1/1 GN

150 mm

21 litre(s)

W 530 x D 325 x H 150 mm

1.65 kg

A120610

29,- €

1/1 GN

200 mm

28 litre(s)

W 530 x D 325 x H 200 mm

2.1 kg

A121200

37,- €

⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2

4016098166722

1/1 GN

2/4 GN

20 mm

0 litre(s)

W 530 x D 162 x H 20 mm

0.5 kg

A128020

10,- €

40 mm

2 litre(s)

W 530 x D 162 x H 40 mm

0.55 kg

A128040

12,- €

2/4 GN

65 mm

3,8 litre(s)

W 530 x D 162 x H 65 mm

0.75 kg

A128065

15,- €

2/4 GN

100 mm

6 litre(s)

W 530 x D 162 x H 100 mm

1 kg

A128100

19,- €

2/4 GN

150 mm

9 litre(s)

W 530 x D 162 x H 150 mm

1.15 kg

A128150

27,- €

⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2

4015613271118

2/4 GN

2/3 GN

40 mm

3 litre(s)

W 354 x D 325 x H 40 mm

0.75 kg

A125040

14,- €

65 mm

5,5 litre(s)

W 354 x D 325 x H 65 mm

0.83 kg

A125065

16,- €

2/3 GN

100 mm

9 litre(s)

W 354 x D 325 x H 100 mm

1.05 kg

A125100

18,- €

2/3 GN

150 mm

13 litre(s)

W 354 x D 325 x H 150 mm

1.35 kg

A125150

26,- €

2/3 GN

200 mm

18 litre(s)

W 354 x D 325 x H 200 mm

1.55 kg

A125200

32,- €

⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2

4015613271200

2/3 GN

1/2 GN

20 mm

0 litre(s)

W 325 x D 265 x H 20 mm

0.45 kg

A122020

8,- €

40 mm

2 litre(s)

W 325 x D 265 x H 40 mm

0.6 kg

A122040

9,- €

1/2 GN

65 mm

4 litre(s)

W 325 x D 265 x H 65 mm

0.6 kg

A122065

10,- €

1/2 GN

100 mm

6,5 litre(s)

W 325 x D 265 x H 100 mm

0.7 kg

A122100

13,- €

1/2 GN

150 mm

9,5 litre(s)

W 325 x D 265 x H 150 mm

1.05 kg

A120620

19,- €

1/2 GN

200 mm

12,5 litre(s)

W 325 x D 265 x H 200 mm

1.15 kg

A122200

26,- €

⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2

4015613271088

1/2 GN

1/3 GN

20 mm

0 litre(s)

W 325 x D 176 x H 20 mm

0.25 kg

A123020

7,- €

40 mm

1,5 litre(s)

W 325 x D 176 x H 40 mm

0.4 kg

A123040

8,- €

1/3 GN

65 mm

2,5 litre(s)

W 325 x D 176 x H 65 mm

0.45 kg

A123065

9,- €

1/3 GN

100 mm

4 litre(s)

W 325 x D 176 x H 100 mm

0.55 kg

A123100

13,- €

1/3 GN

150 mm

5,75 litre(s)

W 325 x D 176 x H 150 mm

0.6 kg

A123150

19,- €

1/3 GN

200 mm

7,8 litre(s)

W 325 x D 176 x H 200 mm

0.9 kg

A123200

23,- €

⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2

4015613271255

1/3 GN

1/4 GN

20 mm

0 litre(s)

W 265 x D 162 x H 20 mm

0.2 kg

A124020

6,- €

65 mm

1,8 litre(s)

W 265 x D 162 x H 65 mm

0.3 kg

A124065

8,- €

1/4 GN

100 mm

2,8 litre(s)

W 265 x D 162 x H 100 mm

0.45 kg

A124100

9,- €

1/4 GN

150 mm

4 litre(s)

W 265 x D 162 x H 150 mm

0.65 kg

A120640

15,- €

1/4 GN

200 mm

5,5 litre(s)

W 265 x D 162 x H 200 mm

0.85 kg

A124200

23,- €

⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2

4015613271163

1/4 GN

⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2

4016098170385

⃝ 2 ⃝ 2

4016098169181

1/6 GN

65 mm

1 litre(s)

W 176 x D 162 x H 65 mm

0.2 kg

A126065

7,- €

1/6 GN

100 mm

1,6 litre(s)

W 176 x D 162 x H 100 mm

0.3 kg

A126100

8,- €

1/6 GN

150 mm

2,4 litre(s)

W 176 x D 162 x H 150 mm

0.35 kg

A120650

14,- €

1/6 GN

200 mm

3,4 litre(s)

W 176 x D 162 x H 200 mm

0.45 kg

A126200

21,- €

1/9 GN

65 mm

0,6 litre(s)

W 176 x D 108 x H 65 mm

0.1 kg

A129065

7,- €

1/9 GN

100 mm

1 litre(s)

W 176 x D 108 x H 100 mm

0.2 kg

A129100

8,- €

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

4015613271040 4015613271057 4015613271811 4015613271828

4015613271064 4016098162755 4016098162762 4016098101204 4015613271071

4015613271125 4015613271132 4015613271149 4015613271156

4015613271217 4015613271224 4015613271231 4015613271248

4015613271095 4016098162779 4016098162786 4015613278988 4015613271101

4015613271262 4016098162793 4016098162809 4016098101266 4015613271279

4015613271170 4016098170354 4016098101297 4015613271187

4016098170378 4016098101327 4015613271286

4016098169198

KITCHEN ACCESSORIES u Gastronorm-containers

• Material • Norm • Surface • Stackable

411

GN container perforated, Top Line • Material • Norm • Surface • Design • Stackable

Gastronorm

Depth container

Content

Size

Weight

Code-No.

RRP*

GTIN

1/1 GN

65 mm

9 litre(s)

W 530 x D 325 x H 65 mm

1.1 kg

A101065

27,- €

4016098175229

1/1 GN

100 mm

14 litre(s)

W 530 x D 325 x H 100 mm

1.4 kg

A101100

31,- €

1/1 GN

150 mm

21 litre(s)

W 530 x D 325 x H 150 mm

1.55 kg

A101150

43,- €

⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2

2/3 GN

65 mm

5,5 litre(s)

W 354 x D 325 x H 65 mm

0.9 kg

A103065

21,- €

100 mm

9 litre(s)

W 354 x D 325 x H 100 mm

0.95 kg

A103100

28,- €

2/3 GN

150 mm

13 litre(s)

W 354 x D 325 x H 150 mm

1 kg

A103150

42,- €

⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2

4015613278940

2/3 GN

4016098175199

4016098175243

4015613487618 4015613487625

65 mm

4 litre(s)

W 325 x D 265 x H 65 mm

0.65 kg

A102065

17,- €

1/2 GN

100 mm

6,5 litre(s)

W 325 x D 265 x H 100 mm

0.7 kg

A102100

21,- €

1/2 GN

150 mm

9,5 litre(s)

W 325 x D 265 x H 150 mm

0.95 kg

A102150

25,- €

⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2

Gastronorm

Weight

Code-No.

RRP*

GTIN

1/1 GN

1 kg

A120615

15,- €

4016098101211

2/3 GN

0.65 kg

A120634

10,- €

1/2 GN

0.45 kg

A120625

9,- €

1/3 GN

0.3 kg

A120635

8,- €

1/4 GN

0.2 kg

A120645

7,- €

1/6 GN

0.18 kg

A120655

5,- €

1/9 GN

0.1 kg

A120649

4,- €

⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2

Gastronorm

Weight

Code-No.

RRP*

GTIN

1/1 GN

0.95 kg

A120616

17,- €

4016098101228

2/3 GN

0.6 kg

A120637

12,- €

1/2 GN

0.4 kg

A120626

10,- €

1/3 GN

0.3 kg

A120636

9,- €

1/4 GN

0.25 kg

A120646

8,- €

1/6 GN

0.15 kg

A120656

7,- €

1/9 GN

0.1 kg

A120659

6,- €

⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2

Gastronorm

Weight

Code-No.

RRP*

GTIN

⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2

4015613409054

Lid with spoon recess

KITCHEN ACCESSORIES u Gastronorm-containers

4016098175236

1/2 GN

Lid

412

CNS 18/10 EN 631 High-gloss With perforation (holes) Yes

Lid with sealing

1/1 GN

0.95 kg

A120615D

35,- €

2/3 GN

0.55 kg

A120634D

33,- €

1/2 GN

0.4 kg

A120625D

23,- €

1/3 GN

0.3 kg

A120635D

19,- €

1/4 GN

0.2 kg

A120645D

17,- €

1/6 GN

0.1 kg

A120655D

15,- €

4016098175205 4016098175212

4015613271293 4016098101242 4016098101273 4016098101303 4016098101334 4016098169204

4015613271309 4016098101259 4016098101280 4016098101310 4016098101341 4016098169211

4015613409061 4015613409078 4015613409085 4015613409092 4015613409108

Component parts Intermediate bar, 325 mm

Intermediate bar, 530 mm

• Size: W 330 x D 20 x H 35 mm • Weight: 0.1 kg • GTIN: 4016098101181

• Size: W 530 x D 20 x H 35 mm • Weight: 0.15 kg • GTIN: 4016098101198

A120601

RRP*

7.- €

A120602

RRP*

8.- €

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

Tray GN • Material • Reinforced edge • Stackable

CNS 18/10 Yes Yes

Gastronorm

Depth container

Size

Weight

Code-No.

RRP*

GTIN

2/1 GN

20 mm

W 650 x D 530 x H 20 mm

2.7 kg

A101181

39,- €

4015613271699

2/1 GN

40 mm

W 650 x D 530 x H 40 mm

2 kg

A101182

46,- €

2/1 GN

65 mm

W 650 x D 530 x H 65 mm

2.5 kg

A101183

51,- €

⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2

1/1 GN

20 mm

W 530 x D 325 x H 20 mm

1.45 kg

A101185

21,- €

40 mm

W 530 x D 325 x H 40 mm

1.5 kg

A101186

24,- €

1/1 GN

65 mm

W 530 x D 325 x H 65 mm

1.7 kg

A101187

29,- €

⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2

4015613271729

1/1 GN

1/2 GN

20 mm

W 325 x D 265 x H 25 mm

0.7 kg

A101190

13,- €

40 mm

W 325 x D 265 x H 40 mm

0.75 kg

A101191

15,- €

1/2 GN

65 mm

W 325 x D 265 x H 65 mm

0.8 kg

A101192

17,- €

⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2

4015613271750

1/2 GN

2/3 GN

20 mm

W 354 x D 325 x H 20 mm

1.15 kg

A101195

16,- €

40 mm

W 355 x D 325 x H 40 mm

1.05 kg

A101196

20,- €

2/3 GN

65 mm

W 354 x D 325 x H 65 mm

0.75 kg

A101197

23,- €

⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2

4015613271781

2/3 GN

Gastronorm

Size

Weight

Code-No.

RRP*

GTIN

2/1 GN

W 650 x D 530 x H 10 mm

1.93 kg

A101092

46,- €

4016098175267

1/1 GN

W 325 x D 530 x H 10 mm

0.95 kg

A101091

30,- €

1/2 GN

W 325 x D 265 x H 56 mm

0.52 kg

786006

21,- €

2/3 GN

W 355 x D 325 x H 10 mm

0.79 kg

133212

24,- €

⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2

RRP*

GTIN

⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2

4015613271644

4015613271705 4015613271712

4015613271736 4015613271743

4015613271767 4015613271774

4015613271798 4015613271804

GN grid

Gastronorm

Weight

Code-No.

1/1 GN

0.8 kg

A101161

25,- €

1/2 GN

0.4 kg

A101162

18,- €

1/3 GN

0.3 kg

A101163

13,- €

1/4 GN

0.25 kg

A101164

11,- €

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

4015613678696 4015613332123

4015613271651 4015613271682 4015613271668

KITCHEN ACCESSORIES u Gastronorm-containers

Shelf perforated, GN

4016098175250

413

GN container 1/2 GN "Melamin"

A122300 • Set comprises • Material • Gastronorm • Depth container • Content • Heat resistant • Food-safe • Stackable • Properties

A122301 • Material • Gastronorm • Depth container • Content • Heat resistant • Food-safe • Stackable • Size • Weight

Serving plate 1/1 GN "Melamin" • Set comprises • Material • Gastronorm • Heat resistant • Food-safe • Stackable • Properties

KITCHEN ACCESSORIES u Gastronorm-containers 414

100430 • Material • Gastronorm • Depth container • Size • Weight

• Gastronorm • Depth container • Properties • Size • Weight

GTIN 4015613621982

RRP* 45.- €

GTIN 4015613622545

RRP* 39.- €

GTIN 4015613544304

Enamelled 1/1 GN 65 mm W 530 x D 325 x H 65 mm 1.5 kg

100420 • Material

RRP* 29.- €

2 serving platters 1/1 GN "Melamine" Melamine 1/1 GN 0 °C to 70 °C Yes No Both sides can be used as a tray or serving platter Taste and smell-neutral Durable and hygienic W 530 x D 325 x H 20 mm 1.55 kg

• Size • Weight

GN container, 1/1 GN, D65, non-stick

GTIN 4015613615660

Melamine 1/1 GN 65 mm 6,6 litre(s) 0 °C to 70 °C Yes Yes W 530 x D 325 x H 65 mm 1.8 kg

A122302

GN container, 1/1, D65, enamelled

2 GN containers 1/2 GN "Melamine" Melamine 1/2 GN 65 mm 2,9 litre(s) 0 °C to 70 °C Yes Yes Taste and smell-neutral Durable and hygienic W 325 x D 265 x H 65 mm 0.95 kg

• Size • Weight

GN container 1/1 GN "Melamin"

RRP* 39.- €

RRP* 54.- €

GTIN 4015613544298

CNS 18/10 Coated 1/1 GN 65 mm For grease-free roasting and baking W 530 x D 325 x H 65 mm 1.4 kg

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

699230 • Material • Gastronorm • Content • With handle(s) • Material handle(s) • Induction-suitable • Size • Weight

GN pan with handle, 1/1, IND

699110 • Material • Gastronorm • Content • With handle(s) • Material handle(s) • Induction-suitable • Size • Weight

Cast-iron frying pan

699100K • Material • With handle(s) • Size • Weight

Cast-iron frying pan

RRP* 269.- €

87.- €

GTIN 4015613505336

Cast aluminium Coated 1/1 GN 7,5 litre(s) Yes Stainless steel Yes W 530 x D 325 x H 100 mm 3.8 kg

RRP* 175.- €

RRP* 215.- €

GTIN 4015613206219

GTIN 4015613206226

Cast iron Yes W 335 x D 585 x H 110 mm 14.96 kg

• Size: W 335 x D 585 x H 110 mm • Weight: 4 kg • GTIN: 4015613157795

RRP*

GTIN 4015613505343

Cast aluminium Coated 2/3 GN 5 litre(s) Yes Stainless steel Yes W 355 x D 325 x H 100 mm 3.5 kg

Lid

699201

Cast iron Yes W 340 x D 365 x H 100 mm 11.06 kg

699200K • Material • With handle(s) • Size • Weight

RRP* 219.- €

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

KITCHEN ACCESSORIES u Gastronorm-containers

GN pan with handle, 2/3, IND

415

Wok pan W385F

A105973

RRP* 69.- €

• Material • Design base • Content • Diameter surface • Diameter • Height pan without lid • Induction-suitable • Size • Weight

GTIN 4015613668468

Stainless steel Flat 5,5 litre(s) 145 mm 385 mm 140 mm Yes W 645 x D 385 x H 140 mm 1.7 kg

Frying pan Frying pan with non-stick coating For low fat frying on all types of cooking hobs. • Material • Roasting surface design • Material handle(s) • Handle properties • Induction-suitable • Pan height

Aluminium Stainless steel Non stick coating (Quan Tanium) Stainless steel Thermally insulated Yes 55 mm

► Induction-suitable

Inside diameter

Diameter surface

KITCHEN ACCESSORIES u Frying pans

Weight

Code-No.

RRP*

GTIN

⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2

4015613677958

240 mm

175 mm

W 490 x D 250 x H 140 mm

0.9 kg

A150324

56,- €

280 mm

205 mm

W 530 x D 290 x H 140 mm

1.2 kg

A150328

69,- €

300 mm

230 mm

W 550 x D 310 x H 140 mm

1.4 kg

A150330

75,- €

100440

RRP* 109.- €

Pot 25 L, w. lid

416

Size

• Material • Content • Diameter surface • Induction-suitable • Handle properties • Size • Weight

Pot 30 L, w. lid

100445 • Material • Content • Diameter surface • Induction-suitable • Handle properties • Size • Weight

4015613677965 4015613677972

GTIN 4015613647746

Stainless steel 25 litre(s) 430 mm Yes Thermally insulated W 430 x D 430 x H 275 mm 6.1 kg

RRP* 119.- €

GTIN 4015613647753

Stainless steel 30 litre(s) 430 mm Yes Thermally insulated W 430 x D 430 x H 325 mm 6.35 kg

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

100441 • Material • Content • Diameter surface • With pouring rim • Induction-suitable • Size • Weight

Cooking pot 70L-D380

100442 • Material • Content • Diameter surface • With pouring rim • Induction-suitable • Size • Weight

Cookware Set, 9-piece

A130442 • Material • Set comprises

• Induction-suitable • Handle properties • Size • Weight

Cookware set 4 pots with lid,SS,IND

A130441 • Material • Set comprises

• Induction-suitable • Handle properties • Size • Weight

RRP* 92.- €

GTIN 4015613699660

CNS 18/10 30 litre(s) 290 mm Yes Yes W 320 x D 320 x H 326 mm 4.5 kg

RRP* 195.- €

GTIN 4015613714851

CNS 18/10 70 litre(s) 380 mm Yes Yes W 450 x D 450 x H 450 mm 12 kg

RRP* 119.- €

GTIN 4015613417158

Chrome-nickel steel 4 pots with a lid and 1 pan Pot 1: contents 2 litres, Ø surface 16 cm, height 10 cm Pot 2: contents 2.7 litres, Ø surface 18 cm, height 11 cm Pot 3: contents 5.1 litres, Ø surface 24 cm, height 11.5 cm Pot 4: contents 6.1 litres, Ø surface 20 cm, height 20 cm Yes Cold handle(s) W 585 x D 340 x H 245 mm 6 kg

RRP* 185.- €

GTIN 4015613403977

CNS 18/10 4 pots with a lid Pot 1: contents 8 litres, Ø surface 24 cm, height 20 cm Pot 2: contents 9 litres, Ø surface 26 cm, height 20.5 cm Pot 3: contents 13 litres, Ø surface 28 cm, height 22.5 cm Pot 4: contents 15 litres, Ø surface 30 cm, height 25 cm Yes Cold handle(s) W 360 x D 315 x H 425 mm 9 kg

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

KITCHEN ACCESSORIES u Cooking pots

Cooking pot 30L-D290

417

Thermo-pot-set 6L

A100268

RRP* 119.- €

GTIN 4015613657486

An unbeatable duo:Preparation of food and keeping the food warm well insulated in the matching thermal container without any spilling. • Set comprises

• Size • Weight

Pot with glass lid Thermal container CNS 18/10 Stainless steel Plastic 6 litre(s) 225 mm 5 °C 1 glass lid Cooking pot: induction-suitable, plastic handles Thermo-container: double-walled, vacuum insulation W 360 x D 320 x H 220 mm 4.75 kg

• Material • Colour • Heat resistant to • Can be washed

Cotton Black 200 °C Up to 40 °C

• Material

• Content cooking pot • Diameter surface cooking pot • Temperature loss / hour approx. • Including • Properties

► Set comprising: ► Pot with glass lid ► thermo-container

► Pot with glass lid ► Content: 6 litres ► Diameter: 225 mm ► Induction-suitable

KITCHEN ACCESSORIES u Cooking pots

Oven gloves, pair, black

418

Length

Size

Weight

Code-No.

RRP*

GTIN

320 mm

W 205 x D 360 x H 30 mm

0.34 kg

A500499

11.50 €

4015613367507

440 mm

W 210 x D 440 x H 25 mm

0.44 kg

A500498

13.50 €

380 mm

W 200 x D 380 x H 25 mm

0.39 kg

A500500

12.50 €

⃝ 1 ⃝ 1 ⃝ 1

Blow torch 1300FG

A555302

RRP* 26.50 €

4015613367514 4015613367613

GTIN 4015613409498

Whether for food- preparation or food-arrangements, the kitchen helper provides helpful support for various uses – Such as caramelising, cheese melting, flaying tomatoes, embrowning and much more. • Material • Gas type • Ignition type • Temperature range to • Flame can be regulated • Can be refilled • Model • Not included in delivery • Size • Weight

Stainless steel Lighter gas Piezo ignition 1300 °C Yes Yes With stand Filling W 95 x D 70 x H 165 mm 0.15 kg

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

Paella pans

Paella pan STP340

A153234

RRP* 9.- €

GTIN 4015613696911

Durable full polished steel surface, structured cooking surface with a high edge, heatresistant handles– The Bartscher paella pans are ideal for cooking fried potatoes, stir-fry meat dishes, pan-fried kebab, or chili con carne. • Material

Steel Polished Steel, polished Structured Heat resistant Painted red W 340 x D 450 x H 45 mm 0.76 kg

• Roasting surface design • Handle properties • Size • Weight

Diameter

Height inside

Diameter surface

Size

Weight

Code-No.

340 mm

44 mm

280 mm

W 340 x D 450 x H 45 mm

0.76 kg

380 mm

44 mm

330 mm

W 485 x D 385 x H 45 mm

1.18 kg

420 mm

47 mm

370 mm

W 530 x D 430 x H 48 mm

460 mm

49 mm

405 mm

550 mm

56 mm

600 mm

RRP*

GTIN

A153234

9,- € 11,- €

1.47 kg

A153242

13,- €

W 655 x D 465 x H 50 mm

1.92 kg

A153246

15,- €

480 mm

W 730 x D 550 x H 58 mm

3.27 kg

A153255

23,- €

52 mm

535 mm

W 780 x D 600 x H 55 mm

4 kg

A153260

28,- €

650 mm

56 mm

585 mm

W 835 x D 660 x H 58 mm

5.03 kg

A153265

36,- €

700 mm

62 mm

640 mm

W 890 x D 710 x H 65 mm

6.68 kg

A153270

52,- €

800 mm

70 mm

720 mm

W 1,005 x D 810 x H 73 mm

11.4 kg

A153280

72,- €

⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2

4015613696911

A153238

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

4015613696928 4015613696935 4015613696942 4015613696959 4015613696966 4015613696973 4015613696980 4015613696997

KITCHEN ACCESSORIES u Cooking pots

► Roasting surface design ► Steel, polished ► Structured

419

Cutlery tray 1/1GN polypropylene

A500410 • Material • Gastronorm • Number of shelves • Stackable • Heat resistant • Size • Weight

Cutlery holder for 4 cylinders

RRP* 7.- €

• Material • Designed for • Number of shelves • Size • Weight

RRP* 32.- €

Cutlery holder with 4 cylinders

• Including • Not included in delivery • Size • Weight • GTIN

RRP* 32.- €

GTIN 4015613324760

Chrome-nickel steel 4 cutlery holders 4 W 265 x D 305 x H 200 mm 1.15 kg

Cutlery holder for 4 cylinders

A500394

GTIN 4015613584164

Polypropylene 1/1 GN 4 Yes Yes W 530 x D 325 x H 100 mm 0.7 kg

A500394

Cutlery holder W 265 x D 305 x H 200 mm 1.15 kg 4015613324760

4 cutlery holders, plastic white W 305 x D 265 x H 200 mm 1.55 kg 4015613360959

A500395

RRP* 36.- €

Cutlery holder 4 cylinders, CNS18/8 • Including • Not included in delivery • Size • Weight • GTIN

4 cutlery holders, chrome-nickel steel W 265 x D 305 x H 200 mm 2.1 kg 4015613467542

500392

RRP* 59.- €

KITCHEN ACCESSORIES u Cutlery holders

Cutlery holder 6 cylinders

420

A500396 • Material • Designed for • Number of shelves • Not included in delivery • Size • Weight

Cutlery cylinder, CNS18/8

Cutlery cylinder, plastic, white

• Material: Chrome-nickel steel • Diameter: 110 mm • Size: W 110 x D 110 x H 145 mm • Weight: 0.2 kg • GTIN: 4015613397177

• Material: Plastic • Diameter: 115 mm • Size: W 115 x D 115 x H 145 mm • Weight: 0.1 kg • GTIN: 4016098102744

A500385

RRP*

7.40 €

A500382

RRP*

1.10 €

RRP* 42.- €

GTIN 4015613324777

Chrome-nickel steel 6 cutlery holders 6 Cutlery holder W 380 x D 300 x H 200 mm 1.45 kg

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

Label holder 610mm, alu

A256061 • Material • Material casters • Size • Weight

• Design • Size • Weight • GTIN

RRP* 15.50 €

Aluminium Glass W 610 x D 60 x H 20 mm 0.45 kg

• Design • Size • Weight • GTIN

910 mm wide W 910 x D 60 x H 20 mm 1 kg 4015613417226

A256091

Salt shaker alu, H110

RRP* 19.50 €

A680654 • Material • Design • Designed for

Salt shaker alu, H190

A680655 • Material • Design • Designed for

A120350 • Material

• Size • Weight

Transport wheel KB330

• Material: Stainless steel • Size: W 20 x D 17 x H 50 mm • Weight: 0.03 kg • GTIN: 4015613690414

• Material: Steel • Size: W 38 x D 38 x H 10 mm • Weight: 0.07 kg • GTIN: 4015613690421 25.- €

A120352

RRP*

22.- €

GTIN 4015613634630

RRP* 34.80 €

GTIN 4015613636832

RRP* 95.- €

GTIN 4015613670096

CNS 18/10 Aluminium Plastic Stainless steel CNS 18/10, painted W 98 x D 218 mm 330 mm Crank drive Clip attachment (prepared for screw attachment) Tabletop gauge max.: 45 mm W 125 x D 290 x H 720 mm 1.89 kg

• Material of knife • Material surface • Size utility space • Can height max. • Model

Knife KB330

Aluminium With screw-on lid Spices Flour Salt Sugar 1 box (4 salt shakers) W 80 x D 80 x H 190 mm 0.09 kg

• Order quantity unit • Size • Weight

Can opener KB330

RRP* 19.80 €

Aluminium With screw-on lid Spices Flour Salt Sugar 1 box (6 salt shaker) W 67 x D 67 x H 110 mm 0.31 kg

• Order quantity unit • Size • Weight

RRP*

GTIN 4015613417219

Label holder 910mm, alu 610 mm wide W 610 x D 60 x H 20 mm 0.45 kg 4015613417219

A256061

A120351

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

KITCHEN ACCESSORIES u Label holders

Label holder 610mm, alu

RRP* 15.50 €

421

Bread cutting board KSE475

Bread cutting board KSM450

Bread cutting board KSM600

• Material: Wood, Stainless steel • Colour: Wooden look • Properties: Integrated knife tray, Crumb tray, stainless steel • Including: 1 bread knife, stainless steel with a plastic handle • Size: W 475 x D 260 x H 40 mm • Weight: 1.85 kg • GTIN: 4015613412795

• Material: Wood, Melamine • Colour: Wooden look, white • Properties: Crumb tray, melamine • Size: W 450 x D 300 x H 43 mm • Weight: 1.7 kg • GTIN: 4015613692630

• Material: Wood, Melamine • Colour: Wooden look, white • Properties: Crumb tray, melamine • Size: W 600 x D 400 x H 43 mm • Weight: 3.15 kg • GTIN: 4015613692647

A120120 C120100

RRP*

32.- €

RRP*

42.- €

A120121

RRP*

59.- €

Cutting board 40x30 W

Cutting board 60x40 W

Cutting board PE, stop-edge, white

• Material: Polyethylene • Colour: White • Cutting surface: 400 x 300 mm • Board thickness: 15 mm • Properties: Food-safe, 4 rubber feet, anti-slip, Taste and smell-neutral, Dishwasher-suitable • Size: W 400 x D 300 x H 20 mm • Weight: 1.6 kg • GTIN: 4015613690339

• Material: Polyethylene • Colour: White • Cutting surface: • Board thickness: 15 mm • Properties: Food-safe, 6 rubber feet, anti-slip, Taste and smell-neutral, Dishwasher-suitable • Size: W 400 x D 600 x H 20 mm • Weight: 3.4 kg • GTIN: 4015613690346

• Material: Plastic • Colour: White • Juice groove: All-round • Stopper edge: Yes • Properties: The bent front edge means that the chopping board does not slip, Food-safe • Size: W 580 x D 375 x H 45 mm • Weight: 2.1 kg • GTIN: 4015613405025

A120587

RRP*

17.50 €

A120592

RRP*

35.- €

A120588

Cutting board PRO 53x32 W-R

A120511

RRP*

RRP* 29.- €

24.- €

GTIN 4015613710273

KITCHEN ACCESSORIES u Cutting boards

Hygiene in focus with the PRO cutting board series – different coloured cutting boards for various food groups. The HACCP compliant blue cutting board is designed for cutting pastries or milk products such as cheese.

422

• Material • Cutting surface • Board thickness • Juice groove • Properties

► Hygiene in focus ► Different coloured cutting boards for various food groups

High-density polyethylene (HDPE) 490 x 285 mm 20 mm yes Food-safe HACCP compliant Taste and smell-neutral Dishwasher-suitable Shock and cut-proof Gentle on blades 6 rubber feet, anti-slip W 530 x D 325 x H 24 mm 3.2 kg

• Size • Weight

Colour

Size

Weight

Code-No.

RRP*

GTIN

White

W 530 x D 325 x H 24 mm

3.2 kg

A120511

29,- €

4015613710273

Green

W 530 x D 325 x H 24 mm

3.2 kg

A120512

29,- €

Red

W 325 x D 530 x H 24 mm

3.2 kg

A120513

29,- €

Blue

W 325 x D 530 x H 24 mm

3.2 kg

A120514

29,- €

Yellow

W 325 x D 530 x H 24 mm

3.2 kg

A120515

29,- €

⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2 ⃝ 2

4015613712055 4015613712062 4015613712079 4015613712086

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

Knife sharpener MS310

120558

RRP* 79.- €

GTIN 4015613675824

Gentle to materials and efficient. Can be used for smooth or curved blades and knives with serrated edges – the knife sharpener makes no compromises when sharpening or removing burrs is concerned.

• Designed for

• Grinding levels

• ON/OFF switch • Features • Power load • Size • Weight

Rubbish bin "Swing""

860003 • Material • Separate inner container • Content • Lid properties • Properties

• Size • Weight

Rubbish bin 56L

860006 • Material • Content • Size inner container • Lid properties • Swivel casters • Diameter casters • Height without casters • Properties • Size • Weight

Plastic Diamond (micrometer in size, monocrystalline) Ceramic stone Smooth blades Curved blades Serrated blades Smooth blades: 2 levels (grinding, fine grinding) Serrated edge: 1 level Yes Magnetic collection plate for grinding dust Non-slip feet 0,031 kW | 220-240 V | 50/60 Hz W 190 x D 131 x H 109 mm 1.35 kg

RRP* 125.- €

GTIN 4015613521213

Stainless steel Yes 50 litre(s) Swing lid Inner container: Galvanised steel plate, removable With handle on the inner container W 350 x D 350 x H 750 mm 6.3 kg

RRP* 179.- €

GTIN 4015613630670

CNS 18/10 56 litre(s) Ø 370 mm | Height: 520 mm Detachable, with handle Can be attached to the side of the bucket 4 swivel casters 60 mm 540 mm With handles on the side W 460 x D 400 x H 620 mm 6.6 kg

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

KITCHEN ACCESSORIES u Rubbish bins

• Material • Material of grinder

423

Thermometer D1500 KTP

Thermometer 361-01

Thermometer 480

• Designed for: Core temperature measurements, Temperature monitoring during transport and storage • Material: Plastic • Material temperature sensor: Stainless steel • Puncture depth: 67 mm • Diameter temperature sensor: 4 mm • Temperature range: -50 °C to 150 °C • Size of display field: W 21,75 x H 7,5 mm • Including: Protection cap • Size: W 151 x D 15 x H 20 mm • Weight: 0.03 kg • GTIN: 4015613664231

• Designed for: Core temperature measurements • Material: Plastic ABS • With temperature sensor: Yes • Puncture depth: 140 mm • Length cable: 1,1 m • Temperature range: -31 °C to 200 °C • Size of display field: 57 x 38 mm • Protection class: IP44 • Operated via: Batteries (3 x 1.5 V AAA LR03) • Not included in delivery: Batteries • Size: W 90 x D 34 x H 105 mm • Weight: 0.18 kg • GTIN: 4015613681948

• Designed for: Core temperature measurements, Surface temperature measurements (infrared) • Material: Plastic • Material temperature sensor: Stainless steel • Puncture depth: 110 mm • Diameter temperature sensor: 3 mm • Temperature range: -55 °C to 330 °C • Temperature range infrared: -33 °C to 220 °C • Size of display field: W 16 x H 23 mm • Including: 1 clip • Size: W 33 x D 22 x H 160 mm • Weight: 0.13 kg • GTIN: 4015613475974

291040

292480

KITCHEN ACCESSORIES u Thermometers

292042

424

RRP*

12.- €

RRP*

66.- €

RRP*

135.- €

Thermometer A1020 KTP

Thermometer D3000 KTP

Thermometer A500

• Designed for: Core temperature measurements, Temperature monitoring during transport and storage • Material: Stainless steel, Plastic • Material temperature sensor: Stainless steel • Puncture depth: 120 mm • Diameter temperature sensor: 3,8 mm • Temperature range: -20 °C to 102 °C • Size of display field: Ø 25 mm • Including: Protection cap • Size: W 27 x D 27 x H 140 mm • Weight: 0.01 kg • GTIN: 4015613664293

• Designed for: Core temperature measurements, Temperature monitoring during transport and storage • Material: Stainless steel, Plastic • Material temperature sensor: Stainless steel • Puncture depth: 120 mm • Diameter temperature sensor: 3,8 mm • Temperature range: -50 °C to 300 °C • Size of display field: W 22 x H 10 mm • Size: W 34 x D 34 x H 160 mm • Weight: 0.02 kg • GTIN: 4015613664255

• Designed for: Room temperature measurements, Refrigerators / upright freezers, Temperature monitoring during transport and storage • Material: Plastic • Temperature range: -30 °C to 50 °C • Size of display field: Ø 45 mm • Size: W 51 x D 13 x H 66 mm • Weight: 0.01 kg • GTIN: 4015613664286

292044

293043

292049

RRP*

6.50 €

RRP*

14.- €

RRP*

5.50 €

Thermometer A300

Thermometer A250

Thermometer A3000 TP

• Designed for: Room temperature measurements, Refrigerators / upright freezers, Temperature monitoring during transport and storage • Material: Stainless steel • Temperature range: -30 °C to 30 °C • Size of display field: Ø 45 mm • Size: W 62 x D 35 x H 71 mm • Weight: 0.04 kg • GTIN: 4015613664262

• Designed for: Refrigerators / upright freezers, Temperature monitoring during transport and storage • Material: Stainless steel, Plastic • Temperature range: -40 °C to 25 °C • Size of display field: W 98 x H 28 mm • Size: W 134 x D 20 x H 30 mm • Weight: 0.04 kg • GTIN: 4015613664279

• Designed for: Deep fat fryers • Material: Stainless steel • Material temperature sensor: Stainless steel • Puncture depth: 300 mm • Temperature range: 10 °C to 300 °C • Including: 1 adjustable holding clip • Size: W 50 x D 50 x H 320 mm • Weight: 0.2 kg • GTIN: 4015613633152

292048

292043

RRP*

7.50 €

RRP*

7.- €

292046

RRP*

7.50 €

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

Sanitary areas are representative of hotels and restaurant. To ensure that everything is right here, and in terms of your other equipment, you will find a comprehensive choice of articles in this section â&#x20AC;&#x201C; all for an outstanding appearance!

HOTEL EQUIPMENT | HYGIENE & CO

425

Soap dispenser, wall-mounting,SS,1L

850007 • Material • Content • Dosing • Filling level check • Can be refilled • Design • Including • Not included in delivery • Size • Weight

Soap dispenser, infrared sensor S1

850009 • Material • Content • Dosing • Filling level check • Can be refilled • Lockable • Operation • Operated via • Design • Including • Not included in delivery

HOTEL EQUIPMENT / HYGIENE & Co u Soap dispensers

• Size • Weight

426

Soap dispenser 1L, elbow-operated

850008 • Material • Content • Dosing • Filling level check • Can be refilled • Operation

• Design • Including • Not included in delivery • Size • Weight

RRP* 33.- €

GTIN 4015613536965

Chrome-nickel steel Brushed 1 litre(s) Pump system Window Yes Wall-mounting Attachment material Filling W 123 x D 110 x H 204 mm 0.5 kg

RRP* 82.- €

GTIN 4015613610672

CNS 18/10 Brushed 1 litre(s) Infrared sensor Window Yes Yes Non-contact (Infrared sensor) Batteries (4 x 1.5 V AA LR6) Wall-mounting 2 keys (battery compartment and soap tank) Attachment material Batteries Filling W 138 x D 100 x H 210 mm 1 kg

RRP* 36.- €

GTIN 4015613588599

Aluminium 1 litre(s) Pump system Transparent plastic container Yes One-hand operation Elbow operation Manual Wall-mounting 1 wall holder Attachment material Filling W 95 x D 222 x H 330 mm 0.65 kg

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

Disinfectant dispenser PS 0,9L-W

850019

RRP* 35.- €

GTIN 4015613704746

Quick and uncomplicated hand disinfection for maximum protection. Be it in kitchens, laboratories or public buildings – The cartridge-free pump system with the elbowoperated dispenser ensures optimum hygienic conditions. • Material

• Content • Dosing • Filling level check • Can be refilled • Operation

• Model • Including • Not included in delivery • Size • Weight

Drip tray PS 0,9L-W

850018

Aluminium Polypropylene Plastic ABS 0,9 litres Pump system Spray system Transparent plastic container Yes One-hand operation Elbow operation Manual Wall-mounting 1 wall holder Attachment material Filling W 92 x D 225 x H 300 mm 0.67 kg RRP* 18.- €

GTIN 4015613699431

Designed for the disinfectant dispenser PS 0,9L-W and the soap dispenser PS 0,9L-W Stainless steel Polypropylene Size: W 147 x D 240 x H 40 mm Collection tray suitable for dishwasher W 147 x D 285 x H 377 mm 0.45 kg

• Collection tray • Properties • Size • Weight

Paper towel dispenser, SS brushed

850006 • Material • Paper folding

• Filling level check • Can be refilled • Lockable • Properties • Design • Including • Not included in delivery • Size • Weight

RRP* 62.- €

GTIN 4015613536958

Chrome-nickel steel Brushed Suitable for standard folding paper Interfold folding Layer folding Zig-zag folding Viewing slot Yes Yes Loaded via the front flap Wall-mounting Attachment material (four-point attachment) Filling W 285 x D 100 x H 370 mm 2.2 kg

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

HOTEL EQUIPMENT / HYGIENE & Co u Disinfectant dispenser

• Material

427

Hand dryer, 2,1kW, plastic

850000

RRP* 84.- €

• Material • Air temperature • Air output • Start/Stop automatic via infrared sensor • Properties • Design • Including • Power load • Size • Weight

Hand dryer, 2,3kW, SS

850001

• Air temperature • Air output • Start/Stop automatic via infrared sensor • Drying time max. • Properties

HOTEL EQUIPMENT / HYGIENE & Co u Hand dryers

• Design • Including • Power load • Size • Weight

428

Hand dryer IS 31LS-W

850011

GTIN 4015613459592

Plastic Approx. 60 °C 53 litres / sec. Yes Automatic stop when hands are removed Wall-mounting 1 plastic strip for wall attachment Attachment material 2,1 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 244 x D 264 x H 200 mm 2.6 kg

RRP* 239.- €

• Material

GTIN 4015613482019

Stainless steel Mirror polished Approx. 60 °C 58 litres / sec. Yes Approx. 60 seconds Air outlet nozzle, rotating Automatic stop when hands are removed Wall-mounting Attachment material 2,3 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 260 x D 235 x H 210 mm 4.8 kg

RRP* 209.- €

GTIN 4015613710259

Small but powerful – the compact hand dryer with infrared sensor and automatic Start/ Stop is also equipped with an On/Off switch. • Material • Air temperature • Air output • Start/Stop automatic via infrared sensor • Drying time max. • Properties • Design • Including • Power load • Size • Weight

Plastic Approx. 80 °C 31,67 litres / sec. Yes Approx. 60 seconds Automatic stop when hands are removed Wall-mounting Attachment material 1,35 kW | 220-240 V | 50-60 Hz W 250 x D 170 x H 240 mm 3.6 kg

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

Hand Dryer Jet 1800

850002

RRP* 689.- €

• Material • Air temperature • Air output • Drying time max. • Start/Stop automatic via infrared sensor • Properties

• Design • Including • Power load • Size • Weight

Shoe polisher

120109

GTIN 4015613610665

Plastic Coated Same ambient temperature 47 litres / sec. Approx. 30 seconds Yes 2 high-performance air nozzle strips Collection tray for condensation at the bottom on the unit, contents: 0.6 litres Hygienic and economic Air filter Red LED light in the air shaft Automatic stop when hands are removed Wall-mounting Attachment material 1,8 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 295 x D 240 x H 650 mm 10.2 kg

RRP* 106.- €

GTIN 4015613544328

• Material • Equipped with

• Carrying handle • ON/OFF switch • Properties • Including • Power load • Size • Weight

Steel Powder coated 3 quiet rotation brushes 1 cleaning brush for coarse dirt 2 polishing brushes made of terylene (polyester) for light and dark shoes Shoe cream dispenser with ball valve for 100 ml fluid shoes cream (unfilled) Yes Yes Dirt collection mat for easy cleaning Maintenance-free motor 1 filling filter (for simple filling of the shoe cream dispenser) 0,12 kW | 230 V | 50 Hz W 400 x D 240 x H 260 mm 6.4 kg

Shoe-cream, colourless, 1L

• Content: 1 litre(s) • Colour: Colourless • Size: W 95 x D 95 x H 210 mm • Weight: 1 kg • GTIN: 4016098160539

A120101

RRP*

59.- €

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

HOTEL EQUIPMENT / HYGIENE & Co u Hand dryers

Shiny shoes with no effort - foot operation at the press of a button

429

Insect killer IV-22

300306 • Material • Effective radius • Grid voltage • Light output • Design

RRP* 39.- €

GTIN 4015613534138

Plastic 6-8 m 2,500 V 2 x 6 W, UV-A lamps Ceiling unit Upright unit 1 chain 0,024 kW | 230 V | 50/60 Hz W 265 x D 95 x H 265 mm 2.1 kg

• Including • Power load • Size • Weight

UV-A 6 W neon tube • Light output: 6 W / UV-A • Size: W 225 x D 15 x H 15 mm • Weight: 0.02 kg • GTIN: 4015613658001

300336

RRP*

3.80 €

Insect killer IV-36

300314 • Material • Effective radius • Grid voltage • Light output • Design

RRP* 65.- €

GTIN 4015613534152

Plastic 10 m 2,500 V 2 x 10 W, UV-A lamps Ceiling unit Upright unit 1 chain 0,033 kW | 230 V | 50/60 Hz W 390 x D 95 x H 305 mm 2.84 kg

• Including • Power load • Size • Weight

UV-A 10 W neon tube

HOTEL EQUIPMENT / HYGIENE & Co u Insect killers

• Light output: 10 W / UV-A • Size: W 340 x D 25 x H 25 mm • Weight: 0.05 kg • GTIN: 4015613658018

430

300334

RRP*

4.80 €

Insect killer IV-65

300317 • Material • Design • Effective radius • Grid voltage • Light output • Including • Power load • Size • Weight

RRP* 89.- €

GTIN 4015613534169

Plastic Ceiling unit Upright unit 12 m 2,500 V 2 x 20 W, UV-A lamps 1 chain 0,045 kW | 230 V | 50/60 Hz W 645 x D 100 x H 365 mm 3.7 kg

UV-A 20 W neon tube • Light output: 20 W / UV-A • Size: W 25 x D 25 x H 588 mm • Weight: 0.08 kg • GTIN: 4015613658025

300337

RRP*

6.80 €

*RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices | Subject to technical amendments.

300323 • Material • Effective radius • Light output • Dimensions adhesive film • Design • Including • Power load • Size • Weight

Adhesive sheet IF-92

UV-A 20 W illuminant

• Order quantity unit: 1 box (5 adhesive films) • Size: W 320 x D 180 x H 1 mm • Weight: 0.03 kg • GTIN: 4015613659183

• Light output: 20 W / UV-A • Size: W 150 x D 70 x H 40 mm • Weight: 0.1 kg • GTIN: 4015613659206

300326

RRP*

16.- €

300328

RRP*

10.- €

Insect trap IF-91

• Material • Effective radius • Light output • Dimensions adhesive film • Design • Including • Power load • Size • Weight

UV-A 18 W neon tube

• Order quantity unit: 1 box (5 adhesive films) • Size: W 340 x D 330 x H 1 mm • Weight: 0.03 kg • GTIN: 4015613659190

• Light output: 18 W / UV-A • Size: W 43 x D 230 x H 43 mm • Weight: 0.07 kg • GTIN: 4015613659213

300327

RRP*

18.- €

300330

RRP*

Insect trap IF-100

7.- €

• Material • Effective radius • Light output • Dimensions adhesive film • Design • Including • Power load • Size • Weight

UV-A 15 W neon tube

• Order quantity unit: 1 box (5 adhesive films) • Size: W 390 x D 313 x H 2 mm • Weight: 0.3 kg • GTIN: 4015613638201

• Light output: 15 W / UV-A • Size: W 25 x D 445 x H 25 mm • Weight: 0.06 kg • GTIN: 4015613657981

300322

RRP*

22.- €

300325

RRP*

6.- €

GTIN 4015613655413

Steel Painted 9m 1 x 20 W, UV-A lamps W 320 x H 180 mm Wall-mounting 1 adhesive film Attachment material 0,02 kW | 220-240 V | 50/60 Hz W 450 x D 175 x H 160 mm 1.44 kg

RRP* 89.- €

GTIN 4015613655420

Chrome-nickel steel 9m 1 x 18 W, UV-A lamps W 330 x H 340 mm Wall-mounting 1 adhesive film Attachment material 0,018 kW | 230 V | 50/60 Hz W 360 x D 125 x H 236 mm 2.6 kg

300321

Adhesive films IF-100

300324

Adhesive sheet IF-91

RRP* 59.- €

RRP* 115.- €

GTIN 4015613638195

Aluminium Plastic 10 m 2 x 15 W, UV-A lamps W 390 x H 313 mm Upright unit Wall-mounting 2 adhesive films Attachment material 0,038 kW | 230 V | 50/60 Hz W 620 x D 90 x H 355 mm 2.4 kg

Subject to technical amendments. | *RRP= Recommended Retail Price - all prices are recommendations only. The reseller is free to set his own sales prices

HOTEL EQUIPMENT / HYGIENE & Co u Insect killers

Insect trap IF-92

431

A Ashtrays

F 365 - 366

B Bain Maries Baking spray Baking trays Bar mixer Bistro table slip cover Blast chillers Blow torches Boiling kettles Bottle coolers Buffet displays Buffet trolleys, cold Buffet trolleys, hot

209 - 212 124 105, 124 338 - 341 366 285 418 96 - 97 276 - 278 243 - 244 258 229

C Cake displays show-cases Can opener Cereal dispensers Chafing dishes Chafing fuels Chest freezers Chicken grills Chocolate dispenser Chocolate warmer Citrus press Clearing trolleys Coffee grinders Coffee jugs Coffee machines Coffee stations Cold rooms Combi steamers Contact grills Convection ovens Conveyor pizza oven Cooking paper Cooking pots Cooking station Cooling tops Countertop electric hobs Cover machines Crêpe makers Cup warmers Cupboards Cutlery holders Cutlery polishers Cutter Cutting boards

272 - 273 421 242 217 - 220 221 286 172 334 - 335 213 336 372 - 376 326 319 317 - 325 319 282 110 - 124 160 - 164 100 - 109 135 161, 163 416 - 418 98 - 99 259 - 262 173 - 174 304 - 307 203 232 352 420 312 - 313 394 422

D Deep fat fryers Deep freezers Dishwasher baskets Dishwashers Disinfectant dispensers Dough kneading machines Drinks dispensers

147 - 153 283 - 285 310 - 311 296 - 303 426 - 427 382 - 389 334 - 335

E Exhaust hoods

432

358 - 360

Fat disposal container Fermenting cupboard Fittings Food service carts Food warmers Foodwarmers French-fries warmers Frying fat filter Frying pans

147, 153, 157 106 308 - 309 230 - 231 236 - 239 213 35, 55 147, 153, 157 415 - 416

G Gas cookers Gastronorm containers “Melamin“ Gastronorm pans Gastronorm-containers Glass polishers Glasswashers Griddle plates Grill plates

175 - 177 414 415 410 - 415 312 293 - 295 165 - 167 158 - 159

H Hand dryers Hand wash basins Heated cupboards Hot displays Hot displays Hot water dispensers Hot-dog machines Hot-pot station Hotpots

428 - 429 354 - 357 234, 353 222 - 228 222 - 228 329 - 331 192 - 193 217 211 - 212

I Ice crushers Ice cube makers Ice flake makers Ice-cream makers Induction cooker Induction deep fat fryers Induction woks Infrared heaters Insect killers

341 287 - 289 290 291 178 - 185, 187 150 186 - 188 362 - 364 430 - 431

J Juice extractors

337

K Kitchen machines / Dough mixers Kitchen scales KitchenAid Mixer Knife sharpener

382 - 389 407 384 - 389 423

L Label holders Large frying pans Lava rock grills Low-temperature cookers

421 92 - 93 171 125

M Mandoline slicer Meat grinders Menu board Microwave ovens Milk frothers Mini coolers Mini-refrigerated counters

394 395 - 396 361 204 - 207 322 267 - 270 246 - 247

Mixers / Blender Mulled wine pots Multi pans Multi-frying pans Multideck refrigerated displays

338 - 341 332 - 333 189 - 190 170 270

O Ovengloves

105, 418

P Paella pans Paper towel dispensers Pasta cookers Pasta cookers Pasta machines Pastries deep fat fryers Pastry roll machines Patio heaters Pavement signs Pizza cutter Pizza ovens Pizza saladettes Pizza shovel Plate dispenser Plate warmers Potato peeling machines Pump sauce dispensers

419 427 25 - 38 141 142 - 143 154 - 157 133 362 - 364 361 136 134 - 140 257 136 233 - 234 233 401 195

Q Quartz tube toasters

200

R Rechauds Refrigerated counters Refrigerated displays Refrigerated displays Refrigerators Rice cookers Rice warmer Roast fryers Rubbish bin cupboard Rubbish bins

Stick mixers Stock-pot stoves Stoves Sushi Bar

379 - 381 90 - 93 83 - 87 262

T Table-top grills Tables / Benches Thermo jugs Thermometers Tilting frying pans Toasters Top shelves Transport containers Trolleys

168 - 170 366 - 367 319 424 94 - 95 198 - 200 344, 345 369 370 - 371

V Vacuum bags Vacuum packaging machines Vegetable cutters

402 - 406 402 - 406 390 - 394

W Waffle makers Wall cabinets Warming trays Water Conditioning Units Water filter system Water grills Wine coolers Wok cookers Woks pans Work tables

201 - 202 350 240 - 241 314 - 315 327 170 274 - 276 88 - 89 188 346 - 349

240 - 241 248 - 254 262 - 263, 271 264 - 266 276 - 281 196 - 197 197 30 351 423

S Salad spinners Saladettes Salamanders Salt shakers Samovar Sausage slicers Sausage warmers Series 600 Series 650 Series 700 Series 900 Serving trolleys Shelves Shelves Shoe polishers Sinks Sinks / Sink centres Slicers Soap dispensers Soup kettles Sous-Vide cookers Stainless steel polishing spray Stainless steel units

408 255 - 257 127 - 131 421 328 194 191 15 - 24 25 - 38 39 - 63 64 - 81 370 - 371 343 - 353 376 - 377 429 25 - 38 354 - 357 397 - 400 426 - 427 214 - 216 126 254, 352 343 - 353

433

INTERNATIONAL CONDITIONS OF SALE - for Customers not Resident in Germany, 01/2014 I. Application of the International Conditions of Sale

1. These International Conditions of Sale apply to all customers of Bartscher GmbH - hereinafter referred to as Bartscher - if the relevant place of business of the customer is not in Germany. For customers whose place of business is in Germany, the General Conditions of Sale (Allgemeine Verkaufsbedingungen) of Bartscher apply, which will be forwarded on request. In each case, the relevant place of business is the one which concludes the contract in its own name. 2. These International Conditions of Sale apply to all contracts made on or after 1 January 2014 whose preponderant object is the supply of goods to the customer. Additional obligations assumed by Bartscher do not affect the application of these International Conditions of Sale. 3. Conflicting or differing terms of business of the customer do not bind Bartscher, even if Bartscher does not object to them or even if Bartscher unconditionally renders performance or accepts the customer‘s performance. The provisions of this paragraph equally apply insofar as the terms of business of the customer, irrespective of the contents of these International Conditions of Sale, deviate from statutory provisions. 4. These International Conditions of Sale do not apply, if the customer buys the goods for personal, family or household use and if Bartscher knew or should have known that at the conclusion of the contract.

II. Formation of the Contract

1. The customer is under an obligation to give written notice to Bartscher prior to the formation of a contract if the goods to be delivered are to be fit not only for normal use or will be used in circumstances which are unusual or which present a particular risk to health, safety or the environment, or which require a more demanding use or if there is a risk of atypical damages or unusual amounts of loss of which the customer is or ought to have been aware. 2. Orders of the customer are to be put in writing. If the customer‘s order deviates from the proposal or the tender submitted by Bartscher, the customer will emphasize the differences as such. Illustrations and drawings just like the measures and weight indications featuring in Bartscher´s proposals or offers are only there as guidelines. 3. All orders, in particular also those received by employees of Bartscher, will take effect exclusively if followed by a written acknowledgement of the order by Bartscher. The actual delivery of the goods ordered, any other conduct of Bartscher or silence on the part of Bartscher does not allow the customer to assume the formation of the contract. Bartscher can dispatch such written acknowledgement of the order up to and including fourteen (14) calendar days after the customer‘s order has been received by Bartscher. Until this time, the customer‘s order is irrevocable. 4. The written acknowledgement of the order by Bartscher shall be received in time, if it is received by the customer within fourteen (14) calendar days after its date of issue. The customer will inform Bartscher without delay, if the written acknowledgement of the order is received with some delay. 5. The written acknowledgement of the order by Bartscher sets out all the terms of the contract and brings the contract into effect even if - except for the price for the goods and the quantity to be delivered - the written acknowledgement is not consistent with the declarations of the customer in every respect, especially with reference to the exclusive application of these International Conditions of Sale. Particular wishes of the customer, namely warranties or guarantees with reference to the goods or the performance of the contract therefore require express written confirmation by Bartscher in every case. The contract will only fail to come into existence if the customer objects in writing that the acknowledgement of the order by Bartscher is not completely consistent with the declarations of the customer, the customer specifies the deviations in writing and if the objection is received by Bartscher within a short time, at the latest seven (7) calendar days, after receipt of the written acknowledgement of the order by the customer. 6. Confirmations produced by the customer are of no effect without any objection by Bartscher being necessary. In particular, neither the actual delivery of the goods, any other conduct of Bartscher or silence on the part of Bartscher shall give rise to any belief by the customer in the relevance of his confirmation. 7. Bartscher´s employees, commercial agents or other sales intermediaries are not authorized to dispense with the requirement of a written acknowledgement of the order by Bartscher or to make promises which differ from its content or guarantees. If and to what extent such persons are authorized to make or receive declarations with effect for or against Bartscher, is to be determined according to German law. 8. Amendments to the concluded contract always require written confirmation by Bartscher.

III. Obligations of Bartscher

1. Subject to an exemption according to section VII.-1. b) Bartscher must deliver the goods specified in the written acknowledgement of the order and transfer the property in the goods. Bartscher is not obliged to perform obligations not stated in the written acknowledgment of the order by Bartscher or in these International Conditions of Sale, in particular Bartscher is under no obligation to render planning-services, if not explicitly agreed upon in writing to furnish information, to supply documents or certificates, or to deliver accessories, to install additional safety devices, to carry out assemblies or to advise the customer. 2. Bartscher’s obligations under the contract made with the customer are owed only to the customer. Third parties not involved in the conclusion of the contract, in particular the customer‘s clients, are not entitled to request delivery to be made to them or to assert any other claim arising from the customer’s contract with Bartscher. The customer gives Bartscher an unlimited indemnity against all claims made by third parties against Bartscher out of the contract made with the customer. The customer‘s responsibility to take delivery continues to exist even if he assigns rights to third parties. 3. Taking account of the tolerances customary in trade Bartscher undertakes to deliver to the customer goods of the agreed kind and quantity which meet the common standards applicable in Germany. If the goods cannot be delivered in the condition offered at the time of the formation of the contract because technical improvements to goods of series production were made, Bartscher is entitled to deliver the goods with the technical improvements. Bartscher is entitled to make part deliveries and to invoice them separately and ensures that at the time of delivery the goods are free from rights or claims of third parties which could prevent its use within the European Union. 4. If further specification is required in relation to the goods to be delivered, Bartscher will carry this out having regard to his own interests and to the identifiable and legitimate interests of the customer. A request to the customer to specify the goods, or to participate in the specification, is not required. Bartscher does not undertake to inform the customer of the specification he has made or to give the customer the option of a differing specification. 5. Bartscher undertakes to place the goods packaged and marked according to Bartscher’s standard at disposal for collection by the customer FCA (Incoterms 2010) at the place of delivery indicated in the written acknowledgement of the order or - if a place of delivery is not indicated - at the premises in Salzkotten/Germany at the agreed time of delivery. Previous separation or marking of the goods or notification to the customer of the goods being placed at disposal is not required. Under no circumstances, not even when other Incoterms are agreed is Bartscher obliged to inform the customer of the delivery, to examine the goods with respect to their conformity with the contract on the occasion of delivery, to check the operational safety of the means of transport and the transportation safe loading or to furnish proof of the delivery being effected. The agreement of other Incoterms or of clauses such as „delivery free.......“ or similar ones merely involve a variation of the provisions as to the transportation and the transportation costs; besides that, the provisions laid down in these International Conditions of Sale remain applicable. 6. The organization of the transport and the insurance of the goods beyond the place of delivery decisive according to section III.-5. is none of Bartscher’s obligations, but is incumbent to the customer. If the customer does not give a counter instruction in writing in time, Bartscher is entitled - without the customer asking for it or without existing such a commercial practice - to contract on terms usual in Germany in the customer’s name and at the customer’s risk and expense for carriage and/or insurance of the goods to the destination indicated in writing by the customer and - if such a destination is not indicated - to the place of business of the customer. 7. Agreed delivery time periods or delivery dates are subject to the customer‘s procuring any required documents, releases, permits, approvals, licences or any other authorizations or consents in sufficient time, opening letters of credit and/or making down-payments as agreed and performing all other obligations incumbent upon him properly and in good time and subject to no delay caused by pre-shipment inspections mandated by authorities. Moreover, agreed delivery time-periods begin on the date of the written acknowledgement of the order by Bartscher. Bartscher is entitled to deliver earlier than at the agreed delivery time or to select the date of delivery within the agreed period for delivery.

8. Without prejudice to his continuing legal rights, Bartscher is entitled to fulfil his obligations after the delivery time agreed upon, if the customer is informed that Bartscher will exceed the delivery time limit and of the time period for late performance. Subject to the aforesaid conditions, Bartscher is entitled to make repeated attempts at late performance. The customer can object to late performance within reasonable time, if the late performance is unreasonable. An objection is only effective, if it is received by Bartscher before commencing late performance. Bartscher will reimburse necessary additional expenditure, proven and incurred by the customer as a result of exceeding the delivery time to the extent that Bartscher is liable for this under the provisions laid down in section VII.

434

9. Risks as to price and performance even in relation to goods which are not clearly identifiable to the contract and without it being necessary for Bartscher to give notice, pass to the customer with delivery pursuant to section III.-5., albeit irrespective of delivery as soon as the title to the goods has passed to the customer. The loading of the goods is part of the customer`s obligations. The agreement of other Incoterms or of clauses such as „delivery free.......“ or similar ones merely involve a variation of the provisions as to the transportation and the transportation costs; besides that, the provisions laid down in these International Conditions of Sale remain applicable. 10. Bartscher is not obliged to clear the goods for export. However, Bartscher will apply for necessary export licences and customs formalities necessary for the export after the customer has furnished Bartscher with the data essential for the export in a written notice attending to this purpose exclusively. If the goods are not cleared for export without any fault on the part of Bartscher, Bartscher is entitled to avoid the contract of sale in whole or in part without compensation. The agreement of other Incoterms or of clauses such as „delivery free.......“ or similar ones merely involve a variation of the provisions as to the transportation and the transportation costs; besides that, the provisions laid down in these International Conditions of Sale remain applicable. 11. Bartscher is not obliged to procure documents or certificates not expressly agreed, to obtain any licences, authorizations or other documents necessary for the export, transit or import, or to provide security or customs clearance. The agreement of other Incoterms or of clauses such as „delivery free.......“ or similar ones merely involve a variation of the provisions as to the transportation and the transportation costs; besides that, the provisions laid down in these International Conditions of Sale remain applicable. 12. Bartscher is in no case liable to perform duties associated with the making available of the goods on the market outside Germany, to bear levies, duties and charges accruing outside Germany, to comply with weight and measuring systems, packaging, labelling or marking requirements or registration or certification obligations applicable outside Germany or to comply with any other legal provisions applicable to the goods outside Germany. The customer will arrange for translations in any language other than German of instructions, safety information, performance declarations or other written materials about the goods required by law or called for otherwise at his risk and expense. 13. Without prejudice to his continuing legal rights and without a previous notice to the customer being necessary, Bartscher is entitled to suspend the performance of his obligations so long as, in the opinion of Bartscher, there are grounds for concern that the customer will wholly or partly fail to fulfil his obligations in accordance with the contract. In particular, the right to suspend arises if the customer insufficiently performs his obligations to enable payment to Bartscher or a third party or pays late or if the limit set by a credit insurer has been exceeded or will be exceeded with the forthcoming delivery. Instead of suspending performance Bartscher is entitled at his own discretion to make future deliveries, even if confirmed, conditional on payment in advance or on opening of a letter of credit confirmed by one of the big German commercial banks. Bartscher is not required to continue with performance of his obligations, if an assurance given by the customer to avoid the suspension does not provide adequate security or could be challenged pursuant to an applicable law. 14. Except as provided in section III.-8., Bartscher is only obliged to inform the customer of possible disruption in performance, once the commencement of the disruption is definitely certain for Bartscher.

IV. Obligations of the Customer

1. Irrespective of continuing obligations of the customer to guarantee or to enable payment, the customer undertakes to pay the agreed price for the goods in the currency specified in the written acknowledgement of the order transferring it without deduction and free of expenses and costs to one of the financial institutions designated by Bartscher. To the extent that a price for the goods has not been agreed, the price which is at the agreed time of delivery Bartscher‘s usual price for the goods will apply. Bartscher‘s employees, commercial agents or other sales intermediaries are not authorized to accept payments. 2. The payment to be made by the customer is in any event due for payment at the time specified in the written acknowledgement of the order or - if a time for payment is not indicated - on receipt of the invoice. The due time for payment arises without any further pre-condition and, in particular, does not depend on whether the customer has already taken delivery of the goods and/or the documents and/or has had an opportunity to examine the goods. The periods granted for payment will cease to apply and outstanding accounts will be due for immediate payment, if insolvency proceedings relating to the assets of the customer are applied for, if the customer without providing a justifiable reason does not meet fundamental obligations due towards Bartscher or towards third parties, if the customer has provided inaccurate information regarding his creditworthiness or to the extent that the cover given by a credit insurer is reduced on grounds for which Bartscher is not responsible. 3. The customer warrants that all legal requirements and documentations for the handling regarding customs laws and value added tax of the delivery and/or any service will be fulfilled. To the extent that Bartscher has to pay German and/or foreign customs duties and/or value added tax, the customer will indemnify Bartscher in all and every respect without prejudice to any continuing claim by Bartscher. The indemnity is granted by the customer waiving any further requirements or other defences, in particular waiving the defence of limitation or prescription and also includes the reimbursement of the expenses incurred by Bartscher. 4. Regardless of the currency and of the jurisdiction of any court, Bartscher is entitled at his own discretion to set off incoming payments against claims existing against the customer by virtue of his own or assigned rights at the time of payment. 5. Any statutory rights of the customer to set-off against claims of Bartscher, to withhold payment or taking delivery of the goods, to suspend the performance of his obligations or to raise defences or counterclaims are excluded, except where the corresponding claim of the customer against Bartscher is in the same currency, is founded in the customer‘s own right and is either due and undisputed or has been finally adjudicated or where despite written warning by the customer Bartscher has committed a fundamental breach of his obligations due and arising out of the same contractual relationship, and has not offered any adequate assurance. 6. The customer undertakes to furnish Bartscher with the data to apply for the customs formalities according to section III.-10. reasonable time ahead, to take delivery of the goods either by himself or by a person appointed by him to Bartscher at the delivery time without taking any additional period of time and at the place of delivery resulting from section III.-5. and shall fulfil all the duties imposed by the contract, by these International Conditions of Sale, by the rules of the ICC for the use of Incoterms® 2010 and by statutory provisions. The customer is only entitled to refuse to take delivery of the goods if he avoids the contract in accordance with the rules in section VI.-1. 7. Irrespective of any statutory provisions, the customer shall at his own cost take care of or in any other way ensure renewed utilization, material recycling or otherwise prescribed waste-disposal of the goods delivered by Bartscher to the customer and of the packaging material.

V. Delivery of non-conforming Goods or Goods with Defective Title

1. Without prejudice to any exclusion or reduction of liability of the seller provided by law, goods do not conform with the contract if the customer proves that, taking into account the terms in section III., at the time the risk passes the packaging, quantity, quality or the description of the goods is significantly different to the specifications laid down in the written acknowledgement of the order, or in the absence of agreed specifications, the goods are not fit for the purpose which is usual in Germany. Changes in design, construction or material which reflect technical improvements do not constitute a lack of conformity with the contract. Regardless of the stipulation established in sentence 1, the goods shall be deemed to conform with the contract to the extent that the legal regulations applicable at the place of business of the customer do not prevent the usual use of the goods. Second-hand goods are delivered without any liability for their conformity. 2. To the extent that the written acknowledgement of the order by Bartscher does not contain an explicit statement to the contrary, Bartscher is in particular not liable for the goods being fit for a purpose which is not usual in Germany or for complying with further reaching expectations of the customer or for possessing the qualities of a sample or a model or for their compliance with the legal regulations existing outside of Germany, for instance in the customer‘s country. Bartscher shall also not be liable for any non-conformity with the contract that did not exist at the time the risk has passed. To the extent that the customer, either himself or through third parties, initiates the removal of non-conformities without the prior consent of Bartscher in writing, Bartscher will be released from his liability. 3. The customer is obliged vis-à-vis Bartscher to examine or to have examined every single delivery comprehensively for any discoverable or typical lack of conformity with the contract and moreover as required by law. 4. Without prejudice to any exclusion or reduction of liability of the seller provided by law, goods have a deficiency in title if the customer proves that the goods are not free from enforceable rights or claims of third parties at the time risk passes. Without pre-judice to further legal requirements, third parties rights or claims founded on industrial or other intellectual property constitute a deficiency in title only to the extent that the rights are registered, made public and in legal force in Germany and prevent the usual use of the goods in Germany. Regardless of the stipulation established in sentence 1, title to the goods shall be deemed not to be defective to the extent that the legal regulations applicable at the place of business of the customer do not prevent the usual use of the goods.

5. Without prejudice to the statutory obligations of the customer to give notice within reasonable time, the customer is obliged vis-à-vis Bartscher to give notice to Bartscher of any lack of conformity with the contract or any deficiency in title at the latest within one (1) year after taking delivery in accordance with section IV.6. Such notice has to be made in writing and directly to Bartscher and to be formulated in such a precise manner as to enable Bartscher to effect remedy measures without need for further inquiries at the customer and to secure claims against Bartscher’s suppliers and moreover as required by law. Bartscher’s employees, commercial agents or other sales intermediaries are not authorised to accept notices outside Bartscher’s premises or to make any statements concerning lack of conformity with the contract or of title and its consequences. 6. Following due notice according to section V.-5., the customer can rely on the remedies provided by these International Conditions of Sale. The customer has no other rights or claims whatsoever and no claims of a non-contractual nature. In the event of notice not having been properly given, the customer may only rely on remedies if Bartscher has fraudulently concealed the lack of conformity with the contract or the deficiency in title. Statements by Bartscher as to the lack of conformity with the contract or as to the deficiency in title are for the purpose of explaining the factual position only, but do not entail any waiver by Bartscher of the requirement of proper notice. 7. The customer is not entitled to remedies for delivery of non-conforming goods or goods with a deficiency in title, insofar as the customer is liable vis-à-vis third parties for conditions of the goods or their fitness for a use which are not subject of the agreement with Bartscher, or if the customer’s claim is based on foreign law not in force in Germany. 8. To the extent that the customer in accordance with the terms of these International Conditions of Sale is entitled to remedies because of delivery of non-conforming goods or goods with defective title, he is entitled to demand in accordance with the terms of the UN Sales Convention delivery of substitute goods or repair or to reduce the price for the goods. The delivery of substitute goods or repair does not lead to a recommencement of the limitation period. The reduction of the price for the goods is limited to the damages suffered by the customer. Further claims for performance are not available to the customer. Irrespective of the customer’s remedies, Bartscher is always entitled in accordance with the provision in section III.-8. to repair goods which do not conform with the contract or to supply substitute goods or to avert the customer‘s remedies by giving him a credit note of an appropriate amount. 9. Without prejudice to the limitation period barring remedies for delivery of non-conforming goods, Bartscher will provide the customer free of charge with spare parts during the second year after delivery, if the customer without taking into consideration the limitation period and in accordance with the regulations of these International Conditions of Sale would be entitled to remedies for delivery of non-conforming goods and if the non-conformity can be removed by the spare part. The spare part is placed at disposal for collection by the customer at the place of delivery indicated in the written acknowledgement of the order or by way of precaution at the premises in Salzkotten/Germany. All expenditures including expenses for the installation of the spare part are to be borne by the customer. Bartscher is at his own discretion entitled to demand from the customer return of the non-conforming part.

VI. Avoidance of the Contract

1. The customer is entitled to declare the contract avoided, if the respective applicable legal requirements are complied with, after he has threatened Bartscher with avoidance of the contract in writing and an additional period of time of reasonable length for performance fixed in writing has expired to no avail. If the customer claims delivery of substitute goods, repair or other performance, he is bound for a reasonable period of time to the chosen remedy, without being able to exercise the right of declaring the contract avoided. In any event, the customer must give notice of avoidance of the contract within reasonable time in writing and to Bartscher directly. 2. Without prejudice to his continuing legal rights, Bartscher is entitled to avoid the contract in whole or in part if the customer objects to the application of these International Conditions of Sale, if on grounds for which Bartscher is not responsible the written acknowledgement of the order by Bartscher is received by the customer more than fourteen (14) calendar days after its date of issue, if insolvency proceedings relating to the assets of the customer are applied for, if Bartscher through no fault of his own does not receive supplies properly or on time, or if for other reasons Bartscher cannot be expected to fulfil his obligations by means which - taking into consideration his own interests and that of the customer as far as ascertainable and legitimate at the time of formation of the contract - are unreasonable, in particular in relation to the agreed counter-performance. Likewise Bartscher is entitled to avoid the contract after prior warning if the customer does not furnish Bartscher with the data necessary to apply for customs formalities in due time, if the customer without providing a justifiable reason does not meet fundamental obligations due towards Bartscher or towards third parties, if the customer has provided inaccurate information regarding his creditworthiness or to the extent that the cover given by a credit insurer is reduced on grounds for which Bartscher is not responsible.

VII. Damages

1. Without waiving the legal requirements Bartscher is only obliged to pay damages due to the violation of obligations resulting from the contract with the customer, the contractual negotiations carried on with the customer or the business relation with the customer in accordance with the following provisions: a) The customer is required in the first instance to rely on other remedies and can only claim damages in the event of a continuing deficiency. The customer cannot claim damages as an alternative to other remedies. b) Bartscher is not liable for the conduct of suppliers, subcontractors, carriers or freight-forwarders or for damages to which the customer has contributed. Neither is Bartscher liable for impediments which occur, as a consequence of natural or political events, acts of state, industrial disputes, sabotage, accidents, terrorism, biological, physical or chemical processes or comparable circumstances and which cannot be controlled by Bartscher with reasonable means. Moreover, Bartscher is only liable to the extent that the customer proves that the executive bodies or members of staff of Bartscher have deliberately or negligently breached contractual obligations owed to the customer. c) In the event of liability Bartscher will compensate within the limits of lit. d) the losses of the customer to the extent that the customer proves that he has suffered an unavoidable loss caused by the breach of obligations owed to the customer by Bartscher and foreseeable to Bartscher, at the time of the formation of the contract in respect of the occurrence of the loss and its amount. Moreover, the customer is required to mitigate his loss as soon as a breach of contract is or ought to be known. d) Bartscher is not liable for loss of profit or damage to reputation. Moreover, the amount of damages for late or non-existent delivery is limited to 0,5 per cent for each full week of delay, up to a maximum of 5 per cent, and in case of remedies because of delivery of non-conforming goods and/or goods with a deficiency in title is limited to an amount of 200 per cent of the value of the non-conforming part of the contract. However, this subparagraph does not apply to injury of life, body or health, to fraudulent concealment of the non-conformity or deficiency in title of the goods and to other breaches of contractual obligations due to intentional harm or gross negligence. e) For breach of contractual, pre-contractual and/or obligations resulting from the business relation owed to the customer, Bartscher is obliged to pay damages exclusively in accordance with the provisions of these International Conditions of Sale. Any recourse to concurrent bases of claim, in particular of a non-contractual nature, is excluded. Equally excluded is any recourse against Bartscher’s company organs, employees, servants, members of staff, representatives and/or those employed by Bartscher in the performance of his obligations on grounds of breach of contractual obligations owed by Bartscher. f) Insofar as the limitation period may not already have barred the claim, claims for damages brought by the customer are excluded after six (6) months beginning with the rejection of the claim for damages by Bartscher. 2. Irrespective of continuing legal or contractual claims the customer is obliged to pay damages to Bartscher as follows: a) In the event of delay in payment the customer will pay the costs of judicial and extra-judicial means and proceedings, usual and accruing within the country and abroad, as well as (without evidence being necessary) interest at the rate applicable in Salzkotten/Germany for unsecured short-term loans in the agreed currency, at least however interest at 8 per-cent points over the base rate of the German Federal Bank (Deutsche Bundesbank). b) In the case of a failure to take delivery of the goods by the customer or of seriously late taking delivery of the goods by the customer, Bartscher is entitled to claim damages without evidence being necessary up to 15 per cent of the value of the goods to be delivered. 3. Within the bounds of what is legally possible as well as within what is usual in the trade, the customer is in his commercial relationships with his clients obliged to limit his liability both in principle and in amount.

VIII. Other Provisions

1. Title of the goods that have been delivered remains with Bartscher until settlement of all claims existing against the customer. The allocation of risk as to price and performance in section III.-9. is not affected by the reservation of title. 2. The customer shall, without any demand being necessary, inform Bartscher in writing if Bartscher has to observe any particular duties of reporting or registration or providing information or prior notification or retaining documents or any other requirements for access to market, under the provisions in force in the customer’s country or in the country where the goods are to be used. Moreover, the customer will monitor the delivered goods in the market and inform Bartscher directly and in writing of any concern that the goods might pose a risk to third parties. 3. Without prejudice to Bartscher‘s continuing claims, the customer will indemnify Bartscher without limit against all claims of third parties which are brought against Bartscher on the grounds of product liability or similar provisions, to the extent that the liability is based on circumstances which - such as, for example, the presentation of the product - were caused by the customer or other third parties without express written consent of Bartscher. In particular, the indemnity also includes the reimbursement for expenses incurred by Bartscher and is granted by the customer waiving further conditions or other objections, in particular without requiring compliance with control and recall obligations, and waiving any defence of limitation. 4. In relation to pictures, drawings, calculations and other documents as well as computer-software, which have been made available by Bartscher in a material or electronic form, the latter reserves all proprietary rights, copyrights, other industrial property rights as well as know-how rights. 5. All communications, declarations, notices etc. are to be drawn up exclusively in German or English. Communications by means of fax or e-mail fulfil the requirement of being in writing.

IX. General Basis of Contracts

1. The place of delivery results from section III.-5. of these International Conditions of Sale and applies likewise to the delivery of substitute goods or the repair of delivered goods. The place of payment and performance for all the rest of obligations arising from the legal relationship between Bartscher and the customer is Salzkotten/Germany. These provisions also apply if Bartscher assumes the costs of money remittance, renders performance for the customer somewhere else or payment is to be made in exchange of documents or goods or in the case of restitution of performances already rendered. The agreement of other Incoterms or of clauses such as „delivery free.......“ or similar ones merely involve a variation of the provisions as to the transportation and the transportation costs; besides that, the provisions laid down in these International Conditions of Sale remain applicable. 2. The United Nations Convention of 11 April 1980 on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods (UN Sales Convention / CISG) in the English version governs the legal relationship with the customer. The UN Sales Convention applies, above and beyond its own area of application, and regardless of reservations adopted by other states, to all contracts to which these International Conditions of Sale are to be applied according to the provisions of section I. Where standard terms of business are used, in case of doubt the Incoterms® 2010 of the International Chamber of Commerce apply taking into account the provisions stipulated in these International Conditions of Sale. 3. The formation of contract, including agreements as to the jurisdiction of courts and arbitrators, and the rights and obligations of the parties, also including the liability for death or personal injury caused by the goods to any person and breach of pre-contractual and collateral obligations, as well as the interpretation are exclusively governed by the UN Sales Convention together with these International Conditions of Sale. Subject to differing provisions in these International Conditions of Sale, the rest of the legal relationship between the parties is governed by the Swiss Code of Obligations. 4. All contractual and extra-contractual disputes as well as disputes under insolvency law, arising out of or in connection with contracts to which these International Conditions of Sale apply, including their validity, invalidity, violation or cancellation as well as other disputes arising out of the business relationship with the customer shall be finally resolved, without recourse to the ordinary courts of law, by arbitration according to the Swiss Rules of International Arbitration (Swiss Rules) in force on the date when the Notice of Arbitration is received in accordance with these Rules. The tribunal shall consist of three arbitrators, one (1) of them shall be nominated by the claimant, one (1) of them by the respondent and the chairman of the tribunal shall be designated by the two arbitrators so nominated, or if the amount in dispute is inferior to € 100.000, there shall be one (1) arbitrator appointed according to the Swiss Rules of International Arbitration. The place of the arbitration shall be Zurich/ Switzerland, the languages used in the arbitral proceedings shall be German and/or English. The competence of the Arbitral Tribunal excludes especially every statutory competence, which is provided by reason of a personal or substantive relation. If this arbitration clause is ineffective or ceases to be effective, the exclusive local and international jurisdiction of the courts which have jurisdiction for Salzkotten/Germany is agreed for all disputes instead. Instead of bringing an action before the arbitral tribunal and irrespective of any ineffectiveness of the arbitration clause, Bartscher is also entitled to bring an action before the State Court which has jurisdiction for Salzkotten/Germany or the State Court of the customer’s place of business, or any national court with jurisdiction according to domestic or foreign law. 5. If provisions of these International Conditions of Sale should be or become partly or wholly ineffective, the remaining arrangements will continue to apply. The parties are bound to replace the ineffective provision with a legally valid provision, as close as possible to the commercial meaning and purpose of the ineffective provision. © 2014 Prof. Dr. Burghard Piltz, Germany

Your specialized dealer:

Printed in Germany | Subject to technical modifications and errors.

since 1876

Bartscher GmbH Franz-Kleine-StraĂ&#x;e 28 33154 Salzkotten Germany